Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease

go-math-grade-7-chapter-5-percent-increase-and-decrease-answer-key

Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease pdf for free. Quick and easy learning is possible with Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease. So, we suggest the students of 7th standard to go through the HMH Go Math Grade 7 Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease. Our team of Go Math Answer Key will help the Grade 7 students to score the highest marks.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease

Get a brief explanation for all the questions in Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Go Math Answer Key Grade 7. Tap on the links provided below and get the solutions according to the topics. So, utilize the time in the proper way and practice Go Math 7th Grade Solution Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease.

Chapter 5 – Percent Increase and Decrease

Chapter 5 – Rewriting Percent Expressions

Chapter 5 – Applications of Percent

Chapter 5

Percent Increase and Decrease – Guided Practice – Page No. 144

Find each percent increase. Round to the nearest percent.

Question 1.
From $5 to $8
______ %

Answer: 60%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 5
Final amount = 8
8 – 5 = 3
Percent change = 3/5 = 0.6 = 60%

Question 2.
From 20 students to 30 students
______ %

Answer: 50%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 20
Final amount = 30
We find the amount of change
30 – 20 = 10
We determine the percent of the increase
Percent change = 10/20 = 0.5 = 50%

Question 3.
From 86 books to 150 books
______ %

Answer: 74%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 86
Final amount = 150
We find the amount of change
150 – 86 = 64
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 64/86 ≈ 0.74 = 74%

Question 4.
From $3.49 to $3.89
______ %

Answer: 11%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 3.49
Final amount = 3.89
We find the amount of change
3.89 – 3.49 = 0.40
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 0.40/0.39 ≈ 0.11 = 11%

Question 5.
From 13 friends to 14 friends
______ %

Answer: 8%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 13
Final amount = 14
We find the amount of change
14 – 13 = 1
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 1/13 ≈ 0.08 = 8%

Question 6.
From 5 miles to 16 miles
______ %

Answer: 220%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 5
Final amount = 16
We find the amount of change
16 – 5 = 11
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 11/5 = 2.2 = 220%

Question 7.
Nathan usually drinks 36 ounces of water per day. He read that he should drink 64 ounces of water per day. If he starts drinking 64 ounces, what is the percent increase? Round to the nearest percent.
______ %

Answer: 78%

Explanation:
Given,
Nathan usually drinks 36 ounces of water per day. He read that he should drink 64 ounces of water per day.
Original Amount: 36
Final Amount: 64
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
We find the amount of change
64 – 36 = 28
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 28/36 ≈ 0.78 = 78%
Thus the nearest percent is 78%

Find each percent decrease. Round to the nearest percent.

Question 8.
From $80 to $64
______ %

Answer: 20%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 80
Final amount = 64
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
= 80 – 64 = 16
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 16/80 = 0.20 = 20%
Thus the nearest percent is 20%

Question 9.
From 95 °F to 68 °F
______ %

Answer: 28%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 95
Final amount = 68
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
= 95 – 68 = 27
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 27/98 ≈ 0.28 = 28%
Thus the nearest percent is 28%

Question 10.
From 90 points to 45 points
______ %

Answer: 50%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 90
Final amount = 45
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
90 – 45 = 45
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 45/90 = 0.50 = 50%
Thus the nearest percent is 50%

Question 11.
From 145 pounds to 132 pounds
______ %

Answer: 9%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 145
Final amount = 132
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
145 – 132 = 13
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 13/145 ≈ 0.09 = 9%
The nearest percent is 9%

Question 12.
From 64 photos to 21 photos
______ %

Answer: 67%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 64
Final amount = 21
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
64 – 21 = 43
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 43/64 ≈ 0.67 = 67%
Therefore the nearest percent is 67%

Question 13.
From 16 bagels to 0 bagels
______ %

Answer: 100%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 16
Final amount = 0
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
16 – 0 = 16
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 16/16 = 1.0% = 100%

Question 14.
Over the summer, Jackie played video games 3 hours per day. When school began in the fall, she was only allowed to play video games for half an hour per day. What is the percent decrease? Round to the nearest percent.
______ %

Answer: 83%

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 3
Final amount = 0.5
We find the amount of change
Amount of change = Greater value – Lesser value
3 – 0.5 = 2.5
We determine the percent of increase and round it to the nearest percent
Percent Change = 2.5/3 ≈ 0.83 = 83%
The nearest percent is 83%

Find the new amount given the original amount and the percent of change.

Question 15.
$9; 10% increase
$ ______

Answer: $9.90

Explanation:
Percent Charge = Amount of Change/Original Amount
Original amount = 9
Increase = 10%
We find the amount of change
0.1 × 9 = 0.90
New Amount = Original Amount + Amount of Change
9 + 0.90 = 9.90

Question 16.
48 cookies; 25% decrease
______ cookies

Answer: 36 cookies

Explanation:
Original amount = 48
Decrease = 25%
We find the amount of change
0.25 × 48 = 12
New Amount = Original Amount – Amount of Change
48 – 12 = 36
Thus the answer is 36 cookies.

Question 17.
340 pages; 20% decrease
______ pages

Answer: 272 pages

Explanation:
Original Amount: 340 pages
Decrease: 20%
We find the amount of change
0.20 × 340 = 68
New Amount = Original Amount – Amount of Change
340 – 68 = 272
The answer is 272 pages.

Question 18.
28 members; 50% increase
______ members

Answer: 42 members

Explanation:
Original Amount: 28
Increase: 50%
We find the amount of change
0.5 × 28 = 14
New amount = Original Amount + Amount of Change
28 + 14 = 42
The answer is 42 members

Question 19.
$29,000; 4% decrease
$ ______

Answer: $27,840

Explanation:
Original Amount: 29000
Decrease: 4%
We find the amount of change
0.04 × 29000 = 1160
New Amount = Original Amount – Amount of Change
29000 – 1160 = 27840
The answer is $27,840

Question 20.
810 songs; 130% increase
______ songs

Answer: 1863 songs

Explanation:
Original Amount: 810
Increase: 130%
We find the amount of change
1.3 × 810 = 1053
New amount = Original Amount + Amount of Change
810 + 1053 = 1863 songs

Question 21.
Adam currently runs about 20 miles per week, and he wants to increase his weekly mileage by 30%. How many miles will Adam run per week?
______ miles

Answer: 26 miles

Explanation:
Given,
Adam currently runs about 20 miles per week, and he wants to increase his weekly mileage by 30%.
Original Amount: 20
Increase: 30%
We find the amount of change
0.3 × 20 = 6
New amount = Original Amount + Amount of Change
= 20 + 6 = 26
Therefore Adam run 26 miles per week.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 22.
What process do you use to find the percent change of a quantity?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: In order to find the percent change of a quantity, we determine the amount of change in the quantity and divide it by the original amount.

Percent Increase and Decrease – Independent Practice – Page No. 145

Question 23.
Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 1
Type below:
_____________

Answer: bike: 13%, scooter 24%, increase, tennis racket: $83, skis: $435

Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-1

Explanation:
Since the new price is less than the original price, it is a percent decrease. percent decreases can be found using the equation percent decrease = (original – new)/original
Bike: 110 – 96/110 = 14/110 ≈ 13%
Scooter: 56 – 45/45 = 11/45 ≈ 24%
Use the equation percent increase = new – original/original
let x be the new price
skis: (580 – x)/580 = 0.25
580 – x = 0.25 × 580
580 – x = 145
x = 580 – 145 = 435
The new price is $435

Question 24.
Multiple Representations
The bar graph shows the number of hurricanes in the Atlantic Basin from 2006–2011.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 2
a. Find the amount of change and the percent of decrease in the number of hurricanes from 2008 to 2009 and from 2010 to 2011. Compare the amounts of change and percents of decrease.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2008 to 2009 has a smaller amount of change but a larger percent of decrease.

Explanation:
2008 to 2009:
amount of change: 8 – 3 = 5
percent decrease: 5/8 = 0.625 = 62.5%
2010 to 2011:
amount of change: 12 – 7 = 5
percent decrease: 5/12 ≈ 0.416 = 41.6%
The amount of change for 2010 to 2011 was greater than the amount of change for 2008 to 2009 but 2008 to 209 had a greater percent decrease than 2010 to 2011.

Question 24.
b. Between which two years was the percent of change the greatest? What was the percent of change during that period?
_______ %

Answer: 2009 and 2010, 300%

Explanation:
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
The biggest change in heights is between 2009 and 2010.
The percent change is (12-3)/3 = 9/3 = 3 = 300%

Question 25.
Represent Real-World Problems
Cheese sticks that were previously priced at “5 for $1” are now “4 for $1”. Find each percent of change and show your work.
a. Find the percent decrease in the number of cheese sticks you can buy for $1.
_______ %

Answer: 20% decrease

Explanation:
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
(5 – 4)/5 = 1/5 = 0.2 = 20% decrease

Question 25.
b. Find the percent increase in the price per cheese stick.
_______ %

Answer: 25% increase

Explanation:
First, find the price per cheese stick at each price.
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
1.00/5 = 0.20
1/4 = 0.25
(0.25 – 0.20)/0.20 = 0.05/0.20 = 25% increase

Percent Increase and Decrease – Page No. 146

Question 26.
Percent error calculations are used to determine how close to the true values, or how accurate, experimental values really are. The formula is similar to finding percent of change.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 3
chemistry class, Charlie records the volume of a liquid as 13.3 milliliters. The actual volume is 13.6 milliliters. What is his percent error? Round to the nearest percent.
_______ %

Answer: 2%

Explanation:
Use the formula
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 3
|13.3 – 13.6|/13.6 = |-0.3|/13.6 ≈ 0.02 = 2%

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 27.
Look for a Pattern
Leroi and Sylvia both put $100 in a savings account. Leroi decides he will put in an additional $10 each week. Sylvia decides to put in an additional 10% of the amount in the account each week.
a. Who has more money after the first additional deposit? Explain.
___________

Answer: the same

Explanation:
Since 10% of 100 is 100(0.10) = 10, they both make an additional deposit of 10, so they have the same amount of money after the first additional deposit.

Question 27.
b. Who has more money after the second additional deposit? Explain.
___________

Answer: Sylvia

Explanation:
Both Lerio and Sylvia have $110 in their account after their first deposits since they both started with $100 and both deposited $10 for their first deposit.
After the second deposit, Lerio has 110 + 10 = $120.
Sylvia has 110 + 0.10(110) = 110 + 11 = $121
So she has more money after the second deposit.

Question 27.
c. How do you think the amounts in the two accounts will compare after a month? A year?
Type below:
___________

Answer: Sylvia will continue to have more money after a month and a year since 10% of the balance is going to be greater than the 10 deposit that Leroi is making.

Question 28.
Critical Thinking
Suppose an amount increases by 100%, then decreases by 100%. Find the final amount. Would the situation change if the original increase was 150%? Explain your reasoning.
Type below:
___________

Answer: If an amount increases by 100%, then it will double. If it then decreases by 100%, it will become 0.
If you increase a number by 150% and then decrease it by 150%, you will not get to 0. 150% increase of 100 is 100 + 150 = 250.
A decrease of 150% is then 250 – 1.5(250) = 250 – 375 = -125

Question 29.
Look for a Pattern
Ariel deposited $100 into a bank account. Each Friday she will withdraw 10% of the money in the account to spend. Ariel thinks her account will be empty after 10 withdrawals. Do you agree? Explain.
___________

Answer: Ariel is incorrect. Her account balance will decrease as follows for the first 10 withdrawals:
1st withdrawal: 100 – 0.1(100) = 100 – 10 = 90
2nd withdrawal: 90 – 0.1(90) = 90 – 9 = 81
3rd withdrawal: 81 – 0.1(81) = 81 – 8.10 = 72.90
4th withdrawal: 72.90 – 0.1(72.90) = 72.90 – 7.29 = 65.61
5th withdrawal: 65.61 – 0.1(65.61) = 65.61 – 6.56 = 59.05
6th withdrawal: 59.05 – 0.1(59.05) = 59.05 – 5.91 = 53.14
7th withdrawal: 53.14 – 0.1(53.14) = 53.14 – 5.31 = 47.83
8th withdrawal: 47.83 – 0.1(47.83) = 47.83 – 4.78 = 43.05
9th withdrawal: 43.05 – 0.1(43.05) = 43.05 – 4.31 = 38.74
10th withdrawal: 38.74 – 0.1(38.74) = 38.74 – 3.87 = 34.87

Rewriting Percent Expressions – Guided Practice – Page No. 150

Question 1.
Dana buys dress shirts from a clothing manufacturer for s dollars each, and then sells the dress shirts in her retail clothing store at a 35% markup.
a. Write the markup as a decimal.
______

Answer: To convert a percent to a decimal, move the decimal place two places to the left. Therefore, 35% as a decimal is 0.35.

Question 1.
b. Write an expression for the retail price of the dress shirt.
Type below:
___________

Answer:
To write the expression, use the formula
retail price = original place + markup
Since s is the original place, if the markup is 35% = 0.35, then the markup is 0.35s.

Question 1.
c. What is the retail price of a dress shirt that Dana purchased for $32.00?
$ ______

Answer: Plugging in s = 32 into the expression gives a retail price of 1.35 = 1.35(32) = $43.20

Question 1.
d. How much was added to the original price of the dress shirt?
$ ______

Answer: The amount added to the original price is the amount of the markup. Since the amount of the markup is 0.35s and s = 32, then the amount of the markup was 0.35s = 0.35(32) = $11.20.
You can also find the amount of markup by subtracting the retail price and the original price. Since the retail price is $43.20 and the original price is $32, then the markup amount is $43.20 – $32 = $11.20

List the markup and retail price of each item. Round to two decimal places when necessary.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 4
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer: Markup: $ 2.70 Retail Price: $ 20.70

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-4
Use the formula markup = price(markup%)
18(0.15) = 2.70
Use the retail price formula = price + markup
18 + 2.70 = 20.70

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 5
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-5
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
22.50(0.42) = 9.45
Use the retail price formula = price + markup
22.50 + 9.45 = 31.95

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 6
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-6
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
= 33.75(0.75) = 25.31
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
33.75 + 25.31 = 59.06

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 7
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-7
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
= 74.99(0.33) = 24.75
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
74.99 + 24.75 = 99.74

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 8
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-8
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
48.60(1.00) = 48.60
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
48.60 + 48.60 = 97.20

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 9
Markup: $ ______ Retail Price: $ ______

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-9
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
= 185 × 1.25 = 231.25
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
185 + 231.25 = 461.25

Find the sale price of each item. Round to two decimal places when necessary.

Question 8.
Original price: $45.00; Markdown: 22%
$ ______

Answer:
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
45(0.22) = 9.90
Markdown is 9.90
Use the formula retail price = price + markup
45 – 9.90 = 35.10
Sale price is $35.10

Question 9.
Original price: $89.00; Markdown: 33%
$ ______

Answer:
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
89 × 0.33 = 29.37
Use the formula retail price = price – markup
89 – 29.37 = 59.63

Question 10.
Original price: $23.99; Markdown: 44%
$ ______

Answer:
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
23.99 × 0.44 = 10.56
Use the formula retail price = price – markup
23.99 – 10.56 = 13.43

Question 11.
Original price: $279.99, Markdown: 75%
$ ______

Answer:
Use the formula markup = (price)(markup %)
279.99 × 0.75 = 209.99
Use the formula retail price = price – markup
279.99 – 209.99 = 70

Essential Question Check-In

Question 12.
How can you determine the sale price if you are given the regular price and the percent of markdown?
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Use the formula
Sale price = Original Price – Markdown
If the Sale price is S, Original Price p, and x the average reduction, then the formula becomes:|
S = p – x . p

Rewriting Percent Expressions – Independent Practice – Page No. 151

Question 13.
A bookstore manager marks down the price of older hardcover books, which originally sell for b dollars, by 46%.
a. Write the markdown as a decimal.
______

Answer: 0.46

Explanation:
To convert a percent to decimal form, move the decimal point 2 places to the left and don’t write the percent symbol. Therefore, 46% as a decimal is 0.46.

Question 13.
b. Write an expression for the sale price of the hardcover book.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 0.54b

Explanation:
The sale price is the original price minus the discount amount. If the original price is discounted 46% and the original price is b dollars, the amount of the discount is 46% of b = 0.46b.
The sale price is then b – 0.46b = (1 – 0.46)b = 0.54b

Question 13.
c. What is the sale price of a hardcover book for which the original retail price was $29.00?
$ ______

Answer: $15.66

Explanation:
From part (b), the sale price of an item with an original price of b dollars is 0.54b. If the original price is then b = 29 dollars, the sale price is 0.54b = 0.54 × 29 = $15.66

Question 13.
d. If you buy the book in part c, how much do you save by paying the sale price?
$ ______

Answer: $13.34

Explanation:
The amount of savings is the difference between the original price and the sale price. If the original price is $29 and the sale price is $15.66, then the amount of savings is $29.00 – $15.66 = $13.34

Question 14.
Raquela’s coworker made price tags for several items that are to be marked down by 35%. Match each Regular Price to the correct Sale Price, if possible. Not all sales tags match an item.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 10
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
35% markdown means the expression for the sales price is p – 0.35p = 0.65p. Plug in the regular prices for p to find the sale prices. Remember the directions stated not all sales tags will match a regular price so you won’t be able to match every regular price ticket with a sale price ticket.
0.65(3.29) = 2.14
0.65(4.19) = 2.72
0.65(2.79) = 1.81
0.65(3.09) = 2.01
0.65(3.77) = 2.45

Question 15.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
For each situation, give an example that includes the original price and final price after markup or markdown.
a. A markdown that is greater than 99% but less than 100%
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A markdown that is greater than 99% but less than 100% could be 99.5%. If the original price is $100, then the final price is 100 – 100(0.995) = 100 – 99.50 = 0.50

Question 15.
b. A markdown that is less than 1%
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A markdown that is less then 1% could be 0.5%. If the original price is $100, then the final price would be 100 – 0.005(100) = 100 – 0.50 = 99.50

Question 15.
c. A markup that is more than 200%
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A markup that is more than 200% could be 300%. If the original price is $100, then the final price would be 100 + 100 (3.00) = 100 + 300 = 400

Rewriting Percent Expressions – Page No. 152

Question 16.
Represent Real-World Problems
Harold works at a men’s clothing store, which marks up its retail clothing by 27%. The store purchases pants for $74.00, suit jackets for $325.00, and dress shirts for $48.00. How much will Harold charge a customer for two pairs of pants, three dress shirts, and a suit jacket?
$ __________

Answer: $783.59

Explanation:
Given,
Harold works at a men’s clothing store, which marks up its retail clothing by 27%.
The store purchases pants for $74.00, suit jackets for $325.00, and dress shirts for $48.00.
If the markup is 27%, then the expression for the retail price is p + 0.27p = 1.27p
where p is the original price.
The retail price of the pants is then 1.27(74) = 93.98.
The retail price of the suit jackets is 1.27(325) = 412.75
The retail price of the dress shirts is 1.27(48) = 60.96
The total for two pants, three dress shirts, and one suit jacket would then be 2(93.98) + 3(60.96) + 412.75
= 187.96 + 182.88 + 412.75 = 783.59

Question 17.
Analyze Relationships
Your family needs a set of 4 tires. Which of the following deals would you prefer? Explain.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 2: Rewriting Percent Expressions img 11
Type below:
____________

Answer: I and III

Explanation:
The percent discount for buying 3 tires and getting one free is 25% since you are getting 1/4 of the tires for free and 1/4 off = 25%.
This means deal (I) and deal (III) are the same. They are greater than a 20% discount so deals (I) and (III) are preferable.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 18.
Critique Reasoning
Margo purchases bulk teas from a warehouse and marks up those prices by 20% for retail sale. When teas go unsold for more than two months, Margo marks down the retail price by 20%. She says that she is breaking even, that is, she is getting the same price for the tea that she paid for it. Is she correct? Explain.
_______

Answer:
She is not correct. If she originally purchases the teas for $100 and then marks the price up 20%, the retail price would then be 100 + 0.20(100) = 100 + 20 = 120.
The sales price would then be 120 – 0.2(120) = 120 – 24 = 96.
This less than the purchase price so she is losing money, not breaking even.

Question 19.
Problem Solving
Grady marks down some $2.49 pens to $1.99 for a week and then marks them back up to $2.49. Find the percent of increase and the percent of decrease to the nearest tenth. Are the percents of change the same for both price changes? If not, which is a greater change?
_______

Answer: The percent decrease is found by using the formula (original price – new price)/(original price). The percent decrease is then (2.49 – 1.99)/2.49 = 0.20 = 20%.
A percent increase is found by using the formula (new price – original price)/original price.
The percent increase is then (2.49 – 1.99)/1.99 = 0.25 = 25%
The percents of change are not the same. The percent increase is greater.

Question 20.
Persevere in Problem Solving
At Danielle’s clothing boutique, if an item does not sell for eight weeks, she marks it down by 15%. If it remains unsold after that, she marks it down an additional 5% each week until she can no longer make a profit. Then she donates it to charity.

Rafael wants to buy a coat originally priced $150, but he can’t afford more than $110. If Danielle paid $100 for the coat, during which week(s) could Rafael buy the coat within his budget? Justify your answer.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The expression for the markdown on the 8th week is p – 0.15p = 0.85p since it will get marked down 15% on the 8th week.
The expression for the additional markdowns is p – 0.05p = 0.95p since it will get marked down an additional 5% every week after the 8th week.
On the 8th week, it will be marked down to 0.85(150) = 127.50. This is more than Rafael can afford.
On the 9th week, it will be marked down to 0.95(127.50) = 121.13. This is still more than Rafael can afford.
On the 10th week, it will be marked down to 0.95(121.13) = 115.07. This is still more than Rafael can afford.
On the 11th week, it will be marked down to 0.95(115.07) = 109.32. Rafael can afford this price so he must wait until the 11th week.

Applications of Percent – Guided Practice – Page No. 156

Question 1.
5% of $30 =
$ _______

Answer: $1.5

Explanation:
We have to find:
5% of $30
0.50 × 30 = $1.5

Question 2.
15% of $70 =
$ _______

Answer: $10.5

Explanation:
We have to find:
15% of $70
0.15 × 70 = 10.5

Question 3.
0.4% of $100 =
$ _______

Answer: $0.40

Explanation:
We have to find:
0.4% of $100
0.004 × 100 = 0.40

Question 4.
150% of $22 =
$ _______

Answer: $33

Explanation:
We have to find:
150% of $22
1.5 × 22 = 33

Question 5.
1% of $80 =
$ _______

Answer: $0.8

Explanation:
We have to find:
1% of $80
0.01 × 80 = 0.8

Question 6.
200% of $5 =
$ _______

Answer: $10

Explanation:
We have to find:
200% of $5
2 × 5 = 10

Question 7.
Brandon buys a radio for $43.99 in a state where the sales tax is 7%.
a. How much does he pay in taxes?
$ _______

Answer: 3.08

Explanation:
We have to find the amount he pays in taxes by multiplying the cost by the sales tax percentage in decimal form remember to round to 2 decimal places.
43.99(0.07) = 3.08

Question 7.
b. What is the total Brandon pays for the radio?
$ _______

Answer: 47.07

Explanation:
To find the total Brandon pays for the radio we have to add the sales tax amount to the cost to find the total amount he pays.
43.99 + 3.08 = 47.07
Thus the total Brandon pays for the radio is $47.07.

Question 8.
Luisa’s restaurant bill comes to $75.50, and she leaves a 15% tip. What is Luisa’s total restaurant bill?
$ _______

Answer: $86.25

Explanation:
Given that,
Luisa’s restaurant bill comes to $75.50, and she leaves a 15% tip.
Use the formula for the total restaurant bill:
T = P + x. P
Where T represents the total bill, P represents Luisa’s bill and x represents percents for tip, then the total restaurant bill is:
T = 75 + 0.15 (75)
T = 75 + 11.25
T = $86.25
Therefore Lusia’s total restaurant bill is $86.25

Question 9.
Joe borrowed $2,000 from the bank at a rate of 7% simple interest per year. How much interest did he pay in 5 years?
$ _______

Answer: 700

Explanation:
Joe borrowed $2,000 from the bank at a rate of 7% simple interest per year.
We have to find the amount of interest per year
2000(0.07) = 140
Find the amount of interest for 5 years
140(5) = 700
Thus Joe pays $700 in 5 years.

Question 10.
You have $550 in a savings account that earns 3% simple interest each year. How much will be in your account in 10 years?
$ _______

Answer: $715

Explanation:
Given,
You have $550 in a savings account that earns 3% simple interest each year.
Use the formula for simple interest:
Bt = B0(1 + tr)
Where t is time interval, Bt is money after t years, B0 is deposit and r is interest for one year, then the formula becomes:
B10 = B0(1 + 10.r)
B10 = 550(1 + 10 (0.03))
B10 = $715
In your account after 10 years will be $715.

Question 11.
Martin finds a shirt on sale for 10% off at a department store. The original price was $20. Martin must also pay 8.5% sales tax.
a. How much is the shirt before taxes are applied?
$ _______

Answer: 18

Explanation:
We have to find the sales price of the shirt
20 – 0.1(20) = 20 – 2 = 18
The price of the shirt before taxes are applied is $18.

Question 11.
b. How much is the shirt after taxes are applied?
$ _______

Answer: 19.53

Explanation:
We have to find the price after sales tax
18 + 0.085(18) = 18 + 1.53 = 19.53
The price of the shirt after taxes are applied is $19.53

Question 12.
Teresa’s restaurant bill comes to $29.99 before tax. If the sales tax is 6.25% and she tips the waiter 20%, what is the total cost of the meal?
$ _______

Answer: 37.86

Explanation:
Given,
Teresa’s restaurant bill comes to $29.99 before tax. If the sales tax is 6.25% and she tips the waiter 20%.
Find the amount of sales tax
29.99(0.0625) = 1.87
Find the amount of the tip
29.99(0.20) = 6.00
The total cost by adding the bill account, sales tax, and tip amount.
29.99 + 1.87 + 6.00 = 37.86
Thus the total cost of the meal is $37.86

Essential Question Check-In

Question 13.
How can you determine the total cost of an item including tax if you know the price of the item and the tax rate?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: You can find the total cost of an item including tax by first multiplying the price of the item by the tax rate in decimal form to get the amount of sales tax. Then add the amount of sales tax to the price to get the total cost.

Applications of Percent – Independent Practice – Page No. 157

Question 14.
Emily’s meal costs $32.75 and Darren’s meal costs $39.88. Emily treats Darren by paying for both meals, and leaves a 14% tip. Find the total cost.
$ _______

Answer: 82.80

Explanation:
Emily’s meal costs $32.75 and Darren’s meal costs $39.88.
So, the total cost of the meals before tip is $32.75 + $39.88 = $72.63
Emily treats Darren by paying for both meals and leaves a 14% tip.
$72.63 = 0.14(72.63) ≈ $10.17
Round to two decimal places since dollar amounts must be rounded to the nearest cent.
The total cost that Dareen pays is then cost before tip + amount of tip = $72.63 + $10.17 = $82.80

Question 15.
The Jayden family eats at a restaurant that is having a 15% discount promotion. Their meal costs $78.65, and they leave a 20% tip. If the tip applies to the cost of the meal before the discount, what is the total cost of the meal?
$ _______

Answer: 82.58

Explanation:
The Jayden family eats at a restaurant that is having a 15% discount promotion.
The total cost of the meal = cost of meal + tip amount – discount amount
Their meal costs $78.65, and they leave a 20% tip.
We need to find the tip amount and the discount amount using the given cost of the meal, tip percent, and discount percent.
20% of 78.65 = 0.20 × 78.65 = $15.73
Since the cost of the meal before the discount is $78.65 and the discount percent is 15%, then the amount of the discount is
15% of 78365 = 0.15 × $78.65 ≈ $11.80
The total cost is then
78.65 + 15.73 – 11.80 = $82.58

Question 16.
A jeweler buys a ring from a jewelry maker for $125. He marks up the price by 135% for sale in his store. What is the selling price of the ring with 7.5% sales tax?
$ _______

Answer: 315.78

Explanation:
A jeweler buys a ring from a jewelry maker for $125. He marks up the price by 135% for sale in his store.
125 × 1.35 = 168.75
We can find the retail price by adding the markup to the purchase price
125 + 168.75 = 293.75
The amount of sales tax is 293.75 × 0.075 = 22.03
We can find the selling price by adding the tax amount to the retail price.
293.75 + 22.03 = 315.78
Therefore the selling price of the ring with 7.5% sales tax is $315.78

Question 17.
Luis wants to buy a skateboard that usually sells for $79.99. All merchandise is discounted by 12%. What is the total cost of the skateboard if Luis has to pay a state sales tax of 6.75%?
$ _______

Answer: 75.14

Explanation:
Given,
Luis wants to buy a skateboard that usually sells for $79.99. All merchandise is discounted by 12%.
79.99 × 0.12 = 9.60
79.99 – 9.60 = 70.39
First, we need to find the amount paid in taxes and then add that to the discount price to get the total cost.
70.39 × 0.0675 = 4.75
70.39 + 4.75 = 75.14
The total cost of the skateboard if Luis has to pay a state sales tax of 6.75% is $75.14

Question 18.
Kedar earns a monthly salary of $2,200 plus a 3.75% commission on the amount of his sales at a men’s clothing store. What would he earn this month if he sold $4,500 in clothing? Round to the nearest cent.
$ _______

Answer: 2368.75

Explanation:
Given,
Kedar earns a monthly salary of $2,200 plus a 3.75% commission on the amount of his sales at a men’s clothing store.
4500 × 0.0375 = 168.75
The total earnings can be known by adding his monthly salary and his commission.
2200 + 168.75 = 2368.75

Question 19.
Danielle earns a 7.25% commission on everything she sells at the electronics store where she works. She also earns a base salary of $750 per week. How much did she earn last week if she sold $4,500 in electronics merchandise? Round to the nearest cent.
$ _______

Answer: 1076.25

Explanation:
Danielle earns a 7.25% commission on everything she sells at the electronics store where she works.
She also earns a base salary of $750 per week.
The amount she made in the commission is 4500 × 0.0725 = 326.25
We can find the total earnings by adding her weekly pay and commission.
750 + 326.25 = 1076.25
Thus she earns $1076.25 last week if she sold $4,500 in electronics merchandise.

Question 20.
Francois earns a weekly salary of $475 plus a 5.5% commission on sales at a gift shop. How much would he earn in a week if he sold $700 in goods? Round to the nearest cent.
$ _______

Answer: 513.50

Explanation:
Given that, Francois earns a weekly salary of $475 plus a 5.5% commission on sales at a gift shop.
The amount he made in commission
700 × 0.055 = 38.50
We can find the total amount he earned by adding his weekly pay and commission
475 + 38.50 = $513.50

Question 21.
Sandra is 4 feet tall. Pablo is 10% taller than Sandra, and Michaela is 8% taller than Pablo
a. Explain how to find Michaela’s height with the given information.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First we have to find 10% of Sandra’s height: 0.10 × 4 = 0.4
This means that Pablo is then 4 + 0.4 = 4.4 feet tall.
Next find 8% of Pablo’s height: 4.4 × 0.08 = 0.352
This means that Michaela is 4.4 + 0.353 = 4.752 feet tall.

Question 21.
b. What is Michaela’s approximate height in feet and inches?
_______ feet _______ inches

Answer:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
4.752 = 4 + 0.752
0.752 = 12 × 0.752 = 9 inches
4 feet = 12 × 4 = 48 inches
Thus the approximate height of Michaela is 4 feet 9 inches.

Question 22.
Eugene wants to buy jeans at a store that is giving $10 off everything. The tag on the jeans is marked 50% off. The original price is $49.98.
a. Find the total cost if the 50% discount is applied before the $10 discount.
$ _______

Answer: $14.99

Explanation:
Given that,
Eugene wants to buy jeans at a store that is giving $10 off everything.
The tag on the jeans is marked 50% off. The original price is $49.98.
0.5 × 49.98 = 24.99
Now subtract $10 discount.
24.99 – 10 = 14.99
The total cost if the 50% discount is applied before the $10 discount is $14.99

Question 22.
b. Find the total cost if the $10 discount is applied before the 50% discount.
$ _______

Answer: $19.99

Explanation:
We have to find the price after the $10 discount then find 50% of that price to find the discounted price.
49.98 – 10 = 39.98
0.5 × 39.98 = 19.99
Thus the total cost if the $10 discount is applied before the 50% discount is $19.99

Applications of Percent – Page No. 158

Question 23.
Multistep
Eric downloads the coupon shown and goes shopping at Gadgets Galore, where he buys a digital camera for $95 and an extra battery for $15.99.
a. What is the total cost if the coupon is applied to the digital camera?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 3: Applications of Percent img 12
$ _______

Answer: 101.49

Explanation:
Use the formula for the discount price:
DP = P – x.P
Price for the digital camera:
DP = 95 – 0.1(95)
DP = 95 – 9.5
DP = $85.5
Total cost = 85.5 + 15.99 = $101.49

Question 23.
b. What is the total cost if the coupon is applied to the extra battery?
$ _______

Answer: 109.391

Explanation:
Use the formula for the discount price:
DP = P – x.P
Price for the digital camera:
DP = 15.99 – 0.1(15.99)
DP = 15.99 – 1.599
DP = $14.399
Total cost = 95 + 14.399 = $109.391

Question 23.
c. To which item should Eric apply the discount? Explain.
____________

Answer: He should apply the discount to the digital camera because then the total cost is the lower.

Question 23.
d. Eric has to pay 8% sales tax after the coupon is applied. How much is his total bill?
$ _______

Answer:
Use formula for Discount price
If he uses coupon for the digital camera then his total cost will be
T = DP + 0.08 × DP
T = 101.49 + 8.1192
T = $109.6029
If he uses coupon for the extra battery his total cost will be
T = DP + 0.08 × DP
T = 109.391 + 0.08(109.391)
T = $118.14228

Question 24.
Two stores are having sales on the same shirts. The sale at Store 1 is “2 shirts for $22” and the sale at Store 2 is “Each $12.99 shirt is 10% off”.
a. Explain how much will you save by buying at Store 1.
$ _______

Answer:
For store 1, the shirts are 2 for $22. Ecah shirt then costs $22 ÷ 2 = $11
At store 2, each shirt is 10% off of $12.99 so each shirt costs:
$12.99 – 0.1(12.99) = $12.99 – $1.30 = $11.69
You will then save $11.69 – $11.00 = 0.69 per shirt if you buy them from Store 1.

Question 24.
b. If Store 3 has shirts originally priced at $20.98 on sale for 55% off, does it have a better deal than the other stores? Justify your answer.
_______

Answer:
If Store 3 sells shirts at 55% off of $20.98, then each shirt costs:
$20.98 – 0.55($20.98) = $20.98 – $11.54 = $9.44
This is lower than the costs per shirt of Store 1 and Store 2 so it has a better deal.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 25.
Analyze Relationships
Marcus can choose between a monthly salary of $1,500 plus 5.5% of sales or $2,400 plus 3% of sales. He expects sales between $5,000 and $10,000 a month. Which salary option should he choose? Explain.
_______

Answer: Second Salary option is better

Explanation:
E = 1500 + 0.055(5000)
E = 1500 + 275
E = $1775
In the second case he will earn
E = 2400 + 0.03(5000)
E = 2400 + 150
E = $2550

Question 26.
Multistep
In chemistry class, Bob recorded the volume of a liquid as 13.2 mL. The actual volume was 13.7 mL. Use the formula to find percent error of Bob’s measurement to the nearest tenth of a percent.
_______ %

Answer: 3.6%

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease Lesson 1: Percent Increase and Decrease img 3
|13.2 – 13.7|/13.7 = |-0.5|/13.7
0.5/13.7 ≈ 0.036 = 3.6%

MODULE QUIZ – 5.1 Percent Increase and Decrease – Page No. 159

Find the percent change from the first value to the second.

Question 1.
36; 63
_______ %

Answer: 75%

Explanation:
Use the formula percent change = amount of change/first value
amount of change = 27
First value = 36
(63 – 36)/36 = 27/36 = 0.75 = 75%

Question 2.
50; 35
_______ %

Answer: 30%

Explanation:
Use the formula percent change = amount of change/first value
amount of change = 15
First value = 50
(50 – 35)/35 = 15/50 = 0.3 = 30%

Question 3.
40; 72
_______ %

Answer: 80%

Explanation:
Use the formula percent change = amount of change/first value
amount of change = 32
First value = 40
(72 – 40)/40 = 32/40 = 0.8 = 80%

5.2 Markup and Markdown

Use the original price and the markdown or markup to find the retail price.

Question 5.
Original price: $60; Markup: 15%
$ _______

Answer: $69

Explanation:
Use the formula retail price = original price + markup
60 + 60 × 0.15 = 60 + 9= 69

Question 6.
Original price: $32; Markup: 12.5%
$ _______

Answer: 36

Explanation:

Use the formula retail price = original price + markup

32 + 32 × 0.125 = 32 + 4 = $36

Question 7.
Original price: $50; Markdown: 22%
$ _______

Answer: 39

Explanation:

Use the formula retail price = original price + markup

50 – 50 × 0.22 = 50 – 11 = 39

Question 8.
Original price: $125; Markdown: 30%
$ _______

Answer: 87.50

Explanation:

Use the formula retail price = original price + markup

125 – 125 × 0.3 = 125 – 37.50 = 87.50

5.3 Applications of Percent

Question 9.
Mae Ling earns a weekly salary of $325 plus a 6.5% commission on sales at a gift shop. How much would she make in a work week if she sold $4,800 worth of merchandise?
$ _______

Answer: 637

Explanation:

Mae Ling weekly earnings is equal to her weekly salary plus her commission.

Since she earns 6.5 % commission on sales, if she sold $4800 worth of merchandise, her commission earnings  would be 6.5 % of 4800 = 0.065 × 4800 = $312.

Since her weekly salary is 325, then her total weekly earnings is $325 + $312 = $637

Question 10.
Ramon earns $1,735 each month and pays $53.10 for electricity. To the nearest tenth of a percent, what percent of Ramon’s earnings are spent on electricity each month?
_______ %

Answer: 3.1%

Explanation:

Divide the electric payment by his monthly pay

53.10/1735 = 0.031 = 3.1%

Question 11.
James, Priya, and Siobhan work in a grocery store. James makes $7.00 per hour. Priya makes 20% more than James, and Siobhan makes 5% less than Priya. How much does Siobhan make per hour?
$ _______

Answer: 7.98 per hour

Explanation:

Since James makes $7 per hour and priya makes 20% more than this, find 20% of 7 and then add that to 7 to find the pay per hour for Priya.

7 + 0.2(7) = 7 + 1.40 = 8.40

Since Priya makes $8.40 per hour and Siobhan makes 5% less than this, find 5% of 8.40 and subtract that from 8.40 to find the pay per hour of Siobhan.

8.40 – 0.05(8.40) = 8.40 – 0.42 = 7.98

Question 12.

The Hu family goes out for lunch, and the price of the meal is $45. The sales tax on the meal is 6%, and the family also leaves a 20% tip on the pre-tax amount. What is the total cost of the meal?
$ _______

Answer: 56.70

Explanation:

Find the amount of tax

45 × 0.06 = 2.70

Find the amount of tip

45 × 0.20 = 9

Find the total cost by adding the cost of the meal, the tax, and the tip.

45 + 2.70 + 9 = $56.70

Essential Question

Question 13.
Give three examples of how percents are used in the real-world. Tell whether each situation represents a percent increase or a percent decrease.
Type below:
____________

Answer:

One example could be giving a tip when you eat at a restaurant. Since the cost increases, it represents a percent increase.

Second example is tax on purchase. Since the price increases it is a percent increase.

Third example is using a coupon when buying an item. Since the price decreases, it is a percent decrease.

Selected Response – Page No. 160

Question 1.
Zalmon walks \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a mile in \(\frac{3}{10}\) of an hour. What is his speed in miles per hour?
Options:
a. 0.225 miles per hour
b. 2.3 miles per hour
c. 2.5 miles per hour
d. 2.6 miles per hour

Answer: 2.5 miles per hour

Explanation:
Given that,
Zalmon walks \(\frac{3}{4}\) of a mile in \(\frac{3}{10}\) of an hour.
Divide the number of miles by the number of hours to get his speed in miles per hour.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{10}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Convert the fraction into the decimal form.
\(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2.5 miles per hour
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Find the percent change from 70 to 56.
Options:
a. 20% decrease
b. 20% increase
c. 25% decrease
d. 25% increase

Answer: 20% increase

Explanation:
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
Since the number decreased from 70 to 56, it is a percent decrease.
= (70 – 56)/70 = \(\frac{14}{70}\) = 0.2 = 20%
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 3.
The rainfall total two years ago was 10.2 inches. Last year’s total was 20% greater. What was last year’s rainfall total?
Options:
a. 8.16 inches
b. 11.22 inches
c. 12.24 inches
d. 20.4 inches

Answer: 12.24 inches

Explanation:
Given,
The rainfall total two years ago was 10.2 inches. Last year’s total was 20% greater.
Find 20% of 10.2
10.2 × 0.20 = 2.04
Add the value to the original amount of 10.2
10.2 + 2.04 = 12.24
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
A pair of basketball shoes was originally priced at $80, but was marked up 37.5%. What was the retail price of the shoes?
Options:
a. $50
b. $83
c. $110
d. $130

Answer: $110

Explanation:
A pair of basketball shoes was originally priced at $80, but was marked up 37.5%.
Use the formula retail price = original price + markup
80 + 80 × 0.375 = 80 + 30 = 110
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
The sales tax rate in Jan’s town is 7.5%. If she buys 3 lamps for $23.59 each and a sofa for $769.99, how much sales tax does she owe?
Options:
a. $58.85
b. $63.06
c. $67.26
d. $71.46

Answer: $63.06

Explanation:
The sales tax rate in Jan’s town is 7.5%.
If she buys 3 lamps for $23.59 each and a sofa for $769.99
Total cost before tax is 3 × 23.59 + 769.99
= 70.77 + 769.99 = 840.76
Find the amount of tax by multiplying the tax rate and total cost from the above solution and then round to 2 decimal place.
840.76 × 0.075 = 63.06
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
The day after a national holiday, decorations were marked down 40%. Before the holiday, a patriotic banner cost $5.75. How much did the banner cost after the holiday?
Options:
a. $1.15
b. $2.30
c. $3.45
d. $8.05

Answer: $3.45

Explanation:
The day after a national holiday, decorations were marked down 40%. Before the holiday, a patriotic banner cost $5.75.
use the formula retail price = original price – markdown
5.75 – 5.75 × 0.4 = 5.75 – 2.30 = 3.45
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 7.
Dustin makes $2,330 each month and pays $840 for rent. To the nearest tenth of a percent, what percent of Dustin’s earnings are spent on rent?
Options:
a. 84%
b. 63.9%
c. 56.4%
d. 36.1%

Answer: 36.1%

Explanation:
Dustin makes $2,330 each month and pays $840 for rent.
Divide his rent by his monthly income. round to three decimal places and then convert to percent form.
840/2330 = 0.361 = 36.1%
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 8.
A scuba diver is positioned at -30 feet. How many feet will she have to rise to change her position to -12 feet?
Options:
a. -42 ft
b. -18 ft
c. 18 ft
d. 42 ft

Answer: 18 ft

Explanation:
Given,
A scuba diver is positioned at -30 feet.
-12 – (-30) = 12 + 30 = 18 feet
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 9.
A bank offers an annual simple interest rate of 8% on home improvement loans. Tobias borrowed $17,000 over a period of 2 years. How much did he repay altogether?
Options:
a. $1360
b. $2720
c. $18360
d. $19720

Answer: $19720

Explanation:
Given that,
A bank offers an annual simple interest rate of 8% on home improvement loans.
Tobias borrowed $17,000 over a period of 2 years
Find the amount of interest he paid using the formula
I = prt
where p is the amount borrowed
r is the interest rate
t is the number of years
17000 × 0.08 × 2 = 2720
Add the amount borrowed and amount of interest
17000 + 2720 = 19720.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 10.
The granola Summer buys used to cost $6.00 per pound, but it has been marked up 15%.
a. How much did it cost Summer to buy 2.6 pounds of granola at the old price?
$ ___________

Answer: $15.60

Explanation:
Multiply 2.6 by the old price of $6
2.6 × 6 = 15.60
It costs $15.60 to buy 2.6 pounds of granola at the old price.

Question 10.
b. How much does it cost her to buy 2.6 pounds of granola at the new price?
$ _______

Answer: $17.94

Explanation:
Find the new price using the formula retail price = original price + markup
Then find the total cost by buying 2.6 pounds at the new price.
6 + 6 × 0.15 = 6 + 0.9 = 6.90
2.6 × 6.90 = 17.94
The new price is $17.94

Question 10.
c. Suppose Summer buys 3.5 pounds of granola. How much more does it cost at the new price than at the old price?
$ _______

Answer: $3.15

Explanation:
3.5 × 6 = 21
3.5 × 6.90 = 24.15
24.15 – 21 = 3.15

Module 5 – Page No. 162

EXERCISES

Question 1.
Michelle purchased 25 audio files in January. In February she purchased 40 audio files. Find the percent increase.
_______ %

Answer: 60%

Explanation:
Given,
Michelle purchased 25 audio files in January. In February she purchased 40 audio files.
Use the percent change = amount of change/original amount.
(40 -25)/25 = 15/25 = 0.6 = 60%
Thus the percent increase is 60%

Question 2.
Sam’s dog weighs 72 pounds. The vet suggests that for the dog’s health, its weight should decrease by 12.5 percent. According to the vet, what is a healthy weight for the dog?
_______ pounds

Answer: 63 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
Sam’s dog weighs 72 pounds. The vet suggests that for the dog’s health, its weight should decrease by 12.5 percent.
72 × 0.125 = 9
Find a healthy weight by subtracting the change in weight from the original weight
72 – 9 = 63
The healthy weight of the dog is 63 pounds.

Question 3.
The original price of a barbecue grill is $79.50. The grill is marked down 15%. What is the sale price of the grill?
$ _______

Answer: 67.57

Explanation:
Given,
The original price of a barbecue grill is $79.50. The grill is marked down 15%.
Use the formula sale price = original price – markdown
= 79.50 – 79.50 × 0.15 = 79.50 – 11.93 = $67.57
Thus the sale price of the grill is $67.57

Question 4.
A sporting goods store marks up the cost s of soccer balls by 250%. Write an expression that represents the retail cost of the soccer balls. The store buys soccer balls for $5.00 each. What is the retail price of the soccer balls?
$ _______

Answer: $17.5

Explanation:
Use the formula retail price = original price + markup to find the expression for an original price of s and a markup percentage of 250%
s + 2.5s = 3.5s
substitute s = 5 into the expression to find the retail price
3.5 × 5 = 17.50
Thus the retail price of the soccer balls is $17.50

Unit 2 Performance Tasks – Page No. 163

Question 1.
Viktor is a bike tour operator and needs to replace two of his touring bikes. He orders two bikes from the sporting goods store for a total of $2,000 and pays using his credit card. When the bill arrives, he reads the following information:
Balance: $2000
Annual interest rate: 14.9%
Minimum payment due: $40
Late fee: $10 if payment not received by 3/1/2013
a. To keep his good credit, Viktor promptly sends in a minimum payment of $40. When the next bill arrives, it looks a lot like the previous bill.
Balance: $1,984.34
Annual interest rate: 14.9%
Minimum payment due: $40
Late fee: $10 if payment not received by 4/1/2013
Explain how the credit card company calculated the new balance. Notice that the given interest rate is annual, but the payment is monthly.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
We have to find the balance after the first bill by subtracting the $40 payment from the original balance of $2000.
Balance after first bill: 2000 – 40 = 1960
Then find the amount of interest charged on the second bill by multiplying the balance of $1960 by the interest rate.
Remember since the interest rate is annually you have to divide it by 12 to get the monthly interest rate.
Interest on the second bill: 1960 × 0.149/12 = 24.34
And then add this interest amount to the balance of $1960 to get the balance on the second bill.
New balance: 1960 + 24.34 = 1984.34

Question 1.
b. Viktor was upset about the new bill, so he decided to send in $150 for his April payment. The minimum payment on his bill is calculated as 2% of the balance (rounded to the nearest dollar) or $20, whichever is greater. Fill out the details for Viktor’s new bill.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Find the balance after the $150 payment. The interest rate hasn’t changed so the annual interest rate on this new bill is the same as the previous bills.
balance after payment: 1984.34 – 150 = 1834.34
annual interest rate: 14/9%
Find the interest charged on the third bill. find the balance on the third bill by adding the interest charged to the balance of $1834.34.
interest on the third bill: 1834.34 × 0.149/12 = 22.78
balance: 1834.34 + 22.78 = 1857.12
To find what the minimum payment will be, first find 2% of the balance.
2% of balance: 0.02 × 1857.12 = 37.14
Minimum payment due: $37.00
Since this is greater than $20, the minimum payment is 2% of the balance rounded to the nearest dollar giving $37 as the payment.
The later fee date is one month after the late fee date of 04/01/2013 on the previous bill which gives 05/01/2013.

Question 1.
c. Viktor’s bank offers a credit card with an introductory annual interest rate of 9.9%. He can transfer his current balance for a fee of $40. After one year, the rate will return to the bank’s normal rate, which is 13.9%. The bank charges a late fee of $15. Give two reasons why Viktor should transfer the balance and two reasons why he should not
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Two reasons he should transfer is that the lower introductory rate would mean less interest charged in the first year and a lower normal rate would mean less interest charged after that first year as well. Two reasons he shouldn’t transfer the balance is that he would have to pay a transfer fee of $40 and that the late fee is $15 instead of $10 if he transfers the balance.

Unit 2 Performance Tasks (con’td) – Page No. 164

Question 2.
The table below shows how far several animals can travel at their maximum speeds in a given time.
a. Write each animal’s speed as a unit rate in feet per second.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease img 13
Elk: _________ feet per second
Giraffe: _________ feet per second
Zebra: _________ feet per second

Answer:
By seeing the above table we can find the unit rates by dividing the distance traveled by the time in second.
elk: 33 ÷ 1/2 = 33 ×  2 = 66 feet per second
Giraffe: 115 ÷ 2 1/2 = 115 ÷ 5/2 = 115 2/5 = 46 feet per second
Zebra: 117 ÷ 2 = 58.5 feet per second

Question 2.
b. Which animal has the fastest speed?
_____________

Answer: The elk had the greatest unit rate so it has the fastest speed.

Question 2.
c. How many miles could the fastest animal travel in 2 hours if it maintained the speed you calculated in part a? Use the formula d = rt and round your answer to the nearest tenth of a mile. Show your work.
Elk: _________ miles
Giraffe: _________ miles
Zebra: _________ miles

Answer:
Elk: 90 miles
Giraffe: 62 miles
Zebra: 72 miles

Explanation:

There are 60 seconds in a minute and 60 minutes in an hour so there are 2 × 60 × 60 = 7200 seconds in 2 hours.
Multiply the unit rate of the elk by 7200 seconds to get the distance traveled in feet.
There are 5280 feet in 1 mile so divide the distance in feet by 5280 to get the distances in miles.
Elk:
66 × 7200 =  475200 feet
Now convert from feet to miles
475200 feet = 90 miles
Giraffe: 46 feet per second
62 × 7200 = 331200 feet
Now convert from feet to miles.
331200 = 62 miles
Zebra: 58.5 feet per second
58.5 × 7200 = 421200 feet
Now convert from feet to miles.
421200 feet = 72 miles

Question 3.
d. The data in the table represents how fast each animal can travel at its maximum speed. Is it reasonable to expect the animal from part b to travel that distance in 2 hours? Explain why or why not.
______

Answer: It is not reasonable. An animal can only travel at its maximum speed for a short amount of time which is usually only for a couple of minutes.

Selected Response – Page No. 165

Question 1.
If the relationship between distance y in feet and time x in seconds is proportional, which rate is represented by \(\frac{y}{x}\) = 0.6?
Options:
a. 3 feet in 5 s
b. 3 feet in 9 s
c. 10 feet in 6 s
d. 18 feet in 3 s

Answer: 3 feet in 5 s

Explanation:
\(\frac{y}{x}\) = 0.6
0.6 = \(\frac{6}{10}\)
Since \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\), it represents a rate of 3 feet in 5 seconds,
Therefore the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
The Baghrams make regular monthly deposits in a savings account. The graph shows the relationship between the number x of months and the amount y in dollars in the account.
What is the equation for the deposit?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease img 14
Options:
a. \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $25/month
b. \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $40/month
c. \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $50/month
d. \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $75/month

Answer: \(\frac{y}{x}\) = $50/month

Explanation:
By seeing the above graph we can say that the point is (2, 100). This means that \(\frac{y}{x}\) = \(\frac{100}{2}\) = 50.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 3.
What is the decimal form of −4 \(\frac{7}{8}\)?
Options:
a. -4.9375
b. -4.875
c. -4.75
d. -4.625

Answer: -4.875

Explanation:
Given the fraction
−4 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
First divide \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 0.875
4 + 0.875 = 4.875
So, −4 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = -4.875
Therefore the answer is option B.

Question 4.
Find the percent change from 72 to 90.
Options:
a. 20% decrease
b. 20% increase
c. 25% decrease
d. 25% increase

Answer: 25% increase

Explanation:
Use the formula percent change = amount of change/original amount.
the value increased from 72 to 90 so it is a percent increase.
(90-72)/72 = 18/72 = 0.25 = 25%
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
A store had a sale on art supplies. The price p of each item was marked down 60%. Which expression represents the new price?
Options:
a. 0.4p
b. 0.6p
c. 1.4p
d. 1.6p

Answer: 0.4p

Explanation:
Given that,
A store had a sale on art supplies.
The price p of each item was marked down 60%
Use the formula sale price = original price – markdown
p is the original price and the markdown percent is 40% then combine the like terms.
p – 0.6p = 0.4p
Therefore the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Clarke borrows $16,000 to buy a car. He pays simple interest at an annual rate of 6% over a period of 3.5 years. How much does he pay altogether?
Options:
a. $18800
b. $19360
c. $19920
d. $20480

Answer: $19360

Explanation:
Given,
Clarke borrows $16,000 to buy a car.
He pays simple interest at an annual rate of 6% over a period of 3.5 years.
Find the total amount of interest using the formula
I = prt
where p is the amount borrowed
r is the rate of interest
t is the number of years
16000 × 0.06 × 3.5 = 3360
Now add the amount of interest to the amount borrowed to find the total amount
16000 + 3360 = 19,360
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 7.
To which set or sets does the number 37 belong?
Options:
a. integers only
b. rational numbers only
c. integers and rational numbers only
d. whole numbers, integers, and rational numbers

Answer: whole numbers, integers, and rational numbers

Explanation:
37 can be written as 37/1 so it is a rational number. 37 doesn’t have a decimal or fraction so it is an integer. Since it is a positive integer, it is also a whole number.
Thus a suitable answer is option D.

Page No. 166

Question 8.
In which equation is the constant of proportionality 5?
Options:
a. x = 5y
b. y = 5x
c. y = x + 5
d. y = 5 – x

Answer: y = 5x

Explanation:
Directly proportional equations are of the form y = kx
where k is the constant of proportionality.
If k = 5, then the equation is y = 5x.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 9.
Suri earns extra money by dog walking. She charges $6.25 to walk a dog once a day 5 days a week and $8.75 to walk a dog once a day 7 days a week. Which equation represents this relationship?
Options:
a. y = 7x
b. y = 5x
c. y = 2.50x
d. y = 1.25x

Answer: y = 1.25x

Explanation:
Given that,
Suri earns extra money by dog walking. She charges $6.25 to walk a dog once a day 5 days a week and $8.75 to walk a dog once a day 7 days a week.
Since 6.25/5 = 1.25
So, the equation is y = 1.25x
where x is the number of days and y is the total charge.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 10.
Randy walks \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile in each \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour. How far will Randy walk in one hour?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles
b. 2 miles
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles
d. 5 miles

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles

Explanation:
Given,
Randy walks \(\frac{1}{2}\) mile in each \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{1}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Convert the fraction to the improper fractions.
\(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 11.
On a trip to Spain, Sheila bought a piece of jewelry that cost $56.75. She paid for it with her credit card, which charges a foreign transaction fee of 3%. How much was the foreign transaction fee?
Options:
a. $0.17
b. $1.07
c. $1.70
d. $17.00

Answer: $1.70

Explanation:
On a trip to Spain, Sheila bought a piece of jewelry that cost $56.75.
She paid for it with her credit card, which charges a foreign transaction fee of 3%
Find the foreign transaction fee amount by multiplying the cost by the foreign transaction fee percentage.
56.75 × 0.03 = 1.70
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 12.
A baker is looking for a recipe that has the lowest unit rate for flour per batch of muffins. Which recipe should she use?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup flour for \(\frac{2}{3}\) batch
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup flour for \(\frac{1}{2}\) batch
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup flour for \(\frac{2}{3}\) batch
d. \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup flour for \(\frac{1}{4}\) batch

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup flour for \(\frac{2}{3}\) batch

Explanation:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) ÷ \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) ÷ \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) ÷ \(\frac{4}{1}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Mini-Task

Question 13.
Kevin was able to type 2 pages in 5 minutes, 3 pages in 7.5 minutes, and 5 pages in 12.5 minutes.
a. Make a table of the data.
Type below:
___________

Answer:

Number of Pages235
Minutes57.512.5

Question 13.
b. Graph the relationship between the number of pages typed and the number of minutes.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease img 15
Type below:
___________

Answer:

Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-5-Percent-Increase-and-Decrease-img-15

Question 13.
c. Explain how to use the graph to find the unit rate.
Type below:
___________

Answer: The unit rate is 2.5 pages per minute

Explanation:
By using the graph we need to find the slope of the line.
We can do this by using the formula of a slope:
m = (y2-y1)/(x2-x1) = (7.5-5)/(3-2) = 2.5
Thus the unit rate is 2.5 pages per minute.

Conclusion:

Hope the answers provided in Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease are quite satisfactory for all the students. Refer to our Go Math 7th Grade Chapter 5 Percent Increase and Decrease to get the solutions with best explanations. After your preparation test your math skills by solving the questions in the performance tasks.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions

go-math-grade-3-chapter-8-understand-fractions-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions includes all the topics covered in Chapter 8. Major Motto behind providing the Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 Chapter 8 is to make the students familiar with the concepts. Download Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Understand Fractions free of cost and prepare whenever you want. If you are preparing for 3rd standard exams you can always look up to HMH Go Math Solution Key Grade 3 Chapter 8 Understand Fractions.

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions

Have an overview of Grade 3 HMH Go Math Solutions Key for Chapter 8 Understand Fractions and the lessons in Chapter 8. utilize the Answer Keys of Go Math 3rd Std Chapter 8 Understand Fractions and be prepared for the exams. Practice using the Practice Questions at the end of the chapter and test your preparation level and bridge the knowledge gap accordingly.

Lesson 1: Equal Parts of a Whole

Lesson 2: Equal Shares

Lesson 3: Unit Fractions of a Whole

Lesson 4: Fractions of a Whole

Lesson 5: Fractions on a Number Line

Chapter 8 Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Relate Fractions and Whole Numbers

Lesson 7: Fractions of a Group

Lesson 8: Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions

Lesson 9: Problem Solving

Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Review/Test

Equal Parts for a Whole – Page No 447

Write the number of equal parts. Then write the name for the parts.

Question 1:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Parts for a whole Image - 1

Equal Parts: ___________
Name: _______________

Answer:

i) 4
ii) Fourths

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see that the circle is divided into 4 equal parts and the parts are named as fourths.

Question 2:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Parts for a whole Image 2

Equal Parts: ___________
Name: _______________

Answer:
i) 3
ii) Thirds

Explanation:
The rectangle is divided into 3 equal parts. The name for those parts is thirds.

Question 3:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Parts for a whole Image 3

Equal Parts: ____________
Name: ________________

Answer:
i) 2
ii) Halves

Explanation:
The square is diagonally cut into 2 triangles. As it is a square the triangles will be of the same size. Therefore the triangles are equal and the name for the parts is halves.

Question 4:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Parts for a whole Image 4

Equal Parts: _____________
Name: _________________

Answer:
i) 6
ii) Sixths

Explanation:
Here we can see a rectangle that is separated into 6 equal parts. As it is divided into 6 parts it is named as sixths.

Write whether the shape is divided into equal parts or unequal parts

Question 5:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Parts for a whole Image 5

____________ Parts

Answer:
Unequal

Explanation:
The triangle is cut into 2 but the size and shape are not the same. So, by seeing the figure we can say that the parts are unequal.

Question 6:

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Parts for a whole Image 6

____________ Parts

Answer:
Equal

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can observe that the trapezium is divided into 3 triangles of equal parts.

Problem Solving

Question 7:
Diego cuts a round pizza into eight equal slices. What is the name for the parts?
____________

Answer:
Eighths

Explanation:
Diego cuts a round pizza into 8 equal slices. So the name for the parts is eighths.

Question 8:
Madison is making a placemat. She divides it into 6 equal parts to color. What is the name for the parts?____________

Answer:
Sixths

Explanation:
If the placemat is cut into 6 equal parts then the parts are named as sixths.

Equal Parts of a Whole – Lesson Check – Page No 448

Question 1:
How many equal parts are in this shape?

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - lesson check img_1

Options:
i. 3
ii. 4
iii. 5
iv. 6

Answer:
ii (4)

Explanation:
In the figure, the rectangle is divided into 4 equal parts.

Question 2:
What is the name for the equal parts of the whole?

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - lesson check img_2

Options:
i. Fourths
ii. Sixths
iii. Eighths
iv. Thirds

Answer:
iii (Eighths)

Explanation:
From the above fig, we can see 8 triangles. Therefore the name for the parts is eighths.

Spiral Review

Question 3:
Use a related multiplication fact to find the quotient.
49 ÷ 7 = ___

Options:
i. 6
ii. 7
iii. 8
iv. 9

Answer:
ii (7)

Explanation:
Given,
49 ÷ 7 = ___
49/7 = 7
49 is divisible by 7 by 7 times. Therefore the remainder is 0 and the quotient is 7.

Question 4:
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
9 × __ = 45
Options:
i. 4
ii. 5
iii. 6
iv. 7

Answer:
ii (5)

Explanation:
Given,
9 × __ = 45
45/9 = 5
Therefore the unknown factor of 9 × __ = 45 is 5.

Question 5:
There are 5 pairs of socks in one package. Matt buys 3 packages of socks. How many pairs of socks in all does Matt buy?
Options:
i. 30
ii. 15
iii. 10
iv. 8

Answer:
ii (15)

Explanation:
Given that, there are 5 pairs of socks in 1 package.
If Matt buys 3 packages of socks then multiply 5 with 3. We get 15.
Therefore, Matt buys 15 pairs of socks.

Question 6:
Mrs. McCarr buys 9 packages of markers for an art project. Each package has 10 markers. How many markers in all does Mrs. McCarr buy?
Options:
i. 10
ii. 19
iii. 81
iv. 90

Answer:
iv (90)

Explanation:
Given,
Mrs. McCarr buys 9 packages of marks for an art project
There are 10 markers in each package.

To find:
How many markers did Mrs. McCarr buy
In order to know the markers she bought we need to multiply the number of packages with total number of markers in each package.
i.e, 9 × 10 = 90
Therefore, the total number of markers in 9 packages is 90.

Equal Shares – Page No 453

Question 1:
6 friends share 3 sandwiches equally.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Shares Image_1

Answer:
3 Sixths of a Sandwich

Explanation:
There are 3 sandwiches and 6 friends need to share it equally
So, divide the total number of sandwiches by number of friends i.e., 3/6 = 1/2
So, the equal share of 6 sandwiches is 3 sixths or 1 half of a sandwich.

Question 2:
8 classmates share 4 pizzas equally.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Shares Image_2

Answer:
4 Eighths, or 1 half of a pizza.

Explanation:
Given,
Number of pizzas = 4
Number of classmates = 8
In order to share the pizzas equally, we need to divide 4 by 8
4/8 = 1/2
So, the 8 classmates can share 4 eighths or 1 half of a pizza.

Question 3:
4 teammates share 5 granola bars equally. Draw to show how much each person gets. Shade the amount that one person gets. Write the answer.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Shares Image_3

Answer:
5 fourths of a granola bar.

Explanation:
Given that, the number of teammates = 4
and number of granola bars = 5
Number of granola bars/Number of teammates= 5/4
So, the answer is 5 fourths of a granola bars.

Problem Solving

Question 4:
Three brothers share 2 sandwiches equally. How much of a sandwich does each brother get?

Answer:
2 thirds of a sandwich

Explanation:
To know how much sandwich does each brother get,
we have to divide no. of sandwiches by no. of brothers
i.e, 2/3
So, each brother gets 2 thirds of a sandwich.

Question 5:
Six neighbors share 4 pies equally. How much of a pie does each neighbor get?

Answer:
4 sixths or 1 sixth or 2 thirds of a pie

Explanation:
Given that, 6 neighbors share 4 pies equally
To know how much of a pie does each neighbor get
we need to divide number of pies by number of neighbors
4/6 = 2/3

(or)

1/6 of each pie

Equal Shares Lesson Check Page No 454

Question 1:
Two friends share 3 fruit bars equally. How much does each friend get?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Shares Lesson Check Img_1
Options:
i. 1 Half
ii. 2 Thirds
iii. 2 Halves
iv. 3 Halves

Answer:
iv (3 Halves)

Explanation:
Total number of fruit bars/ Number of friends = 3/2
So, each friend gets 3 halves of the fruit bar

Question 2:
Four brothers share 3 pizzas equally. How much of a pizza does each brother get?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 - Equal Shares Lesson Check Img_2
Options:
i. 3 halves
ii. 4 third
iii. 3 fourths
iv. 2 fourths

Answer:
iii. (3 fourths)

Explanation:
Given,
No. of pizzas = 3
No. of brothers = 4
In order to share the pizzas,
we need to divide No. of pizzas/No. of brothers = 3/4
So, the answer is 3 fourths.

Spiral Review

Question 3:
Find the quotient.
3)27
Options:
i. 6
ii. 7
iii. 7
iv. 9

Answer:
iv (9)

Explanation:
To find quotient:
Divide 27/3 = 9
Therefore the quotient of 3)27 is 9

Question 4:
Tyrice put 4 cookies in each of 7 bags. How many cookies in all did he put in the bags?
Options:
i. 11
ii. 28
iii. 32
iv. 40

Answer:
ii (28)

Explanation:
Given that, Tyrice put 4 cookies in each of 7 bags
Total no. of cookies = 4
Total no. of bags = 7
To find:
How many cookies in all did he put in the bags,
We need to multiply No. of bags with No. of cookies
we get 7 × 4 = 28
Therefore, the Total Number of cookies in all the bags is 28.

Question 5:
Ryan earns $5 per hour raking leaves. He earned $35. How many hours did he rake leaves?
Options:
i. 5 hours
ii. 6 hours
iii. 7 hours
iv. 35 hours

Answer:
iii (7 hours)

Explanation:
Given,
Ryan earns $5 per hour
To find how many hours did he rake leaves to earn $35
Divide 35 by 5, we get
35/5 = 7
So, Ryan raked leaves for 7 hours to earn $35

Question 6:
Hannah has 229 horse stickers and 164 kitten stickers. How many more horse stickers than kitten stickers does Hannah have?
Options:
i. 45
ii. 65
iii. 145
iv. 293

Answer:
ii (65)

Explanation:
Total no. of horse stickers Hannah has is 229
No. of kitten stickers Hannah has is 164
To know how many more horse stickers than kitten stickers does Hannah have,
we need to subtract no. of horse stickers and no. of kitten stickers
i.e., 229 – 164 = 65
So, the answer is 65

Unit Fractions of a Whole Page No 459

Write the number of equal parts in the whole. Then write the fraction that names the shaded part.

Question 1:
Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Unit Fractions of a Whole Image_1
__________ equal parts __________

Answer:
i) 6
ii) 1/6

Explanation:
The rectangle is divided into 6 equal parts. From the figure, we observe that one block is shaded. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is 1/6.

Question 2:
Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Unit Fractions of a Whole Image_2

__________ equal parts

__________

Answer:

i) 2
ii) 1/2

Explanation:
There are 2 right-angled triangles in which one part is shaded. Therefore, the fractional name for the shaded part is 1/2

Question 3:
Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Unit Fractions of a Whole Image_3

__________ equal parts

__________

Answer:

i) 4
ii) 1/4

Explanation:
The circle is divided into 4 equal parts and one part is shaded among them. The fraction that names the shaded part is 1/4

Question 4:
Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Unit Fractions of a Whole Image_4

__________ equal parts

__________

Answer:

i) 3
ii) 1/3

Explanation:
In the above fig, we see that the trapezium is divided into 3 equal triangles and the fraction name of the shaded part is 1/3.

Question 5:
1/3 is  Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Unit Fractions of a Whole Image_5

Answer:

Question 6:
1/8 is  Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Unit Fractions of a Whole Image_6

Answer:

Question 7:
Tyler made a pan of cornbread. He cut it into 8 equal pieces and ate 1 piece. What fraction of the cornbread did Tyler eat?
________

Answer:
1/8

Explanation:
There are 8 pieces of cornbread. Tyler ate 1 piece out of 8 cornbread.
The fraction of cornbread that Tyler ate is 1/8

Question 8:
Anna cut an apple into 4 equal pieces. She gave 1 piece to her sister. What fraction of the apple did Anna give to her sister?
________

Answer:
1/4

Explanation:
Anna cut an apple into 4 pieces. She gave 1 piece of apple to her sister.
One piece of apple/ Total Number of pieces = 1/4

Unit Fractions of a Whole Lesson Check Page No 460

Question 1:
What fraction names the shaded part?
Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Unit Fractions of a Whole Lesson Check
Options:
i. 1/3
ii. 1/4
iii. 1/6
iv. 1/8

Answer:
ii (1/4)

Explanation:
There are 4 blocks in the rectangle and one part is shaded among them. So the answer is 1/4

Question 2:
Tasha cut a fruit bar into 3 equal parts. She ate 1 part. What fraction of the fruit bar did Tasha eat?
Options:
i. 1/2
ii. 1/3
iii. 1/4
iv. 1/6

Answer:
ii (1/3)

Explanation:
The fruit bar is cut into 3 equal parts and Tasha ate one part. So, the fraction name of the fruit bar that Tasha ate is 1/3

Spiral Review
Question 3:
Alex has 5 lizards. He divides them equally among 5 cages. How many lizards do Alex put in each cage?
i. 0
ii. 1
iii. 5
iv. 10

Answer:
ii (1)

Explanation:
Alex has 5 lizards and put them equally in 5 cages. That means Alex has put one lizard in one cage.

Question 4:
Find the product.
8 × 1 = _
i. 0
ii. 1
iii. 8
iv. 9

Answer:
iii (8)

Explanation:
We know that any number multiplied with 1 is itself. Therefore the multiplication of 8 and 1 is 8.

Question 5:
Leo bought 6 chew toys for his new puppy. Each chew toy cost $4. How much did Leo spend in all for the chew toys?
i. $10
ii. $12
iii. $18
iv. $24

Answer:
iv ($24)

Explanation:
Given,
Leo bought 6 chew toys for his new puppy
Each toy costs $4.
1 — $4
6 —?
Cross multiplication is applied here,
we get 6 × 4 = 24
Therefore the cost of 6 chew toys is $24.

Question 6:
Lilly is making a picture graph. Each picture of a star is equal to two books she has read. The row for the month of December has 3 stars. How many books did Lilly read during the month of December?
i. 3
ii. 5
iii. 6
iv. 9

Answer:
iii (6)
Explanation:
Given that each picture of star equals 2 books
The row for the month of December has 3 stars.
Let’s apply the cross multiplication method here,
1 star — 2 books
3 stars —?
3 × 2 = 6
So, the answer to the above question is 6

Fractions of a Whole Page No 465

Write the fraction that names each part. Write a fraction in words and in numbers to name the shaded part.
Question 1:
Grade 3 HMH Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Fractions for a whole Image_1
Each Part is _______ . _______ sixths
____________

Answer:
i) 1/6
ii) Three
iii) 3/6

Explanation:
The above figure is Hexagon which consists of 6 sides. So each part of a hexagon is 1/6 and we can see that three parts are shaded. The fraction form of the shaded part is three sixths i.e., 3/6

Question 2:
Chapter 8 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Fractions for whole Image_2
Each Part is ________. ______ eighths
_____________

Answer:
i) 1/8
ii) Five
iii) 5/8

Explanation:
There are 8 blocks in the rectangle out of which 5 parts are shaded. Each part of the rectangle is 1/8 and the name for the shaded part is Five Eights. The fraction of the shaded part is 5/8.

Question 3:
Go Math 3rd Grade Answer for Chapter 8 Fractions for a whole Image_3
Each Part is ________. ______ thirds
_____________

Answer:
i) 1/3
ii) Two
iii) 2/3

Explanation:
Here we can see 3d form a triangle, each part is 1/3. Two sides are shaded in it so, the name for the shaded part is two thirds. The shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. Hence the fraction form for the above fig is 2/3.

Question 4:
Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Answer Key Fractions for a whole Image_4
Each Part is ________. ______ fourths
_____________

Answer:
i) 1/4
ii) Three
iii) 3/4

Explanation:
The square is divided into 4 equal triangles. Each part of the square is 1/4 and there are 3 shaded triangles in the square box. The name for the shaded parts is three fourths i.e., 3/4

Question 5:
Four out of six
Go Math Chapter 8 Grade 3 Answer Key Fractions for a whole Image_5
Each Part is ______________

Answer:
4/6

Explanation:
The circle is divided into 6 parts of which four parts are shaded. So, the numerator will be the shaded part and the denominator will be the total number of parts. So the answer is 4/6.

Question 6:
Eight out of eight
Grade 3 Go Math Solution Key Chapter 8 Fractions for a whole Image_6
Each Part is ______________

Answer:
8/8

Explanation:
The fig above shows that the circle is equally divided into 8 parts out of which all the parts are shaded. So, the fraction form of the shaded part is 8/8.

Question 7:
Emma makes a poster for the school’s spring concert. She divides the poster into 8 equal parts. She uses two of the parts for the title. What fraction of the poster does Emma use for the title?
_________________

Answer:
2/8

Explanation:
Given,
Emma divides the poster into 8 equal parts
She uses 2 parts for the title
So, the total number of parts will be in the denominator and the used parts will be in the numerator
Therefore the answer is 2/8.

Question 8:
Lucas makes a flag. It has 6 equal parts. Five of the parts are red. What fraction of the flag is red?
_________________

Answer:
5/6

Explanation:
Luca makes a flag which has 6 equal parts, in which 5 of the parts are red.
The fraction of the flag is which is in red is?
5 parts of red will be in the numerator and the 6 will be in the denominator
So, the fraction of the flag red is 5/6.

Fractions of a Whole Lesson Check Page No 466

Question 1:
What fraction names the shaded part?
Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 Chapter 8 Fraction for a whole Lesson Check Img_1
Options:
i. 4/6
ii. 2/4
iii. 4/8
iv. 2/6

Answer:
i (4/6)

Explanation:
The rectangle is divided into 6 equal parts. Among them, 4 parts of the rectangle are shaded. So the fraction name of the shaded part is 4/6.

Question 2:
What fraction names the shaded part?
Chapter 8 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Understand Fractions Lesson Check Img_2
Options:
i. One fourth
ii. One third
iii. Three fourths
iv. Four thirds

Answer:
iii (Three fourths)

Explanation:
The above figure shows that the triangle is divided into 4 parts equally in which 3 parts are shaded. Therefore, the shaded part will be in the numerator and the total parts will be in the denominator. So, the fraction name of the shaded part is three fourths.

Question 3:
Sarah biked for 115 minutes last week. Jennie biked for 89 minutes last week. How many minutes in all did the girls bike?
Options:
i. 26 minutes
ii. 194 minutes
iii. 204 minutes
iv. 294 minutes

Answer:
iii (204 minutes)

Explanation:
Given that,
Sarah biked for 115 minutes and,
Jennie biked for 89 minutes
To find:
How many minutes in all did the girls bike
To find the total minutes we need to add the bike ride time of both Sarah and Jennie
i.e., 115 + 89 = 204 minutes

Question 4:
Harrison made a building using 124 blocks. Greyson made a building using 78 blocks. How many more blocks did Harrison use than Greyson did?
Options:
i. 46
ii. 56
iii. 154
iv. 202

Answer:
i (46)

Explanation:
i) Harrison made a building using 124 blocks
ii) Greyson made a building using 78 blocks
In order to know how many more blocks did Harrison use than Greyson did we need to subtract the blocks made by Harrison with Blocks made by Greyson
124 – 78 = 46
Therefore the answer is 46.

Question 5:
Von bought a bag of 24 dog treats. He gives his puppy 3 treats a day. How many days will the bag of dog treats last?
Options:
i. 3 days
ii. 6 days
iii. 8 days
iv. 21 days

Answer:
iii (8 days)

Explanation:
Given,
Von bought a bag of 24 dog treats
He gives his puppy 3 treats a day
To find:
How many days will the bag of dog treats last
Here we have to divide no. of bag treats by puppy treats a day
24/3 = 8

Question 6:
How many students chose swimming?
Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Answer Key Understand Fractions Lesson Check Img_3
Options:
i. 5
ii. 10
iii. 20
iv. 25

Answer:
iv (25)

Explanation:
From the figure, we can observe that there are 5 students who choose swimming. But each student is equal to 5 votes.
So, 5 × 5 = 25
Therefore the students who swimming are 25

Fractions on a Number Line Page No 471

Use fraction strips to help you complete the number line. Then locate and draw a point for the fraction.
Question 1:
1/3
Answer key for Go Math Grade 3 Understand Fractions of a Number line image_1

Answer:

Question 2:
3/4
Chapter 8 Go Math Grade 3 Key understand fractions of a number line image_2

Answer:

Write the fraction that names the point.
Go Math Chapter 8 Grade 3 Solution Key Number line image_3

Question 3:
Point A ________

Answer: 2/8

Explanation:
The Number lies between 0 and 1 and each point is divided into 1/8. So, it starts from 0/8 to 8/8. Now we have to locate point A i.e., 2/8 because the number that lies after 1/8 is 2/8.

Question 4:
Point B ________

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
As we have discussed before point B lies between 4/8 and 6/8. So, the location of point B is 5/8.

Question 5:
Point C ________

Answer: 7/8

Explanation:
The location of Point C lies between 6/8 and 8/8. Therefore the number between 6/8 and 8/8 is 7/8.

Problem Solving

Question 6:
Jade ran 6 times around her neighborhood to complete a total of 1 mile. How many times will she need to run to complete 5/6 of a mile?
_____

Answer: 5 times

Explanation:
Given,
6 laps around the neighborhood = 1 mile
That means each lap = 1/6th of a mile
In order to complete 5/6 of a mile she has to run 5 times

Question 7:
A missing fraction on a number line is located exactly halfway between 3/6 and 5/6. What is the missing fraction?
_____

Answer: 4/6

Explanation:
Given that the missing fraction on a number line is located between 3/6 and 5/6. The number that lies between 3 and 5 is 4. So, the missing fraction is 4/6.

Fractions on a Number Line Lesson Check Page No 472

Question 1:
Which fraction names point G on the number line?
Chapter 8 Go Math 3rd Grade Answer key for Number line lesson check image_1
Options:
i. 1/4
ii. 2/4
iii. 4/4
iv. 4/1

Answer:
i. (1/4)

Explanation:
The fraction on the number line lies between 0/4 and 4/4 i.e., 0 to 1. The location of point G lies between 0/4 and 2/4. The number between 0 and 2 is 1. Therefore the fraction of Point G is 1/4.

Question 2:
Which fraction names point R on the number line?

Grade 3 HMH Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Number line lesson check image_2
Options:
i. 1/3
ii. 2/3
iii. 3/3
iv. 3/2

Answer:
ii (2/3)

Explanation:
The number line starts from 0/3 and ends at 3/3. Point R is between 1/3 and 3/3. So, the fraction name of Point R on Number line is 2/3

Spiral Review

Question 3:
Each table in the cafeteria can seat 10 students. How many tables are needed to seat 40 students?
Options:
i. 10
ii. 8
iii. 5
iv. 4

Answer:
iv (4)

Explanation:
Given,
1 table in the cafeteria can seat 10 students
The tables are needed to seat 40 students =?
1 —- 10 students
?—- 40 students
40/10 = 4
Therefore tables are needed to seat 40 students = 4

Question 4:
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?

Options:
i. 6 × 1 = 6 × 1
ii. 4 + 9 = 4 × 9
iii. 4 × 9 = 9 × 4
iv. 6 × 3 = 2 × 9

Answer:
iii (4 × 9 = 9 × 4)

Explanation:
The multiplication rule for the commutative property is ab = ba. Therefore the answer is 4 × 9 = 9 × 4.

Question 5:
Pedro shaded part of a circle. Which fraction names the shaded part?
Solution Key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Number Line Lesson Check image_3

Options:
i. 1/8
ii. 1/7
iii. 7/8
iv. 8/7

Answer:
iii (7/8)

Explanation:
The circle is divided into 8 equal parts. In that 7 parts are shaded. So, the fraction name for the shaded part is 7/8.

Question 6:
Which is true?
Options:
i. 8 ÷ 1 = 8
ii. 8 ÷ 8 = 8
iii. 8 × 0 = 8
iv. 1 =  8 × 1

Answer:
i (8 ÷ 1 = 8)

Explanation:
Any number divided by  1 is itself.
8/1 = 8
So the answer is 8 ÷ 1 = 8

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 473

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.

Grade 3 Go Math chapter 8 answer key mid chapter image_1

Question 1:
A ____________ is a number that names part of a whole or part of a group.

Answer: Fraction

Explanation:
The fraction is the one that divides the whole into equal parts or each part of the group.

Question 2:
The ___________ tells how many equal parts are in the whole or in the group.

Answer: Denominator

Explanation:
The part of a fraction that lies below the line and which shows the total number of equal parts in the whole.

Concept And Skills

Write the number of equal parts. Then write the name for the parts.

Question 3:
Go Math 3 Grade Chapter 8 Answer Key for Mid Chapter Checck point image_2

Equal Parts: ________
Name: ____________

Answer:
i. 2
ii. Halves

Explanation:
The trapezium is divided into two equal parts and the name for the parts is halves.

Question 4:

Key for Grade 3 Chapter 8 Go Math Mid Chapter Check Point Image_3

Equal Parts: ________
Name: ____________

Answer:
i. 8
ii. Eighths

Explanation:
From the above fig, we can observe that there are 8 equal parts that are in the shape of a square. The name for the parts of the figure is Eighths.

Question 5:

Go Math Solution Key for Grade 3 Chapter 8 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Image_4
Equal Parts: ________
Name: ____________

Answer:
i. 4
ii. Fourths

Explanation:
The figure is the shape of a rectangle and it is divided into 4 right triangles. So, the equal parts of the rectangle are 4 and the name for the parts is fourths.

Write the number of equal parts in the whole. Then write the fraction that names the shaded part.

Question 6:
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key for Understand Fractions Mid Chapter Checkpoint Image_5
Equal Parts ________
Shaded Parts _______

Answer:
i. 3
ii. 1/3

Explanation:
A circle is divided equally into 3 parts and one part is shaded among them. So, the fraction that names the shaded part is 1/3

Question 7:
Grade 3 Go Math Key Chapter 8 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Image_6
Equal Parts ________
Shaded Parts _______

Answer:
i. 6
ii. 1/6

Explanation:
The above figure is divided into 6 equal parts in the shape of the triangle. Only one part of the triangle is shaded among them. Therefore the fraction name for it is 1/6.

Question 8:
Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 Understand Fractions Mid Chapter Checkpoint Img_7

Equal Parts ________
Shaded Parts _______

Answer:
i. 4
ii. 1/4

Explanation:
Observe the above figure, there are 4 equal parts of the triangle in which one part is shaded. So, the fraction name for the shaded part is 1/4.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 474

Write the fraction that names the point.

Question 9:
Point A ______

Answer: 1/6

Explanation:
The Number line lies from 0/6 and 6/6 in the fraction form. Point A lies between 0/6 and 3/6. So, the location of point A is 1/6

Question 10:
Point B ______

Explanation:
Point B lies between point A and 3/6. We know that Point A is 1/6. The number between 1/6 and 3/6 is 2/6. So, point B is 2/6.

Answer: 2/6

Question 11:
Point C ______

Explanation:
Point C is located between 4/6 and 6/6. The number between 4 and 6 is 5. Therefore the fraction that names Point C is 5/6.

Answer: 5/6

Question 12:
Jessica ordered a pizza. What fraction of the pizza has mushrooms? What fraction of the pizza does not have mushrooms?
Go Math grade 3 mid chapter checkpoint answer key image_9

Answer:
i. 2/8
ii. 6/8

Explanation:
Given,
Jessica ordered a pizza in which 2 parts of pizza has mushrooms
We need to write the fraction of the pizza that has mushrooms
Total Number of slices = 8
Pizza that has mushrooms = 2
Pizza that does not have mushrooms = 6
The fraction of the pizza that has mushrooms = 2/8
The fraction of the pizza that does not have mushrooms = 6/8

Question 13:
Which fraction names the shaded part?
Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 8 Mid Chapter Checkpoint image_10

Answer:
i. 8 Equal Parts
ii. 5/8

Explanation:
The figure shows that the rectangle is divided into 8 equal parts. Five parts are shaded in that rectangle. So, the fraction name for the parts that are shaded is 5/8.

Question 14:
Six friends share 3 oatmeal squares equally. How much of an oatmeal square does each friend get?
Answer Key for Grade 3 Go Math Chapter 8 Mid Chapter Checkpoint Image_11

Answer: 3/6

Explanation:
Total no. of friends = 6
Number of oatmeal squares = 3
Total no. of friends will be in the denominator and the oatmeal in the numerator.
So the answer is 3/6 or 1/2.

Relate Fractions and Whole Numbers Page No 478

Make Connections Draw a model of the fraction or fraction greater than 1. Then write it as a whole number.

Question 12:
8/4 = _____

Answer:

Question 13:
6/6 = _____

Answer:

Question 14:
5/1 = _____

Answer:

Question 15:
Jeff rode his bike around a bike trail that was 1/3 of a mile long. He rode around the trail 9 times. Write a fraction greater than 1 for the distance. How many miles did Jeff ride?

Answer: 3 miles

Explanation:
Given,
Jeff rode his bike around a bike trail that was 1/3 of a mile long
He rode around the trail 9 times
In order to know how many miles did Jeff Ride
We need to multiply 1/3 with 9
= 9 × 1/3
= 3 miles

Question 16:
What’s the Error? Andrea drew the number line below. She said that 9/8 and 1 are equal. Explain her error
Go Math Solution Key for Chapter 8 Grade 3 Related fractions & whole no.s image_1

Answer:
The error of Andrea is that she has located the point 1 on 9/8, but it must lie on 8/8.

Explanation:
Not Equal. Because 9/8 and 1 are not the same. Point 1 must be located on 8/8.

Question 17:
Each shape is 1 whole. Which numbers name the parts that are shaded? Mark all that apply.
Chapter 8 Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 related fractions & whole no.s image_2
Options:
i. 4
ii. 6
iii. 26/6
iv. 24/6
v. 6/4

Answer:
iv (24/6)

Explanation:
There are four circles and each circle is divided into six parts. All parts are shaded in each group. So, the total number of shaded parts is 24. The numerator consists of a number of shaded parts and the denominator contains a number of parts in each circle.
= 24/6

Relate Fractions and Whole Numbers Page No 479

Use the number line to find whether the two numbers are equal. Write equal or not equal.Go Math Answer Key Grade Chapter 8 Relate Fractions & whole numbers image_1

Question 1:
0/6 and 1
____

Answer:
Not equal

Explanation:
The points 0/6 and 1 does not lie on the same point. So, the numbers 0/6 and 1 are not equal

Question 2:
1 and 6/6
____

Answer:
Equal

Explanation:
6/6 = 1
So 6/6 and 1 are equal

Question 3:
1/6 and 6/6
____

Answer:
Not Equal

Explanation:
The points 1/6 and 6/6 does not lie on the same point. So, 1/6 and 6/6 are not equal.

Question 4:
Solution Key for Grade 3 Go Math Chapter 8 Related fractions and whole numbers image_2
2 = ____

Answer: 4/2

Explanation:
There are 2 circles and each circle is divided into two parts.
Total number of equal parts = 4
Number of circles =
So, 4/2 = 2

Question 5:
Go Math Chapter 8 for Grade 3 Answer Key Related Fractions & whole numbers img_3
4 = ____

Answer: 12/3

Explanation:
From the above figure, we can see 4 circles which are divided 3 parts individually.
Number of Equal parts = 12
So, 12/3 = 4

Question 6:
Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 8 Related Fractions and Whole Numbers Image_4
3 = ____

Answer: 12/4

Explanation:
Total Number of equal parts = 12
Equal parts in each circle = 4
Therefore, 12/4 = 3

Question 7:

Answer Key for Go Math Grade 3 Understanding Fractions Related Fractions and Whole Numbers Image_5
1 = _____

Answer: 8/8

Explanation:
A circle is divided into 8 equal parts and all are shaded. So, the fraction name for the shaded parts is 8/8.

Problem Solving

Question 8:
Rachel jogged along a trail that was 1/4 of a mile long. She jogged along the trail 8 times. How many miles did Rachel jog in all?
______ miles

Answer: 8/4 or 2 miles

Explanation:
Given,
Rachel jogged along a trail that was 1/4 of a mile long
And, She jogged along the trail 8 times
8 × 1/4 = 8/4 = 2
Therefore the answer is 2 miles.

Question 9:
Jon ran around a track that was 1/8 of a mile long. He ran around the track 24 times. How many miles did Jon run in all?
______ miles

Answer: 24/8 or 3 miles

Explanation:
Given that, Jon ran around a track that was 1/8 of a mile long
He ran around the track 24 times
24 × 1/8 = 24/8 = 3
So, the miles did Jon run in all is 3 miles

Relate Fractions and Whole Numbers Lesson Check Page No 480

Question 1:
Each shape is 1 whole. Which fraction greater than 1 names the parts that are shaded?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Related Fractions & Whole Numbers Lesson Check img_1
Options:
i. 6/18
ii. 3/6
iii. 6/3
iv. 18/6

Answer:
iv (18/6)

Explanation:
There are 3 circles which are divided into 6 parts = 18 parts
Each circle has 6 shaded parts
= 18/6

Question 2:
Each shape is 1 whole. Which fraction greater than 1 names the parts that are shaded?
Solution Key of Grade 3 Go Math Chapter 8 Related Fractions & Whole No.s Lesson Check img_2

Options:
i. 8/2
ii. 16/8
iii. 8/16
iv. 2/8

Answer:
ii (16/8)

Explanation:
There are two are which are divided into 8 parts = 8 × 2 = 16
Number of shaded parts in 1 circle = 8
So the answer is 16/8

Spiral Review

Question 3:
Tara has 598 pennies and 231 nickels. How many pennies and nickels does she have in all?
598 + 231

Options:
i. 719
ii. 729
iii. 819
iv. 829

Answer:
iv (829)

Explanation:
598 + 231 = 829

Question 4:
Dylan read 6 books. Kylie read double the number of books that Dylan read. How many books did Kylie read?
Options:
i. 4
ii. 8
iii. 12
iv. 14

Answer:
iii (12)

Explanation:
Given,
Dylan read 6 books
Kylie read double the number of books that Dylan read
That means Kylie reads 2 times greater than Dylan
6 × 2 = 12
Therefore Kylie reads 12 books

Question 5:
Alyssa divides a granola bar into halves. How many equal parts are there?
Options:
i. 2
ii. 3
iii. 4
iv. 6

Answer:
i (2)

Explanation:
Given that, Alyssa divides a granola bar into halves
Halves mean 2. So there are 2 equal parts

Question 6:
There are 4 students in each small reading group. If there are 24 students in all, how many reading groups are there?
Options:
i. 5
ii. 6
iii. 7
iv. 8

Answer:
ii (6)

Explanation:
Given that there are 4 students in each small reading group
To find:
how many reading groups are there for 24 students
So, Total number of students/ No. of students in each small reading group
i.e., 24/4 = 6

Fractions of a Group Page No 485

Write a fraction to name the shaded part of each group.
Question 1:
Answer key for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Fractions of a Group img_1
______

Answer: 6/8

Explanation:
There are 8 triangles in 4 blocks and 6 triangles are shaded among them. So, the fraction to name the shaded part is 6/8.

Question 2:
Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 8 Fractions of a Group img_2
______

Answer: 3/6

Explanation:
In the above figure, we can observe that there are 6 stars in 2 groups and three stars are shaded. Shaded stars will be in the numerator and the total number of stars in the denominator. So, the answer is 3/6

Write a whole number and a fraction greater than 1 to name the part filled. Think: 1 container = 1

Question 3:
Answer Key for 3rd Grade Chapter 8 Fractions of group img_3
______

Answer:
i. 2
ii. 8/4

Explanation:
The figure shows that there are two containers and four circles are shaded. One container is the mirror image of another container. So, we can see 8 shaded circles. So, the fraction greater than 1 to name the part filled is 8/4.

Question 4:
Go Math Grade 3 Understanding fractions answer key fractions of a group img_4
______

Answer:
i. 3
ii. 18/6

Explanation:
Here we can see three egg trays and all six parts are filled. By seeing the above figure we can understand that egg tray is the mirror image of other trays. So, we can see 18 parts filled. So, the fraction to the part filled is 18/6

Draw a quick picture. Then, write a fraction to name the shaded part of the group.

Question 5:
Draw 4 circles. Shade 2 circles.
_____

Question 6:
Draw 6 circles. Make 3 groups. Shade 1 group.
_____

Problem Solving

Question 7:
Brian has 3 basketball cards and 5 baseball cards. What fraction of Brian’s cards are baseball cards?
______

Answer: 5/8

Explanation:
Given,
Brian has 3 basketball cards and 5 baseball cards
Total Number of cards = 5 + 3 = 8
The fraction of Brian’s cards are baseball cards =?
5/5+3 = 5/8

Question 8:
Sophia has 3 pink tulips and 3 white tulips. What fraction of Sophia’s tulips are pink?
______

Answer: 3/6 or 1/2

Explanation:
Number of pink tulips Sophia has = 3
and No. of white tulips Sophia has = 3
Total Number of tulips = 3 + 3 = 6
To find the fraction of Sophia’s tulips are pink
= No. of pink tulips/Total No. of tulips
= 3/6

Fractions of a Group Lesson Check Page No 486

Question 1:
What fraction of the group is shaded?
Fraction of Groups Lesson Check for Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Img_1

Options:
i. 5/3
ii. 5/8
iii. 3/5
iv. 3/8

Answer:
ii (5/8)

Explanation:
There are a group of 8 circles and five are shaded in it. So, the fraction of the shaded group is 5/8

Question 2:
What fraction of the group is shaded?
Go Math Answer key for Chapter 8 Grade 3 Fractions of a group lesson check img_2
Options:
i. 1/4
ii. 1/2
iii. 2/4
iv. 4/1

Answer
i. (1/4)

Explanation:
It is a group of four squares in which one block is shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded part is 1/4

Spiral Review

Question 3:
Which number sentence does the array represent?
Go Math Solution Key for Grade 3 Chapter 8 Fractions of a Group Spiral Review img_1
Options:
i. 4 × 7 = 28
ii. 3 × 8 = 24
iii. 3 × 7 = 21
iv. 3 × 6 = 18

Answer:
iii (3 × 7 = 21)

Explanation:
Total Number of Rows = 3
Total Number of Columns = 7
Rows × Columns = 3 × 7 = 21

Question 4:
Juan has 436 baseball cards and 189 football cards. How many more baseball cards than football cards does Juan have?
Options:
i. 625
ii. 353
iii. 347
iv. 247

Answer:
iv (247)

Explanation:
No. of baseball cards that Juan has = 436
No. of football cards that Juan has = 189
To know how many more baseball cards than football cards does Juan have,
we need to subtract No. of baseball cards and No. of football cards
= 436 – 189
= 247

Question 5:
Sydney bought 3 bottles of glitter. Each bottle of glitter costs $6. How much did Sydney spend in all on the bottles of glitter?
Options:
i. $24
ii. $18
iii. $12
iv. $9

Answer:
ii ($18)

Explanation:
Given,
Sydney bought 3 bottles of glitter
Each bottle of glitter costs = $6
Cross multiplication method is applied here,
1 bottle — $6
3 bottles –?
3 × 6 = 18
Therefore, the cost of 3 bottles of glitter = $18

Question 6:
Add
262 + 119
Options:
i. 143
ii. 371
iii. 381
iv. 481

Answer:

iii (381)

Explanation:
Addition of 262 and 119
262 + 119 = 381

Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions Page No 491

Circle equal groups to solve. Count the number of items in 1 group.
Question 1:
Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 8 Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions img_1
1/4 of 12 = ___

Answer: 3

Explanation:
To solve the problem we can multiply the numerator with the whole number and divide by the denominator
= (1 × 12)/4
= 12/4
= 3

Question 2:
Go Math Primary School Grade 3 Answer Key Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions img_2
1/8 of 16 = ___

Answer: 2

Explanation:
In order to solve the problem we have to do product of 16 and 1/8
= 16 × 1/8
= 16/8
=2

Question 3:
Chapter 8 HMH Go math grade 3 Anwer key Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions img_3
1/3 of 12 = ___

Answer: 4

Explanation:
The product of 1/3 and 12 is
(1 × 12)/3 = 12/3
We can cancel 12 in 3 table by 4 times
Therefore, 12/3 = 4

Question 4:
3rd Std HMH Go Math Solution Key chapter 8 Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions img_4
1/3 of 9 = ___

Answer:3

Explanation:
We can label 1/3 and 9 as number and denominator of a whole number
= 9 × 1/3
= 3

Question 5:
Go Math Solution Key for Grade 3 chapter 8 Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions img_5
1/6 of 18 = ___

Answer:3

Explanation:
The product of 1/6 and 18 is
(1 × 18)/3
= 6

Question 6:
chapter 8 HMH Go math grade 3 key Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions img_6
1/2 of 4 = ___

Answer:2

Explanation:
It is a product of a fraction and whole numbers
The numerator is 1 and 4 and denominator is 2
1 × 4/2
=2

Problem Solving

Question 7:
Marco drew 24 pictures. He drew 1/6 of them in art class. How many pictures did Marco draw in art class?
______ Pictures

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given that Marco drew 24 picture
He drew 1/6 of them in art class
In order to know the pictures did Marco draw in art class
We have to multiply 1/6 with 24
we get,
24 ×1/6
= 24/6
= 4

Question 8:
Caroline has 16 marbles. One-eighth of them are blue. How many of Caroline’s marbles are blue?
______ Marbles

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Number of marbles that Caroline has = 16
In that 1/8 are blue

To find:
Number of Caroline’s marbles are blue
So we have to do product of 16 and 1/8
1/8 × 16
16/8 = 2

Therefore Number of Caroline’s marbles are blue is 2

Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions Lesson Check Page No 492

Question 1:
Ms. Davis made 12 blankets for her grandchildren. One third of the blankets are blue. How many blue blankets did she make?
Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions lesson check img_1

Options:
i. 3
ii. 4
iii. 9
iv. 12

Answer:
ii (4)

Explanation:
Number of blankets made for her grandchildren = 12
1/3rd of the blankets are blue
In order to know the count of blue blankets
Multiply 12 with 1/3
= (12 ×1)/3
= 4

Question 2:
Jackson mowed 16 lawns. One fourth of the lawns are on Main Street. How many lawns on Main Street did Jackson mow?
3rd Std HMH Go Math Key for Find Part of a Group Using Unit Fractions lesson check img_2
Options:
i. 4
ii. 6
iii. 8
iv. 12

Answer:
i (4)

Explanation:
Given that Jackson mowed 16 lawns
One-fourth of the lawns are on Main Street

To find:
How many lawns on Main Street did Jackson mow?
Product of 16 and 1/4
= 16 × 1/4
= 4

Question 3:
Find the difference.
509 – 175
Options:
i. 334
ii. 374
iii. 434
iv. 474

Answer:
i.  (334)

Explanation:
The difference between the 1st number and 2nd number is
509 – 175 = 334

Question 4:
Find the quotient.
6)54
Options:
i. 6
ii. 7
iii. 8
iv. 9

Answer:
iv. (9)

Explanation:
Divide 54 by 6
54/6 = 9
So, the remainder is 0 and quotient is 9

Question 5:
There are 226 pets entered in the pet show. What is 226 rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
i. 200
ii. 220
iii. 300
iv. 400

Answer:
i. (200)

Explanation:
The word form of 226 is two hundred and twenty-six.
The number which is near to 226 is 200. Because the number is less than 250.
So, the nearest hundred to 226 is 200.

Question 6:
Ladonne made 36 muffins. She put the same number of muffins on each of 4 plates. How many muffins did she put on each plate?
Options:
i. 3
ii. 6
iii. 9
iv. 12

Answer:
iii (9)

Explanation:
Given,
Ladonne made 36 muffins
She put the same no. of muffins on each of 4 plates
No. of muffins on 4 plates/ Total No. of muffins
= 36/4
= 9

Problem Solving – Find the Whole Group Using Unit Fractions Page No 497

Draw a quick picture to solve.

Question 1:
Katrina has 2 blue ribbons for her hair. One fourth of all her ribbons are blue. How many ribbons does Katrina have in all?

Go Math Answer Key grade 3 chapter 8 Find whole Group Using Unit Fractions

____ ribbons

Answer:
8 ribbons

Explanation:
Given,
Katrina has 2 blue ribbons for her hair
1/4th of all ribbons are blue
To know how many ribbons that Katrina has,
we have to divide the number of blue ribbons by 1/4th of all ribbons are blue
we get, 2 ÷ 1/4 = (2 × 4)/1
= 2 × 4 = 8
Therefore, the answer to the above question is 8 ribbons.

Question 2:
One-eighth of Tony’s books are mystery books. He has 3 mystery books. How many books does Tony have in all?
______ Books

Answer:
24 Books

Explanation:
Given that, Tony has 3 mystery books
Out of which 1/8th of tony’s books are mystery books
So, to find how many books does Tony have in all
Divide 3 by 1/8, we get
3 ÷ 1/8
(3 ×8)/1 = 24

Question 3:
Brianna has 4 pink bracelets. One-third of all her bracelets are pink. How many bracelets does Brianna have?
______ Bracelets

Answer:
12 Bracelets

Explanation:
No. of pink bracelets that Brianna has = 4
1/3rd of all her bracelets are pink
Divide No. of pink bracelets by 1/3rd of all her pink bracelets
we get,
4 ÷ 1/3
4 × 3 = 12
So, the answer is 12 bracelets

Question 4:
Ramal filled 3 pages in a stamp album. This is one sixth of the pages in the album. How many pages are there in Ramal’s stamp album?
______ pages

Answer:
18 pages

Explanation:
Given,
Ramal filled 3 pages in a stamp album
one-sixth of the pages in the album
3 ÷ 1/6 = 3 × 6 = 18 pages

Question 5:
Jeff helped repair one half of the bicycles in a bike shop last week. If Jeff worked on 5 bicycles, how many bicycles did the shop repair in all last week?
______ bicycles

Answer:
10 bicycles

Explanation:
Jeff helped repair 1/2 of the bicycles in a bike shop last week
Jeff worked on 5 bicycles
5 divided by 1/2
5 × 2/1 = 10 bicycles

Question 6:
Layla collects postcards. She has 7 postcards from Europe. Her postcards from Europe are one third of her total collection. How many postcards in all does Layla have?
______ postcards

Answer:
21 postcards

Explanation:
Layla collects postcards in which 7 postcards are from Europe
Postcards from Europe of her total collection = 1/3
7 divided by 1/3
we get, 7 × 3 = 21
Therefore, the postcards in all do Layla has 21 postcards

Find the Whole Group Using Unit Fractions Lesson Check Page No 498

Question 1:
A zoo has 2 male lions. One-sixth of the lions are male lions. How many lions are there at the zoo?
Options:
i. 2
ii. 6
iii. 8
iv. 12

Answer:
iv (12)

Explanation:
Male lions in the Zoo = 2
1/6th of the lions are male in the zoo
2 ÷ 1/6
= 2 × 6
= 12

Question 2:
Max has 5 red model cars. One-third of his model cars are red. How many model cars does Max have?
Options:
i. 15
ii. 12
iii. 10
iv. 8

Answer:
i.  (15)

Explanation:
Given,
Max has 5 red model cars
1/3rd of the cars are red
So we need to divide 5 by 1/3,
we get 3 × 5 = 15
Therefore the answer is 15

Spiral Review

Question 3:
There are 382 trees in the local park. What is the number of trees rounded to the nearest hundred?
Options:
i. 300
ii. 380
iii. 400
iv. 500

Answer:
iii. (400)

Explanation:
Given that there are 382 trees in the local park.
This is nearer to the number 400. So the round figure of 382 is 400

Question 4:
The Jones family is driving 458 miles on their vacation. So far, they have driven 267 miles. How many miles do they have left to drive?
458 – 267
Options:
i. 191
ii. 201
iii. 211
iv. 291

Answer:
i.  (191)

Explanation:
Jones family is driving 458 miles on their vacation
They have driven 267 miles
In this, we have to subtract 458 with 267,
we get, 191

Question 5:
Ken has 6 different colors of marbles. He has 9 marbles of each color. How many marbles does Ken have in all?
Options:
i. 15
ii. 45
iii. 54
iv. 63

Answer:
iii (54)

Explanation:
Given,
Ken has 6 different colors of marbles
Ken has 9 marbles of each color
To know the total number of marbles multiply different colors of marbles with each marble color
= 6 × 9 = 54

Question 6:
Eight friends share two pizzas equally. How much of a pizza does each friend get?

HMH Go math grade 3 Anwer key Find the Whole Group Using Unit Fractions spiral review
Options:
i. 8 halves
ii. 4 eighths
iii. 2 sixths
iv. 2 eighths

Answer:
iv (2 eighths)

Explanation:
There are 2 pizzas and eight friends need to share those pizzas
so, we have 2 by 8
Each friend gets 2/8 and the fraction name is 2 eighths

Chapter 8 Understanding Fractions Review Test – Page No 499

Review/Test

Question 1:
Each shape is divided into equal parts. Select the shapes that show thirds. Mark all that apply.

Options:
i. Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Review test (a)
ii. Go Math Solution Key for Grade 3 Review (b)
iii. Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 Review (c)
iv. Chapter 8 Go Math Key for Grade 3 Review (d)

Answer: ii & iv

Explanation: From the given figures we can observe that there are thirds in Fig ii & iv.

Question 2:
What fraction names the shaded part of the shape?
Go Math Solution Key for Grade 3 Chapter Review Image_1

Options:
i. 8 sixths
ii. 8 eighths
iii. 6 eighths
iv. 2 sixths

Answer:
iii (6 eighths)

Explanation:
A rectangle is divided into a group of eight parts and 6 parts are shaded. The fraction name of the shaded parts is 6 eighths.

Question 3:
Omar shaded a model to show the part of the lawn that he finished mowing. What fraction names the shaded part? Explain how you know how to write the fraction.
HMH Go math grade 3 Anwer key Chapter 8 Review Image_2

Answer: 1/8

Explanation:
From the figure, we can see that there are eight triangles and only one part is shaded. So, the fraction of the shaded part is 1/8.

No. of Shaded parts must be given in the numerator and the number of parts or whole group will be in the denominator.

Chapter 8 Understanding Fractions Review Test – Page No 500

Question 4:
What fraction names point A on the number line?
Answer Key for 3rd Std HMH Go Math Chapter 8 Review img_3
Point A ___

Answer: 1/6

Explanation:
A number line is shown in the figure above,
Each point is equal to 1/6
The point is located after 0/6. So, Point A is 1/6.

Question 5:
Jamal folded this piece of paper into equal parts. Circle the word that makes the sentence true.
Go Math Key for Grade 3 Chapter 8 Review img_4
The Paper is folded into

Options:
i. Sixths
ii. Eighths
iii. Fourths

Answer: Eighths

Explanation:
From the figure, we can see that the paper is divided into 8 equal parts. So, the paper is folded into eighths.

Question 6:
Caleb took 18 photos at the zoo. One sixth of his photos are of giraffes. How many of Caleb’s photos are of giraffes?
_______ photos

Answer: 3 photos

Explanation:
Given that,
Caleb took 18 photos at the zoo
1/6th of the photos are giraffes
To know the no. of Caleb’s photos are of giraffes
Simplify 18 and 1/6
18/6 = 3

Question 7:
Three teachers share 2 packs of paper equally.
Go Math Primary School Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Review test img_5
How much paper does each teacher get? Mark all that apply.
Options:
i. 3 halves of a pack
ii. 2 thirds of a pack
iii. 3 sixths of a pack
iv. 1 half of a pack
v. 1 third of a pack

Answer:
ii (2 thirds of a pack)

Explanation:
No. of teachers = 3
No. of Packs of paper = 2
3 teachers should share 2 packs of paper
i.e., No. of Paper Packs/ No. of teachers = 2/3
The fraction name is 2 thirds of a pack

Chapter 8 Understanding Fractions Review Test – Page No 501

Question 8:
Lilly shaded this design.
Grade 3 HMH Go Math Answer Keys Chapter 8 Review Test Img_6
Select one number from each column to show the part of the design that Lilly shaded.
Answer Keys for HMH Go Math Chapter 8 Grade 3 Review img_7

Answer:
i. Numerator 1
ii. Denominator 4
iii. Numerator 5

Explanation:
The task is to observe the figure and identify the number from each column i.e., Numerator and Denominator Column. Lilly has Shaded the 1st column 1st block i.e, 1, Next 2nd Column 2nd block is shaded so 4, and at last 1st column 3rd block is shaded so numerator 5.

Question 9:
Marcus baked a loaf of banana bread for a party. He cut the loaf into equal size pieces. At the end of the party, there were 6 pieces left. Explain how you can find the number of pieces in the whole loaf if Marcus told you that 1/3 of the loaf was left. Use a drawing to show your work.
____ pieces

Answer: 18 pieces
Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Answer Key review solution img_1

Explanation:
Given,
Marcus baked a loaf of banana bread for a party. He cut the loaf into equal size pieces
At the end of the party, there were 6 pieces left.
Marcus told you that 1/3 of the loaf was left
To find:
Number of pieces in the whole loaf = x
1/3 × x = 6
x = 6 × 3
x = 18
So, the total number of pieces in the whole loaf is 18

Chapter 8 Understanding Fractions Review Test – Page No 502

Question 10:
The model shows one whole. What fraction of the model is NOT shaded?
Answer key of Go math grade 3 chapter 8 Review img_8
____

Answer: 2/4

Explanation:
The square is divided to 4 equal triangles. In that two parts are shaded and two parts are not shaded.
Thus the fraction for the non shaded part is 2/4

Question 11:
Together, Amy and Thea make up 1/4 of the midfielders on the soccer team. How many midfielders are on the team? Show your work.
_____ midfielders

Answer: 8

Explanation:
1/4 of the midfielders on the soccer team represents 2 midfielders
If we divide no. of midfielders into 4 equal groups, then each group will have 2 midfielders
1/4 × x = 2
x = 4 × 2
x = 8
Thus 8 midfielders are on the team

Question 12:
Six friends share 4 apples equally. How much apple does each friend get?
HMH Go Math Chapter 8 Grade 3 Key Review img_9

Answer: 1 apple

Question 13:
Each shape is 1 whole.
Solution Key for HMH Go Math Grade 3 Understand Fractions Review img_10
For numbers, 13a–13e, choose Yes or No to show whether the number names the parts that are shaded.

a. 4
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
i. Yes

b. 8
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
i. Yes

c. 8/2
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
ii. No

d. 8/4
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
i. Yes

e. 2/8
i. Yes
ii. No

Answer:
ii. No

Chapter 8 Understanding Fractions Review Test – Page No 503

Question 14:
Alex has 3 baseballs. He brings 2 baseballs to school. What fraction of his baseballs does Alex bring to school?
____

Answer: 2/3

Explanation:
Total Number of baseballs that Alex have = 3
He brings 2 baseballs to school
The fraction of baseballs that brings to school = No. of baseballs brings to school/total no. of baseballs
= 2/3

Question 15:
Janeen and Nicole each made fruit salad for a school event.
Part A
Janeen used 16 pieces of fruit to make her salad. If 1/4 of the fruits were peaches, how many peaches did she use? Make a drawing to show your work.
____ peaches

Answer:4
No. of pieces Janeen used to make her fruit salad = 16
In that 1/4 of the fruits were peaches
how many peaches did she use is?
Multiply No. of fruit pieces with 1/4 of the fruits were peaches
we get,
16 × 1/4
= 16/4
= 4

Part B
Nicole used 24 pieces of fruit. If 1/6 of them were peaches, how many peaches in all did Janeen and Nicole use to make their fruit salads? Explain how you found your answer.
____ peaches

Answer: 8

Explanation:
No. of peaches Janeen used in her fruit salad = 4
Total number of fruit pieces Nicole used = 24
If 1/6 of them were peaches
24 × 1/6 = 4
To know total no. of peaches that Janeen and Nicole used
We have to add the number of peaches in the fruit salad of Janeen and Nicole
= 4 + 4
= 8

Question 16:
There are 8 rows of chairs in the auditorium. Three of the rows are empty. What fraction of the rows are empty?
_____ rows

Answer: 3/8

Explanation:
Given: Total Number of rows of chairs in the auditorium = 8
In that three rows are empty
The fraction of the rows that are empty is 3/8

Chapter 8 Understanding Fractions Review Test – Page No 504

Question 17:
Tara ran 3 laps around her neighborhood for a total of 1 mile yesterday. Today she wants to run 2/3 of a mile. How many laps will she need to run around her neighborhood?
Go Math HMH Grade 3 Answer Key for Understand Fractions Review img_11
____ laps

Answer: 2 laps

Explanation:
Given that,
Tara ran 3 laps around her neighborhood for a total of 1 mile
she wants to run 2/3 of a mile
1 mile —- 3 laps
2/3 mile — x
1 × x = (3 ×2)/3
x = 6/3
x = 2
Thus it takes 2 laps to run around her neighborhood

Question 18:
Gary painted some shapes.
Solution Key for Go Math Grade 3 Understand Fractions img_12
Select one number from each column to show a fraction greater than 1 that names the parts Gary painted.
Go Math 3rd std Answer Key for Understand fractions Review img_13
_____

Answer:

Question 19:
Angelo rode his bike around a bike trail that was 1/4 of a mile long. He rode his bike around the trail 8 times. Angelo says he rode a total of 8/4 miles. Teresa says he is wrong and that he actually rode 2 miles. Who is correct? Use words and drawings to explain how you know.
_____

Answer: 2 miles
Both Angelo and Teresa are correct
8/4 and 2 are same

Grade 3 HMH Go Math Answer Key PDF Chapter 8 covers questions from exercises, practice tests, assessment tests, etc. Improve your math knowledge and learn the concepts underlying effectively using our HMH Go Math 3rd Grade Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Anwer Key. To practice, more such questions check out Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 8 Understand Fractions Extra Practice.

We wish the knowledge shared on Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 8 Understand Fractions has helped you in your preparation. If you need any help you can always look up to the Step by Step Solutions provided in our 3rd Grade Go Math Chapter 8 Understand Fractions.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area Review/Test

go-math-grade-4-chapter-13-algebra-perimeter-and-area-review-test-answer-key

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area Review/Test support students to improve their subject knowledge on the perimeter and area of the different shapes & gain maths skills. The answers provided in this chapter are designed by the math experts. Go ahead and download the Go Math Grade 4 Answer key pdf, to find out the Perimeter and Area of the rectangle, square, and etc. concepts easily.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area Review/Test

Go Math Solution Key of grade 4 chapter 13 will provide perfect solutions in a step-by-step manner with a clear explanation of every question. Go Math taught explicitly about Perimeter and Area of different Shapes with the help of images, indicating images with arrows, and numbers. So, make use of this pdf formatted lesson-wise Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area Review/Test & check your solutions within no time.

Chapter: 13 – Review/Test 

Review/Test – Page No. 519

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 1

Question 1.
The number of square units needed to cover a flat surface is the ______________.
_________

Answer: Area
The number of square units needed to cover a flat surface is the area.

Question 2.
The distance around a shape is the ____________.
_________

Answer: Perimeter
The distance around a shape is the Perimeter.

Find the area of the rectangle or combined rectangles.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 2
A = _____ square feet

Answer: 112 square feet

Explanation:
Given,
length = 14 ft
Width = 8 ft
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 14 ft × 8 ft
A = 112 square feet
Thus the area of the rectangle for the above figure is 112 square feet.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 3
A = _____ square centimeters

Answer: 65 square cm.

Explanation:
Figure 1:
S = 3 cm
Area of the square = s × s
A = 3 cm × 3 cm
A = 9 square cm
Figure 2:
b = 11 cm
h = 4 cm
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 11 cm × 4 cm
A = 44 square cm
Figure 3:
b = 2 cm
h = 6 cm
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 2 cm × 6 cm
A = 12 square cm
Area of the composite figure is 9 sq. cm + 44 sq. cm + 12 sq. cm = 65 square cm.

Find the unknown measure of the rectangle.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 4
A = _____ square yards

Answer: 136 square yard

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b = 12 yd
h = 8 yd
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 12 yd × 8 yd
A = 96 square yard.
Figure 2:
b = 16 yd
h = 1 yd
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 16 yd × 1 yd
A = 16 square yard.
Figure 3:
b = 4 yd
h = 6 yd
Area of the rectangle = b × h
A = 4 yd × 6 yd
A = 24 square yard.
The area of the composite figure is 96 square yard + 16 square yard + 24 square yard = 136 square yard.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 5
Perimeter = 60 meters
width = _____ m

Answer: 12 m

Explanation:
Given,
Perimeter = 60 meters
length = 18 m
width = _____ m
The perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
P = 2l + 2w
60 m = 2 × 18 m + 2w
60 m – 36 m = 2w
2w = 24
w = 24/2
w = 12 meters
Thus the width of the above rectangle is 12 meters.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 6
Area = 91 square feet
height = _____ feet

Answer: 13 ft

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 91 square feet
base = 7 ft
height = _____ feet
Area of the rectangle = b × h
91 sq ft = 7 ft × h
h = 91/7
h = 13 ft
Thus the height of the above rectangle is 13 ft.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 7
Area = 60 square inches
base = _____ in.

Answer: 10 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Area = 60 square inches
height = 6 in
base = _____ in.
Area of the rectangle = b × h
60 square inches = b × 6 in
b = 60/6
b = 10 inches
Thus the base of the above rectangle is 10 inches.

Question 9.
What is the perimeter of a rectangle with a length of 13 feet and a width of 9 feet?
P = _____ ft

Answer: 44 ft

Explanation:
Given,
l = 13 ft
w = 9 ft
The perimeter of the rectangle = l + w + l + w
P = 13 ft + 9 ft + 13 ft + 9 ft
P = 44 ft
Thus the perimeter of the rectangle is 44 ft.

Review/Test – Page No. 520

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 10.
Which pair of shapes has the same area?
Options:
a.Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 8
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 9
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 10
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 11

Answer: Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 10

Explanation:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 8
4 × 2 = 8
3 × 3 = 9
8 ≠ 9
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 9
4 × 4 = 16
3 × 5 = 15
16 ≠ 15
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 10
3 × 4 = 12
2 × 6 = 12
12 = 12
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 11.
Jamie’s mom wants to enlarge her rectangular garden by adding a new rectangular section. The garden is now 96 square yards. What will the total area of the garden be after she adds the new section?
Options:
a. 84 square yards
b. 96 square yards
c. 180 square yards
d. 192 square yards

Answer: 192 square yards

Explanation:
Given that,
Jamie’s mom wants to enlarge her rectangular garden by adding a new rectangular section. The garden is now 96 square yards.
Add 96 square yards to the rectangular garden.
96 square yards + 96 square yards = 192 square yards
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 12.
A rectangular yoga studio has an area of 153 square feet. The width of the studio is 9 feet. What is the length of the studio?
lenght = _____ ft

Answer: 17 ft

Explanation:
Given,
A rectangular yoga studio has an area of 153 square feet.
The width of the studio is 9 feet.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
153 square feet = l × 9 ft
l = 153/9
l = 17 ft
Therefore the length of the studio is 17 feet.

Review/Test – Page No. 521

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 13.
Mr. Patterson had a rectangular deck with an area of 112 square feet built in his backyard. Which could be a diagram of Mr. Patterson’s deck?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 12
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 13
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 14
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 15

Answer: c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 14

Explanation:
Given,
Mr. Patterson had a rectangular deck with an area of 112 square feet built in his backyard.
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 28 ft × 4 ft
A = 112 square feet
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 14.
The town indoor pool is in a rectangular building. Marco is laying tile around the rectangular pool. How many square meters of tile will Marco need?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 16
Options:
a. 96 square meters
b. 252 square meters
c. 572 square meters
d. 892 square meters

Answer: 252 square meters

Explanation:
The outer rectangle is
l = 26 m
w = 22 m
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 26 m × 22 m
A = 572 square meters
The inner rectangle is
l = 20 m
w = 16 m
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 20 m × 16 m
A = 320 square meters
Thus the square meters of tile will Marco need is 572 – 320 = 252 square meters.

Review/Test – Page No. 522

Question 15.
A drawing of a high school pool is shown below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 17
What is the area of the pool? Explain how you know.
_______ square yards

Answer:

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 10 yd
w = 15 yd
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 10 yd × 15 yd
A = 150 square yard
Figure 2:
l = 15 yd
w = 10 yd
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 15 yd × 10 yd
A = 150 square yard
Figure 3:
l = 10 yd
w = 5 yd
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 10 yd × 5 yd
A = 50 square yard
Area of the pool = 150 square yard + 150 square yard + 50 square yard = 350 square yard

Question 16.
Mr. Brown has 24 meters of fencing. He wants to build a rectangular pen for his rabbits.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 13 Algebra Perimeter and Area Review Test img 18
A. Draw two different rectangles that Mr. Brown could build. Use only whole numbers for the lengths of the sides of each rectangle. Label the length of each side.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Review Test img-2

Question 16.
B. Find the area in square meters of each rabbit pen you made in Part A. Show your work.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 20 square meters

Explanation:
l = 10m
w = 2m
Area of the rectangle = l × w
A = 10 m × 2 m
A = 20 square meters
Therefore the area in square meters of each rabbit pen is 20 square meters.

Question 16.
C. If you were Mr. Brown, which of the two pens above would you construct for your rabbits? Explain why.
Type below:
_________

Answer: I would construct the second figure for the two rabbit pens.

Conclusion:

Once you go through the Go Math Grade 4 Review Test Solutions of ch 13, then students can immediately discover the perimeter and area of shapes. Stay Connected with us to get the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area along with Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 13 Algebra: Perimeter and Area pdf.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables

go-math-grade-6-chapter-9-independent-and-dependent-variables-answer-key

Download Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables pdf for free of cost. It is very important for the students to learn the fundamentals at the secondary level. In order to help you guys, we are providing the answers to all the questions in HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 Solution Key Independent and Dependent Variables.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables

The Independent and Dependent Variables chapter consists of the topics like equations and tables, analyze relationships, graphs etc. It is essential for students to know the relationship between the graphs and tables in this chapter. You can know different methods of solving the problems by using Go Math Grade 6 Solution Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables. All you have to do is to tap the below-given links.

Lesson 1: Independent and Dependent Variables

Lesson 2: Equations and Tables

Lesson 3: Problem Solving • Analyze Relationships

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 4: Graph Relationships

Lesson 5: Equations and Graphs

Chapter 9 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 493

Identify the independent and dependent variables. Then write an equation to represent the relationship between them.

Question 1.
An online store lets customers have their name printed on any item they buy. The total cost c in dollars is the price of the item p in dollars plus $3.99 for the name.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = p + $3.99

Explanation:
The independent variable is c, the price of the item because it is not going to depend on anything else.
The dependent variable is p because the total cost depends on how many items there are, whether your name is marked on it, etc.
The equation would be:
c = p + $3.99

Question 2.
A raft travels downriver at a rate of 6 miles per hour. The total distance d in miles that the raft travels is equal to the rate times the number of hours h.
Type below:
________________

Answer: d = 6 × h

Explanation:
Speed of the raft= 6 miles per hour
Total distance (d) of the raft = rate × number of hours h
The dependent variable is the number of hours h
The independent variable is distance d.
The equation would be:
d = 6 × h

Question 3.
Apples are on sale for $1.99 a pound. Sheila buys p pounds of apples for a total cost of c dollars.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = p × $1.99

Explanation:
Apples are on sale for $1.99 a pound
p = pounds of apples
c = total cost of dollars
The equation would be:
c = p × $1.99
c is the independent variable.
p is the dependent variable.

On Your Own

Identify the independent and dependent variables. Then write an equation to represent the relationship between them.

Question 4.
Sean can make 8 paper birds in an hour. The total number of birds b is equal to the number of birds he makes per hour times the number of hours h.
Type below:
________________

Answer: b = 8h

Explanation:
Given that,
Sean can make 8 paper birds in an hour.
The total number of birds b is equal to the number of birds he makes per hour times the number of hours h.
b = number of birds
h = number of hours
The equation would be:
b = 8 × h
b is the independent variable.
h is the dependent variable.

Question 5.
Billy has $25. His father is going to give him more money. The total amount t Billy will have is equal to the amount m his father gives him plus the $25 Billy already has.
Type below:
________________

Answer: t = m + $25

Explanation:
Billy has $25. His father is going to give him more money.
The total amount t Billy will have is equal to the amount m his father gives him plus the $25 Billy already has.
The equation would be:
t = m + $25
t is the independent variable
m is the dependent variable.

Question 6.
Connect Symbols and Words Describe a situation that can be represented by the equation c = 12b.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Melinda is making necklaces. She uses 12 beads for each necklace. The total number of beads b depends on the cost of the necklace c.
The equation is c = 12n

Question 7.
Belinda pays $4.25 for each glass she buys. The total cost c is equal to the price per glass times the number of glasses n plus $9.95 for shipping and handling. Write an equation and use it to find how much it will cost Belinda to buy 12 glasses.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Belinda pays $4.25 for each glass she buys. The total cost c is equal to the price per glass times the number of glasses n plus $9.95 for shipping and handling.
The equation is: c = 4.25n + 9.95
Now we have to find the cost of 12 glasses.
c = 4.25(12) + 9.95
c = 60.95
It takes $60.95 to buy 12 glasses.

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 494

Question 8.
Benji decides to save $15 per week to buy a computer program. Write an equation that models the total amount t in dollars Benji will have saved in w weeks.
a. What does the variable t represent?
Type below:
________________

Answer: t represents the total amount in dollars Banji saved.

Question 8.
b. Which is the dependent variable? Which is the independent variable? How do you know?
Type below:
________________

Answer:
w is the dependent variable.
t is the independent variable.
w is dependent because it represents the number of weeks. So, we have to multiply 15 with w.
t is an independent variable because t determines the value of dependent variable.

Question 8.
c. How can you find the total amount saved in w weeks?
Type below:
________________

Answer: We can find the total amount saved in w weeks by multiplying 15 with w.

Question 8.
d. Write an equation for the total amount that Benji will have saved.
Type below:
________________

Answer: t = 15w

Question 9.
Coach Diaz is buying hats for the baseball team. The total cost c is equal to the number of hats n that he buys times the sum of the price per hat h and a $2 charge per hat to have the team name printed on it. Write an equation that can be used to find the cost of the hats.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = n + 2h

Explanation:
Coach Diaz is buying hats for the baseball team.
The total cost c is equal to the number of hats n that he buys times the sum of the price per hat h and a $2 charge per hat to have the team name printed on it.
c represents the total cost.
n is the number of hats
h is the price per hat.
The equation is c is equal to the number of hats plus price per hat and $2.
c = n + 2h

Question 10.
A steel cable that is \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch in diameter weighs 0.42 pound per foot. The total weight in pounds w is equal to 0.42 times of the number of feet f of steel cable. Choose the letter or equation that makes each sentence true.
The independent variable is ______________ .
The dependent variable is ______________ .
The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is ______________ .

Answer:
A steel cable that is \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch in diameter weighs 0.42 pound per foot.
The total weight in pounds w is equal to 0.42 times of the number of feet f of steel cable.
The equation would be:
w = 0.2f
f is the dependent variable
w is the dependent variable.

Independent and Dependent Variables – Page No. 495

Identify the independent and dependent variables. Then write an equation to represent the relationship between them.

Question 1.
Sandra has a coupon to save $3 off her next purchase at a restaurant. The cost of her meal c will be the price of the food p that she orders, minus $3.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = p – 3

Explanation:
Given,
Sandra has a coupon to save $3 off her next purchase at a restaurant.
The cost of her meal c will be the price of the food p that she orders, minus $3.
c is the independent variable
p is the dependent variable
The equation would be:
c = p – 3

Question 2.
An online clothing store charges $6 for shipping, no matter the price of the items. The total cost c in dollars is the price of the items ordered p plus $6 for shipping.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = p + 6

Explanation:
Given,
An online clothing store charges $6 for shipping, no matter the price of the items.
The total cost c in dollars is the price of the items ordered p plus $6 for shipping.
The equation would be:
c = p + $6
where c = cost in dollars
p is the price of items
The independent variable is c.
The dependent variable is p

Question 3.
Melinda is making necklaces. She uses 12 beads for each necklace. The total number of beads b depends on the number of necklaces n.
Type below:
________________

Answer: b = 12n

Explanation:
Melinda is making necklaces. She uses 12 beads for each necklace.
The total number of beads b depends on the number of necklaces n.
b = total number of beads
n = number of necklaces
The equation would be:
b = 12n
b is the independent variable
n is the dependent variable.

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Maria earns $45 for every lawn that she mows. Her earnings e in dollars depend on the number of lawns n that she mows. Write an equation that represents this situation.
Type below:
________________

Answer: e = 45n

Explanation:
Maria earns $45 for every lawn that she mows.
Her earnings e in dollars depend on the number of lawns n that she mows.
e = earnings in dollars
n = number of lawns
The equation would be:
e = 45n
e is the independent variable.
n is the dependent variable.

Question 5.
Martin sells cars. He earns $100 per day, plus any commission on his sales. His daily salary s in dollars depends on the amount of commission c. Write an equation to represent his daily salary.
Type below:
________________

Answer: s = 100 + c

Explanation:
Martin sells cars. He earns $100 per day, plus any commission on his sales. His daily salary s in dollars depends on the amount of commission c.
c = amount of commission
s = salary in dollars
The equation would be:
s = 100 + c
s is the independent variable.
c is the dependent variable.

Question 6.
Write a situation in which one unknown is dependent on another unknown. Write an equation for your situation and identify the dependent and independent variables.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Byron is playing a game. He earns 10 points for each question he answers correctly. His total score s equals the number of correct answers a time a.
Answer:
Dependent variable: s
Independent variable: a
Equation: s = 10a

Lesson Check – Page No. 496

Question 1.
There are 12 boys in a math class. The total number of students s depends on the number of girls in the class g. Write an equation that represents this situation.
Type below:
________________

Answer: s = 12 + g

Explanation:
There are 12 boys in a math class.
The total number of students s depends on the number of girls in class g.
The equation would be:
s = 12 + g
s is the independent variable.
g is the dependent variable.

Question 2.
A store received a shipment of soup cans. The clerk put an equal number of cans on each of 4 shelves. Write an equation to represent the relationship between the total number of cans t and the number of cans on each shelf n.
Type below:
________________

Answer: n = t ÷ 4

Explanation:
A store received a shipment of soup cans. The clerk put an equal number of cans on each of 4 shelves.
t = number of cans.
n = number of cans on each shelf.
The equation would be:
n = t ÷ 4
n is the independent variable.
t is the dependent variable.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The formula F = \(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 gives the Fahrenheit temperature for a Celsius temperature of C degrees. Gwen measured a Celsius temperature of 35 degrees. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
______ °F

Answer: 95 degrees

Explanation:
The formula F = \(\frac{9}{5}\)C + 32 gives the Fahrenheit temperature for a Celsius temperature of C degrees.
C = 35
F = 9C ÷ 5 + 32
F = 9(35) ÷ 5 + 32
F = 315 ÷ 5 + 32
F = 63 + 32
F = 95 degrees

Question 4.
Write an equation to represent this sentence. The difference of a number n and 1.8 is 2.
Type below:
________________

Answer: n – 1.8 = 2

Explanation:
The difference of a number n and 1.8 is 2.
The phrase difference is nothing but subtraction.
The equation would be:
n – 1.8 = 2

Question 5.
Drew drank 4 cups of orange juice. This is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the total amount of juice that was in the container. Solve \(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 4 to find the number of cups x of juice in the container. How much juice was in the container?
______ cups

Answer: 10 cups

Explanation:
Drew drank 4 cups of orange juice. This is \(\frac{2}{5}\) of the total amount of juice that was in the container.
\(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 4
2 × x = 4 × 5
2x = 20
x = 20/2
x = 10
Thus there are 10 cups of juice in the container.

Question 6.
Graph x ≤ 4.5 on a number line.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
GO Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-1

Share and Show – Page No. 499

Use the equation to complete the table.

Question 1.
y = x + 3
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 1
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Substitute the value of x in the above equation.
The equation is x + 3.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-1

Question 2.
y = 2x + 1
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 2
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Substitute the value of x in the above equation.
The equation is y = 2x + 1
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-2

On Your Own

Write an equation for the relationship shown in the table. Then find the unknown value in the table.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 3
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 2x
The output is multiple of 2 and x
For x = 10
The output is y = 2x
y = 2 × 10 = 20

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 4
Type below:
________________

Answer:
y = x ÷ 2
The output is the quotient of x and 2.
The output for x = 40 is
y = 40 ÷ 2
y = 20

Question 5.
The table shows the current cost of buying apps for a cell phone. Next month, the price of each app will double. Write an equation you can use to find the total cost y of buying x apps next month.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 5
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 3x

Explanation:
The equation is multiple of 3 and x.
The equation is y = 3x

Question 6.
A beach resort charges $1.50 per hour plus $4.50 to rent a bicycle. The equation c = 1.50x + 4.50 gives the total cost c of renting a bicycle for x hours. Use numbers and words to explain how to find the cost c of renting a bicycle for 6 hours.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 6
Type below:
________________

Answer:
A beach resort charges $1.50 per hour plus $4.50 to rent a bicycle.
The equation c = 1.50x + 4.50 gives the total cost c of renting a bicycle for x hours.
For x = 1
c = 1.50(1) + 4.50
c = 1.50 + 4.50
c = $6.00
For x = 2
c = 1.50(2) + 4.50
c = 3.00 + 4.50
c = $7.50
For x = 3
c = 1.50(3) + 4.50
c = 4.50 + 4.50
c = $9.00
For x = 4
c = 1.50(4) + 4.50
c = 6.00 + 4.50
c = $10.50

</aCause and Effect – Page No. 500

The reading skill cause and effect can help you understand how a change in one variable may cause a change in another variable.

In karate, a person’s skill level is often shown by the color of his or her belt. At Sara’s karate school, students must pass a test to move from one belt level to the next. Each test costs $23. Sara hopes to move up 3 belt levels this year. How will this affect her karate expenses?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 7

Question 7.
Write an equation to show the relationship between cause and effect. Then use the equation to solve the problem.
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 23x

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of belt levels Sara moves up and let y represent the increase in dollars in her karate expenses.
Write the equation:
y = 23x
Sara plans to move up 3 levels, so replace x with 3
y = 23 × 3
y = 69
So, if Sara moves up 3 belt levels this year, her karate expenses will increase by $69.

Write an equation to show the relationship between cause and effect. Then use the equation to solve the problem.

Question 8.
Classes at Tony’s karate school cost $29.50 per month. This year he plans to take 2 more months of classes than he did last year. How will this affect Tony’s karate expenses?
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 29.50x
where x is the number of additional classes
y is the increase in dollars in expenses.
Tony plans to take 2 more months of classes so his expenses will increase by y = 29.5 × 2 = $59

Question 9.
Write an Equation A sporting goods store regularly sells karate uniforms for $35.90 each. The store is putting karate uniforms on sale for 10% off. How will this affect the price of a karate uniform?
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 35.90x
where x is the percent of the discount and y is the decrease in dollars in the sales price.
For a 10% discount the price will decrease by y = 35.90 × 0.01 = $3.59

Equations and Tables – Page No. 501

Use the equation to complete the table.

Question 1.
y = 6x
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 8
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 6x
Substitute the value of x in the above equation.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-8

Question 2.
y = x − 7
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 9
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = x – 7
Substitute the value of x in the equation.
Use the equation to get the output y.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-9

Question 3.
y = 3x + 4
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 10
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is y = 3x + 4
Substitute the value of x in the above equation.
Use the equation to get the output y.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-10 (1)

Write an equation for the relationship shown in the table. Then find the unknown value in the table.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 11
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 8x

Explanation:
The equation is the multiple of 8.
The equation is y = 8x
Substitute x = 3 in the equation.
y = 8(3) = 24
Thus the unknown value is 24.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 12
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = x ÷ 2

Explanation:
The equation is divisible by 2.
The equation is y = x ÷ 2
Substitute x = 22 in the equation.
y = x ÷ 2
y = 22 ÷ 2
y = 11
Therefore the unknown value is 11.

Problem Solving

Question 6.
Tickets to a play cost $11 each. There is also a service charge of $4 per order. Write an equation for the relationship that gives the total cost y in dollars for an order of x tickets.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 11x + 4

Explanation:
Given,
Tickets to a play cost $11 each.
There is also a service charge of $4 per order.
y represents the total cost in dollars.
x represents the order of tickets.
The equation is y = 11x + 4

Question 7.
Write an equation for the relationship shown in the table. Then use the equation to find the estimated number of shrimp in a 5-pound bag.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 13
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 24x

Explanation:
The equation is the multiple of 24.
The equation is y = 24x

Question 8.
Write a word problem that can be represented by a table and equation. Solve your problem and include the table and equation.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Susie ran a race. She ran 5 miles an hour and the race took her x hours to complete.
y = 5x
Use the equation to get the output y.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-10

Lesson Check – Page No. 502

Question 1.
Write an equation that represents the relationship shown in the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 14
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = x – 4

Explanation:
The relationship between x and y is y = x – 4.
We get the output when we subtract 4 from x.

Question 2.
There is a one-time fee of $27 to join a gym. The monthly cost of using the gym is $18. Write an equation for the relationship that gives the total cost y in dollars of joining the gym and using it for x months.
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 18x + 27

Explanation:
Given,
There is a one-time fee of $27 to join a gym. The monthly cost of using the gym is $18.
Here y represents the total coast in dollars of joining the gym.
x represents months.
So, the equation would be: y = 18x + 27

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Mindy wants to buy several books that each cost $10. She has a coupon for $6 off her total cost. Write an expression to represent her total cost in dollars for b books.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 10b – 6

Explanation:
Given,
Mindy wants to buy several books that each cost $10.
She has a coupon for $6 off her total cost.
b represents the total cost in dollars for b books.
So, the equation to represent the total cost is 10b – 6.

Question 4.
When a coupon of $1.25 off is used, the cost of a taco meal is $4.85. The equation p – 1.25 = 4.85 can be used to find the regular price p in dollars of a taco meal. How much does a regular taco meal cost?
$ _______

Answer: 6.10

Explanation:
Given,
When a coupon of $1.25 off is used, the cost of a taco meal is $4.85.
The equation is p – 1.25 = 4.85
p = 4.85 + 1.25
p = 6.10
Therefore the taco meal cost $6.10.

Question 5.
Which of the following are solutions to the inequality n > 7?
n = 7 n = 6.9 n = 7.2 n = 6\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Type below:
________________

Answer: n = -7

Explanation:
Substitute the value of n in the inequality.
n > 7
n = -7
-7 > -7
Thus -7 is the solution.
n = 6.9
-6.9 > -7
-6.9 is not the solution.
n = 7.2
-7.2 > -7
-7.2 is less than – 7
Thus -7.2 is not the solution.
n = 6\(\frac{1}{2}\)
6\(\frac{1}{2}\) > -7
6\(\frac{1}{2}\) is not the solution.

Question 6.
Marcus sold brownies at a bake sale. He sold d dollars worth of brownies. He spent $5.50 on materials, so his total profit p in dollars can be found by subtracting $5.50 from his earnings. Write an equation that represents this situation.
Type below:
________________

Answer: p = d – 5.50

Explanation:
Marcus sold brownies at a bake sale. He sold d dollars worth of brownies.
He spent $5.50 on materials, so his total profit p in dollars can be found by subtracting $5.50 from his earnings.
p represents the total profit in dollars.
d is the dollars worth of brownies.
The equation is p = d – 5.50

Share and Show – Page No. 505

Question 1.
A soccer coach is ordering shirts for the players. The table shows the total cost based on the number of shirts ordered. How much will it cost the coach to order 18 shirts?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 15
$ _______

Answer: 270

Explanation:
First, find a pattern and write an equation.
The cost is $15 multiplied by the number of shirts.
c = $15 × n
Next, use the equation to find the cost of 18 shirts.
c = $15 × n
c = $15 × 18
c = $270
So, the cost of 18 shirts is $270.

Question 2.
What if the coach spent $375 to purchase a number of shirts? Could you use the same equation to find how many shirts the coach bought? Explain.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Yes, I could use the same equation.
I could substitute 375 for the variable c and solve for n.

Question 3.
The table shows the number of miles the Carter family drove over time. If the pattern continues, will the Carter family have driven more than 400 miles in 8 hours? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 16
Type below:
________________

Answer: 376 miles

Explanation:
First, find a pattern and write an equation.
The distance is 47 miles multiplied by the number of hours.
y = 47 × x
Next, use the equations to find the distance for 8 hours.
y = 47x
y = 47 × 8
y = 376
So, the family will have driven 376 miles in 8 hours, which is less than 400 miles.

Question 4.
Look for a Pattern The Carter family drove a total of 564 miles. Describe how to use the pattern in the table to find the number of hours they spent driving.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 12 hours

Explanation:
The equation is y = 47x
Next, use the equation to find the number of hours for 564 miles.
564 = 47 × x
x = 564/47
x = 12
So, the Carter family spent 12 hours driving for 564 miles.

On Your Own – Page No. 506

Question 5.
A group of dancers practiced for 4 hours in March, 8 hours in April, 12 hours in May, and 16 hours in June. If the pattern continues, how many hours will they practice in November?
_______ hours

Answer: 36 hours

Explanation:
Given that, a group of dancers practiced for 4 hours in March, 8 hours in April, 12 hours in May, and 16 hours in June.
The equation would be h = 4m
m = 9
h = 4 × 9 = 36
Thus the group practiced 36 hours in the month of November.

Question 6.
The table shows the number of hours Jacob worked and the amount he earned each day.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 17
At the end of the week, he used his earnings to buy a new pair of skis. He had $218 left over. How much did the skis cost?
$ _______

Answer: 142

Explanation:
First, add the total amount he earned.
60 + 84 + 72 + 96 + 48 = 360
Jacob earned $360 for the week.
If he has $218 leftover, this means that the cost of the skis is 360 – 218 = 14
Therefore the cost of the skis is $142.

Question 7.
Pose a Problem Look back at Problem 6. Use the data in the table to write a new problem in which you could use the strategy to find a pattern. Then solve the problem.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
How much money would Jacob earn if he worked for 10 hours?
From the table, we can see that the pattern is that Jacob earns $12 per hour.
The equation is s = 12h
Where s is the total pay and h is the number of hours worked.
s = 12h
s = 12 × 10
s = 120
Thus Jacob earned $120 for 10 hours.

Question 8.
Draw Conclusions Marlon rode his bicycle 9 miles the first week, 18 miles the second week, and 27 miles the third week. If the pattern continues, will Marlon ride exactly 100 miles in a week at some point? Explain how you determined your answer.
Type below:
________________

Answer: No, Marlon will not ride exactly 100 miles in a week at some point.
Each number in the pattern is a multiple of 9 and 100 is not a multiple of 9.

Question 9.
A diving instructor ordered snorkels. The table shows the cost based on the number of snorkels ordered.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 18
If the diving instructor spent $1,024, how many snorkels did he order? Use numbers and words to explain your answer.
_______ snorkels

Answer: 32

Explanation:
Use the table to find the equation.
c represents the cost based on the number of snorkels.
s represents the number of snorkels
The equation would be:
c = 32s
The diving instructor spent $1,024
c = 1024
1024 = 32s
s = 1024/32
s = 32
Thus the diving instructor gets 32 snorkels for $1024.

Problem Solving Analyze Relationships – Page No. 507

The table shows the number of cups of yogurt needed to make different amounts of a fruit smoothie. Use the table for 1–3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 19

Question 1.
Write an equation to represent the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = 3b

Explanation:
c represents number of cups of yogurt
b represents the batches
From the table, we can observe that b is multiplied with 3 to get cups of yogurt.
So, the equation to find the number of cups of yogurt is c = 3b

Question 2.
How much yogurt is needed for 9 batches of smoothie?
_______ cups

Answer: 27

Explanation:
Given that there are 9 batches of smoothie.
By using the above equation we can find the number of cups.
c = 3b
c = 3 × 9 = 27 cups
Thus 27 cups of yogurt is need to make 9 batches of smoothie.

Question 3.
Jerry used 33 cups of yogurt to make smoothies. How many batches did he make?
_______ batches

Answer: 11 batches

Explanation:
Jerry used 33 cups of yogurt to make smoothies.
Use the equation to find the batches.
c = 3b
33 = 3b
b = 33/3
b = 11
Therefore jerry made 11 batches of smoothie.

The table shows the relationship between Winn’s age and his sister’s age. Use the table for 4–5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 20

Question 4.
Write an equation to represent the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer: s = w + 4

Explanation:
By using the table we can find the relationship between wine’s age and wine’s sister’s age.
Winn’s sister’s age will be the sum of Winn’s age and 4.
So, the equation is s = w + 4

Question 5.
When Winn is 14 years old, how old will his sister be?
_______ years old

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Use the equation s = w + 4
W = 14 years
s = 14 + 4
s = 18 years
Thus winn’s sister’s age is 18 years.

Question 6.
Write a problem for the table. Use a pattern and an equation to solve your problem.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 21
Type below:
________________

Answer: m = 16h

Explanation:
Jerry runs 16 miles per hour. How many miles he can run in 5 hours?
The equation is m = 16h
m = 16 × 5 = 80 miles
Therefore jerry runs 80 miles in 5 hours.

Lesson Check – Page No. 508

Question 1.
The table shows the total cost c in dollars of n gift baskets. What will be the cost of 9 gift baskets?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 22

Answer: $108

Explanation:
By seeing the above we can say that the equation is
c = 12n
n = 9
Use the equation to find the cost of 9 gift baskets.
c = 12 × 9
c = $108
Thus the cost of 9 gift baskets is $108.

Question 2.
The table shows the number of minutes m that Tara has practiced after d days. If Tara has practiced for 70 minutes, how many days has she practiced?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 23
_______ days

Answer: 2 days

Explanation:
The table shows the number of minutes m that Tara has practiced after d days.
The equation would be
m = 35d
If Tara has practiced for 70 minutes
m = 70
Use the equation to find the number of days she practiced.
70 = 35d
d = 70/35
d = 2 days
Thus Tara has practiced 2 days.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Soccer shirts cost $15 each, and soccer shorts cost $18 each. The expression 15n + 18n represents the total cost in dollars of n uniforms. Simplify the expression by combining like terms.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 33n

Explanation:
Soccer shirts cost $15 each, and soccer shorts cost $18 each.
The expression 15n + 18n represents the total cost in dollars of n uniforms.
Now combine the like terms.
15n + 18n = 33n

Question 4.
What is an equation that represents the relationship in the table?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 24
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = x ÷ 2

Explanation:
By seeing the above table we can find the relationship between x and y.
y is the quotient of x and 2.
We get the value of y when you divide x by 2.
The equation is y = x ÷ 2

Question 5.
The lowest price of an MP3 of a song in an online store is $0.99. Write an inequality that represents the price p in dollars of any MP3 in the store.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The lowest price of an MP3 of a song in an online store is $0.99.
p represents the price in dollars.
The inequality is p ≥ 0.99.

Question 6.
Marisol plans to make 9 mini-sandwiches for every 2 people attending her party. Write a ratio that is equivalent to Marisol’s ratio.
Type below:
________________

Answer: 9:2

Explanation:
Given that, Marisol plans to make 9 mini-sandwiches for every 2 people attending her party.
The ratio will be 9:2
Now we need to write the equivalent ratio for the 9 sandwiches for every 2 people i.e, 9:2
We know that the equivalent ratio can be written as
9/2 × 3/3 = 27/6
9/2 × 5/5 = 45/6
Thus the equivalent fractions are 27/6 and 45/6.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 509

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 25

Question 1.
A(n) _____ has a value that determines the value of another quantity.
Type below:
________________

Answer: Independent variable
An Independent variable has a value that determines the value of another quantity.

Question 2.
A variable whose value is determined by the value of another quantity is called a(n) _____.
Type below:
________________

Answer: Dependent variable
A variable whose value is determined by the value of another quantity is called a Dependent variable.

Concepts and Skills

Identify the independent and dependent variables.

Question 3.
Marco spends a total of d dollars on postage to mail party invitations to each of g guests.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
dependent variable: d
independent variable: g

Question 4.
Sophie has a doll collection with 36 dolls. She decides to sell s dolls to a museum and has r dolls remaining.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
dependent variable: r
independent variable: s

Write an equation for the relationship shown in the table. Then find the unknown value in the table.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 26
Type below:
________________

Answer: 49

Explanation:
The equation is y = 7x
x = 7
y = 7 × 7 = 49
Thus the unknown value y is 49.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 27
Type below:
________________

Answer: 12

Explanation:
The equation for the above table is
y = x ÷ 5
Use the equation to find the value of y where x = 60
y = 60 ÷ 5
y = 12
Thus the unknown value is 12.

Write an equation that describes the pattern shown in the table.

Question 7.
The table shows how the number of pepperoni slices used depends on the number of pizzas made.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 28
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = 17x

Explanation:
The table shows how the number of pepperoni slices used depends on the number of pizzas made.
y is 17 times of x.
The equation for the above table is y = 17x

Question 8.
Brayden is training for a marathon. The table shows how the number of miles he runs depends on which week of training he is in.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 29
Type below:
________________

Answer: m = w + 5

Explanation:
Brayden is training for a marathon. The table shows how the number of miles he runs depends on which week of training he is in.
m is equal to the sum of w and 5.
Thus the equation is m = w + 5.

Page No. 510

Question 9.
The band has a total of 152 members. Some of the members are in the marching band, and the rest are in the concert band. Write an equation that models how many marching band members m there are if there are c concert band members.
Type below:
________________

Answer: m = 152 – c

Explanation:
Given,
The band has a total of 152 members. Some of the members are in the marching band, and the rest are in the concert band.
m is equal to the difference of 152 and c.
The equation is m = 152 – c

Question 10.
A coach is ordering baseball jerseys from a website. The jerseys cost $15 each, and shipping is $8 per order. Write an equation that can be used to determine the total cost y, in dollars, for x jerseys.
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 15x + 8

Explanation:
A coach is ordering baseball jerseys from a website.
The jerseys cost $15 each, and shipping is $8 per order.
y is equal to 15 times x plus 8
The equation is y = 15x + 8.

Question 11.
Amy volunteers at an animal shelter. She worked 10 hours in March, 12 hours in April, 14 hours in May, and 16 hours in June. If the pattern continues, how many hours will she work in December?
_______ hours

Answer: 28 hours

Explanation:
Amy volunteers at an animal shelter.
She worked 10 hours in March, 12 hours in April, 14 hours in May, and 16 hours in June.
As she started working from the march. December will be the 10th month.
Keep on adding 2 hours for each month you get 28 hours for December.
Thus she worked 28 hours in December.

Question 12.
Aaron wants to buy a new snowboard. The table shows the amount that he has saved. If the pattern in the table continues, how much will he have saved after 1 year?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 30
$ _______

Answer: $540

Explanation:
Aaron wants to buy a new snowboard. The table shows the amount that he has saved.
The equation will be s = 45m
s is the money saved
m is the number of months
1 year = 12 months
s = 45 × 12
s = 540
Thus he saved $540 after 1 year.

Share and Show – Page No. 513

Graph the relationship represented by the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 31
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 50x
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-19

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 32
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 5x
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-20

Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value of y.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 33
Type below:
________________

Answer: 3
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-15

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 34
Type below:
________________

Answer: 6
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-16

On Your Own

Practice: Copy and Solve Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value of y.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 35
Type below:
________________

Answer: 5
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-17

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 36
Type below:
________________

Answer: 7
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-18

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 514

The table at the right shows the typical price of a popular brand of corn cereal over time. Use the table for 7–8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 37

Question 7.
Use Graphs Complete the table below to show the cost of buying 1 to 5 boxes of corn cereal in 1988. Then graph the relationship on the coordinate plane at right.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 38
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-38
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-26

Question 8.
Suppose you graphed the cost of buying 1 to 5 boxes of corn cereal using the 1968 price and the 2008 price. Explain how those graphs would compare to the graph you made using the 1988 price.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The points on both graphs would lie on a line, but the line for the 1968 costs would rise less steeply than the line for 1988 costs and the line for the 2008 costs would rise more steeply than the line for 1988 costs.

Question 9.
A bookstore charges $4 for shipping, no matter how many books you buy. Irena makes a graph showing the shipping cost for 1 to 5 books. She claims that the points she graphed lie on a line. Does her statement make sense? Explain.
Type below:
________________

Answer: Yes her statement makes sense.
The points on the graph are (1,4), (2,4), (3,4), (4,4). These points lie on the horizontal line.

Question 10.
Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value of y.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 39
Type below:
________________

Answer: 3
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-25

Graph Relationships – Page No. 515

Graph the relationship represented by the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 40
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 25x

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-10

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 41
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-11

Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value of y.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 42
Type below:
________________

Answer: 6

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-12

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 43
Type below:
________________

Answer: 2

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-13

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Graph the relationship represented by the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 44
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 15x

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-14

Question 6.
Use the graph to find the cost of purchasing 5 DVDs.
$ ______

Answer:
The above graph shows that the cost of 5 DVDs is $75.

Question 7.
Both tables and graphs can be used to represent relationships between two variables. Explain how tables and graphs are similar and how they are different.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Tables and graphs can be useful tools for helping people make decisions. However, they only provide part of a story. Inferences often have to be made from the data shown. As well as being able to identify clearly what the graph or table is telling us, it is important to identify what parts of the story are missing.

Lesson Check – Page No. 516

Question 1.
Mei wants to graph the relationship represented by the table. Write an ordered pair that is a point on the graph of the relationship.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 45
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 8x
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-27

Question 2.
An online bookstore charges $2 to ship any book. Cole graphs the relationship that gives the total cost y in dollars to buy and ship a book that costs x dollars. Name an ordered pair that is a point on the graph of the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
An online bookstore charges $2 to ship any book.
Cole graphs the relationship that gives the total cost y in dollars to buy and ship a book that costs x dollars.
y = x + 2
x = 4
y = 4 + 2
y = 6
The ordered pair is (4,6)

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write an expression that is equivalent to 6(g + 4).
Type below:
________________

Answer:
6(g + 4)
6 × g + 6 × 4
6g + 24

Question 4.
There are 6 girls in a music class. This represents \(\frac{3}{7}\) of the entire class. Solve \(\frac{3}{7}\)s = 6 to find the number of students, s, in the class.
_____ students

Answer: 14

Explanation:
There are 6 girls in a music class. This represents \(\frac{3}{7}\) of the entire class.
\(\frac{3}{7}\)s = 6
3 × s = 6 × 7
3s = 42
s = 42/3
s = 14
There are 14 students in the class.

Question 5.
Graph n > 2 on a number line.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Key Chapter 9 img-28

Question 6.
Sam is ordering lunch for the people in his office. The table shows the cost of lunch based on the number of people. How much will lunch cost for 35 people?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 46
$ _____

Answer: 280

Explanation:
Sam is ordering lunch for the people in his office.
The table shows the cost of lunch based on the number of people.
The equation is c = 8n
c = 8 × 35
c = 280
Thus the lunch cost for 35 people is $280.

Share and Show – Page No. 519

Graph the linear equation.

Question 1.
y = x + 2
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-28

Question 2.
y = 3x
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-29

Write the linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 47
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = x – 1

Question 4.
Type below:
________________

On Your Own

Graph the linear equation.

Question 5.
y = x + 1
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-30

Question 6.
y = 2x − 1
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-31

Question 7.
Identify Relationships The graph shows the number of loaves of bread y that Kareem bakes in x hours. Write the linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 48
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The ordered pairs are (1,1), (2,2), (4,4), (5,5)
Look for a pattern among the pairs: each y value is the same as the corresponding x-value.
The equation is y = x
y = x

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 520

The graph shows the growth of a bamboo plant. Use the graph for 8–9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 49

Question 8.
Write a linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph. Use your equation to predict the height of the bamboo plant after 7 days.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Write the ordered pairs from the graph: (1,50), (2,100), (3,150), (4,200), (5,250).
Look for a pattern among the pairs: each y value is 50 times the corresponding x value.
The equation is y = 50x
For x = 7, the solution is y = 50 × 7 = 350.
So, the height of the bamboo plant after 7 days will be 350 centimeters.

Question 9.
The height y in centimeters of a second bamboo plant is given by the equation y = 30x, where x is the time in days. Describe how the graph showing the growth of this plant would compare to the graph showing the growth of the first plant.
Type below:
________________

Answer: The line of the graph for the second plant would be less steep than the line of the graph for the first plant.

Question 10.
Maria graphed the linear equation y = x + 3. Then she used her ruler to draw a vertical line through the point (4, 0). At what point do the two lines intersect?
Type below:
________________

Answer:
y = x + 3
y = 4 + 0 = 4
y = 4 + 3 = 7
The coordinate is (4, 7)
Go math grade 6 chapter 9 answer key img-32

Question 11.
Antonio claims the linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph is y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2. Use numbers and words to support Antonio’s claim.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 50
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The ordered pairs (2,3) and (6,5) on the line make the equation.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
y = 1/2 × 2 + 2
y = 1 + 2 = 3
y = 1/2 × 6 + 2
y = 3 + 2 = 5

Equations and Graphs – Page No. 521

Graph the linear equation.

Question 1.
y = x − 3
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-22

Question 2.
y = x ÷ 3
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-23

Write a linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 51
Type below:
________________

Answer:
By seeing the above graph we can say that the equation is
y = x + 1

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 52
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The ordered pairs are (1,4), (1.5,6), (2,8)
By seeing the above pairs we can say that the equation is y = 4x

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Dee is driving at an average speed of 50 miles per hour. Write a linear equation for the relationship that gives the distance y in miles that Dee drives in x hours.
Type below:
________________

Answer: y = 50x

Explanation:
Dee is driving at an average speed of 50 miles per hour.
y represents the distance in miles
x is the number of hours.
y is equal to the product of 50 and x.
y = 50x

Question 6.
Graph the relationship from Exercise 5.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-24

Question 7.
Explain how to write a linear equation for a line on a graph.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
To write an equation in slope-intercept form, given a graph of that equation, pick two points on the line and use them to find the slope.

Lesson Check – Page No. 522

Question 1.
A balloon rises at a rate of 10 feet per second. What is the linear equation for the relationship that gives the height y in feet of the balloon after x seconds?
Type below:
________________

Answer: The linear equation for the relationship is y = 10x

Question 2.
Write the linear equation that is shown by the graph.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 53
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Write the ordered pairs from the graph: (3,3), (5,5), (8,8)
Look for a pattern among the pairs: each y value is the same as the corresponding x-value.
The equation is y = x

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Of the three expressions shown, which two are equivalent?
3 + 2(9 + 2n)     7(3 + 4n)         21 + 4n
Type below:
________________

Answer:
3 + 2(9 + 2n) = 3 + 18 + 4n = 21 + 4n
7(3 + 4n) = 21 + 28n
Thus  21 + 4n and 3 + 2(9 + 2n) are equivalent.

Question 4.
Which of the following are solutions of j ≥ 0.6?
j = 1      j = 0.6       j = \(\frac{3}{5}\)       j = 0.12        j = 0.08
Type below:
________________

Answer: j = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
Substitute the values of j in the inequality.
j = 1
1 ≥ 0.6
1 is greater than 0.6 but not equal.
Thus 1 is not the solution of j ≥ 0.6.
j = 0.6
-0.6 ≥ 0.6
-0.6 is less than 0.6
Thus -0.6 is not the solution of j ≥ 0.6.
j = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) ≥ 0.6
\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 0.6
0.6 ≥ 0.6
Thus \(\frac{3}{5}\) is the solution.
j = 0.12
0.12 ≥ 0.6
0.12 is less than 0.6.
Thus 0.12 is not the solution of j ≥ 0.6.
j = 0.08
0.08 ≥ 0.6
0.08 is less than 0.6.
Thus 0.08 is not the solution of j ≥ 0.6.

Question 5.
Red grapes cost $2.49 per pound. Write an equation that shows the relationship between the cost c in dollars and the number of pounds of grapes p.
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = 2.49p

Explanation:
Given,
Red grapes cost $2.49 per pound.
c is the cost in dollars.
p is the number of pounds of grapes.
The equation c is equal to the product of the number of pounds of grapes and $2.49
c = 2.49p

Question 6.
It costs $8 per hour to rent a bike. Niko graphs this relationship using x for number of hours and y for total cost in dollars. Write an ordered pair that is a point on the graph of the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer: (5,40)

Explanation:
Given,
It costs $8 per hour to rent a bike.
Niko graphs this relationship using x for the number of hours and y for the total cost in dollars.
y = 8x

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 523

Question 1.
A box of peanut butter crackers contains 12 individual snacks. The total number of individual snacks s is equal to 12 times the number of boxes of crackers b.
The independent variable is _____.
The dependent variable is _____.
The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is _____.

Answer:
The independent variable is b.
The dependent variable is s.
The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is s = 12b.

Question 2.
A stationery store charges $8 to print logos on paper purchases. The total cost c is the price of the paper p plus $8 for printing the logo.
For numbers 2a–2d, select True or False for each statement.
2a. The total cost c depends on the price of the paper.
2b. c is the dependent variable.
2c. p is the independent variable.
2d. The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is c = 8p.
2a. ____________
2b. ____________
2c. ____________
2d. ____________

Answer:
2a. True
2b. True
2c. True
2d. False

Explanation:
2a. c represents the relationship between the two quantities.
So, the statement “The total cost c depends on the price of the paper” is true.
2b. c is the total cost so the statement “c is the dependent variable” is true.
2c. p represents the price to print logos
So, the statement “p is the independent variable” is true.
2d. The total cost c is the price of the paper p plus $8 for printing the logo.
The equation would be:
c = 8 + p
Thus the statement “The equation that represents the relationship between the variables is c = 8p” is false.

Question 3.
An electrician charges $75 an hour for labor and an initial fee of $65. The total cost c equals 75 times the number of hours x plus 65. Write an equation for the relationship and use the equation to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 54
Type below:
________________

Answer: c = 75x + 65
Substitute the value of x in the equation.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-54

Page No. 524

Question 4.
The community center offers classes in arts and crafts. There is a registration fee of $125 and each class costs $79. The total cost c in dollars equals 79 times the number of classes n plus 125.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 55
For numbers 4a–4d, select True or False for each statement.
4a. The registration fee is $120.
4b. n is the independent variable.
4c. c is the dependent variable.
4d. The cost for 7 classes is $678.
4a. ____________
4b. ____________
4c. ____________
4d. ____________

Answer:
4a. False
4b. True
4c. True
4d. True

Explanation:
4a. The registration fee is $120.
The registration fee is $125, not $120.
So, the statement is false.
4b. n is the independent variable.
n represents the number of classes.
The statement is true.
4c. c is the dependent variable.
c depends on the registration fee.
Thus the statement is true.
4d. The cost for 7 classes is $678
79 × 7 + 125 = $678
Thus the statement is true.

Question 5.
Ms. Walsh is buying calculators for her class. The table shows the total cost based on the number of calculators purchased.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 56
If Ms. Walsh spent a total of $525, how many calculators did she buy? Use numbers and words to explain your answer.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
She bought 35 calculators. I found a pattern and wrote the equation c = 15n.
Since I know that Mrs.Walsh spent a total of $525, I can substitute 525 for c and solve for n
525 = 15n
n = 35

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 525

Question 6.
The table shows the number of cups of lemonade that can be made from cups of lemon juice.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 57
Mary Beth says the number of cups of lemon juice j depends on the number of cups of lemonade l. She says the equation j = 7l represents the relationship between the cups of lemon juice j and the cups of lemonade l. Is Mary Beth correct? Use words and numbers to explain why or why not.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Mary Beth is not correct. The number of cups of lemonade l depends on the number of cups of lemon juice j.
So l is the dependent variable and j is the independent variable.
The equation showing the relationship is l = 7j

Question 7.
For numbers 7a–7d, choose Yes or No to indicate whether the points, when graphed, would lie on the same line.
7a. (1, 6), (2, 4), (3, 2), (4, 0)
7b. (1, 1), (2, 4), (3, 9), (4, 16)
7c. (1, 3), (2, 5), (3, 7), (4, 9)
7d. (1, 8), (2, 10), (3, 12), (4, 14)
7a. ____________
7b. ____________
7c. ____________
7d. ____________

Answer:
7a. Yes
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-2
7b. No
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-3
7c. Yes
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-4
7d. Yes
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-5

Question 8.
Graph the relationship represented by the table to find the unknown value.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 58
Type below:
________________

Answer: 10

Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-6

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 526

Question 9.
Graph the relationship represented by the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 59
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-7

Question 10.
Miranda’s wages are $15 per hour. Write a linear equation that gives the wages w in dollars that Miranda earns in h hours.
Type below:
________________

Answer: w = 15h
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-8

Question 11.
The table shows the number of miles m that Lucinda could walk in h hours.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 60
Graph the relationship between hours h and miles m. Then write the equation that shows the relationship.
Type below:
________________

Answer: m = 4h
Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 9 answer key img-9

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 527

Question 12.
Delonna walks 4 miles per day for exercise. The total number of miles m she walks equals 4 times the number of days d she walks.
What is the dependent variable?
What is the independent variable?
Write the equation that represents the relationship between the m and d.
Type below:
________________

Answer:
The equation is m = 4d
m is the dependent variable
d is the independent variable.

Question 13.
Lacy is staying at a hotel that costs $85 per night. The total cost c in dollars of Lacy’s stay is 85 times the number of nights n she stays.
For numbers 13a–13d, select True or False for each statement.
13a. The number of nights n is dependent on the cost c.
13b. n is the independent variable.
13c. c is the dependent variable.
13d. The equation that represents the total cost is c = 85n.
13a. ____________
13b. ____________
13c. ____________
13d. ____________

Answer:
13a. False
13b. True
13c. True
13d. True

Explanation:
13a. The number of nights n is dependent on the cost c.
n is independent on the cost c.
So, the statement is false.
13b. n is the independent variable.
The statement is true.
13c. c is the dependent variable.
c is dependent because it depends on the cost c.
So, the statement is true.
13d. The equation that represents the total cost is c = 85n.
The equation is true.

Question 14.
A taxi cab company charges an initial fee of $5 and then $4 per mile for a ride. Use the equation c = 4x + 5 to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 61
Type below:
________________

Answer:
Substitute the value of x in the equation.
We get,
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-61

Chapter 9 Review/Test – Page No. 528

Question 15.
A grocery display of cans is arranged in the form of a pyramid with 1 can in the top row, 3 in the second row from the top, 5 in the third row, and 7 in the fourth row. The total number of cans c equals 2 times the row r minus 1. Use the equation c = 2r − 1 to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 62
Type below:
________________

Answer:
A grocery display of cans is arranged in the form of a pyramid with 1 can in the top row, 3 in the second row from the top, 5 in the third row, and 7 in the fourth row.
c = 2r − 1
Substitute r in the equation.
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Independent-and-Dependent-Variables-img-62

Question 16.
The graph shows the number of words Mason read in a given amount of minutes. If Mason continues to read at the same rate, how many words will he have read in 5 minutes?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 63
______ words

Answer: 1000 words
By seeing the above graph we can say that Mason can read 1000 words in 5 minutes.

Question 17.
Casey claims the linear equation for the relationship shown by the graph is c = 25j. Use numbers and words to support Casey’s claim.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 Independent and Dependent Variables img 64
Type below:
________________

Answer: The ordered pairs (1,25), (3,75), (5,125) and (7,175) each make the equation c = 25j

Conclusion:

I wish the details prevailed in the Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 9 is helpful for you. Share this pdf link with your friends and help them to overcome the difficulties. If you have any doubts regarding the solutions you can leave a comment in the comment section.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers

go-math-grade-4-chapter-8-multiply-fractions-by-whole-numbers-pages-155-167-answer-key

Students to master mathematical concepts must require the best resources to understand the logic and learn the concept easily. The only resource that helps all grade 4 students are Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers. With the help of Grade 4 Go Math Solutions Homework Practice FL Ch 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers, students can learn the fundamentals and become a master in maths. So, students are recommended to utilize the detailed solutions covered in Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers

Refer to the concepts of Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers before you ace up your preparation. Click on the links provided here and get a free pdf of chapterwise Go Math 4th Grade Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers and practice the problems regularly on your own for experiencing the best learnings.

Lesson: 1 – Multiples of Unit Fractions

Lesson: 2 – Multiples of Fractions

Lesson: 3 – Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number Using Models

Lesson: 4 – Multiply a Fraction or Mixed Number by a Whole Number.

Lesson: 5 – Problem Solving Comparison

Lesson: 6

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 157

Multiples of Unit Fractions

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 1

Explanation:
Given that 5/6 or 5 sixth-size parts.
Each sixth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/6.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
5/6 = 5 x 1/6.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
7 x 1/8

Explanation:
Given that 7/8 or 7 eighth-size parts.
Each eighth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/8.
You can use unit fractions to show 7/8
7/8 = 7 x 1/8.

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{3}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
5 x 1/3

Explanation:
Given that 5/3 or 5 third-size parts.
Each third-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/3.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
5/3 = 5 x 1/3.

Question 4.
\(\frac{9}{10}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
9 x 1/10

Explanation:
Given that 9/10 or 9 tenth-size parts.
Each tenth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/10.
You can use unit fractions to show 9/10
9/10 = 9 x 1/10.

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
3 x 1/4

Explanation:
Given that 3/4 or 3 fourth-size parts.
Each fourth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/4.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
3/4 = 3 x 1/4.

Question 6.
\(\frac{11}{12}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
11 x 1/12

Explanation:
Given that 11/12 or 11 twelve-size parts.
Each twelve-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/12.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
11/12 = 11 x 1/12.

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{6}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4 x 1/6

Explanation:
Given that 4/6 or 4 sixth-size parts.
Each sixth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/6.
You can use unit fractions to show 4/6
4/6 = 4 x 1/6.

Question 8.
\(\frac{8}{20}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
8 x 1/20

Explanation:
Given that 8/20 or 8 twenty-size parts.
Each twenty-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/20.
You can use unit fractions to show 8/20
8/20 = 8 x 1/20.

Question 9.
\(\frac{13}{100}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
13 x 1/100

Explanation:
Given that 13/100 or 13 hundred-size parts.
Each hundred-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/100.
You can use unit fractions to show 13/100
13/100 = 13 x 1/100.

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction.

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{5}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions Image 2
2/5, 3/5, 4/5, 5/5

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{8}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Explanation:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions Image 3
2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Problem Solving

Question 12.
So far, Monica has read \(\frac{5}{6}\) of a book. She has read the same number of pages each day for 5 days. What fraction of the book does Monica read each day?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of the book

Answer: 1/6 of the book

Explanation:
Monica has read 5/6 of a book. She has read the same number of pages each day for 5 days.
For 1 day, she read one page. In total, she read 5 pages in 5 days. So, Monica read 1/6 of a book each day.

Question 13.
So far, Monica has read \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a book. She has read the same number of pages each day for 5 days. What fraction of the book does Monica read each day?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) pound of cheese

Answer: 1/8 pound of cheese

Explanation:
Nicholas buys 3/8 pound of cheese. He bought 3 sandwiches. Then, he applied 3/8 pound of cheese on 3 sandwiches. So, 3 x 1/8 cheese he put on 3 sandwiches. So, for one sandwich he put 1/8 pound of cheese.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 158

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Selena walks from home to school each morning and back home each afternoon. Altogether, she walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day. How far does Selena live from school?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\) mile
b. \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) miles
d. 2 miles

Answer: a. 1/3 mile

Explanation:
Selena walks from home to school each morning and back home each afternoon.
Altogether, she walks 2/3 miles each day.
The distance between home and school will remain the same.
So, 2/3 x 1/2 = 1/3 mile far Selena live from the school.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
Will uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of olive oil to make 3 batches of salad dressing. How much oil does Will use for one batch of salad dressing?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) cups
d. 3 cups

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup

Explanation:
Will uses 3/4 cups of olive oil to make 3 batches of salad dressing.
To know the one batch of salad dressing, we need to take one part of salad dressing = 1/3.
So, 3/4 x 1/3 = 1/4 cup of olive oil will use for one batch of salad dressing.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Liza bought \(\frac{5}{8}\) pound of trail mix. She gives \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound of trail mix to Michael. How much trail mix does Liza have left?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\) pound
b. \(\frac{2}{8}\) pound
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound
d. \(\frac{4}{8}\) pound

Answer: c. 3/8 pound

Explanation:
Liza bought 58 pound of trail mix. She gives 28 pounds of trail mix to Michael.
So, Liza has left 5/8 – 2/8 = 3/8 trail mix.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Leigh has a piece of rope that is 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet long. How do you write 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) as a fraction greater than 1?
Options:
a. \(\frac{11}{3}\) pound
b. \(\frac{15}{3}\) pound
c. \(\frac{20}{3}\) pound
d. \(\frac{62}{3}\) pound

Answer: c. 20/3

Explanation:
Multiply the denominator with the whole number. i.e Multiply 3 with 6 in the given example, 6 (2/3).
3 x 6 =18.
Add 18 + 2 =20.
Keep the Denominator the same i.e. 3.
The obtained fraction is 20/3.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
Randy’s house number is a composite number. Which of the following could be Randy’s house number?
Options:
a. 29
b. 39
c. 59
d. 79

Answer: b. 39

Explanation:
The composite numbers can be defined as the whole numbers that have more than two factors. Whole numbers that are not prime are composite numbers because they are divisible by more than two numbers. 39 is the composite number. 39 is divide by 13 and 3.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Mindy buys 12 cupcakes. Nine of the cupcakes have chocolate frosting and the rest have vanilla frosting. What fraction of the cupcakes have vanilla frosting?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{2}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: a. 1/4

Explanation:
Mindy buys 12 cupcakes.
Nine of the cupcakes have chocolate frosting = 9/12.
The rest have vanilla frosting. So, there are 3 cups remained = 3/12 = 1/4.
1/4 cupcakes have vanilla frosting.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 159

Multiples of Fractions

List the next four multiples of the fraction.

Question 1.
\(\frac{3}{5}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
6/5, 9/5, 12/5, 20/5

Explanation:
1 x 3/5 = 3/5.
2 x 3/5 = 6/5.
3 x 3/5 = 9/5.
4 x 3/5 = 12/5.
5 x 4/5 = 20/5.
The next four multiples of 3/5 are 6/5, 9/5, 12/5, 20/5.

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{6}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
4/6, 6/6, 8/6, 10/6

Explanation:
1 x 2/6 = 2/6.
2 x 2/6 = 4/6.
3 x 2/6 = 6/6.
4 x 2/6 = 8/6.
5 x 2/6 = 10/6.
The next four multiples of 2/6 are 4/6, 6/6, 8/6, 10/6.

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{8}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
8/8, 12/8, 16/8, 20/8

Explanation:
1 x 4/8 = 4/8.
2 x 4/8 = 8/8.
3 x 4/8 = 12/8.
4 x 4/8 = 16/8.
5 x 4/8 = 20/8.
The next four multiples of 4/8 are 8/8, 12/8, 16/8, 20/8.

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{10}\),
Type below:
_________

Answer:
10/10, 15/10, 20/10, 25/10

Explanation:
1 x 5/10 = 5/10.
2 x 5/10 = 10/10.
3 x 5/10 = 15/10.
4 x 5/10 = 20/10.
5 x 5/10 = 25/10.
The next four multiples of 5/10 are 10/10, 15/10, 20/10, 25/10.

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 2
2 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) =
Type Below:
_________

Answer: 8/5 = 8 x 1/5

Explanation:
1 group of 4/5 = 4/5
2 groups of 4/5 = 8/5
2 x 4/5 = 8/5 = 8 x 1/5.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 3
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) =
Type below:
_________

Answer:
10/3 = 10 x 1/3

Explanation:
1 group of 2/3 = 2/3
2 group of 2/3 = 4/3
3 group of 2/3 = 6/3
4 group of 2/3 = 8/3
5 group of 2/3 = 10/3
5 x 2/3 = 10/3 = 10 x 1/3.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Jessica is making 2 loaves of banana bread. She needs \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of sugar for each loaf. Her measuring cup can only hold \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of sugar. How many times will Jessica need to fill the measuring cup in order to get enough sugar for both loaves of bread?
_____ times

Answer: 6 times

Explanation:
Jessica is making 2 loaves of banana bread. She needs a 3/4 cup of sugar for each loaf.
For 2 loaves, she needs 2 x 3/4 = 6/4 cups of sugar.
Her measuring cup can only hold 1/4 cup of sugar. So, to get the 3/4 cup of sugar, she needs to fill the cup 3 times. 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 = 3/4.
So, to fill 2 loaves, she needs to fill cup 3 x 2 = 6 times.

Question 8.
A group of four students is performing an experiment with salt. Each student must add \(\frac{3}{8}\) teaspoon of salt to a solution. The group only has a \(\frac{1}{8}\) teaspoon measuring spoon. How many times will the group need to fill the measuring spoon in order to perform the experiment?
_____ times

Answer: 12 times

Explanation:
A group of four students is performing an experiment with salt. Each student must add a 3/8 teaspoon of salt to a solution. 4 x 3/8 = 12/8 teaspoon of salt required to finish the experiment.
If they have 1/8 teaspoon measuring spoon, 12 x 1/8.
So, the group needs to fill the measuring spoon 12 times in order to perform the experiment.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 160

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Eloise made a list of some multiples of \(\frac{5}{8}\). Which of the following lists could be Eloise’s list?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{16}, \frac{15}{24}, \frac{20}{32}, \frac{25}{40}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{8}, \frac{15}{8}, \frac{20}{8}, \frac{25}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{6}{8}, \frac{7}{8}, \frac{8}{8}, \frac{9}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{8}, \frac{4}{8}, \frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: b. 5/8, 10/8, 15/8, 20/8, 25/8
Explanation:
1 x 5/8 = 5/8.
2 x 5/8 = 10/8.
3 x 5/8 = 15/8.
4 x 5/8 = 20/8.
5 x 5/8 = 25/8.
The next four multiples of 5/8 are \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{10}{8}, \frac{15}{8}, \frac{20}{8}, \frac{25}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
David is filling five \(\frac{3}{4}\) quart bottles with a sports drink. His measuring cup only holds \(\frac{1}{4}\) quart. How many times will David need to fill the measuring cup in order to fill the 5 bottles?
Options:
a. 5
b. 10
c. 15
d. 20

Answer: c. 15

Explanation:
David is filling five 3/4 quart bottles with a sports drink = 5 x 3/4 = 15/4.
His measuring cup only holds 1/4 quart.
So, 15 x 1/4. David needs to fill the measuring cup 15 times in order to fill the 5 bottles.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ira has 128 stamps in his stamp album. He has the same number of stamps on each of the 8 pages. How many stamps are on each page?
Options:
a. 12
b. 14
c. 16
d. 18

Answer: c. 16

Explanation:
Ira has 128 stamps in his stamp album. He has the same number of stamps on each of the 8 pages.
128/8 = 16 stamps on each page.
So, there are 16 stamps on each page.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 4.
Ryan is saving up for a bike that costs $198. So far, he has saved $15 per week for the last 12 weeks. How much more money does Ryan need in order to be able to buy the bike?
Options:
a. $ 8
b. $ 18
c. $ 48
d. $ 180

Answer: b. $ 18

Explanation:
Ryan is saving up for a bike that costs $198.
So far, he has saved $15 per week for the last 12 weeks = $15 x 12 = $180.
$198 – $180 = $18 need in order to buy the bike.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Tina buys 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\) yards of material at the fabric store. She uses it to make a skirt. Afterward, she has 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yards of the fabric leftover. How many yards of material did Tina use?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
b. 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
c. 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
d. 5 \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer: c. 2  4/8

Explanation:
Tina buys 3 7/8 yards of material at the fabric store. She uses it to make a skirt. Afterward, she has 1 3/8 yards of the fabric leftover.
3 -1 = 2; 7/8 – 3/8 = 4/8.
So, the answer is 2 \(\frac{4}{8}\).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Which list shows the fractions in order from least to greatest?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{7}{12}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{2}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{4}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{7}{12}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: d. \(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
2/3 = 0.666
3/4 = 0.75
7/12 = 0.5833
\(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{2}{3}, \frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 161

Multiply a Fraction by a Whole Number Using Models

Multiply.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 4

Question 2.
3 × \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 1 473
3 x 2/5 = 6/5

Question 3.
7 × \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 2 473
7 x 3/10 = 21/10

Question 4.
3 × \(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 3 473
3 x 5/12 = 15/12

Question 5.
6 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 4 473

6 x 3/4 = 18/4

Question 6.
4 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:

Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 5 473

4 x 2/8 = 8/8

Question 7.
5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 6 473

5 x 2/3 = 10/3

Question 8.
2 × \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 7 473
2 x 7/8 = 14/8

Question 9.
6 × \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Grade 4 Chapter 8 Image 8 473

6 x 4/5 = 28/5

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Matthew walks \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile to the bus stop each morning. How far will he walk in 5 days?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 25/8 miles

Explanation:
Matthew walks 5/8 mile to the bus stop each morning.
In 5 days, 5 x 5/8 = 25/8 miles.

Question 11.
Emily uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of milk to make one batch of muffins. How many cups of milk will Emily use if she makes 3 batches of muffins?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/3 cups of milk

Explanation:
Emily uses a 2/3 cup of milk to make one batch of muffins.
Emily use 3 x 2/3 = 6/3 cups of milk to make 3 batches of muffins

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 162

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Aleta’s puppy gained \(\frac{3}{8}\) pound each week for 4 weeks. Altogether, how much weight did the puppy gain during the 4 weeks?
Options:
a. \(\frac{8}{12}\) pound
b. 1 \(\frac{2}{8}\) pounds
c. \(\frac{12}{8}\) pounds
d. 4 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds

Answer: \(\frac{12}{8}\) pounds

Explanation:
Aleta’s puppy gained 3/8 pound each week.
It gained 4 x 3/8 = 12/8 pounds in 4 weeks.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
Pedro mixes \(\frac{3}{4}\) teaspoon of plant food into each gallon of water. How many teaspoons of plant food should Pedro mix into 5 gallons of water?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{20}\) teaspoon
b. \(\frac{4}{15}\) teaspoon
c. \(\frac{8}{4}\) teaspoons
d. \(\frac{15}{4}\) teaspoons

Answer: d. \(\frac{15}{4}\) teaspoons

Explanation:
If Pedro mixes 3/4 teaspoon of plant food into each gallon of water, then 5 x 3/4 = 15/4 teaspoon of plant food mix into 5 gallons of water.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ivana has \(\frac{3}{4}\)pound of hamburger meat. She makes 3 hamburger patties. Each patty weighs the same amount. How much does each hamburger patty weigh?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound
b. \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
d. 3 pounds

Answer: a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) pound

Explanation:
Ivana has 3/4 pound of hamburger meat. She makes 3 hamburger patties.
Each patty weighs the same amount. So, each hamburger patty weighs 1/4 pound.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Which of the following expressions is NOT equal to \(\frac{7}{10}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{10}+\frac{1}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{3}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{3}{10}+\frac{2}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{10}+\frac{2}{10}+\frac{1}{10}\)

Answer: c. 3/10+3/10+2/10

Explanation:
a. 5/10+1/10+1/10 = 7/10
b. 2/10+2/10+3/10 = 7/10
c. 3/10+3/10+2/10 = 8/10
d. 4/10+2/10+1/10 = 7/10
The expression not equal to \(\frac{7}{10}\) is \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
Lance wants to find the total length of 3 boards. He uses the expression \(3 \frac{1}{2}+\left(2+4 \frac{1}{2}\right)\). How can Lance rewrite the expression using both the Associative and Commutative Properties of Addition?
Options:
a. \(5+4 \frac{1}{2}\)
b. \(\left(3 \frac{1}{2}+2\right)+4 \frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(2+\left(3 \frac{1}{2}+4 \frac{1}{2}\right)\)
d. \(3 \frac{1}{2}+\left(4 \frac{1}{2}+2\right)\)

Answer: She can write as (3 1/2 + 2) + 4 1/2

Question 6.
Which of the following statements is true?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}>\frac{9}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{12}>\frac{1}{3}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{6}>\frac{4}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}>\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}>\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
0.625 > 0.9
0.416 > 0.333
0.5 > 0.8
0.5 > 0.75
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 163

Multiply a Fraction or Mixed Number by a Whole Number.

Multiply. Write the product as a mixed number.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 5

Answer:
1  5/10

Explanation:
5 × 3/10 = 15/10 = 1 and remainder is 5. So, the mixed fraction is 1  5/10

Question 2.
3 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
1 × 4/5

Explanation:
3 × 3/5 = 9/5 = 1 and remainder is 4. So, the mixed fraction is 1  4/5

Question 3.
5 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
3  3/4
Explanation:
15/4 = 3 and the remainder is 3. So, the mixed fraction is 3  3/4

Question 4.
4 × 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4  4/5
Explanation:
1 ×15 = 6/5.
4 x 6/5 = 24/5 = 4 and the remainder is 4. So, the mixed fraction is 4× 4/5

Question 5.
2 × 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
4  2/3
Explanation:
2 13 = 7/3.
2 x 7/3 = 14/3.
14/3 = 4 and the remainder is 2. So, the mixed fraction is 4 2/3

Question 6.
5 × 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 5/6

Explanation:
1 1/6 = 7/6
5 x 7/6 = 35/6.
35/6 = 5 and the remainder is 5.
So, the mixed fraction is 5 5/6

Question 7.
2 × 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 1/1

Explanation:
2 7/8 = 23/8
2 x 23/8 = 46/8 = 6 1/1

Question 8.
7 × 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 3/4

Explanation:
1 3/4 = 7/4
7 x 7/4 = 39/4
39/4 = 9 and the remainder is 3.
So, the mixed fraction is 9 3/4

Question 9.
8 × 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 4/5

Explanation:
1 3/5 = 8/5
8 x 8/5 = 64/5
64/5 = 12 and the remainder is 4.
So, the mixed fraction is 12 4/5

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Brielle exercises for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each day for 6 days in a row. Altogether, how many hours does she exercise during the 6 days?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 2/4

Explanation:
6 x 3/4 = 18/4 = 4 and the remainder is 2.
So, the mixed fraction is 4 2/4.

Question 11.
A recipe for quinoa calls for 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) cups of milk. Conner wants to make 4 batches of quinoa. How much milk does he need?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 10 2/3

Explanation:
quinoa calls for 8/3 cups of milk. Conner wants to make 4 batches of quinoa.
So, 4 x 8/3 = 32/3 = 10 and the remainder is 2.
So, the mixed fraction is 10 2/3

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 164

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A mother is 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) times as tall as her son. Her son is 3 feet tall. How tall is the mother?
Options:
a. 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet
b. 5 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet
c. 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet
d. 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet

Answer: b. 5 1/4 feet

Explanation:
A mother is 1 3/4 times as tall as her son. Her son is 3 feet tall.
So, 3 x 7/4 = 21/4 = 5 and the remainder is 1.
The mixed fraction is 5 1/4 feet.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
The cheerleaders are making a banner that is 8 feet wide. The length of the banner is 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) times the width of the banner. How long is the banner?
Options:
a. 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
b. 8 \(\frac{3}{8}\) feet
c. 10 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 10 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet

Answer: d. 10 2/3 feet

Explanation:
The cheerleaders are making a banner that is 8 feet wide. The length of the banner is 1 1/3 times the width of the banner.
So, 8 x 4/3 = 32/3 =10 and the remainder is 2.
The mixed fraction is 10 2/3 feet.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Karleigh walks \(\frac{5}{8}\) mile to school every day. How far does she walk to school in 5 days?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{40}\) mile
b. \(\frac{25}{40}\) mile
c. \(\frac{10}{8}\) miles
d. \(\frac{25}{8}\) miles

Answer: d. 25/8 miles

Explanation:
5 x 5/8 = 25/8.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
Which number is a multiple of \(\frac{4}{5}\)?
Options:
a. \(\frac{8}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{12}{15}\)
c. \(\frac{16}{20}\)
d. \(\frac{12}{5}\)

Answer: d. 12/5

Explanation:
The multiple of 45 has the denominator 5.
So, 12/5 is the correct answer.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Jo cut a key lime pie into 8 equal-size slices. The next day, \(\frac{7}{8}\) of the pie is left. Jo puts each slice on its own plate. How many plates does she need?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: c. 7

Explanation:
Jo cut a key lime pie into 8 equal-size slices.
The next day, 78 of the pie is left. Jo puts each slice on its own plate.
She needs 7 plates.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Over the weekend, Ed spent 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours doing his math homework and 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours doing his science project. Altogether, how much time did Ed spend doing homework over the weekend?
Options:
a. 3 hours
b. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours
d. 2 hours

Answer: a. 3 hours

Explanation:
Given,
Over the weekend, Ed spent 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours doing his math homework and 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours doing his science project.
5/4 + 7/4 = 12/4 = 3 hours
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 165

Problem Solving Comparison

Problems with Fractions

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
A shrub is 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet tall. A small tree is 3 times as tall as the shrub. How tall is the tree?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 6

Answer: 5 feet

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - New img 19

Question 2.
You run 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles each day. Your friend runs 4 times as far as you do. How far does your friend run each day?
_________ miles

Answer: 7 miles

Explanation:
Given,
You run 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) miles each day.
Your friend runs 4 times as far as you do.
4 x 7/4 = 7 miles each day

Question 3.
At the grocery store, Ayla buys 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds of ground turkey. Tasha buys 2 times as much ground turkey as Ayla. How much ground turkey does Tasha buy?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: 2 2/3 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
At the grocery store, Ayla buys 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds of ground turkey.
Tasha buys 2 times as much ground turkey as Ayla.
2 x 4/3 = 8/3 = 2 and the remainder is 2.
The mixed fraction is 2 2/3 pounds.

Question 4.
When Nathan’s mother drives him to school, it takes \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour. When Nathan walks to school, it takes him 4 times as long to get to school. How long does it take Nathan to walk to school?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hours

Answer: 4/5 hours

Explanation:
Given,
When Nathan’s mother drives him to school, it takes \(\frac{1}{5}\) hour.
When Nathan walks to school, it takes him 4 times as long to get to school.
4 x 1/5 = 4/5 hour
It takes 4/5 hour Nathan to walk to school.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 166

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A Wilson’s Storm Petrel is a small bird with a wingspan of 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet. A California Condor is a larger bird with a wingspan almost 7 times as wide as the wingspan of the petrel. About how wide is the wingspan of the California Condor?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{21}\) foot
b. 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
c. 7 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet
d. 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet

Answer: d. 9 1/3 feet

Explanation:
Given,
A Wilson’s Storm Petrel is a small bird with a wingspan of 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet.
A California Condor is a larger bird with a wingspan almost 7 times as wide as the wingspan of the petrel.
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 1/3 = 4/3.
7 x 4/3 = 28/3 feet = 9 and the remainder is 1.
The mixed fraction is 9 1/3
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
The walking distance from the Empire State Building in New York City to Times Square is about \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile. The walking distance from the Empire State Building to Sue’s hotel is about 8 times as far. About how far is Sue’s hotel from the Empire State Building?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{80}\) mile
b. \(\frac{72}{80}\) mile
c. 1 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles
d. 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) miles

Answer: d. 7 2/10 miles

Explanation:
Given,
The walking distance from the Empire State Building in New York City to Times Square is about \(\frac{9}{10}\) mile.
The walking distance from the Empire State Building to Sue’s hotel is about 8 times as far.
8 x 9/10 mile = 72/10 mile = 7 and the remainder is 2.
The mixed fraction is 7 2/10 miles.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following expressions is NOT equal to 3 × 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)?
Options:
a. \(3 \times \frac{9}{4}\)
b. (3 × 2) + (3 × \(\frac{1}{4}\))
c. 6 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
d. 3 × 2 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Answer: d. 3 × 2 + 14

Explanation:
3 × 2 14 = 3 x 9/4 = 27/4
a. 3 × 94 = 27/4
b. (3 × 2) + (3 × 14) = 6 + 3/4 = 27/4
c. 6 3/4 = 27/4
d. 3 × 2 + 14 = 6 + 1/4 = 25/4
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
At a bake sale, Ron sells \(\frac{7}{8}\) of an apple pie and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of a cherry pie. Altogether, how much pie does he sell at the bake sale?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{12}{16}\)
c. \(\frac{12}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{35}{8}\)

Answer: c. 12/8

Explanation:
Given,
At a bake sale, Ron sells \(\frac{7}{8}\) of an apple pie and \(\frac{5}{8}\) of a cherry pie.
7/8 + 5/8 = 12/8
The bake sale 12/8 pie.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 5.
On a ruler, which measurement is between \(\frac{3}{16}\) inch and \(\frac{7}{8}\) inch?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{16}\) inch
b. \(\frac{1}{8}\) inch
c. \(\frac{11}{16}\) inch
d. \(\frac{15}{16}\) inch

Answer: c. 11/16 inch

Explanation:
Subtract \(\frac{3}{16}\) inch and \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Make denominators as common.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{14}{16}\)
\(\frac{14}{16}\) – \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{11}{16}\) inch.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
Which of the following numbers is composite?
Options:
a. 4
b. 3
c. 2
d. 1

Answer:
a. 4

Explanation:
A composite number is a positive integer that can be formed by multiplying two smaller positive integers. Equivalently, it is a positive integer that has at least one divisor other than 1 and itself.
The factors of 4 are 1, 2, 4.
4 has more than 2 factors.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 167

Lesson 8.1

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) =
Type below:
________

Answer: 5 x 1/6

Explanation:
Given that 5/6 or 5 sixth-size parts.
Each sixth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/6.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
\(\frac{5}{6}\) = 5 x 1/6.

Question 2.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) =
Type below:
________

Answer: 7 x 1/8

Explanation:
Given that 7/8 or 7 eighth-size parts.
Each eighth-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/8.
You can use unit fractions to show 7/8
\(\frac{7}{8}\) = 7 x 1/8.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) =
Type below:
________

Answer: 5 x 1/3

Explanation:
Given that 5/3 or 5 third-size parts.
Each third-size part of the given fraction can be shown by the unit fraction 1/3.
You can use unit fractions to show 5/6
5/3 = 5 x 1/3.

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{2}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 5/2

Explanation:
1 x 1/2 = 1/2.
2 x 1/2 = 2/2.
3 x 1/2 = 3/2.
4 x 1/2 = 4/2.
5 x 1/2 = 5/2.
The next four multiples of 1/2 are 2/2, 3/2, 4/2, 5/2.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{6}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 2/6, 3/6, 4/6, 5/6,6/6.

Explanation:
1 x 1/6 = 1/6.
2 x 1/6 = 2/6.
3 x 1/6 = 3/6.
4 x 1/6 = 4/6.
5 x 1/6 = 5/6.
6 x 1/6 = 6/6.
The next four multiples of 1/6 are 2/6, 3/6, 4/6, 5/6,6/6.

Lesson 8.2

List the next four multiples of the fraction.

Question 6.
\(\frac{3}{10}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 6/10, 9/10, 12/10, 15/10

Explanation:
1 × 3/10 = 3/10
2 × 3/10 = 6/10
3 × 3/10 = 9/10
4 × 3/10 = 12/10
5 × 3/10 = 15/10

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{12}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 7/12, 14/12, 21/12, 28/12, 35/12

Explanation:
1 × 7/12 = 7/12
2 × 7/12 = 14/12
3 × 7/12 = 21/12
4 × 7/12 = 28/12
5 × 7/12 = 35/12

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 7
2 × \(\frac{3}{6}\) =
Type below:
________

Answer:
1 group of \(\frac{3}{6}\) is \(\frac{3}{6}\)
2 groups of \(\frac{3}{6}\) is \(\frac{6}{6}\)
2 × \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{6}{6}\)

Question 9.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Common Core - Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers img 8
3 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) =
Type below:
________

Explanation:
1 group of \(\frac{2}{8}\) is \(\frac{2}{8}\)
2 group of \(\frac{2}{8}\) is \(\frac{4}{8}\)
3 group of \(\frac{2}{8}\) is \(\frac{6}{8}\)
3 × \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Common Core – Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers – Page No. 168

Lesson 8.3

Multiply.

Question 1.
3 × \(\frac{7}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{21}{10}\)

Explanation:
Multiply 7 and 3
3 × 7 = 21
3 × \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{21}{10}\)

Question 2.
5 × \(\frac{4}{8}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 20/8

Explanation:
Multiply 5 and 4
5 × 4 = 20
5 × \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{20}{8}\)

Question 3.
4 × \(\frac{6}{12}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 24/12

Explanation:
Multiply 4 and 6
4 × 6 = 24
4 × \(\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{24}{12}\)

Question 4.
2 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6/4

Explanation:
Multiply 2 and 3
2 × 3 = 6
2 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{4}\)

Question 5.
6 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 18/5

Explanation:
Multiply 6 and 3
6 × 3 =18
6 × \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{18}{5}\)

Question 6.
7 × \(\frac{2}{10}\) =
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 14/10

Explanation:
Multiply 7 and 2.
7 × 2 =14
7 × \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{14}{10}\)

Lesson 8.4

Multiply. Write the product as a mixed number.

Question 7.
4 × \(\frac{8}{10}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 2/10

Explanation:
Given,
4 × \(\frac{8}{10}\)
First multiply 4 and 8
4 × 8 = 32
4 × \(\frac{8}{10}\) = 32/10
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
32/10 = 3 \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Question 8.
3 × \(\frac{5}{6}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 3/6

Explanation:
Given,
3 × \(\frac{5}{6}\)
First multiply 3 and 5.
3 × 5 =15
3 × \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 15/6
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
15/6 = 2 3/6

Question 9.
2 × 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 2/3

Explanation:
Given,
2 × 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 10/3
2 × 10/3 = 20/3
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
20/3 = 6 2/3

Question 10.
4 × 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 3/5

Explanation:
Given,
4 × 2 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
2 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 4/5
4 × 12/5 = 48/5
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
48/5 = 9 3/5

Question 11.
5 × 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 3/8

Explanation:
Given,
5 × 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
5 × 15/5 = 75/5
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
75/5 = 9 3/8

Question 12.
3 × 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) =
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 1/4

Explanation:
Given,
3 × 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
3 × 15/4 = 45/4
Now convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
45/4 = 11 1/4

Lesson 8.5

Question 13.
A shrub in Pam’s back yard is about 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) feet tall. A small tree in her back yard is 7 times as tall as the shrub. About how tall is the tree?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: 9 5/2 feet.
Explanation:
Given,
A shrub in Pam’s back yard is about 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) feet tall.
A small tree in her back yard is 7 times as tall as the shrub.
9.625 ft because 1 3/8 × 7 is equal to 9 5/2 feet
Therefore the tree is 9 5/2 feet.

Question 14.
A puppy weighs \(\frac{9}{10}\) pound. Its mother weighs 8 times as much. How much does the mother weigh?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds

Answer: 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) pounds

Explanation:
Given,
A puppy weighs \(\frac{9}{10}\) pound. Its mother weighs 8 times as much.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) × 8 = 72/10
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
72/10 = 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) pounds
Thus the mother weigh 7 \(\frac{2}{10}\) pounds.

Conclusion:

Here the provided HMH Go Math Solution Key for Grade 4 Homework Practice FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers will increase your subject knowledge & get good scores in the exams. By understanding the difficulty of fractions, it can be easy to grasp the logic and tricks to solve the covered number of questions from Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division

go-math-grade-3-chapter-6-understand-division-answer-key

Are you looking everywhere to learn about Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division? This Answer Key includes topics like related multiplication and division facts, repeated subtraction, number of equal groups, and so on. Those who are preparing for the Grade 3 Ch 6 will find the HMH Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division extremely helpful. You can identify your knowledge gap by solving the Questions from 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division

Before you begin your preparation learn the topics included in Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter Understand Division. You can always look up to Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Key as a reference to clear all your queries. Practice the problems in 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Ch 6 Understand Division and understand the concepts easily.

Lesson 1: Problem Solving • Model Division

Lesson 2: Size of Equal Groups

Lesson 3: Number of Equal Groups

Lesson 4: Model with Bar Models

Lesson 5: Algebra • Relate Subtraction and Division

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Investigate • Model with Arrays

Lesson 7: Algebra • Relate Multiplication and Division

Lesson 8: Algebra • Write Related Facts

Lesson 9: Algebra • Division Rules for 1 and 0

Chapter 6 Review/Test

Model Division Page No 305

Question 1.
Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump ropes. Each customer bought the same number of jump ropes. How many jump ropes did each customer buy?
__________

Answer: 3 jump ropes

Explanation:

Given that there are Six customers at a toy store bought 18 jump ropes
Each customer bought the same number of jump ropes
To know the number of jump roses that each customer bought
You must place each jump ropes until all the jump ropes are used.
That means 18 jump ropes to all 6 customers
= 18 ÷ 6 = 3
Therefore each customer bought 3 jump ropes

Question 2.
Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He wants to put them in an album. Each page of the album holds 4 pictures. How many pages will Hiro need for his pictures?
__________

Answer: 9 pages

Explanation:

Hiro has 36 pictures of his summer trip. He wants to put them in an album
Each page of the album holds 4 pictures
Make it into the equal groups and put 4 pictures in each page
= 36 ÷ 4 = 9
Thus Hiro need 9 pages for his pictures

Question 3.
Katia has 42 crayons in a box. She buys a storage bin that has 6 sections. She puts the same number of crayons in each section. How many crayons does Katia put in each section of the storage bin?
__________

Answer: 7 crayons

Explanation:

Katia has 42 crayons in a box
She buys a storage bin that has 6 sections
Make 42 crayons as a group and place 1 crayon in each section. Then you get 7 crayons in each section
42 ÷ 6 = 42/6 = 7
Therefore 7 crayons do Katia put in each section of the storage bin

Question 4.
Ms. Taylor’s students give cards to each of the 3 class parent helpers. There are 24 cards. How many cards will each helper get if the students give an equal number of cards to each helper?
__________

Answer: 8 cards

Explanation:

Ms. Taylor’s students give cards to each of the 3 class parent helpers
Total number of cards = 24
Make 3 equal groups and place each card for 3 class parent helpers
You get 8 cards for each helper
24 ÷ 3 = 8

Question 5.
Jamie divides 20 baseball stickers equally among 5 of his friends. How many stickers does each friend get?
__________

Answer: 4 stickers

Explanation:

Jamie divides 20 baseball stickers equally among 5 of his friends
Give each baseball sticker to each friend and repeat the process until you finish all the stickers
So, each friend gets 4 baseball stickers.
20 ÷ 5 = 4 stickers

Model Division Page No 306

Question 1.
Maria buys 15 apples at the store and places them into bags. She puts 5 apples into each bag. How many bags does Maria use for all the apples?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 10

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Maria buys 15 apples at the store and places them into bags
She puts 5 apples into each bag
That means each bag contains 5 apples
Now, Divide the apples into equal groups and place them in each bag
15 ÷ 5 = 3
Therefore Maria uses 3 bags to put 15 apples.

Question 2.
Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of his walkway. He has 32 bricks that he is placing in 8 equal rows. How many bricks will Tom’s neighbor place in each row?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given: Tom’s neighbor is fixing a section of his walkway
He has 32 bricks that he is placing in 8 equal rows
Now place each brick in all 8 rows  equally and repeat until the bricks are over
32 ÷ 8 = 4
So, you get 4 bricks in each row
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 3.
Find the unknown factor.
7 × _ = 56
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 56
Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Answer Key Division Method img_1

So, the correct answer is option C

Question 4.
How many students practiced the piano more than 3 hours a week?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model Division img 1
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 8
d. 10

Answer: 6

Explanation:

3 students practiced the piano for 4 hours
2 students practiced the piano for 5 hours and
1 student practiced the piano for 6 hours
= 3 + 2 + 1 = 6
The above line plot shows that there are 6 students who practiced the piano for more than 3 hours

Question 5.
Count equal groups to find how many there are.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model Division img 2
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 12
d. 16

Answer: 12

Explanation:

The above figure shows that there are 4 circles and each circle is divided into 3 equal groups
So, multiply number of circles with equal groups
= 4 × 3 = 12
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Which is another way to group the factors?
(3 × 2) × 5
Options:
a. (3 + 2) + 5
b. (3 × 2) + 5
c. 3 × (2 + 5)
d. 3 × (2 × 5)

Answer: 3 × (2 × 5)

Explanation:

The another way to group (3 × 2) × 5 is 3 × (2 × 5)
Because there is no change in the symbol and number
So, the correct answer is option D

Size of Equal Groups Page No 311

Use counters or draw a quick picture. Make equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 1.

CountersNumber of Equal GroupsNumber in Each Group
1.153__________
2.217__________
3.287__________
4.324__________
5.93__________
6.183__________
7.205__________
8.168__________
9.355__________
10.243__________

Answer:

CountersNumber of Equal GroupsNumber in Each Group
1.1535
2.2173
3.2874
4.3248
5.933
6.1836
7.2054
8.1682
9.3557
10.2438

Explanation:

1. No. of counters = 15
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 5 in each group

2. No. of counters = 21
Number of equal groups = 7
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 3 in each group

3. No. of counters = 28
Number of equal groups = 7
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 4 in each group

4. No. of counters = 32
Number of equal groups = 4
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 8 in each group

5. No. of counters = 9
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 3 in each group

6. No. of counters = 18
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 6 in each group

7. No. of counters = 20
Number of equal groups = 5
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 4 in each group

8. No. of counters = 16
Number of equal groups = 8
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 2 in each group

9. No. of counters = 35
Number of equal groups = 5
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 7 in each group

10. No. of counters = 24
Number of equal groups = 3
Place 1 counter to each group, you get 8 in each group

Question 11.
Alicia has 12 eggs that she will use to make 4 different cookie recipes. If each recipe calls for the same number of eggs, how many eggs will she use in each recipe?
__________

Answer: 3 eggs

Explanation:

Total number of eggs Alicia has = 12
she will use to make 4 different cookie recipes
Make 4 groups and place 12 eggs in each group
You get 3 eggs in each group
12/4 = 3 eggs

Question 12.
Brett picked 27 flowers from the garden. He plans to give an equal number of flowers to each of 3 people. How many flowers will each person get?
__________

Answer: 9 flowers

Explanation:

Given,
Brett picked 27 flowers from the garden
He plans to give an equal number of flowers to each of 3 people
Give each flower to 3 people until 27 flowers complete
So, Each person get 9 flowers
27 ÷ 3 = 9 flowers

Size of Equal Groups Page No 312

Question 1.
Ryan has 21 pencils. He wants to put the same number of pencils in each of 3 pencil holders. How many pencils will he put in each pencil holder?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Ryan has 21 pencils
He wants to put the same number of pencils in each of 3 pencil holders
Split it into 3 groups and share each pencil to each group
You get 7 pencils for each of 3 groups
21/3 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Corrine is setting out 24 plates on 6 tables for a dinner. She sets the same number of plates on each table. How many plates does Corrine set on each table?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given,
Corrine is setting out 24 plates on 6 tables for a dinner
She sets the same number of plates on each table
Make a group of 6 tables and place 1 plate for each group
You get 4 plates for each table
24/6 = 4 plates
So, the correct answer is Option B

Question 3.
Each table has 4 legs. How many legs do 4 tables have?
Options:
a. 1
b. 8
c. 16
d. 20

Answer: 16

Explanation:

Given that Each table has 4 legs
4 tables have x number of legs
x = 4 × 4 = 16
Therefore 4 tables have 16 legs

Question 4.
Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each of 3 shelves. How many CDs does she have in all?
Options:
a. 14
b. 30
c. 35
d. 45

Answer: 45

Given,
Tina has 3 stacks of 5 CDs on each of 3 shelves
How many CDs does she have in all = x
To know the number of CDs in all we have to multiply no. of stacks, no. of CDs on each of 3 shelves
x = 3 × 5 × 3 = 15 × 3 = 45
So, the answer is option D

Question 5.
What is the unknown factor?
7 × _= 35
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
7 × x = 35
x = 35/7 = 5
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 6.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?

Number of packs12345
Number of yo-yos36912?

Options:
a. Add 2.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Multiply by 3.
d. Add 12.

Answer: Multiply by 3.

Explanation:

Add 3 yo-yos for each pack and multiply no. of pans by 3

Number of Equal Groups Page No 317

Draw counters on your MathBoard. Then circle equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 1.

CountersNumber of Equal GroupsNumber in Each Group
1.2438
2.35__________7
3.30__________5
4.16__________4
5.12__________6
6.36__________9
7.18__________3
8.15__________5
9.28__________4
10.27__________3

Answer:

CountersNumber of Equal GroupsNumber in Each Group
1.2438
2.3557
3.3065
4.1644
5.1226
6.3649
7.1863
8.1535
9.2874
10.2793

Explanation:

1. No. of counters = 24
Number in each group = 8
24/8 = 3
So, the number of equal groups = 3

2. No. of counters = 35
Number in each group = 7
35/7 = 5
So, the number of equal groups = 5

3. No. of counters = 30
Number in each group = 5
30/5 = 6
So, the number of equal groups = 6

4. No. of counters = 16
Number in each group = 4
16/4 = 4
So, the number of equal groups = 4

5. No. of counters = 12
Number in each group = 6
12/6 = 2
So, the number of equal groups = 2

6. No. of counters = 36
Number in each group = 9
36/9 = 4
So, the number of equal groups = 4

7. No. of counters = 18
Number in each group = 3
18/3 = 6
So, the number of equal groups = 6

8. No. of counters = 15
Number in each group = 5
15/5 = 3
So, the number of equal groups = 3

9. No. of counters = 28
Number in each group = 4
28/4 = 7
So, the number of equal groups = 7

10. No. of counters = 27
Number in each group = 3
27/3 = 9
So, the number of equal groups = 9

Question 11.
In his bookstore, Toby places 21 books on shelves, with 7 books on each shelf. How many shelves does Toby need?
__________

Answer: 3 shelves

Explanation:

Toby places 21 books on shelves, with 7 books on each shelf
No. of shelves does Toby need = x
x = 21/7 = 3
Thus Toby need 3 shelves

Question 12.
Mr. Holden has 32 quarters in stacks of 4 on his desk. How many stacks of quarters are on his desk?
__________

Answer: 8 stacks

Explanation:

Mr. Holden has 32 quarters in stacks of 4 on his desk
No. of stacks of quarters on his desk = y
y × 4 = 32
y = 32/4 = 8 stacks
No. of stacks of quarters on his desk = 8 stacks

Number of Equal Groups Page No 318

Question 1.
Ramon works at a clothing store. He puts 24 pairs of jeans into stacks of 8. How many stacks does Ramon make?
Options:
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 2

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Ramon puts 24 pairs of jeans into stacks of 8
Split the pair of jeans to 8 groups of the stack
You get 3 pair of jeans for each stack
24/8 = 3
Therefore the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
There are 36 people waiting in line for a hayride. Only 6 people can ride on each wagon. If each wagon is full, how many wagons are needed for all 36 people?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

There are 36 people waiting in line for a hayride.
Only 6 people can ride on each wagon
Split 36 people into 6 groups
That means 36/6 = 6 Wagons
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 3.
Which multiplication sentence does the array show?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Number of Equal Groups img 3
Options:
a. 4 × 5 = 20
b. 4 × 6 = 24
c. 4 × 7 = 28
d. 4 × 8 = 32

Answer: 4 × 7 = 28

Explanation:

There are 4 rows and 7 columns
rows × columns = 4 × 7 = 28
Thus the answer is option C

Question 4.
Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his project. There are 30 nails in each box. How many nails does Austin buy in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 34
c. 70
d. 120

Answer: 120

Explanation:

Given,
Austin buys 4 boxes of nails for his project
There are 30 nails in each box
No. of nails does Austin buy in all = 30 + 30 + 30 + 30
4 × 30 = 120
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 5.
Which describes the number sentence?
8 + 0 + 8
Options:
a. odd + odd = odd
b. Identity Property of Addition
c. even + even = even
d. Commutative Property of Addition

Answer: Identity Property of Addition

Explanation:

In math, identity is a number, n, that when added to other numbers, gives the same number, n. The additive identity is always zero. This brings us to the identity property of addition, which simply states that when you add zero to any number, it equals the number itself.

Question 6.
Each month for 6 months, Kelsey completes 5 paintings. How many more paintings does she need to complete before she has completed 38 paintings?
Options:
a. 2
b. 6
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Each month for 6 months
Kelsey completes 5 paintings
x no. of paintings she need to complete before she has completed 38 paintings
6 × 5 = 30 paintings
x + 30 = 38
x = 38 – 30
x = 8
So, the correct answer is option C

Model with Bar Models Page No 323

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 4

Answer: 27 ÷ 3 = 9 or 27 ÷ 9 = 3

Explanation:

There are 27 counters and each circle has 9 groups. There are 3 groups of 9 counters.
27 ÷ 3 = 27/3 = 9
27 ÷ 9 = 27/9 = 3

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 5
Type below:
___________

Answer: 16 ÷ 8 = 2 or 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Explanation:

The total number of counters is 16 and circle a group of 2 counters. Continue circling groups of 2 until all 16 counters are in the group.
So, Divide Total number of counters by number of equal groups
16 ÷ 8 = 16/8 = 2
Next, Divide total number of counters by no. of counters in each group.
16 ÷ 2 = 16/2 = 8

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 6
Type below:
___________

Answer: 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Explanation:

The total number of counters is 16 and circle a group of 4 counters. Continue circling groups of 4 until all 16 counters are in the group
Divide No. of counters by no. of equal groups = 16 ÷ 4 = 4
And then divide no. of counters by no. of counters in each group = 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 7
Type below:
___________

Answer: 18 ÷ 3 = 6 or 18 ÷ 6 = 3

Explanation:

Number of counters = 18
Number of Equal groups = 3
Number of counters in each group = 6
Divide No. of counters by no. of equal groups
18 ÷ 3 = 18/3 = 6
Divide No. of counters by no. of counters in each group
18 ÷ 6 = 18/6 = 3

Complete the bar model to solve. Then write a division equation for the bar model.

Question 5.
There are 15 postcards in 3 equal stacks. How many postcards are in each stack?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 8
________ postcards

Answer: 5 postcards, 15 ÷ 3 = 5

Explanation:

Total number of postcards = 15
Number of equal stacks = 3
Number of postcards in each stack = x
x = No. of postcards/ No. of equal stacks
x = 15/3
x = 5
Thus each stack contains 5 postcards

Question 6.
There are 21 key rings. How many groups of 3 key rings can you make?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 9
________ groups

Answer: 7 groups, 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Divide the 21 key rings into 7 to make 7 groups with 3 key rings each group
21 ÷ 3 = 21/3 = 7 groups

There are 7 groups of 3 key rings.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Jalyn collected 24 stones. She put them in 4 equal piles. How many stones are in each pile?
________ stones

Answer: 6 stones

Explanation:

Given,

Jalyn collected 24 stones
She put them in 4 equal piles
No. of stones in each pile = x
Divide total no. of stones by 4 equal piles
24 ÷ 4 = 24/4 = 6
There are 6 stones in each pile

Question 8.
Tanner has 30 stickers. He puts 6 stickers on each page. On how many pages does he put stickers?
________ pages

Answer: 5 pages

Explanation:

Tanner has 30 stickers
Tanner puts 6 stickers on each page
Now, Divide Number of stickers by number of stickers on each page
= 30 ÷ 6 = 30/6 = 5 pages

Model with Bar Models Page No 324

Question 1.
Jack and his little sister are stacking 24 blocks. They put the blocks in 3 equal stacks. How many blocks are in each stack?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Total number of blocks = 24
They put the blocks in 3 equal stacks
To know the blocks in each stack, we have to divide no. of blocks by number of equal stacks
24 ÷ 3 = 24/3 = 8 blocks
There are 8 blocks in each stack
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 2.
Melissa made 45 greeting cards. She put them in 5 equal piles. How many cards did she put in each pile?
Options:
a. 9
b. 8
c. 7
d. 6

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Given,
Melissa made 45 greeting cards
She put them in 5 equal piles
To know the number of cards she put in each pile
We have to divide number of cards by no. of equal piles
= 45 ÷ 5 = 45/5 = 9 cards
Thus there are 9 cards in each pile
So, the correct answer is option A

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Angie puts 1 stamp on each envelope. She puts stamps on 7 envelopes. How many stamps does Angie use?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Angie puts 1 stamp on each envelope
She puts stamps on 7 envelopes
To find Number of stamps Angie use, we have to divide no. of stamps on envelopes by no. of stamps on each envelope
= 7 ÷ 1 = 7

Question 4.
A carnival ride has 8 cars. Each car holds 4 people. How many people are on the ride if all the cars are full?
Options:
a. 34
b. 32
c. 28
d. 24

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Given,
A carnival ride has 8 cars
Each car holds 4 people
1 car = 4 people
8 cars = x
x × 1 = 4 × 8
x = 32
32 people are on the ride if all the cars are full

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Bar Models img 10

Question 5.
How many families have 1 computer at home?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The line plot shows that there are 6 families who have 1 computer at home

Question 6.
How many families have more than 1 computer at home?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Number of Families have 2 computers at home = 3
Number of Families have 3 computers at home = 4
Number of Families have 4 computers at home = 1
Number of Families have more than 1 computer at home = 3 + 4 + 1 = 8

Relate Subtraction and Division Page No 329

Write a division equation.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 11

Answer: 16 ÷ 4 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start with 16

Step 2:

Subtract with 4 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract 4

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups 4 in 16
So 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Sixteen divided by four equals four

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 12
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 12

Step 2:

Count back by 3s as many times as you can.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 3.

You jumped back 3 four times
There are 4 groups of 3 in 12
12 ÷ 3 = 4

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 13
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 10

Step 2:

Count back by 2s as many times as you can.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 2.

You jumped back 2 five times
There are 5 groups of 2 in 10
10 ÷ 2 = 5

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 14
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 20

Step 2:

Subtract with 5 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 5

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 5 in 20
So 20 ÷ 5 = 4
Twenty divided by five equals four

Use repeated subtraction or a number line to solve.

Question 5.
28 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 28

Step 2:

Subtract with 7 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 7

Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 7 in 28
So 28 ÷ 7 = 4
Twenty eight divided by seven equals four

Question 6.
18 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 3

Step 1:

Start at 18

Step 2:

Subtract with 6 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 6

Since you subtract 3 times
There are 3 groups of 6 in 18
So 18 ÷ 6 = 3
Eighteen divided by six equals three

Question 7.
8)\( \bar{ 4 0 }\)
________

Answer: 5

HMH Go Math solution Key Grade 3 Chapter Division image_2

Explanation:

Since you subtract 5 times
There are 5 groups of 8 in 40
40 divided by 8 equals 5

Question 8.
9)\( \bar{ 3 6 }\)
________

Answer: 4

Go Math Chapter 6 Answer Key Grade 3 Division image_1

Explanation:

You subtract 36 and 9 by 4 times
There are 4 groups of 9 in 36
So, 36 divided by 9 equals 4

Question 9.
Mrs. Costa has 18 pencils. She gives 9 pencils to each of her children for school. How many children does Mrs. Costa have?
________ children

Answer: 2 children

Explanation:

Given,
Mrs. Costa has 18 pencils
She gives 9 pencils to each of her children for school
Divide total number of pencils by no. pencils to each of her children for school
18 ÷ 9 = 2 pencils

Question 10.
Boël decides to plant rose bushes in her garden. She has 24 bushes. She places 6 bushes in each row. How many rows of rose bushes does she plant in her garden?
________ rows

Answer: 4 rows

Explanation:

Boel has 24 bushes
she places 6 bushes in each row
To know the number of rows of rose bushes does she plant in her garden
We have to divide the total number of bushes by bushes in each row
= 24 ÷ 6 = 24/6 = 4

Relate Subtraction and Division Page No 330

Question 1.
Which division equation is shown?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 15
Options:
a. 3 × 4 = 12
b. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
c. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
d. 12 ÷ 4 = 3

Answer: 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Step 1:

Count starts at 12

Step 2:

Count back by 6s as many times as you can until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back
You jumped back 2 times
There are 2 jumps from 12 to 0
So the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Isabella has 35 cups of dog food. She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food each day. For how many days will the dog food last?
Options:
a. 6 days
b. 7 days
c. 8 days
d. 9 days

Answer: 7 days

Explanation:

Given that,

Isabella has 35 cups of dog food
She feeds her dogs 5 cups of food each day
To find the number of days will the dog food last
We have to divide number of cups by the number of cups of food each day
= 35 ÷ 5 = 35/5 = 7
So, the correct answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges. There are 6 oranges in each bag. How many oranges does Ellen buy?
Options:
a. 10
b. 12
c. 24
d. 30

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Given:
Ellen buys 4 bags of oranges
There are 6 oranges in each bag
Total number of oranges = no. of bags × no. of oranges in each bag
= 4 × 6 = 24
Therefore the correct answer is option B

Question 4.
Each month for 7 months, Samuel mows 3 lawns. How many more lawns does he need to mow before he has mowed 29 lawns?
Options:
a. 1
b. 3
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Each month for 7 months, Samuel mows 3 lawns
For one month Samuel mows 3 lawns
For 7 months Samuel mows = x
x = 7 × 3 = 21
Now, we need to know how many more lawns does he need to mow before he has mowed 29 lawns
Subtract 21 from 29
= 29 – 21 = 8
So the answer is option D

Use the graph for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Subtraction and Division img 16

Question 5.
How many hours did Eli volunteer?
Options:
a. 4 hours
b. 8 hours
c. 9 hours
d. 10 hours

Answer: 9 hours

Explanation:

The bar graph shows that Eli volunteered 9 hours
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
Madi volunteered 2 hours less than Jill. At what number should the bar for Madi end?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 8
d. 12

Answer: 8

Explanation:

The figure shows that Jill has volunteered 10 hours
If Madi has volunteered 2 hours less than Jill
= 10 – 2 = 8 hours
Thus the correct answer is option C

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 331

Vocabulary

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 17
Question 1.
You _________ when you separate into equal groups.
_________

Answer: Divide

When you divide, you separate into equal groups.

Concepts and Skills

Use counters or draw a quick picture on your MathBoard.
Make or circle equal groups. Complete the table.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 18
Type below:
___________

Answer:

2. Number of counters = 6
Number of equal groups = 2
Number in each group =  __
= 6/2 = 3

3. Number of counters = 30
Number of equal groups = __
Number in each group = 5
= 30/5 = 6

4. Number of counters = 28
Number of equal groups = 7
Number in each group = __
= 28/7 = 4

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 19
Type below:
___________

Answer: 8 ÷ 4 = 2 or 8 ÷ 2 = 4

Explanation:

The number of counters is 8 and a circle group of 4 counters.
Continue circling group of 4 until all the 8 counters are in the group
Divide Number of counters by Number of equal groups
= 8 ÷ 2 = 4
Divide Number of counters by number in each group
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 20
Type below:
___________

Answer: 15 ÷ 3 = 5 or 15 ÷ 5 = 3

Explanation:

Number of counters = 15
Number of groups = 3
Number in each group = 5
Divide Number of counters by number of groups
= 15 ÷ 3 = 5
Divide number of counters by number in each group
= 15 ÷ 5 = 3

Write a division equation.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 21
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Starts at 36

Step 2:

Subtract with 9 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 9

You subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 9 with 36
So, 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 22
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

Starts at 21

Step 2:

Count back by 3s as many times as you can

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 3.
You jumped back by 21 seven times
There are 7 jumps of 3 in 21

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint Page No 332

Question 9.
Victor plants 14 seeds in some flowerpots. If he puts 2 seeds in each pot, how many flowerpots does he use?
_________ flowerpots

Answer: 7 flowerpots

Explanation:

Victor plants 14 seeds in some flowerpots
If he puts 2 seeds in each pot
Number of flowerpots he uses = x
x = 14/2
x = 7
So, Victor used 7 flowerpots

Question 10.
Desiree had 35 stickers. She gave each of 3 friends the same number of stickers. She now has 20 stickers left. She then gives the same number of stickers to each of another 5 friends. How many stickers did she give each of her 3 friends? Each of her 5 friends?
Type below:
___________

Answer: 5 stickers for 3 friends; 4 stickers for 5 friends

Explanation:

Given,
Desiree had 35 stickers
She gave each of 3 friends the same number of stickers
She now has 20 stickers left
To know how many stickers she gave to her friends
We have to subtract the number of stickers left from total number of stickers
35 – 20 = 15
That means she gave 15 stickers to her 3 friends equally
15 ÷ 3 = 5 stickers
So, each friend gets 5 stickers
Next, she gave remaining 20 stickers to 5 friends equally
20 ÷ 5 = 4
So, each friend gets 4 stickers

Question 11.
Jayden modeled a division equation with some counters. What division equation could Jayden have modeled?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 23
Type below:
___________

Answer: 14 ÷ 2 = 7 or 14 ÷ 7 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counter = 14
Number in each group = 7
Number of equal groups = 2
So, the division equation is the number of counters by number of equal groups = 14 ÷ 2 = 7
Or, Number of counters by number in each group = 14 ÷ 7 = 2

Question 12.
Lillian bought 24 cans of cat food. There were 4 cans in each pack. How many packs of cat food did Lillian buy?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Mid -Chapter Checkpoint img 24
_________ packs

Answer: 6 packs

Explanation:

Lillian bought 24 cans of cat food
There were 4 cans in each pack
Number of packs of cat food did Lillian buy
24 ÷ 4 = 6 packs

Model with Arrays Page No 337

Use square tiles to make an array. Solve

Question 1.
How many rows of 4 are in 12?
______ rows

Answer: 3 rows

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

Total number of tiles are 12

Step 2:
Make a row of 4 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
3 rows of 4 are in 12

Question 2.
How many rows of 3 are in 21?
______ rows

Answer: 7 rows

■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

Total number of tiles are 21

Step 2:

Make a row of 3 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 3 tiles as you can
We get 3 tiles in each row
So, 7 rows of 3 are in 21

Question 3.
How many rows of 6 are in 30?
______ rows

Answer: 5 rows

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Step 1:

First of all the count number of tiles = 30

Step 2:

Make a row of 6 tiles

Step 3:

Continue to make as many rows of 6 tiles as you can
We get 6 tiles in each row
So, there are 5 rows of 6 in 30

Question 4.
How many rows of 9 are in 18?
______ rows

Answer: 2 rows

Make an array. Then write a division equation.

Question 5.
20 tiles in 5 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 20 ÷ 5 = 4

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 20
Make a row of 4 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
So, the division equation is 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 6.
28 tiles in 7 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 28 ÷ 7 = 4

■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 28
Make a row of 4 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 4 tiles as you can
We get 4 tiles in each row
For 28 tiles we get 7 rows
So, the division equation is 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 7.
18 tiles in 9 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 18 ÷ 9 = 2

■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■
■ ■

Explanation:

Number of tiles = 18
Number of rows = 9
Now we have to make a row of 2 tiles until we complete 18 tiles
So, you get 2 tiles in 9 rows
18 ÷ 9 = 2 tiles

Question 8.
36 tiles in 6 rows
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 36 ÷ 6 = 6

■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 36
Number of rows = 6
Now you have to make a row of 36 tiles in 6 rows
You get 6 tiles in each row
That means there are 6 tiles each in a row
So, the division equation is 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Problem Solving

Question 9.
A dressmaker has 24 buttons. He needs 3 buttons to make one dress. How many dresses can he make with 24 buttons?
______ dresses

Answer: 8 dresses

Explanation:

Given: A dressmaker has 24 buttons
He needs 3 buttons to make one dress
Number of dresses he can make with 24 buttons = y
y × 3 = 24
y = 24/3
y = 8

Question 10.
Liana buys 36 party favors for her 9 guests. She gives an equal number of favors to each guest. How many party favors does each guest get?
______ party favors

Answer: 4 party favors

Explanation:

Liana buys 36 party favors for her 9 guests.
She gives an equal number of favors to each guest.
To know how many party favors does a guest get
We must Divide number of 36 party favors by 9 guests
= 36 ÷ 9 = 4

Model with Arrays Page No 338

Question 1.
Mr. Canton places 24 desks in 6 equal rows. How many desks are in each row?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Mr. Canton places 24 desks in 6 equal rows
Each row has x number of desks
Divide the number of desks by number of equal rows
24 ÷ 6 = 4
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
Which division equation is shown by the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Arrays img 25
Options:
a. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
b. 12 ÷ 3 = 4
c. 12 ÷ 2 = 6
d. 12 ÷ 1 = 12

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

Explanation:

Number of counters is 12 and the number of rows are 3
To know number counters in each row
We have to divide number of counters by number of rows
= 12 ÷ 3 = 4
Thus the answer is option B

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports trophies on each of her 3 shelves. How many sports trophies does Amy have in all?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 12
d. 24

Answer: 24

Explanation:

Amy has 2 rows of 4 sports trophies on each of her 3 shelves
To know the total sports trophies does Amy have in all 3 shelves
We have to multiple number 2 × 4 × 3 = 24
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 4.
What is the unknown factor?
9 × p = 45
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

The unknown factor is p
9 × p = 45
p = 45/9 = 5
Therefore p = 5
Thus the answer is option B

Question 5.
Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters each. How many quarters does Sam have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 12
c. 24
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Sam has 7 stacks with 4 quarters each
Each stack has 4 quarters
So, 7 stacks has 7 × 4 = 28
Thus 7 stacks have 28 quarters

Question 6.
How can you skip count to find how many counters in all?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Model with Arrays img 26
Options:
a. 3 groups of 2
b. 3 groups of 3
c. 9 groups of 2
d. 18 groups of 2

Answer: 9 groups of 2

Explanation:

Total number of Counters = 18
Number of equal groups = 9
Number in each group = 2
So, there are 9 groups of 2s
Thus the correct answer is option C

Relate Multiplication and Division Page No 343

Complete the equations.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 27

Answer:

5 rows of 4 = 20
5 × 4  = 20
20 ÷ 5 = 4

Explanation:

The above figure shows that, there are 5 rows of 4 circles
Total number of circles = 20
The related facts of 20, 5 and 4 are
5 × 4 = 20; 5 rows of 4 = 20; 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 28
4 rows of ______ = 24
4 × ______ = 24
24 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer:

4 rows of 6 = 24
4 × 6 = 24
24 ÷ 4 = 6

Explanation:

Number of counters = 24
Number of equal rows = 4
24 ÷ 4 = 6
The related facts of 24, 6 and 4 are 24 ÷ 4 = 6; 4 × 6 = 24

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 29
3 rows of ______ = 24
3 × ______ = 24
24 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer:

3 rows of 8 = 24
3 × 8 = 24
24 ÷ 3 = 8

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 24
Number of equal rows = 3
Divide number of counters by number of equal rows
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Thus the related multiplication and division facts of 24, 3 , 8 are 3 × 8 = 24; 24 ÷ 3 = 8

Complete the equations.

Question 4.
4 × ______ = 28   28 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:
The related facts of 28 and 4 are 28 ÷ 4 = 7 and 4 × 7 = 28

Question 5.
6 × ______ = 36    36 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 6, 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown Number be x
6 × x = 36
x = 36/6 = 6
The related multiplication and division facts of 36 and 6 are 36 ÷ 6 = 6; 6 × 6 = 36

Question 6.
5 × ______ = 35    35 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 7, 5

Explanation:

X represents the unknown factor
5 × x = 35
x = 35/5 = 7
Therefore the related multiplication and division facts 35, 5 and 7 are 5 × 7 = 35; 35 ÷ 7 = 5

Question 7.
7 × ______ = 21  21 ÷ 7 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

7 × x = 21
x = 21/7 = 3
So, the related multiplication and division facts of 7, 21 are 7 × 3 = 21; 21÷ 7 = 3

Question 8.
9 × ______ = 27  27 ÷ 9 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

27 ÷ 9 = 3
The related multiplication and division facts of 27 and 9 are 9 × 3 = 27 and 27 ÷ 9 = 3

Question 9.
2 × ______ = 16  16 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

16 ÷ 2 = 8
The related multiplication and division facts of 16 and 2 are 2 × 8 = 16; 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Question 10.
4 × ______ = 36 36 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

36 ÷ 4 = 9
So, the related multiplication and division facts of 36 and 4 are 4 × 9 = 36; 36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 11.
8 × ______ = 40 40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor
8 × x = 40
x = 40/8 = 5
The related facts of 40 and 8 are 8 × 5 = 40; 40 ÷ 8 = 5

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Mr. Martin buys 36 muffins for a class breakfast. He places them on plates for his students. If he places 9 muffins on each plate, how many plates does Mr. Martin use?
___________ plates

Answer: 4 plates

Explanation:

Number of muffins = 36
He places 9 muffins on each plate
Divide number of muffins by number of muffins on each plate
36 ÷ 9 = 4 plates

Question 13.
Ralph read 18 books during his summer vacation. He read the same number of books each month for 3 months. How many books did he read each month?
___________ books

Answer: 6 books

Explanation:

Given that Ralph read 18 books during his Summer vacation
He read same number of books each month for 3 months
To find the number of books he read each month we have to divide total number of books by number of books for 3 months
18 ÷ 3 = 6 books

Relate Multiplication and Division Page No 344

Question 1.
Which number will complete the equations?
6 × □ = 24
24 ÷ 6 = □
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

24 ÷ 6 = 4
The related multiplication and division facts of 6 and 24 is 6 × 4 = 24; 24 ÷ 6 = 4
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 2.
Alice has 14 seashells. She divides them equally between her 2 sisters. How many seashells does each sister get?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 12
d. 16

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Alice has 14 seashells
She divides them equally between her 2 sisters
To know the number of seashells each sister get
We have to divide number of seashells by the number of sisters
= 14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus the answer is option A

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Sam and Jesse can each wash 5 cars in an hour. They both work for 7 hours over 2 days. How many cars did Sam and Jesse wash?
Options:
a. 70
b. 35
c. 24
d. 14

Answer: 70

Explanation:

Sam and Jesse can each wash 5 cars in an hour
They both work for 7 hours over 2 days
To find the total number of cars they washed
we need to multiply 5 × 7 × 2 = 35 × 2 = 70
So, the answer is option A

Question 4.
Keisha skip counted to find how many counters in all. How many equal groups are there?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 30
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 20

Answer: 4

Explanation:

By seeing the above figure we can say that there are 4 groups.
So, the answer is option B

Question 5.
The key for a picture graph showing the number of books students read is: Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 31 = 2 books. How many books did Nancy read if she has Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 32 by her name?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Each Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Relate Multiplication and Division img 31 = 2 books
There are 2 and half books = 2 + 2 + 1 = 5
Thus the answer is 5 i.e., option C

Question 6.
Jan surveyed her friends to find their favorite season. She recorded IIII III for summer. How many people chose summer as their favorite season?
Options:
a. 5
b. 8
c. 9
d. 13

Answer: 8

Explanation:

IIII = 5
III = 3
IIII III = 5 + 3 = 8
So, the people who chose summer as their favorite season are 8
Option B is the correct answer

Write Related Facts Page No 349

Write the related facts for the array.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 33

Answer:

2 × 6 = 12
6 × 2 = 12
12 ÷ 2 = 6
12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 12
Number of rows = 2
Number of counters in each row = 6
So, the related facts of 6, 2 and 12 are 2 × 6 = 12, 6 × 2 = 12, 12 ÷ 2 = 6 and 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 34
Type below:
_________

Answer:

5× 3 = 15
3×5 = 15
15 ÷ 3 = 5
15÷ 5 = 3

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 15
Number of rows = 5
Number of counters in each row = 3
The related facts of 5, 3 and 15 are 5× 3 = 15, 3×5 = 15, 15 ÷ 3 = 5 and 15÷ 5 = 3

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Write Related Facts img 35
Type below:
_________

Answer:

2 × 4 = 8
4× 2 = 8
8 ÷ 2 = 4
8 ÷ 4 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 8
Number of rows = 2
Number of counters in each row = 4
The related facts of 8, 2, 4 are 2 × 4 = 8, 4× 2 = 8, 8 ÷ 2 = 4 and 8 ÷ 4 = 2

Write the related facts for the set of numbers.

Question 4.
3, 7, 21
Type below:
_________

Answer:

3 × 7 = 21
7 × 3 = 21
21 ÷ 3 = 7
21 ÷ 7 = 3

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 21
The related facts of 3, 7, 21 are 3 × 7 = 21, 7 × 3 = 21, 21 ÷ 3 = 7 and 21 ÷ 7 = 3

Question 5.
2, 9, 18
Type below:
_________

Answer:

2 × 9 = 18
9 × 2 = 18
18 ÷ 2 = 9
18 ÷ 9 = 2

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 18
The related facts of 2, 9, 18 are 2 × 9 = 18, 9 × 2 = 18, 18 ÷ 2 = 9 and 18 ÷ 9 = 2

Question 6.
4, 8, 32
Type below:
_________

Answer:

4 × 8 = 32
8 × 4 = 32
32 ÷ 8 = 4
32 ÷ 4 = 8

Explanation:

Total number of counters = 32
The related facts of 4, 8, 32 are 4 × 8 = 32, 8 × 4 = 32, 32 ÷ 8 = 4 and 32 ÷ 4 = 8

Complete the related facts.

Question 7.
4 × 9 = _______
9 × _______ = 36
36 ÷ _______ = 4
_______ ÷ 4 = 9

Answer: The related facts of 4, 9 and 36 are given below

4 × 9 = 36
9 × 4 = 36
36 ÷ 9 = 4
36 ÷ 4 = 9

Question 8.
_______ × 7 = 35
_______ × 5 = 35
_______ ÷ 7 = 5
35 ÷ 5 _______

Answer:

5 × 7 = 35
7 × 5 = 35
35 ÷ 7 = 5
35 ÷ 5= 7

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
x × 7 = 35
x = 35/7 = 5
5 × 7 = 35

x × 5 = 35
x = 35/5 = 7
7 × 5 = 35

x ÷ 7 = 5
x = 5 × 7 = 35
35 ÷ 7 = 5

35 ÷ 5 = x
x = 35/5 = 7
35 ÷ 5= 7

Question 9.
6 × _______ = 18
3 × 6 _______
18 ÷ _______ = 3
_______ ÷ 3 = 6

Answer:

6 × 3 = 18
3 × 6 = 18
18 ÷ 6 = 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
6 × x = 18
x = 18/6 = 3
6 × 3 = 18

3 × 6 = x
x = 18
3 × 6 = 18

18 ÷ x = 3
x = 18/3 = 6
18 ÷ 6 = 3

x ÷ 3 = 6
x = 6 × 3 = 18
18 ÷ 3 = 6

Problem Solving 

Question 10.
CDs are on sale for $5 each. Jennifer has $45 and wants to buy as many as she can. How many CDs can Jennifer buy?
_______

Answer: 9 CDs

Explanation:

CDs are on sale for $5 each
Jennifer has $45 and wants to buy as many as she can
= 45 ÷ 5 = 9
so, the number of CDs can Jennifer buy = 9

Question 11.
Mr. Moore has 21 feet of wallpaper. He cuts it into sections that are each 3 feet long. How many sections does Mr. Moore have?
_______ sections

Answer: 7 sections

Explanation:

Mr. Moore has 21 feet of wallpaper
He cuts it into sections that are each 3 feet long
Number of sections does Mr. Moore have = x
= 21/3 = 7
Mr. Moore have 7 sections

Write Related Facts Page No 350

Question 1.
Which number completes the set of related facts?
5 × □ = 40  40 ÷ □ = 5
□ × 5 = 40  40 ÷ 5 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

i. 5 × □ = 40
□ = 40/5 = 8
ii. 40 ÷ □ = 5
□ = 40/5 = 8
iii. □ × 5 = 40
□ = 40/5 = 8
iv. 40 ÷ 5 = □
40/5 = □
□ = 8
So, the answer is 8

Question 2.
Which equation is not in the same set of related facts as 4 × 7 = 28?
Options:
a. 7 × 4 = 28
b. 4 + 7 = 11
c. 28 ÷ 4 = 7
d. 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Answer: 4 + 7 = 11

Explanation:

The related facts of 4, 7 and 28 are 4 × 7 = 28, 7 × 4 = 28, 28 ÷ 4 = 7, 28 ÷ 7 = 4
But 4 + 7 = 11 is not set of related multiplication and division equations.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Beth runs 20 miles each week for 8 weeks. How many miles does Beth run in 8 weeks?
Options:
a. 16 miles
b. 28 miles
c. 100 miles
d. 160 miles

Answer: 160 miles

Explanation:

Beth runs 20 miles each week for 8 weeks
Each week Beth runs 20 miles
For 8 weeks = x miles
x = 8 × 20
x = 160 miles
So, the answer is 160 miles

Question 4.
Find the product.
5 × 0
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 5
d. 10

Answer: 0

Explanation:

Any number multiplied with 0 is always 0.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 5.
Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves. There are 9 books on each shelf. How many books in all are in Uri’s bookcase?
Options:
a. 14
b. 36
c. 45
d. 54

Answer: 45

Explanation:

Uri’s bookcase has 5 shelves
There are 9 books on each shelf
Number of books in 5 shelves = y
y = 9 × 5 = 45
Thus the answer is option C

Question 6.
There are 6 batteries in one package. How many batteries will 6 packages have?
Options:
a. 12
b. 18
c. 24
d. 36

Answer: 36

Explanation:

There are 6 batteries in one package
Number of batteries in 6 packages = x
x = 6 × 6 = 36
Thus the Number of batteries in 6 packages = 36

Division Rules for 1 and 0 Page No 355

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 36

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 equals that number. The quotient is that number
So, 3/1 = 3 is the quotient

Question 2.
8 ÷ 8 = ________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number other than 0 equals 1. The quotient is always 1
8/8 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 3.
________ = 0 ÷ 6

Answer: 0

Explanation:

Zero divided by any number is always 0. The quotient is 0.
0/6 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 4.
2 ÷ 2 = ________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number equals 1. The quotient is always 1
2/2 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1

Question 5.
________ = 9 ÷ 1

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 equals that number. The quotient is that number
9/1 = 9
So, the quotient is 9

Question 6.
0 ÷ 2 = ________

Answer: 0

0 divided by any number is always 0.
0/2 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 7.
0 ÷ 3 = ________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0.
0/3 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 8.
________ = 0 ÷ 4

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is 0
0/4 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 9.
7)\( \bar{ 7  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number is always 1.
7/7 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 10.
1)\( \bar{ 6  }\)
________

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 is the same number.
6/1 = 6
So, the quotient is 6

Question 11.
9)\( \bar{  0 }\)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number remains 0.
0/9 = 0
Thus the quotient is 0

Question 12.
1)\( \bar{ 5  }\)
________

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 gives the same number as a quotient
5/1 = 5
Therefore the quotient is 5

Question 13.
1)\( \bar{  0 }\)
________

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any thing is 0
0/1 = 0
So, the quotient is 0

Question 14.
4)\( \bar{ 4  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number gives the quotient as 1.
4/4 = 1
So, the quotient is 1

Question 15.
1)\( \bar{ 10 }\)
________

Answer: 10

The number which is divided by 1 gives the same number as a quotient.
10/1 = 10
Thus the quotient is 10

Question 16.
2)\( \bar{ 2  }\)
________

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number is 1.
2/2 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1

Problem Solving

Question 17.
There are no horses in the stables. There are 3 stables in all. How many horses are in each stable?
________

Answer: 0 horses

Explanation:

If there are no horses then there will be nothing in the stables.
Zero divided by any number is 0
0/3 = 0

Question 18.
Jon has 6 kites. He and his friends will each fly 1 kite. How many people in all will fly a kite?
________

Answer: 6 people

Explanation:

John has 6 kites
He and his friends will each fly 1 kite
= 6/1 = 6
So, 6 people will fly the kites

Division Rules for 1 and 0 Page No 356

Question 1.
Candace has 6 pairs of jeans. She places each pair on its own hanger. How many hangers does Candace use?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 6
d. 12

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given,
Candace has 6 pairs of jeans
She places each pair on its own hanger
That means one pair of jeans for one hanger
To find the number of hangers we need to divide the total number of hangers by each pair
6 ÷ 1 = 6
So, option C is the correct answer

Question 2.
There are 0 birds and 4 bird cages. Which division equation describes how many birds are in each cage?
Options:
a. 0 ÷ 4 = 0
b. 4 ÷ 4 = 1
c. 4 ÷ 1 = 4
d. 0 × 4 = 0

Answer: 0 ÷ 4 = 0

Explanation:

There are no birds so nothing to divide. Zero divided by anything is 0.
So, the answer is 0 ÷ 4 = 0

Spiral Review

Question 3.
There are 7 plates on the table. There are 0 sandwiches on each plate. How many sandwiches are on the plates in all?
7 × 0
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 7
d. 70

Answer: 0

Explanation:

There are 7 plates on the table
There are 0 sandwiches on each plate
Any number multiplied with 0 is always 0.
So, the answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which shows a way to break apart the array to find the product?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 37
Options:
a. (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
b. (2 × 8) + (1 × 8)
c. (4 × 7) + (1 × 7)
d. (3 × 6) + (3 × 3)

Answer: (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)

Explanation:

There are 3 rows and 7 columns
The columns are divided into 2 parts 5 and 2.
By using the distributive property we can write it as (3 × 5) + (3 × 2)
Thus the answer is option A

Question 5.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 38
Options:
a. Add 5.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Subtract 1.
d. Multiply by 6.

Answer:

Multiply by 6.

Explanation:

Multiple 6 with a number of vans.
By seeing the above table we can say that it is the multiple of 6.
So, the answer is option D

Question 6.
Use the graph.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Division Rules for 1 and 0 img 39
How many more cans did Sam bring in than Lee?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 7
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Number of cans sam brings = 18
Number of cans Lee bring = 9
To know number of cans Sam bring in than Lee we have to subtract
Number of cans of Lee from Number of cans of Sam = 18 – 9 = 9
By using the above graph we can say that number of cans Sam bring in than Lee is 9.
Thus the correct answer is option D

Review/Test Page No 361

Question 1.
For numbers 1a–1d, select True or False for each equation.
a. 3 ÷ 1 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 is always the same number. The quotient is 1.
So, the above equation is false.

Question 1.
b. 0 ÷ 4 = 0
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. So, the above statement is true.

Question 1.
c. 7 ÷ 7 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number remains 1. So, the given statement is true.

Question 1.
d. 6 ÷ 1 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Any number divided by 1 will be the same number. Thus the statement given above is true.

Question 2.
Elizabeth has 12 horses on her farm. She puts an equal number of horses in each of 3 pens. How many horses are in each pen?
Circle a number that makes the sentence true.
There are Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 40 horses in each pen.
_________

Answer: 12 ÷ 3 = 4

There are HMH Go Math Chapter 6 Grade 3 Answer Key Review solution img_6 horses in each pan

Question 3.
Chris plants 25 pumpkins seeds in 5 equal rows. How many seeds does Chris plant in each row?
Make an array to represent the problem. Then solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 41
_______ seeds
Explain:
_________

Answer: 5 seeds

Go Math Grade 3 Key Chapter 6 Review solution image_1

Explanation:

Total number of seeds = 25
Number of equal rows = 5
25 ÷ 5 = 5 seeds

Page No. 358

Question 4.
Becca spent 24 minutes walking around a track. It took her 3 minutes to walk each time around the track. How many times did Becca walk around the track?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 42
Make equal groups to model the problem. Then explain how you solved the problem.
_______ times

Answer: 24 ÷ 3 = 8 times

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 key review solution image_7

Question 5.
There are 7 cars in an amusement park ride. There are 42 people divided equally among the 7 cars. An equal number of people ride in each car. How many people ride in one car?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 43
_______people

Answer: 6 people

Explanation:

Number of cars = 7
There are 42 people divided equally among the 7 cars
Divide the total number of people by the number of cars
You get, 42 ÷ 7 = 6 people

Question 6.
Select the equations that represent the array. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 44
Options:
a. 3 × 5 = ■
b. 2 × ■ = 12
c. ■ ÷ 3 = 5
d. 5 × ■ = 15
e. 12 ÷ 3 = ■
f. 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Answer: 3 × 5 = ■; ■ ÷ 3 = 5; 5 × ■ = 15; 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Explanation:

Related facts are a set of related multiplication and division equations.

Number of rows = 3
Number of blocks in each row = 5
Total Number of blocks = 15
So, the relation between these 3 numbers are 3 × 5 = ■; ■ ÷ 3 = 5; 5 × ■ = 15; 15 ÷ 5 = ■

Review/Test Page No 359

Question 7.
Eduardo visited his cousin for 28 days over the summer. There are 7 days in each week. How long, in weeks, was Eduardo’s visit?
Part A
Draw jumps on the number line to model the problem.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 45
Type below:
___________

Answer:

HMH Go math grade 3 chapter 6 answer key review solution image_2

Starts at 0
Count by 7 as many times as you can
Count the number of times you jumped back 7
You have jumped 4 times
So, there are 4 groups of 7 in 28
28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 7.
Part B
Write a division equation to represent the model.
Type below:
___________

Answer: 28 ÷ 7 = 4

Question 8.
A workbook is 64 pages long. If each chapter is 8 pages long, how many chapters are there?
_________ chapters

Answer: 8 chapters

Explanation:

A workbook is 64 pages long
If each chapter is 8 pages long
Divide the number of pages by number of pages in each chapter
= 64 ÷ 8 = 64/8 = 8
Therefore there are 8 chapters in the workbook

Question 9.
There are 56 apples packed in 7 baskets with the same number of apples in each basket. How many apples are in each basket?
For numbers, 9a–9d, choose Yes or No to tell whether the equation represents the problem.
a. 56 + 7 = ■
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

56 + 7 = 63 ≠ 8
So, the answer is no

Question 9.
b. 7 × ■ = 56
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

7 × ■ = 56
■ = 56/7 = 8
So, the answer is yes

Question 9.
c. 56 ÷ ■ = 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: Yes

Explanation:

56 ÷ ■ = 8
■ = 56/8 = 7
So, the answer is yes

Question 9.
d. 56 − ■ = 8
i. yes
ii. no

Answer: No

Explanation:

56 − ■ = 8
■ = 64 ≠ 7
So, the answer is no

Question 10.
Stefan has 24 photos to display on some posters. Select a way that he could display the photos in equal groups on the posters. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 6 photos on each of 4 posters
b. 7 photos on each of 3 posters
c. 4 photos on each of 6 posters
d. 5 photos on each of 5 posters
e. 3 photos on each of 8 posters
f. 7 photos on each of 4 posters

Answer: A, C, E

A. 6 photos on each of 4 posters
6 x 4 = 24 photos ✓

B. 7 photos on each of 3 posters
7 x 3 = 21 ≠ 24 photos

C. 4 photos on each of 6 posters
4 x 6 = 24 photos ✓

D. 5 photos on each of 5 posters
5 x 5 = 25 ≠ 24 photos

E. 3 photos on each of 8 posters
3 x 8 = 24 photos ✓

F. 7 photos on each of 4 posters
7 x 4 = 28 ≠ 24 photos

Review/Test Page No 360

Question 11.
Debbie made this array to model a division equation. Which equation did Debbie model? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 46
Options:
a. 14 ÷ 7 = 2
b. 28 ÷ 4 = 7
c. 28 ÷ 7 = 4
d. 14 ÷ 2 = 7

Answer: 28 ÷ 4 = 7

Explanation:

Total Number shaded blocks = 28
Number of equal rows = 4
To write the division equation
we have to divide number of blocks by number of equal rows
28 ÷ 7 = 7
So, the correct answer is option B

Question 12.
Mrs. Edwards made a total of 40 fingers on some gloves she knitted. How many gloves did Mrs. Edwards knit?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 47
__________ gloves

Answer: 40 ÷ 5 = 8

Explanation:

Mrs. Edwards made a total of 40 fingers on some gloves she knitted
Number in each group = 5
Divide Number of fingers by number in each group
= 40 ÷ 5 = 8
Number of equal groups = 8

Question 13.
Make true equations. Select a number to complete the equation.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 48
7 ÷ 7 = ________
7 ÷ 1 = ________
0 ÷ 7 = ________

Answer:

7 ÷ 7 = 1
7 ÷ 1 = 7
0 ÷ 7 = 0

Explanation:

7 ÷ 7 = 1
Any number divided by the same numbers is always 1. So the quotient is 1
7 ÷ 1 = 7
Any number divided by 1 gives the same number as quotient.
0 ÷ 7 = 0
Zero divided by any number is always 0. So, the quotient is 0.

Question 14.
The coach separated the 18 players at lacrosse practice into 3 different groups. How many players were in each group?
________ players

Answer: 6 in each group

Explanation:

Total number of players = 18
Number of equal groups = 3
To find the number in the equal group you have to divide the total number of players by number of equal groups
= 18 ÷ 3 = 6
Therefore there are 6 players in each group

Review/Test Page No 361

Question 15.
Write a division equation to represent the repeated subtraction.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 49
Type below:
________

Answer: 32 ÷ 8 = 4

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 32

Step 2:

Subtract with 8 until you get 0

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract with 8
Since you subtract 4 times
There are 4 groups of 8 in 32
32 ÷ 8 = 4
Thirty two divided by eight equals four

Question 16.
Write related facts for the array. Explain why there are not more related facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 50
Type below:
________

Answer:

There are 6 rows of 6 squares.
The related facts are:
6 x 6 = 36; 36 ÷ 6 = 6
An array represents a multiplication because it has rows and columns and the total number of cells is the product of its rows and columns.
Also, the division is related to multiplication.
So, the only related facts are multiplication and division.

Question 17.
Darius bakes 18 muffins for his friends. He gives each of his friends an equal number of muffins and has none left over.
Part A
Draw a picture to show how Darius divided the muffins and complete the sentence.
Darius gave muffins to ________ friends.
Type below:
________

Answer:

If one muffin for 18 friends

18 = 1 × 18

Go math grade 3 key chapter 6 understand division review solution image _ 3a

If 2 muffins for 9 friends

18 = 2 × 9

Chapter 6 Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 review solution image_3b

If 3 muffins for 6 friends

18 = 3 × 6

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 answer key review solution image_3c

Six muffins for 3 friends

18 = 6 × 3

If 9 muffins for 2 friends

Answer key for HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Review solution image_3d

So, Darius gave muffins to 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 friends

Question 17.
Part B
Could Darius have given all of his muffins equally to 4 of his friends? Explain why or why not.
Type below:
________

Answer: No

No, because if he divides 18 muffins to 4 people, then they get 4 muffins each, and two are not given.
4 × 4 + 2 = 18

Review/Test Page No 362

Question 18.
Circle numbers to complete the related facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 51 × 8 = 72   72 ÷ Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 52 = 8
______                                              _______

Answer: 9 × 8 = 72; 72 ÷ 9 = 8

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Review solution img_5a × 8 = 72; 72 ÷ Chapter 6 Go Math HMH Answer Key Grade 3 Review solution img_5b = 8

Question 19.
Use the numbers to write a related multiplication and division facts.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 53
Type below:
__________

Answer: 45 ÷ 9 = 5; 45 ÷ 5 = 9

Explanation:

The multiplication and division facts for 45, 9 and 5 are
45 ÷ 5 = 9
45 ÷ 9 = 5
9 × 5 = 45

Question 20.
Tyrone took 16 pennies from his bank and put them in 4 equal stacks. How many pennies did Tyrone put in each stack? Show your work.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Review/Test img 54
__________ pennies

Answer: 4 pennies

Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 6 Key Review solution image_4

16 ÷ 4 = 4 pennies

Explanation:

Total number of pennies = 16
Number of equal stacks = 4
Divided number of pennies by number of equal stacks to know the pennies in each stack
16 ÷ 4 = 4

Try to solve exercise questions and cross check your answers from Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division Extra Practice. This way you can assess your strengths and weaknesses and concentrate on the areas you are lagging.

Detailed Solutions are provided in the 3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Understand Division making it easy for you to understand.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators

go-math-grade-5-chapter-6-add-and-subtract-fractions-with-unlike-denominators-answer-key

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators can be downloaded free of cost from here. HMH Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key includes topics such as Addition and Subtraction with unlike denominators, Estimate fraction sums and differences, Least Common Denominators, etc. Begin your preparation from Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 6 Solution Key Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators and score better grades in your exams.

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators

The Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators covers all the Questions in Chapter Tests, Practice Tests, etc., and has detailed solutions for all of them. Try to solve as many problems as possible from the  Go Math Answer Key for Grade 5 Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators and know the concepts behind them easily. Access the Topics in 5th Grade Go Math Ch 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators via quick links available in the forthcoming modules.

Lesson 1: Investigate • Addition with Unlike Denominators

Lesson 2: Investigate • Subtraction with Unlike Denominators

Lesson 3: Estimate Fraction Sums and Differences

Lesson 4: Common Denominators and Equivalent Fractions

Lesson 5: Add and Subtract Fractions

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Add and Subtract Mixed Numbers

Lesson 7: Subtraction with Renaming

Lesson 8: Algebra • Patterns with Fractions

Lesson 9: Problem Solving • Practice Addition and Subtraction

Lesson 10: Algebra • Use Properties of Addition

Chapter 6 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 244

Use fraction strips to find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 1
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{3}{8}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{1}{8}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{2}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{8}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 2
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{2}{5}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place two \(\frac{1}{5}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{2}\) fraction strip beside the two \(\frac{1}{5}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{2}{5}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Thus, \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Page No. 245

Use fraction strips to find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 3
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{1}{8}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{8}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 4
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{3}=\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{3}{4}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{3}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{4}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{3}{4}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{12}\) + \(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Use fraction strips to find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{3}{10}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{1}{10}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a two \(\frac{2}{5}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{10}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{2}{5}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{12}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{12}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place \(\frac{1}{12}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction strip beside the \(\frac{1}{12}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{12}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{12}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{3}{10}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place three \(\frac{1}{10}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{2}\) fraction strip beside the three \(\frac{1}{10}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{2}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{2}{3}+\frac{1}{6}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place two \(\frac{1}{3}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{6}\) fraction strip beside the two \(\frac{1}{3}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{6}\) and \(\frac{2}{3}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Explanation:
Step 1:
Place five \(\frac{1}{8}\) fractions strips under the 1 whole strip on your Mathboard. Then place a \(\frac{1}{4}\) fraction strip beside the five \(\frac{1}{8}\) strips.
Step 2:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{4}\) and \(\frac{5}{8}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
Step 3:
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{5}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Explanation:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{1}{5}\) and \(\frac{1}{2}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{10}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{6}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{12}\)
Explanation:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{3}{4}\) and \(\frac{1}{6}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)  = \(\frac{2}{12}\)
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{9}{12}\) + \(\frac{2}{12}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{2}{3}=\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Explanation:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{2}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{2}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{7}{6}\)
\(\frac{7}{6}\) is greater than 1.
Convert the fraction into the mixed fraction
\(\frac{7}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{4}=\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Explanation:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that are equivalent to \(\frac{7}{8}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\). Place the fraction strips under the sum. At the right, draw a picture of the model and write the equivalent fractions.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
Add the fractions with like denominators. Use the 1 whole strip to rename the sum in the simplest form.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
Convert \(\frac{9}{8}\) into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{9}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 14.
Explain how using fraction strips with like denominators makes it possible to add fractions with unlike denominators.
Type below:
_________

Answer: The strips for both fractions need to be the same size. Finding like denominators is done by trying smaller strips so they can all be the same size.

Problem Solving – Page No. 246

Question 15.
Maya makes trail mix by combining \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of mixed nuts and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of dried fruit. What is the total amount of ingredients in her trail mix?
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{7}{12}\)
Maya uses \(\frac{1}{12}\) cup of ingredients.
Write a new problem using different amounts for each ingredient. Each amount should be a fraction with a denominator of 2, 3, or 4. Then use fraction strips to solve your problem.
Pose a problem                          Solve your problem. Draw a picture of the
fraction strips you use to solve the problem.
Explain why you chose the amounts you did for your problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{7}{12}\)
Maya uses \(\frac{1}{12}\) cup of ingredients.
Maya makes trail mix by combining \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of mixed nuts and \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of dried fruit and \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of chocolate morsels. What is the total amount of ingredients in her trail mix?
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = x
2 • \(\frac{1}{2}\) +  2 • \(\frac{1}{3}\) +  2 • \(\frac{1}{4}\) =  2 • x
1 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2x
Now multiply with 3 on both sides
3 • 1 + 3 • \(\frac{2}{3}\) + 3 • \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3 • 2x
3 + 2 + \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 6x
6 + 4 + 1 = 12 x
11 = 12x
x = \(\frac{11}{12}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 248

Use fraction strips to find the difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 5
\(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{2}{5}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{5}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 6
\(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Now we have to make the fractions like denominators
\(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{8}{12}\) – \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Page No. 249

Use fraction strips to find the difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 7
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Step 1:
Find fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the difference \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}\)
Step 2:
Find another set of fraction strips, all with the same the denominator, that fit exactly under the difference \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}\)
Step 3:
Find other fraction strips, all with the same denominator, that fit exactly under the difference \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) • \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{6}{6}\)
\(\frac{20}{24}\) – \(\frac{6}{24}\) = \(\frac{14}{24}\) = \(\frac{7}{12}\)
Thus, \(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 8
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{10}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{5}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 9
\(\frac{3}{8}-\frac{1}{4}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{8}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)
= \(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 10
\(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{1}{2}=\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}-\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}-\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Use fraction strips to find the difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{3}{10}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
= \(\frac{6}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{12}-\frac{1}{3}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}-\frac{1}{3}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{10}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{1}{10}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{5}{10}\) – \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{1}{2}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{6}{10}-\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{4}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{4}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{3}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{2}{3}\)
Make the denominators equal and then subtract the subtract the fraction with lide denominators.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{3}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) • \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{9}{12}\) – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{2}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{6}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{1}{2}=\) \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{7}{12}=\) \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{7}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) • \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\)
\(\frac{9}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{12}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{7}{12}=\) \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Question 16.
Explain how your model for \(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\) is different from your model for \(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{3}{10}\).
Type below:
_________

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}-\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) • \(\frac{2}{2}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{6}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 250

Question 17.
The picture at the right shows how much pizza was left over from lunch. Jason eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pizza for dinner. Which subtraction sentence represents the amount of pizza that is remaining after dinner?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 11
a. What problem are you being asked to solve?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to solve which subtraction sentence represents the amount of pizza that is remaining after dinner.

Question 17.
b. How will you use the diagram to solve the problem?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I will use number of slices left in the pizza to solve the problem.

Question 17.
c. Jason eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pizza. How many slices does he eat?
______ slices

Answer: 2 slices

Explanation:
Given that, Jason eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pizza.
The pizza is cut into 8 slices.
So, 8 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 slices.
Thus Jason ate 2 slices.

Question 17.
d. Redraw the diagram of the pizza. Shade the sections of pizza that are remaining after Jason eats his dinner.
Type below:
_________

Question 17.
e. Write a fraction to represent the amount of pizza that is remaining.
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of a pizza

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\) of a pizza

Explanation:
The fraction of pizzz Jason ate = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Number of slices left = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Now subtract \(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus the fraction to represent the amount of pizza that is remaining is \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 17.
f. Fill in the bubble for the correct answer choice above.
Options:
a. 1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
d. 1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: B
The fraction of pizzz Jason ate = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Number of slices left = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Now subtract \(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 18.
The diagram shows what Tina had left from a yard of fabric. She now uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of fabric for a project. How much of the original yard of fabric does Tina have left after the project?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 12
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) yard
c. \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard
d. \(\frac{1}{6}\) yard

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard

Explanation:
The original yard of fabric is 6
Tina uses \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of fabric for a project.
\(\frac{1}{1}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard

Share and Show – Page No. 253

Estimate the sum or difference.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\)
a. Round \(\frac{5}{6}\) to its closest benchmark. ____
b. Round \(\frac{3}{8}\) to its closest benchmark. ____
c. Add to find the estimate. ____ + ____ = ____
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
a. Round \(\frac{5}{6}\) to its closest benchmark. \(\frac{6}{6}\) or 1.
b. Round \(\frac{3}{8}\) to its closest benchmark. \(\frac{4}{8}\) or \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. Add to find the estimate. ____ + ____ = ____
1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{5}{9}-\frac{3}{8}\)
_____

Answer: 0

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{5}{9}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
The fraction rounded to \(\frac{5}{9}\) is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{3}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
The fraction rounded to \(\frac{3}{8}\) is \(\frac{1}{2}\).
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0

Question 3.
\(\frac{6}{7}+2 \frac{4}{5}\)
_____

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{6}{7}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{4}{5}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
1 + 3 = 4

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{2}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{5}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{2}{5}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
\(3 \frac{9}{10}-1 \frac{2}{9}\)
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{9}{10}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{2}{9}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
3 × 1 – 1 × 0 = 3 – 0 = 3
\(3 \frac{9}{10}-1 \frac{2}{9}\) = 3

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{6}+\frac{1}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:

Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{4}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{9}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
So, \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 0 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}+\frac{1}{9}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{9}\)
_____

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{9}{10}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{9}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
1 – 0 = 1
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{9}\) = 1

On Your Own

Estimate the sum or difference.

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{8}-\frac{1}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{5}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{3}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
0 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{6}{7}-\frac{1}{5}\)
_____

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{6}{7}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 – 0 = 1
\(\frac{6}{7}-\frac{1}{5}\) = 1

Question 11.
\(\frac{11}{12}+\frac{6}{10}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{11}{12}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{6}{10}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1
1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{11}{12}+\frac{6}{10}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{9}{10}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{2}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{4}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{3}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{4}{5}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1 = \(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{4}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{5}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{3}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}-\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{1}{7}+\frac{8}{9}\)
_____

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{7}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{8}{9}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
0 + 1 = 1
\(\frac{1}{7}+\frac{8}{9}\) = 1

Question 16.
\(3 \frac{5}{12}-3 \frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1: Place a point at \(\frac{5}{12}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place a point at \(\frac{1}{10}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – 0 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(3 \frac{5}{12}-3 \frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 254

Question 17.
Lisa and Valerie are picnicking in Trough Creek State Park in Pennsylvania. Lisa has brought a salad that she made with \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of strawberries, \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup of peaches, and \(\frac{1}{6}\) cup of blueberries. About how many total cups of fruit are in the salad?
_____ cups

Answer: 2 cups

Explanation:
Lisa and Valerie are picnicking in Trough Creek State Park in Pennsylvania.
Lisa has brought a salad that she made with \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of strawberries, \(\frac{7}{8}\) cup of peaches, and \(\frac{1}{6}\) cup of blueberries.
Step 1: Place \(\frac{3}{4}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 2: Place \(\frac{7}{8}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
Step 3: Place \(\frac{1}{6}\) on the number line.
The fraction is between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\).
1 + 1 + 0 = 2
Thus 2 cups of fruit are in the salad.

Question 18.
At Trace State Park in Mississippi, there is a 25-mile mountain bike trail. If Tommy rode \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the trail on Saturday and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the trail on Sunday, about what fraction of the trail did he ride?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
At Trace State Park in Mississippi, there is a 25-mile mountain bike trail.
If Tommy rode \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the trail on Saturday and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the trail on Sunday
Step 1: Place \(\frac{1}{2}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) lies between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place \(\frac{1}{5}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The number closer to \(\frac{1}{5}\) is 0
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – 0 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The estimated fraction of the trail he ride is \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 19.
Explain how you know that \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{6}{10}\) is greater than 1.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Step 1: Place \(\frac{5}{8}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place \(\frac{6}{10}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
\(\frac{6}{10}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1

Question 20.
Nick estimated that \(\frac{5}{8}+\frac{4}{7}\) is about 2.
Explain how you know his estimate is not reasonable.
Type below:
__________

Answer:
Step 1: Place \(\frac{5}{8}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place \(\frac{4}{7}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{4}{7}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1
By this, we can say that Nick’s estimation was wrong.

Question 21.
Test Prep Jake added \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of sunflower seeds and \(\frac{4}{5}\) cup of banana chips to his sundae. Which is the best estimate of the total amount of toppings Jake added to his sundae?
Options:
a. about \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup
b. about 1 cup
c. about 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
d. about 2 cups

Answer: about 1 cup

Explanation:
Given, Test Prep Jake added \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of sunflower seeds and \(\frac{4}{5}\) cup of banana chips to his sundae
Step 1: Place \(\frac{1}{8}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) lies between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Step 2: Place \(\frac{4}{5}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
0 + 1 = 1
The best estimate of the total amount of toppings Jake added to his sundae is about 1 cup.

Share and Show – Page No. 256

Question 1.
Find a common denominator of \(\frac{1}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{9}\) . Rewrite the pair of fractions using the common denominator.
• Multiply the denominators.
A common denominator of \(\frac{1}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{9}\) is ____.
• Rewrite the pair of fractions using the common denominator.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Common denominator is 18.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{18}\)
\(\frac{1}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{18}\)
The pair of fractions using the common denominator is \(\frac{3}{18}\), \(\frac{2}{18}\)

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{1}{5}\)
common denominator: _________
Type below:
_________

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fraction.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{15}\)
Thus the common denominator is 15.

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{5}{9}\)
common denominator: _________
Type below:
_________

Answer: 27

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{5}{9}\)
= 3 × 9 = 27
Thus the common denominator of \(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{5}{9}\) is 27.

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{9}, \frac{1}{15}\)
common denominator: _________
Type below:
_________

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators
\(\frac{2}{9}\) × \(\frac{1}{15}\)
The least common denominator of 15 and 9 is 45.
So, the common denominator of \(\frac{2}{9}, \frac{1}{15}\) is 45.

Page No. 257

Use the least common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{3}{8}\)
least common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 8

Explanation:

First multiply the denominators of the fractions \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{3}{8}\)
4 × 8 = 32
The least common denominator is 8
The equivalent fractions with LCD
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{11}{12}, \frac{5}{8}\)
least common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 24

Explanation:
First, multiply the denominators of the fractions.
12 × 8 = 96
The least common denominator of 12 and 8 is 24.
The equivalent fractions with LCD
\(\frac{11}{12}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)= \(\frac{22}{24}\)
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{15}{24}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{4}{5}, \frac{1}{6}\)
least common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 30

Explanation:
First, multiply the denominators of the fractions.
5 × 6 = 30
The least common denominator (LCD) = 30
\(\frac{4}{5}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\)= \(\frac{24}{30}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{30}\)

On Your Own

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{1}{4}\)
common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 20

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions to find the common denominator.
5 × 4 = 20
So, the common denominator of \(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{1}{4}\) is 20.

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{1}{5}\)
common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions to find the common denominator.
8 × 5 = 40
So, the common denominator of \(\frac{5}{8}, \frac{1}{5}\) is 40.

Question 10.
\(\frac{1}{12}, \frac{1}{2}\)
common denominator: ______
Type below:
_________

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions to find the common denominator.
12 × 2 = 24
The common denominator of \(\frac{1}{12}, \frac{1}{2}\) is 24.

Practice: Copy and Solve Use the least common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{4}{9}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{3}{18}, \frac{8}{18}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 18
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{18}\)
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{8}{18}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{7}{9}, \frac{8}{27}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{21}{27}, \frac{8}{27}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 27
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{7}{9}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{21}{27}\)
\(\frac{8}{27}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\) = \(\frac{8}{27}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{7}{10}, \frac{3}{8}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{28}{40}, \frac{15}{40}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 40
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{7}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{28}{40}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{15}{40}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{5}{11}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{11}{33}, \frac{15}{33}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 33
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{11}{11}\) = \(\frac{11}{33}\)
\(\frac{5}{11}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{15}{33}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{5}{9}, \frac{4}{15}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{25}{45}, \frac{12}{45}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator of \(\frac{5}{9}, \frac{4}{15}\)= 45
Now rewrite the input fractions
\(\frac{5}{9}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{25}{45}\)
\(\frac{4}{15}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{12}{45}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{4}{21}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{7}{42}, \frac{8}{42}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 42
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\) = \(\frac{7}{42}\)
\(\frac{4}{21}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{8}{42}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{5}{14}, \frac{8}{42}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{15}{42}, \frac{8}{42}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 42
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{5}{14}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{15}{42}\)
\(\frac{8}{42}\) × \(\frac{1}{1}\) = \(\frac{8}{42}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{7}{12}, \frac{5}{18}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: \(\frac{21}{36}, \frac{10}{36}\)

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
The Least Common Denominator = 36
Now rewrite the fractions
\(\frac{7}{12}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{21}{36}\)
\(\frac{5}{18}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{10}{36}\)

Algebra Write the unknown number for each ■.

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{5}, \frac{1}{8}\)
least common denominator: ■
■ = ______

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
5 × 8 = 40
Therefore, ■ = 40

Question 20.
\(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{■}\)
least common denominator: 15
■ = ______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators of the fractions.
5 × ■ = 15
■ = 15/5 = 3
Thus ■ = 3

Question 21.
\(\frac{3}{■}, \frac{5}{6}\)
least common denominator: 42
■ = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{■}, \frac{5}{6}\)
■ × 6 = 42
■ = 42/6
■ = 7

UNLOCK the Problem – Page No. 258

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 13

Question 22.
Katie made two pies for the bake sale. One was cut into three equal slices and the other into 5 equal slices. She will continue to cut the pies so each one has the same number of equal-sized slices. What is the least number of equal-sized slices each pie could have?
a. What information are you given?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I have the information about the two pies for the bake sale. One was cut into three equal slices and the other into 5 equal slices. She will continue to cut the pies so each one has the same number of equal-sized slices.

Question 22.
b. What problem are you being asked to solve?
Type below:
_________

Answer: I am asked to solve the least number of equal-sized slices each pie could have.

Question 22.
c. When Katie cuts the pies more, can she cut each pie the same number of times and have all the slices the same size? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Yes she can cut into more equal pieces. Katie can cut the pie into 6 equal pieces and 10 equal pieces. But the least number of equal-sized slices each pie could have is 3 and 5.

Question 22.
d. Use the diagram to show the steps you use to solve the problem.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 14
Type below:
_________

Answer:
There are 2 pies. One pie is cut into 3 equal pieces and the second pie is cut into 5 equal pieces.
So, there are 15 pieces of pies.

Question 22.
e. Complete the sentences.
The least common denominator of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{5}\) is ____.
Katie can cut each piece of the first pie into ____ and each piece of the second pie into ____ .
That means that Katie can cut each pie into pieces that are ____ of the whole pie.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The least common denominator of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{1}{5}\) is 15
5 × 3 = 15
Katie can cut each piece of the first pie into three and each piece of the second pie into five.
That means that Katie can cut each pie into pieces that are 15 of the whole pie.

Question 23.
A cookie recipe calls for \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of brown sugar and \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of walnuts. Find the least common denominator of the fractions used in the recipe.
____

Answer: 24

Explanation:

A cookie recipe calls for \(\frac{1}{3}\) cup of brown sugar and \(\frac{1}{8}\) cup of walnuts.
We can calculate the LCD by multiplying the denominators of the fraction.
3 × 8 = 24.

Question 24.
Test Prep Which fractions use the least common denominator and are equivalent to \(\frac{5}{8}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{10}{40} \text { and } \frac{14}{40}\)
b. \(\frac{25}{40} \text { and } \frac{28}{40}\)
c. \(\frac{25}{80} \text { and } \frac{21}{80}\)
d. \(\frac{50}{80} \text { and } \frac{56}{80}\)

Answer: \(\frac{50}{80} \text { and } \frac{56}{80}\)

Explanation:
The least common denominator of \(\frac{5}{8}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\) is 80.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\) × \(\frac{8}{8}\)
= \(\frac{50}{80} \text { and } \frac{56}{80}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Share and Show – Page No. 260

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\)
\(\frac{9}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{3}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
Use the common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators. Then add, and write your answer in simplest form.
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{3}{7}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\) + \(\frac{3}{7}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{14}{35}+\frac{15}{35}\)
= \(\frac{29}{35}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}+\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{29}{35}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
Use the common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators. Then add, and write your answer in simplest form.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{12}+\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\)
So, \(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
First, find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
Use the common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators. Then add, and write your answer in simplest form.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{6}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 5.
\(\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
First, find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
Use the common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators. Then add, and write your answer in simplest form.
\(\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{7}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\) – \(\frac{1}{7}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{28}\) – \(\frac{4}{28}\) = \(\frac{3}{28}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}-\frac{1}{7}\) = \(\frac{3}{28}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
First, find a common denominator by multiplying the denominators.
Use the common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators. Then add, and write your answer in simplest form.
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{9}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\)
\(\frac{36}{40}\) – \(\frac{10}{40}\) = \(\frac{26}{40}\)
\(\frac{9}{10}-\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{26}{40}\)

On Your Own – Page No. 261

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 8
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{10}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 40
\(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{35}{40}\) + \(\frac{4}{40}\) = \(\frac{39}{40}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}+\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{39}{40}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{3}{10}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 70
\(\frac{2}{7}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\)
\(\frac{20}{70}\) + \(\frac{21}{70}\) = \(\frac{41}{70}\)
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{41}{70}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{1}{8}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
LCD = 24
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{20}{24}\) + \(\frac{3}{24}\) = \(\frac{23}{24}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{23}{24}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{5}{18}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{5}{18}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{5}{18}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 36
\(\frac{5}{12}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{5}{18}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)
\(\frac{15}{36}\) + \(\frac{10}{36}\) = \(\frac{25}{36}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{5}{18}\) = \(\frac{25}{36}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{7}{16}+\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{7}{16}+\frac{1}{4}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 16
\(\frac{7}{16}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{16}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{16}\) + \(\frac{4}{16}\) = \(\frac{11}{16}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
LCD = 24
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
= \(\frac{20}{24}\) + \(\frac{9}{24}\) = \(\frac{29}{24}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{29}{24}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{1}{2}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 4
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
The miced fractiion of \(\frac{5}{4}\) is 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 15.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{1}{4}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 16.
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{4}{18}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{4}{18}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 18
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{4}{18}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\) + \(\frac{4}{18}\)
\(\frac{6}{18}\) + \(\frac{4}{18}\) = \(\frac{10}{18}\) = \(\frac{5}{9}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}+\frac{4}{18}\) = \(\frac{5}{9}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{3}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 15
\(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{9}{15}\) + \(\frac{5}{15}\) = \(\frac{14}{15}\)
\(\frac{3}{5}+\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{14}{15}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{6}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 30
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{9}{30}\) + \(\frac{5}{30}\) = \(\frac{14}{30}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}+\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{14}{30}\)

Question 19.
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{4}{9}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{4}{9}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 18
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{4}{9}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{9}{9}\) + \(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)
= \(\frac{9}{18}\) + \(\frac{8}{18}\) = \(\frac{17}{18}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{4}{9}\) = \(\frac{17}{18}\)

Question 20.
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{8}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 8
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{4}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}-\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 21.
\(\frac{5}{7}-\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{7}-\frac{2}{3}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 21
\(\frac{5}{7}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{5}{7}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\)
\(\frac{15}{21}\) – \(\frac{14}{21}\) = \(\frac{1}{21}\)
\(\frac{5}{7}-\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{21}\)

Question 22.
\(\frac{4}{9}-\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{4}{9}-\frac{1}{6}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 18
\(\frac{4}{9}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{4}{9}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{8}{18}\) – \(\frac{3}{18}\) = \(\frac{5}{18}\)
\(\frac{4}{9}-\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Question 23.
\(\frac{11}{12}-\frac{7}{15}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{11}{12}-\frac{7}{15}\)
First, find the Least Common Denominator and rewrite the fractions with the common denominator.
LCD = 60
\(\frac{11}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{15}\)
\(\frac{11}{12}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) – \(\frac{7}{15}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{55}{60}\) – \(\frac{28}{60}\) = \(\frac{27}{60}\)
\(\frac{11}{12}-\frac{7}{15}\) = \(\frac{27}{60}\) = \(\frac{9}{20}\)

Algebra Find the unknown number.

Question 24.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) − ■ = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
■ = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = ■
■ = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{1}{5}\)
■ = \(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
■ = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 25.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + ■ = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
■ = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + ■ = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) − \(\frac{1}{2}\) = – ■
– ■ = \(\frac{5}{12}\) − \(\frac{1}{2}\)
– ■ = \(\frac{5}{12}\) − \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\)
– ■ = \(\frac{5}{12}\) − \(\frac{6}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{12}\)
■ = \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 262

Use the picture for 26–27.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 15

Question 26.
Sara is making a key chain using the bead design shown. What fraction of the beads in her design are either blue or red?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Explanation:
Total number of red beads = 6
Total number of blue beads = 5
Total number of beads = 6 + 5 = 11
The fraction of beads = \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Question 27.
In making the key chain, Sara uses the pattern of beads 3 times. After the key chain is complete, what fraction of the beads in the key chain are either white or blue?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
In making the key chain, Sara uses the pattern of beads 3 times.
Given that Sara uses the pattern of beads 3 times.
Total number of blue beads = 5
5 × 3 = 15
Number of white beads = 4
4 × 3 = 12
15 + 12 = 27
Actual number of beads = 15
So, the fraction is \(\frac{27}{15}\) = \(\frac{9}{5}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{9}{5}\) is 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 28.
Jamie had \(\frac{4}{5}\) of a spool of twine. He then used \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a spool of twine to make friendship knots. He claims to have \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the original spool of twine left over. Explain how you know whether Jamie’s claim is reasonable.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Jamie’s claim is reasonable

Explanation:
Jamie had \(\frac{4}{5}\) of a spool of twine. He then used \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a spool of twine to make friendship knots. He claims to have \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the original spool of twine left over.
To know whether his estimation is reasonable or not we have to subtract the total spool of twine from used spool of twine.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{4}{5}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\)  – \(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
\(\frac{8}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)
By this is can that Jamie’s claim is reasonable.

Question 29.
Test Prep Which equation represents the fraction of beads that are green or yellow?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 16
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{3}{8}\)
b. [atex]\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{4}[/latex]
c. \(\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{8}=\frac{5}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{4}+\frac{2}{8}=1\)

Answer: [atex]\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{4}[/latex]

Explanation:
Number of green beads = 4 = [atex]\frac{1}{2}[/latex]
Number of blue beads = 3 = [atex]\frac{3}{4}[/latex]
Number of yellow beads = 1 [atex]\frac{1}{4}[/latex]
The fraction of beads that are green or yellow is [atex]\frac{1}{2}+\frac{1}{4}=\frac{3}{4}[/latex]
The correct answer is option B.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 263

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 17

Question 1.
A ________ is a number that is a multiple of two or more numbers.
________

Answer: Common Multiple
A Common Multiple is a number that is a multiple of two or more numbers.

Question 2.
A ________ is a common multiple of two or more denominators.
________

Answer: Common denominator
A Common denominator is a common multiple of two or more denominators.

Concepts and Skills

Estimate the sum or difference.

Question 3.
\(\frac{8}{9}+\frac{4}{7}\)
about ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Place \(\frac{8}{9}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{8}{9}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
\(\frac{8}{9}\) is closer to 1.
Place \(\frac{4}{7}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{4}{7}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
\(\frac{4}{7}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\).
1 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4.
\(3 \frac{2}{5}-\frac{5}{8}\)
about ______

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Place \(\frac{2}{5}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) lies between 0 and \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Place \(\frac{5}{8}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
\(\frac{5}{8}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3
\(3 \frac{2}{5}-\frac{5}{8}\) = 3

Question 5.
\(1 \frac{5}{6}+2 \frac{2}{11}\)
about ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Place \(\frac{5}{6}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 1.
\(\frac{5}{6}\) is closer to 1.
Place \(\frac{2}{11}\) on the number line.
\(\frac{2}{11}\) lies between \(\frac{1}{2}\) and 0.
\(\frac{2}{11}\) is closer to 0
1 + 1 + 2 + 0 = 4
\(1 \frac{5}{6}+2 \frac{2}{11}\) = 4

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{9}\)
common denominator:
Type below:
__________

Answer: 54
Multiply the denominators
6 × 9 = 54
Thus the common denominator of \(\frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{9}\) is 54

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{8}, \frac{3}{10}\)
common denominator:
Type below:
__________

Answer: 80
Multiply the denominators
8 × 10 = 80
The common denominator of \(\frac{3}{8}, \frac{3}{10}\) is 80

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{9}, \frac{5}{12}\)
common denominator:
Type below:
__________

Answer: 36
Multiply the denominators
9 × 12 = 108
The common denominator of \(\frac{1}{9}, \frac{5}{12}\) is 108

Use the least common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{10}\)
least common denominator: ______
Explain:
__________

Answer: 10

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators
5 × 10 = 50
The least common denominators of \(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{10}\) is 10.

Question 10.
\(\frac{5}{6}, \frac{3}{8}\)
least common denominator: ______
Explain:
__________

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators
The least common denominator of 6 and 8 is 24
Thus the LCD of \(\frac{5}{6}, \frac{3}{8}\) is 24

Question 11.
\(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{2}{7}\)
least common denominator: ______
Explain:
__________

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Multiply the denominators
The least common denominator of 3 and 7 is 21.
Thus the LCD of \(\frac{1}{3}, \frac{2}{7}\) is 21.

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 12.
\(\frac{11}{18}-\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{18}\)

Explanation:
Make the fractions like denominators.
\(\frac{11}{18}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{3}{18}\)
\(\frac{11}{18}\) – \(\frac{3}{18}\) = \(\frac{8}{18}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{24}{35}\)

Explanation:
Make the fractions like denominators.
\(\frac{2}{7}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{10}{35}\)
\(\frac{2}{5}\) × \(\frac{7}{7}\) = \(\frac{14}{35}\)
\(\frac{10}{35}\) + \(\frac{14}{35}\) = \(\frac{24}{35}\)
Thus \(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{24}{35}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{3}{10}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{18}{40}\)

Explanation:
Make the fractions like denominators.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\) = \(\frac{30}{40}\)
\(\frac{3}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{12}{40}\)
\(\frac{30}{40}\) – \(\frac{12}{40}\) = \(\frac{18}{40}\)

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 264

Question 15.
Mrs. Vargas bakes a pie for her book club meeting. The shaded part of the diagram below shows the amount of pie left after the meeting. That evening, Mr. Vargas eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pie. What fraction represents the amount of pie remaining?
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Mid-Chapter Checkpoint img 18
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Mrs. Vargas bakes a pie for her book club meeting. The shaded part of the diagram below shows the amount of pie left after the meeting.
So, the fraction of the pie is \(\frac{1}{2}\)
That evening, Mr. Vargas eats \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the whole pie.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the fraction represents the amount of pie remaining is \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 16.
Keisha makes a large sandwich for a family picnic. She takes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the sandwich to the picnic. At the picnic, her family eats \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the whole sandwich. What fraction of the whole sandwich does Keisha bring back from the picnic?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
Keisha makes a large sandwich for a family picnic. She takes \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the sandwich to the picnic.
At the picnic, her family eats \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the whole sandwich.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\)
\(\frac{4}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Thus Keisha brought \(\frac{1}{8}\) of the sandwich from the picnic.

Question 17.
Mike is mixing paint for his walls. He mixes \(\frac{1}{6}\) gallon blue paint and \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon green paint in a large container. What fraction represents the total amount of paint Mike mixes?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{19}{24}\)

Explanation:
Mike is mixing paint for his walls. He mixes \(\frac{1}{6}\) gallon blue paint and \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon green paint in a large container.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(\frac{1}{6}\) × \(\frac{8}{8}\)  + \(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{6}{6}\)
\(\frac{8}{48}\)  + \(\frac{30}{48}\)
\(\frac{38}{48}\) = \(\frac{19}{24}\)
Therefore the total amount of paint Mike mixes is \(\frac{19}{24}\)

Share and Show – Page No. 266

Question 1.
Use a common denominator to write equivalent fractions with like denominators and then find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.
7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = ■
+ 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = + ■
—————————

_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 12 \(\frac{3}{20}\)

Explanation:
First convert the mixed fraction to proper fraction.
7 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{37}{5}\)
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{19}{4}\)
\(\frac{37}{5}\) + \(\frac{19}{4}\)
= \(\frac{37}{5}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{148}{20}\)
\(\frac{19}{4}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{95}{20}\)
\(\frac{148}{20}\) + \(\frac{95}{20}\) = \(\frac{243}{20}\)
Now convert it into mixed fraction = 12 \(\frac{3}{20}\)

Find the sum. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 2.
\(2 \frac{3}{4}+3 \frac{3}{10}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Explanation:
First convert the mixed fraction to proper fraction.
\(2 \frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{11}{4}\)
3 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{33}{10}\)
Now make the common denominators of the above fractions.
\(\frac{11}{4}\) × \(\frac{10}{10}\) = \(\frac{110}{40}\)
\(\frac{33}{10}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{132}{40}\) = \(\frac{121}{20}\)
Now convert the fraction into mixed fraction.
\(\frac{121}{20}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Question 3.
\(5 \frac{3}{4}+1 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
First convert the mixed fraction to proper fraction.
5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{23}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
\(\frac{23}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{3}\)
\(\frac{23}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{69}{12}\)
\(\frac{4}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\) = \(\frac{16}{12}\)
\(\frac{69}{12}\) + \(\frac{16}{12}\) = \(\frac{85}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{85}{12}\) = 7 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 4.
\(3 \frac{4}{5}+2 \frac{3}{10}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
First convert the mixed fraction to proper fraction.
3 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{19}{5}\)
2 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{23}{10}\)
\(\frac{19}{5}\) + \(\frac{23}{10}\)
Now make the common denominators of the above fractions.
\(\frac{19}{5}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{38}{10}\)
\(\frac{38}{10}\) + \(\frac{23}{10}\) = \(\frac{61}{10}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{61}{10}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Page No. 267

Find the difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 5.
\(9 \frac{5}{6}-2 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(9 \frac{5}{6}-2 \frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{59}{6}\) – \(\frac{14}{6}\)
= \(\frac{45}{6}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\) = 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
\(10 \frac{5}{9}-9 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{7}{18}\)

Explanation:
\(10 \frac{5}{9}-9 \frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{95}{9}\) – \(\frac{55}{6}\)
= \(\frac{190}{18}\) – \(\frac{165}{18}\) = \(\frac{25}{18}\)
= 1 \(\frac{7}{18}\)
\(10 \frac{5}{9}-9 \frac{1}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{18}\)

Question 7.
\(7 \frac{2}{3}-3 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(7 \frac{2}{3}-3 \frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{23}{3}\) – \(\frac{19}{6}\) = \(\frac{46}{6}\) – \(\frac{19}{6}\)
= \(\frac{27}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(7 \frac{2}{3}-3 \frac{1}{6}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

On Your Own

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{3}{10}+2 \frac{2}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(1 \frac{3}{10}+2 \frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{13}{10}\) + \(\frac{12}{5}\) = \(\frac{13}{10}\) + \(\frac{24}{10}\)
= \(\frac{37}{10}\) = 3 \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Thus \(1 \frac{3}{10}+2 \frac{2}{5}\) = 3 \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 9.
\(3 \frac{4}{9}+3 \frac{1}{2}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{17}{18}\)

Explanation:
\(3 \frac{4}{9}+3 \frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{31}{9}\) + \(\frac{7}{2}\) = \(\frac{62}{18}\) + \(\frac{63}{18}\)
\(\frac{125}{18}\) = 6 \(\frac{17}{18}\)
\(3 \frac{4}{9}+3 \frac{1}{2}\) = 6 \(\frac{17}{18}\)

Question 10.
\(2 \frac{1}{2}+2 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{1}{2}+2 \frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\) + \(\frac{7}{3}\)
\(\frac{15}{6}\) + \(\frac{14}{6}\)= \(\frac{29}{6}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{29}{6}\) is 4 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 11.
\(5 \frac{1}{4}+9 \frac{1}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 14 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{1}{4}+9 \frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{21}{4}\) + \(\frac{28}{3}\)
\(\frac{63}{12}\) + \(\frac{112}{12}\) = \(\frac{175}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{175}{12}\) is 14 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 12.
\(8 \frac{1}{6}+7 \frac{3}{8}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 15 \(\frac{13}{24}\)

Explanation:
\(8 \frac{1}{6}+7 \frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{49}{6}\) + \(\frac{59}{8}\)
\(\frac{196}{24}\) + \(\frac{177}{24}\) = \(\frac{373}{24}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{373}{24}\) is 15 \(\frac{13}{24}\)

Question 13.
\(14 \frac{7}{12}-5 \frac{1}{4}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(14 \frac{7}{12}-5 \frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{175}{12}\) – \(\frac{21}{4}\)
\(\frac{175}{12}\) – \(\frac{63}{12}\) = \(\frac{112}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{112}{12}\) is 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 14.
\(12 \frac{3}{4}-6 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(12 \frac{3}{4}-6 \frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{51}{4}\) – \(\frac{37}{6}\)
\(\frac{153}{12}\) – \(\frac{74}{12}\) = \(\frac{79}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{79}{12}\) is 6 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 15.
\(2 \frac{5}{8}-1 \frac{1}{4}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{5}{8}-1 \frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{21}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{4}\) = \(\frac{21}{8}\) – \(\frac{10}{8}\)
= \(\frac{11}{8}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{11}{8}\) is 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 16.
\(10 \frac{1}{2}-2 \frac{1}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(10 \frac{1}{2}-2 \frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{21}{2}\) – \(\frac{11}{5}\)
\(\frac{105}{10}\) – \(\frac{22}{10}\) = \(\frac{83}{10}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{83}{10}\) is 8 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 17.
\(1 \frac{5}{12}+4 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(1 \frac{5}{12}+4 \frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{17}{12}\) + \(\frac{25}{6}\)
\(\frac{17}{12}\) + \(\frac{50}{12}\) = \(\frac{67}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{67}{12}\) is 5 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 18.
\(8 \frac{1}{2}+6 \frac{3}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 15 \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(8 \frac{1}{2}+6 \frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{17}{2}\) + \(\frac{33}{5}\)
\(\frac{85}{10}\) + \(\frac{66}{10}\) = \(\frac{151}{10}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{151}{10}\) is 15 \(\frac{1}{10}\)
\(8 \frac{1}{2}+6 \frac{3}{5}\) = 15 \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 19.
\(2 \frac{1}{6}+4 \frac{5}{9}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{1}{6}+4 \frac{5}{9}\) = \(\frac{13}{6}\) + \(\frac{41}{9}\)
\(\frac{39}{18}\) + \(\frac{82}{18}\) = \(\frac{121}{18}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{121}{18}\) is 6 \(\frac{13}{18}\)
\(2 \frac{1}{6}+4 \frac{5}{9}\) = 6 \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Question 20.
\(20 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{12}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 21 \(\frac{1}{24}\)

Explanation:
\(20 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{165}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\)
\(\frac{495}{24}\) + \(\frac{10}{24}\) = \(\frac{505}{24}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{505}{24}\) is 21 \(\frac{1}{24}\)
\(20 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{12}\) = 21 \(\frac{1}{24}\)

Question 21.
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{6}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{11}{3}\) – \(\frac{7}{6}\)
\(\frac{22}{6}\) – \(\frac{7}{6}\) = \(\frac{15}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{5}{2}\) is 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{1}{6}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 22.
\(5 \frac{6}{7}-1 \frac{2}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{4}{21}\)

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{6}{7}-1 \frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{41}{7}\) – \(\frac{5}{3}\)
\(\frac{123}{21}\) – \(\frac{35}{21}\) = \(\frac{88}{21}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{88}{21}\) is 4 \(\frac{4}{21}\)

Question 23.
\(2 \frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{2}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{23}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= \(\frac{23}{8}\) – \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{19}{8}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{19}{8}\) is 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
So, \(2 \frac{7}{8}-\frac{1}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 24.
\(4 \frac{7}{12}-1 \frac{2}{9}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{13}{36}\)

Explanation:
\(4 \frac{7}{12}-1 \frac{2}{9}\) = \(\frac{55}{12}\) – \(\frac{11}{9}\)
\(\frac{165}{36}\) – \(\frac{44}{36}\) = \(\frac{121}{36}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{121}{36}\) is 3 \(\frac{13}{36}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 268

Use the table to solve 25–28.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 19

Question 25.
Gavin is mixing a batch of Sunrise Orange paint for an art project. How much paint does Gavin mix?
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\) ounces

Answer: 5 \(\frac{7}{8}\) ounces

Explanation:
Gavin is mixing a batch of Sunrise Orange paint for an art project.
2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Solving the whole numbers
2 + 3 = 5
Add the fraction parts
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 8
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
5 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 5 \(\frac{7}{8}\) ounces

Question 26.
Gavin plans to mix a batch of Tangerine paint. He expects to have a total of 5 \(\frac{3}{10}\) ounces of paint after he mixes the amounts of red and yellow. Explain how you can tell if Gavin’s expectation is reasonable.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Gavin plans to mix a batch of Tangerine paint. He expects to have a total of 5 \(\frac{3}{10}\) ounces of paint after he mixes the amounts of red and yellow.
To mix a batch of Tangerine paint he need 3 \(\frac{9}{10}\) red and 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\) yellow paint.
Add the fractions
3 + \(\frac{9}{10}\) + 2 + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Solving the whole numbers
3 + 2 = 5
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
LCD = 40
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{36}{40}\) + \(\frac{15}{40}\) = \(\frac{51}{40}\) = 1 \(\frac{11}{40}\)
5 + 1 \(\frac{11}{40}\) = 6 \(\frac{11}{40}\)

Question 27.
For a special project, Gavin mixes the amount of red from one shade of paint with the amount of yellow from a different shade. He mixes the batch so he will have the greatest possible amount of paint. What amounts of red and yellow from which shades are used in the mixture for the special project? Explain your answer.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Gavin used red paint from mango and yellow paint from Sunrise Orange.
5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Solving the whole numbers parts
5 + 3 = 8
Solving the fraction part
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{10}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\)
\(\frac{13}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 28.
Gavin needs to make 2 batches of Mango paint. Explain how you could find the total amount of paint Gavin mixed.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Gavin used Red paint and Yellow Paint to make Mango shade.
For one batch he need to add 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Foe 2 batches
5 \(\frac{5}{6}\)+ 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Solving the whole numbers
5 + 5 + 5 + 5 = 20
Solving the fractions part
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{20}{6}\)
= \(\frac{10}{3}\)
Gavin mixed \(\frac{10}{3}\) of paint to make 2 batches of Mango Paint.

Question 29.
Test Prep Yolanda walked 3 \(\frac{6}{10}\) miles. Then she walked 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) more miles. How many miles did Yolanda walk?
Options:
a. 7 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles
b. 7 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles
c. 8 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles
d. 8 \(\frac{7}{10}\) miles

Answer: 8 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles

Explanation:
Test Prep Yolanda walked 3 \(\frac{6}{10}\) miles.
Then she walked 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) more miles.
3 \(\frac{6}{10}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 3 + \(\frac{6}{10}\) + 4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Add whole numbers
3 + 4 = 7
Add the fractions
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{11}{10}\)
\(\frac{11}{10}\) = 8 \(\frac{1}{10}\) miles
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Share and Show – Page No. 270

Estimate. Then find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 1.
Estimate: ______
1 \(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{7}{8}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 1
Difference: \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Estimation: 1 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) is close to 1.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) is close to 1.
1 + 1 – 1 = 1
Difference: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}-\frac{7}{8}\)
1 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{8}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{24}{32}\) – \(\frac{28}{32}\) = – \(\frac{1}{8}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 2.
Estimate: ______
\(12 \frac{1}{9}-7 \frac{1}{3}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 5
Difference: 4 \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Explanation:
Estimate: 12 + 0 – 7 – 0 = 5
Difference:
12 + \(\frac{1}{9}\) – 7 – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
12 – 7 = 5
\(\frac{1}{9}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{9}\) – \(\frac{3}{9}\) = – \(\frac{2}{9}\)
5 – \(\frac{2}{9}\) = 4 \(\frac{7}{9}\)

Page No. 271

Estimate. Then find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 3.
Estimate: ________
\(4 \frac{1}{2}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
\(4 \frac{1}{2}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
4 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 3 – 1
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference:
\(4 \frac{1}{2}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 3 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Solving the whole number parts
4 – 3 = 1
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{1}{2}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{5}{10}\) – \(\frac{8}{10}\) = – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 4.
Estimate: ________
\(9 \frac{1}{6}-2 \frac{3}{4}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 6
Difference: 6 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(9 \frac{1}{6}-2 \frac{3}{4}\)
9 + 0 – 2 – 1 = 6
Difference:
\(9 \frac{1}{6}-2 \frac{3}{4}\)
9 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) – 2 – \(\frac{3}{4}\)
9 – 2 = 7
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{2}{12}\) – \(\frac{9}{12}\) = – \(\frac{7}{12}\)
7 – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = 6 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
\(9 \frac{1}{6}-2 \frac{3}{4}\) = 6 \(\frac{5}{12}\)

On Your Own

Estimate. Then find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 5.
Estimate: ________
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{11}{12}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 2
Difference: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{11}{12}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) is close to 1.
\(\frac{11}{12}\) is close to 1.
3 + 1 – 1 – 1 = 2
Difference:
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{11}{12}\)
3 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) – 1 – \(\frac{11}{12}\)
3 – 1 = 2
Solving the fractions part
\(\frac{2}{3}\) – \(\frac{11}{12}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{8}{12}\) – \(\frac{11}{12}\) = – \(\frac{3}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(3 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{11}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 6.
Estimate: ________
\(4 \frac{1}{4}-2 \frac{1}{3}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 2
Difference: 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(4 \frac{1}{4}-2 \frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) is close to 0.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) is close to 0.
4 – 2 = 2
Solving the fractions part
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{12}\) – \(\frac{4}{12}\) = – \(\frac{1}{12}\)
2 – \(\frac{1}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 7.
Estimate: ________
\(5 \frac{2}{5}-1 \frac{1}{2}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 4
Difference: 3 \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(5 \frac{2}{5}-1 \frac{1}{2}\)
5 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 1 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
5 – 1 = 4
Solving the fractions part
\(5 \frac{2}{5}-1 \frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{4}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\) = – \(\frac{1}{10}\)
4 – \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 3 \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 8.
\(7 \frac{5}{9}-2 \frac{5}{6}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference: 4 \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(7 \frac{5}{9}-2 \frac{5}{6}\)
\(\frac{5}{9}\) is close to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{5}{6}\) is close to 1.
7 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 2 – 1
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference:
\(7 \frac{5}{9}-2 \frac{5}{6}\)
7 + \(\frac{5}{9}\) – 2 – \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Solving the whole numbers
7 – 2 = 5
Solving the fraction part
\(\frac{5}{9}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\)
LCD = 18
\(\frac{10}{18}\) – \(\frac{15}{18}\) = – \(\frac{5}{18}\)
5 – \(\frac{5}{18}\) = 4 \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Question 9.
Estimate: ________
\(7-5 \frac{2}{3}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 1
Difference: 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(7-5 \frac{2}{3}\)
7 – 5 – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
7 – 5 – 1 = 1
Difference:
\(7-5 \frac{2}{3}\)
7 – 5 = 2
2 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus \(7-5 \frac{2}{3}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 10.
Estimate: ________
\(2 \frac{1}{5}-1 \frac{9}{10}\)
Estimate: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Difference: _____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Estimate: 0
Difference: \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
Estimate:
\(2 \frac{1}{5}-1 \frac{9}{10}\)
2 + 0 – 1 – 1 = 0
Difference:
\(2 \frac{1}{5}-1 \frac{9}{10}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) – 1 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
2 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) – 1 – \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Solving the whole number parts
2 – 1 = 1
\(\frac{1}{5}\) – \(\frac{9}{10}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{2}{10}\) – \(\frac{9}{10}\) = – \(\frac{7}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Practice: Copy and Solve Find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 11.
\(11 \frac{1}{9}-3 \frac{2}{3}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{4}{9}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
11 + \(\frac{1}{9}\) – 3 – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Solving the whole number parts
11 – 3 = 8
Solving the fraction parts
LCD = 9
\(\frac{1}{9}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{1}{9}\) – \(\frac{6}{9}\) = – \(\frac{5}{9}\)
8 – \(\frac{5}{9}\) = 7 \(\frac{4}{9}\)

Question 12.
\(6-3 \frac{1}{2}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
6 – 3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 13.
\(4 \frac{3}{8}-3 \frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
4 + \(\frac{3}{8}\) – 3 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Solving the whole number parts
4 – 3 = 1
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{4}{8}\)
= – \(\frac{1}{8}\)
1 – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 14.
\(9 \frac{1}{6}-3 \frac{5}{8}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{13}{24}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
9 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) – 3 – \(\frac{5}{8}\)
Solving the whole number parts
9 – 3 = 6
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(\frac{4}{24}\) – \(\frac{15}{24}\) = – \(\frac{11}{24}\)
6 – \(\frac{11}{24}\) = 5 \(\frac{13}{24}\)

Question 15.
\(1 \frac{1}{5}-\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
1 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Solving the whole number parts
1 + 0 = 1
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{1}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{2}{10}\) – \(\frac{5}{10}\) = – \(\frac{3}{10}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 16.
\(13 \frac{1}{6}-3 \frac{4}{5}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{11}{30}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
13 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) – 3 – \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Solving the whole number parts
13 – 3 = 10
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{1}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{5}\)
LCD = 30
\(\frac{5}{30}\) – \(\frac{24}{30}\) = – \(\frac{19}{30}\)
10 – \(\frac{19}{30}\) = 9 \(\frac{11}{30}\)

Question 17.
\(12 \frac{2}{5}-5 \frac{3}{4}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{13}{20}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
12 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) – 5 – \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Solving the whole number parts
12 – 5 = 7
Solving the fraction parts
\(\frac{2}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\)
LCD = 20
\(\frac{8}{20}\) – \(\frac{15}{20}\) = – \(\frac{7}{20}\)
7 – \(\frac{7}{20}\) = 6 \(\frac{13}{20}\)

Question 18.
\(7 \frac{3}{8}-2 \frac{7}{9}\)
_____ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{43}{72}\)

Explanation:
7 + \(\frac{3}{8}\) – 2 – \(\frac{7}{9}\)
7 – 2 = 5
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{7}{9}\) = \(\frac{27}{72}\) – \(\frac{56}{72}\)
– \(\frac{29}{72}\)
5 – \(\frac{29}{72}\) = 4 \(\frac{43}{72}\)

Page No. 272

Connect to Reading
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 20

Summarize
An amusement park in Sandusky, Ohio, offers 17 amazing roller coasters for visitors to ride. One of the roller coasters runs at 60 miles per hour and has 3,900 feet of twisting track. This coaster also has 3 trains with 8 rows per train. Riders stand in rows of 4, for a total of 32 riders per train.

The operators of the coaster recorded the number of riders on each train during a run. On the first train, the operators reported that 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) rows were filled. On the second train, all 8 rows were filled, and on the third train, 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) rows were filled. How many more rows were filled on the first train than on the third train?

When you summarize, you restate the most important information in a shortened form to more easily understand what you have read.
Summarize the information given.
______________________
Use the summary to solve.

Question 19.
Solve the problem above.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
On the first train, the operators reported that 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) rows were filled.
On the third train, 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) rows were filled.
7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) – 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Solving the whole numbers
7 – 5 = 2
Solving the fractions
\(\frac{1}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) more rows were filled on the first train than on the third train.

Question 20.
How many rows were empty on the third train? How many additional riders would it take to fill the empty rows? Explain your answer.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
The coaster also has 3 trains with 8 rows per train.
The third train has 8 rows.
On the third train, 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) rows were filled.
8 – 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
8 – 5 – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) rows are empty.
So, it takes 10 additional riders to fill the empty rows on the third train.

Share and Show – Page No. 275

Write a rule for the sequence.

Question 1.
\(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{3}{4}, \cdots\)
Think: Is the sequence increasing or decreasing?
Rule: _________
Type below:
_________

Answer: The sequence is increasing order with difference \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{1}{9}, \frac{1}{3}, \frac{5}{9}, \ldots\)
Type below:
_________

Answer: The sequence is increasing order with difference 2 in numerataor.

Write a rule for the sequence. Then, find the unknown term.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{10}, \frac{2}{5}\), \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{7}{10}\)

Answer: The sequence is increasing order with difference \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
Add \(\frac{1}{2}\) to each term
Let the unknown fraction be x
\(\frac{3}{10}\), \(\frac{4}{10}\), x, \(\frac{6}{10}\), \(\frac{7}{10}\)
x = \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 4.
\(10 \frac{2}{3}, 9 \frac{11}{18}, 8 \frac{5}{9}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(6 \frac{4}{9}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{32}{3}\), \(\frac{173}{18}\), \(\frac{77}{9}\), x, \(\frac{58}{9}\)
LCD = 54
\(\frac{576}{54}\), \(\frac{519}{54}\), \(\frac{462}{54}\), x, \(\frac{348}{54}\)
According to the series x = \(\frac{405}{54}\) = \(\frac{15}{2}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{15}{2}\) is 7 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 5.
\(1 \frac{1}{6}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(1, \frac{11}{12}, \frac{5}{6}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
\(1 \frac{1}{6}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(1, \frac{11}{12}, \frac{5}{6}\)
The LCD of the above fractons is 12
Convert them into improper fractions
\(\frac{14}{12}\), x, \(\frac{12}{12}\), \(\frac{11}{12}\), \(\frac{10}{12}\)
According to the series x = \(\frac{13}{12}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{13}{12}\) is 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 6.
\(2 \frac{3}{4}, 4,5 \frac{1}{4}, 6 \frac{1}{2}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
\(2 \frac{3}{4}, 4,5 \frac{1}{4}, 6 \frac{1}{2}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Convert the mixed fractions into improper fractions
\(\frac{11}{4}\), \(\frac{4}{1}\), \(\frac{21}{4}\), \(\frac{13}{2}\), x
\(\frac{11}{4}\), \(\frac{16}{4}\), \(\frac{21}{4}\), \(\frac{26}{4}\), x
According to the series x = \(\frac{31}{4}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{31}{4}\) is 7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

On Your Own

Write a rule for the sequence. Then, find the unknown term.

Question 7.
\(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(1 \frac{1}{4}, 1 \frac{5}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{1}{2}\), \(1 \frac{1}{4}, 1 \frac{5}{8}\), x
LCD = 8
\(\frac{1}{8}, \frac{4}{8}\), \(\frac{10}{8}, \frac{26}{8}\), x
\(\frac{1}{8}\), \(\frac{4}{8}\), x, \(\frac{10}{8}\), \(\frac{26}{8}\)
The difference between the series is 3 in numerator.
x = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{2}{3}, 1 \frac{3}{4}, 1 \frac{5}{6}, 1 \frac{11}{12}\), ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{2}{3}\), 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\), 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\), 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\)
Convert the mixed fractions into improper fractions
\(\frac{5}{3}\), \(\frac{7}{4}\), \(\frac{11}{6}\), \(\frac{23}{12}\), x
The LCD is 12
\(\frac{20}{12}\), \(\frac{21}{12}\), \(\frac{22}{12}\), \(\frac{23}{12}\), x
x = \(\frac{24}{12}\) = 2

Question 9.
\(12 \frac{7}{8}, 10 \frac{3}{4}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(6 \frac{1}{2}, 4 \frac{3}{8}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(12 \frac{7}{8}, 10 \frac{3}{4}\), x , \(6 \frac{1}{2}, 4 \frac{3}{8}\)
Convert the mixed fractions into improper fractions
\(\frac{103}{8}\), \(\frac{43}{4}\), x, \(\frac{13}{2}\), \(\frac{35}{8}\)
The LCD is 8
\(\frac{103}{8}\), \(\frac{86}{8}\), x, \(\frac{52}{8}\), \(\frac{35}{8}\)
x = \(\frac{69}{8}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{69}{8}\) is 8 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 10.
\(9 \frac{1}{3}\), ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) , \(6 \frac{8}{9}, 5 \frac{2}{3}, 4 \frac{4}{9}\)

Answer: 8 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Explanation:
\(9 \frac{1}{3}\), x , \(6 \frac{8}{9}, 5 \frac{2}{3}, 4 \frac{4}{9}\)
Convert the mixed fractions into improper fractions
\(\frac{28}{3}\), x, \(\frac{62}{9}\), \(\frac{17}{3}\), \(\frac{40}{9}\)
LCD = 9
\(\frac{84}{9}\), x, \(\frac{62}{9}\), \(\frac{51}{9}\), \(\frac{40}{9}\)
According to the series x =  \(\frac{73}{9}\) = 8 \(\frac{1}{9}\)

Write the first four terms of the sequence.

Question 11.
Rule: start at 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\), subtract \(\frac{5}{8}\)
First term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Second term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Third term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Fourth term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Let the first term be 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Second term = 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{41}{8}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Third term = 5 \(\frac{1}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{36}{8}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Fourth term = \(\frac{36}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{31}{8}\) = 3 \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 12.
Rule: start at \(\frac{3}{8}\), add \(\frac{3}{16}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Let the first term be \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Second term = \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{9}{16}\)
Third term = \(\frac{9}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{12}{16}\)
Fourth term = \(\frac{12}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{15}{16}\)

Question 13.
Rule: start at 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\), add 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
First term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Second term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Third term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)
Fourth term: ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Let the first term be 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Second term = 2 \(\frac{1}{3}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{3}\) + \(\frac{9}{4}\)
= \(\frac{55}{12}\) = 4 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
Third term = 4 \(\frac{7}{12}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 6 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Fourth term = 6 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 9 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 14.
Rule: start at \(\frac{8}{9}\), subtract \(\frac{1}{18}\)
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Let the first term be \(\frac{8}{9}\)
Second term = \(\frac{8}{9}\) – \(\frac{1}{18}\) = \(\frac{15}{18}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
Third term = \(\frac{15}{18}\) – \(\frac{1}{18}\) = \(\frac{14}{18}\) = \(\frac{7}{9}\)
Fourth term = \(\frac{14}{18}\) – \(\frac{1}{18}\) = \(\frac{13}{18}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 276

Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 21

Question 15.
When Bill bought a marigold plant, it was \(\frac{1}{4}\) inch tall. After the first week, it measured 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) inches tall. After the second week, it was 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\) inches. After week 3, it was 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches tall. Assuming the growth of the plant was constant, what was the height of the plant at the end of week 4?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) inches

Answer: 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) inches

The sequence is the increasing where the first term is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 12
First week is \(\frac{3}{12}\)
Second week = \(\frac{13}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
Third week = 1 \(\frac{11}{12}\) = \(\frac{23}{12}\)
Fourth week = \(\frac{33}{12}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
At the end of fourth week = \(\frac{43}{12}\) = 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) inches
The height of the plant at the end of the week is 3 \(\frac{7}{12}\) inches.

Question 16.
What if Bill’s plant grew at the same rate but was 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches when he bought it? How tall would the plant be after 3 weeks?
______ inches

Answer: 4 inches

Explanation:
The sequence is increasing.
First week 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Let the first term is \(\frac{6}{12}\)
Second term is 1 \(\frac{16}{12}\)
Third term is 1 \(\frac{26}{12}\)
Fourth week is 1 \(\frac{36}{12}\)
1 \(\frac{36}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{1}\) = 1 + 3 = 4
After 4 weeks the plant grew 4 inches.

Question 17.
Vicki wanted to start jogging. The first time she ran, she ran \(\frac{3}{16}\) mile. The second time, she ran \(\frac{3}{8}\) mile, and the third time, she ran \(\frac{9}{16}\) mile. If she continued this pattern, when was the first time she ran more than 1 mile? Explain.
Type below:
_________

Answer: Sixth time

Explanation:
Vicki wanted to start jogging. The first time she ran, she ran \(\frac{3}{16}\) mile. The second time, she ran \(\frac{3}{8}\) mile, and the third time, she ran \(\frac{9}{16}\) mile.
The difference is \(\frac{3}{16}\)
First time = \(\frac{3}{16}\) mile
Second time = \(\frac{3}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) mile
Third time = \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{9}{16}\) mile
Fourth time = \(\frac{9}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{12}{16}\) mile
Fifth time = \(\frac{12}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{15}{16}\) mile
Sixth time = \(\frac{15}{16}\) + \(\frac{3}{16}\) = \(\frac{18}{16}\) mile
\(\frac{18}{16}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{16}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 18.
Mr. Conners drove 78 \(\frac{1}{3}\) miles on Monday, 77 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles on Tuesday, and 75 \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles on Wednesday. If he continues this pattern on Thursday and Friday, how many miles will he drive on Friday?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer:
Given that,
Mr. Conners drove 78 \(\frac{1}{3}\) miles on Monday, 77 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles on Tuesday, and 75 \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles on Wednesday.
The sequence is the decreasing where the first term is 78 \(\frac{4}{12}\)
78 \(\frac{4}{12}\) – 77 \(\frac{1}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
The difference between the term is 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
On thursday, 75 \(\frac{5}{6}\) – 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\) = 74 \(\frac{7}{12}\)
On friday, 74 \(\frac{7}{12}\) – 1 \(\frac{3}{12}\) = 73 \(\frac{4}{12}\) = 73 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 19.
Test Prep Zack watered his garden with 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallons of water the first week he planted it. He watered it with 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) gallons the second week, and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) gallons the third week. If he continued watering in this pattern, how much water did he use on the fifth week?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons
b. 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallons
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) gallons
d. 6 \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallons

Answer: 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallons

Explanation:
First term = 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
The difference is \(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Second term is 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Third term = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 1 + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Fourth term = 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Fifth term = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 2 \(\frac{7}{8}\) gallons
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Share and Show – Page No. 279

Question 1.
Caitlin has 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds of clay. She uses 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) pounds to make a cup, and another 2 pounds to make a jar. How many pounds are left?
First, write an equation to model the problem.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2

Explanation:
Subtract the total pound of clay from used clay.
So, the equation of the clay leftover is 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2

Question 1.
Next, work backwards and rewrite the equation to find x.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2 = x

Explanation:
Let the leftover clay be x
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2 = x
x = 4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2

Question 1.
Solve.
_____________________
So, ________ pounds of clay remain.
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{13}{20}\) pounds

Explanation:
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2
4 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 – \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2
4 – 3 = 1
\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{13}{20}\)
1 + \(\frac{13}{20}\) = 1 \(\frac{13}{20}\) pounds

Question 2.
What if Caitlin had used more than 2 pounds of clay to make a jar? Would the amount remaining have been more or less than your answer to Exercise 1?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Let us assume that Catlin used 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds of clay to make a jar and 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) pounds to make a cup.
4 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) – 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Question 3.
A pet store donated 50 pounds of food for adult dogs, puppies, and cats to an animal shelter. 19 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds was adult dog food and 18 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds was puppy food. How many pounds of cat food did the pet store donate?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) pounds of cat food

Answer: 11 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of cat food

Explanation:
A pet store donated 50 pounds of food for adult dogs, puppies, and cats to an animal shelter.
19 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds was adult dog food and 18 \(\frac{7}{8}\) pounds was puppy food.
19 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 18 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 38 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
50 – 38 \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 11 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of cat food
Thus the pet store donate 11 \(\frac{3}{8}\) pounds of cat food

Question 4.
Thelma spent \(\frac{1}{6}\) of her weekly allowance on dog toys, \(\frac{1}{4}\) on a dog collar, and \(\frac{1}{3}\) on dog food. What fraction of her weekly allowance is left?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) of her weekly allowance

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given that, Thelma spent \(\frac{1}{6}\) of her weekly allowance on dog toys, \(\frac{1}{4}\) on a dog collar, and \(\frac{1}{3}\) on dog food.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)  = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) of her weekly allowance.

On Your Own – Page No. 280

Question 5.
Martin is making a model of a Native American canoe. He has 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet of wood. He uses 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet for the hull and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet for the paddles and struts. How much wood does he have left?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet

Explanation:
Martin is making a model of a Native American canoe.
He has 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet of wood.
He uses 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet for the hull and 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) feet for the paddles and struts.
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + 1 = 3
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1
3 + 1 = 4
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 4 = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 6.
What if Martin makes a hull and two sets of paddles and struts? How much wood does he have left?

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
He has 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet of wood.
If Martin makes a hull and two sets of paddles and struts
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
5 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) – 4 – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 7.
Beth’s summer vacation lasted 87 days. At the beginning of her vacation, she spent 3 weeks at soccer camp, 5 days at her grandmother’s house, and 13 days visiting Glacier National Park with her parents. How many vacation days remained?
______ days

Answer: 48 days

Explanation:
Given,
Beth’s summer vacation lasted 87 days.
At the beginning of her vacation, she spent 3 weeks at soccer camp, 5 days at her grandmother’s house, and 13 days visiting Glacier National Park with her parents.
87 – 21 – 5 – 13 = 48 days
The remaining vacation days are 48.

Question 8.
You can buy 2 DVDs for the same price you would pay for 3 CDs selling for $13.20 apiece. Explain how you could find the price of 1 DVD.
$ ______

Answer: $19.8

Explanation:
To find what is the price of 1 DVD we will find what is the price of 3 DVDs and then because 2 DVDs price is the same than 3 CDs we can easily find the price of 1 DVD.
$13.20 × 3 = $39.6
We will divide $39.6 by 2.
$39.6 ÷ 2 = $19.8
The price of 1 DVD is $19.8

Question 9.
Test Prep During the 9 hours between 8 A.M. and 5 P.M., Bret spent 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours in class and 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours at band practice. How much time did he spend on other activities?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour
c. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour
d. 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour

Explanation:
Test Prep During the 9 hours between 8 A.M. and 5 P.M., Bret spent 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours in class and 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours at band practice.
5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour
9 – 7 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour
8 + 1 – 7 – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour
The correct answer is option D.

Share and Show – Page No. 283

Use the properties and mental math to solve. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
\(\left(2 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{6}\right)+1 \frac{1}{8}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(2 \frac{5}{8}+\frac{5}{6}\right)+1 \frac{1}{8}\)
2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
2 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
LCD = 24
\(\frac{15}{24}\) + \(\frac{20}{24}\) = \(\frac{35}{24}\)
\(\frac{35}{24}\) = 1 \(\frac{11}{24}\)
2 + 1 \(\frac{11}{24}\) = 3 \(\frac{11}{24}\)
3 \(\frac{11}{24}\) + 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = 4 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{5}{12}+\left(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{3}{4}\right)\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5}{12}+\left(\frac{5}{12}+\frac{3}{4}\right)\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{14}{12}\)
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{14}{12}\) = \(\frac{19}{12}\)
\(\frac{19}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 3.
\(\left(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{5}{6}\right)+1 \frac{3}{4}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:

\(\left(3 \frac{1}{4}+2 \frac{5}{6}\right)\)
2 + \(\frac{5}{6}\) + 3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + 3 = 5
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{10}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
5 + 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
6 \(\frac{1}{12}\) + 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
6 + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + 1 + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
6 + 1 = 7
\(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{10}{12}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)
7 + \(\frac{5}{6}\) = 7 \(\frac{5}{6}\)

On Your Own

Use the properties and mental math to solve. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 4.
\(\left(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{1}{3}\right)+\frac{2}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{1}{3}\right)+\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\left(\frac{2}{7}+\frac{1}{3}\right)\)
LCD = 21
\(\left(\frac{6}{21}+\frac{7}{21}\right)\) = \(\frac{13}{21}\)
\(\frac{13}{21}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)
LCD = 21
\(\frac{13}{21}\) + \(\frac{14}{21}\)
\(\frac{27}{21}\) = \(\frac{9}{7}\)
= 1 \(\frac{2}{7}\)

Question 5.
\(\left(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{2}\right)+\frac{2}{5}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(\frac{1}{5}+\frac{1}{2}\right)\)
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{11}{10}\)
\(\frac{11}{10}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 6.
\(\left(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{7}\right)+\frac{2}{7}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{7}\right)\)
LCD = 42
\(\left(\frac{7}{42}+\frac{18}{42}\right)\) = \(\frac{25}{42}\)
\(\frac{25}{42}\) + \(\frac{2}{7}\)
LCD = 42
\(\frac{25}{42}\) + \(\frac{12}{42}\) = \(\frac{37}{42}\)
\(\left(\frac{1}{6}+\frac{3}{7}\right)+\frac{2}{7}\) = \(\frac{37}{42}\)

Question 7.
\(\left(2 \frac{5}{12}+4 \frac{1}{4}\right)+\frac{1}{4}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\left(2 \frac{5}{12}+4 \frac{1}{4}\right)\)
2 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 4 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)
2 + 4 = 6
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
6 \(\frac{8}{12}\) = 6 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
6 \(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 6 \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{1}{8}+\left(5 \frac{1}{2}+2 \frac{3}{8}\right)\)
______

Answer:
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
5 + 2 = 7
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\)
LCD = 8
\(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
= 7 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + 7 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 9

Question 9.
\(\frac{5}{9}+\left(\frac{1}{9}+\frac{4}{5}\right)\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{9}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
LCD = 45
\(\frac{5}{45}\) + \(\frac{36}{45}\) = \(\frac{41}{45}\)
\(\frac{41}{45}\) + \(\frac{5}{9}\)
LCD = 45
\(\frac{41}{45}\) + \(\frac{25}{45}\) = \(\frac{66}{45}\)
\(\frac{66}{45}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{15}\)

Problem Solving – Page No. 284

Use the map to solve 10–12.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators img 22

Question 10.
In the morning, Julie rides her bike from the sports complex to the school. In the afternoon, she rides from the school to the mall, and then to Kyle’s house. How far does Julie ride her bike?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer: 1 \(\frac{13}{15}\) miles

Explanation:
Julie rides her bike from the sports complex to the school = \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
In the afternoon, she rides from the school to the mall, and then to Kyle’s house. = \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{6}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile = 1 \(\frac{13}{15}\) miles

Question 11.
On one afternoon, Mario walks from his house to the library. That evening, Mario walks from the library to the mall, and then to Kyle’s house. Describe how you can use the properties to find how far Mario walks.
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) miles

Answer:
Mario walks from his house to the library = 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) miles
Mario walks from the library to the mall, and then to Kyle’s house = 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) and \(\frac{4}{5}\)
1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) + (1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\))
1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) + 2 \(\frac{2}{15}\) = 3 \(\frac{11}{15}\) miles

Question 12.
Pose a Problem Write and solve a new problem that uses the distances between four locations.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
In the evening Kyle rides his bike from the sports complex to school. Then he rides from School to the mall and then to his house. How far does Kyle ride his bike?
The distance from Sports complex to School is \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
The distance from School to the mall is \(\frac{2}{5}\)
The distance from the mall to Kyle house is \(\frac{4}{5}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) + (\(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\))
\(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{6}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{13}{15}\) miles

Question 13.
Test Prep Which property or properties does the problem below use?
\(\frac{1}{9}+\left(\frac{4}{9}+\frac{1}{6}\right)=\left(\frac{1}{9}+\frac{4}{9}\right)+\frac{1}{6}\)
Options:
a. Commutative Property
b. Associative Property
c. Commutative Property and Associative Property
d. Distributive Property

Answer: Associative Property
The associative property states that you can add or multiply regardless of how the numbers are grouped. By ‘grouped’ we mean ‘how you use parenthesis’. In other words, if you are adding or multiplying it does not matter where you put the parenthesis.

Chapter Review/Test – Vocabulary – Page No. 285

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Chapter Review/Test img 23

Question 1.
A _________ is a number that is a common multiple of two or more denominators.
_________

Answer: Common Denominator

Concepts and Skills

Use a common denominator to write an equivalent fraction for each fraction.

Question 2.
\(\frac{2}{5}, \frac{1}{8}\)
common denominator: ______
Explain:
_________

Answer: 40
Multiply the denominators of the fractions
5 × 8 = 40

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{4}, \frac{1}{2}\)
common denominator: ______
Explain:
_________

Answer: 8
Multiply the denominators of the fractions
4 × 2 = 8

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{3}, \frac{1}{6}\)
common denominator: ______
Explain:
_________

Answer: 18
Multiply the denominators of the fractions
3 × 6 = 18

Find the sum or difference. Write your answer in simplest form

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{7}{8}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{17}{24}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{6}+\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{20}{24}\) + \(\frac{21}{24}\)
= \(\frac{41}{24}\) = 1 \(\frac{17}{24}\)

Question 6.
\(2 \frac{2}{3}-1 \frac{2}{5}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{4}{15}\)

Question 7.
\(7 \frac{3}{4}+3 \frac{7}{20}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 11 \(\frac{1}{10 }\)

Estimate. Then find the difference and write it in simplest form.

Question 8.
\(1 \frac{2}{5}-\frac{2}{3}\)
Type below:
________

Answer:
Estimate: \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Difference:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
1 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{7}{5}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{7}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{5}{5}\)
= \(\frac{21}{15}\) – \(\frac{10}{15}\)
= \(\frac{11}{15}\)

Question 9.
\(7-\frac{3}{7}\)
Type below:
________

Answer: 6 \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Explanation:
\(7-\frac{3}{7}\) = \(\frac{49}{7}\) – \(\frac{3}{7}\)
\(\frac{46}{7}\) = 6 \(\frac{4}{7}\)
\(7-\frac{3}{7}\) = 6 \(\frac{4}{7}\)

Question 10.
\(5 \frac{1}{9}-3 \frac{5}{6}\)
Type below:
________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Explanation:
\(5 \frac{1}{9}-3 \frac{5}{6}\) = 5 + \(\frac{1}{9}\) – 3 – \(\frac{5}{6}\)
5 – 3 = 2
\(\frac{1}{9}\) – \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{18}\) – \(\frac{15}{18}\) = – \(\frac{13}{18}\)
2 – \(\frac{13}{18}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Use the properties and mental math to solve. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 11.
\(\left(\frac{3}{8}+\frac{2}{3}\right)+\frac{1}{3}\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{24}\) + \(\frac{16}{24}\) = \(\frac{25}{24}\)
\(\frac{25}{24}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= \(\frac{25}{24}\) + \(\frac{8}{24}\) = \(\frac{33}{24}\) = \(\frac{11}{8}\)
The mixed fraction of \(\frac{11}{8}\) is 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\).

Question 12.
\(1 \frac{4}{5}+\left(2 \frac{3}{20}+\frac{3}{5}\right)\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{11}{20}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
2 \(\frac{3}{20}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{43}{20}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\)
\(\frac{43}{20}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{215}{100}\) + \(\frac{60}{100}\)
= \(\frac{275}{100}\) = 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 2 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) + 1 + \(\frac{4}{5}\)
2 + 1 = 3
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{4}{5}\) = \(\frac{15}{20}\) + \(\frac{16}{20}\) = \(\frac{31}{20}\)
\(\frac{31}{20}\) = 4 \(\frac{11}{20}\)

Question 13.
\(3 \frac{5}{9}+\left(1 \frac{7}{9}+2 \frac{5}{12}\right)\)
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{7}{9}\) + 2 \(\frac{5}{12}\)
1 + 2 = 3
\(\frac{7}{9}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\)
LCD is 36
\(\frac{28}{36}\) + \(\frac{15}{36}\) = \(\frac{43}{36}\)
\(\frac{43}{36}\) = 1 \(\frac{7}{36}\)
3 + 1 + \(\frac{7}{36}\) = 4 \(\frac{7}{36}\)
4 \(\frac{7}{36}\) + 3 \(\frac{5}{9}\)
4 + \(\frac{7}{36}\) + 3 + \(\frac{5}{9}\)
4 + 3 = 7
\(\frac{7}{36}\) + \(\frac{5}{9}\)
= \(\frac{7}{36}\) + \(\frac{20}{36}\) = \(\frac{27}{36}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
7 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 7 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 286

Question 14.
Ursula mixed 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) cups of dry ingredients with 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) cups of liquid ingredients. Which answer represents the best estimate of the total amount of ingredients Ursula mixed?
Options:
a. about 4 cups
b. about 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. about 5 cups
d. about 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: about 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Explanation:
Ursula mixed 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\) cups of dry ingredients with 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) cups of liquid ingredients.
3 + 1 = 4
\(\frac{1}{8}\) is closer to 0.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) is closer to \(\frac{1}{2}\)
4 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 15.
Samuel walks in the Labor Day parade. He walks 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles along the parade route and 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles home. How many miles does Samuel walk?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile
b. 5 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles
c. 5 \(\frac{11}{12}\) miles
d. 6 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles

Explanation:
Samuel walks in the Labor Day parade.
He walks 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles along the parade route and 2 \(\frac{5}{6}\) miles home.
3 + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + 2 + \(\frac{5}{6}\)
3 + 2 =5
\(\frac{5}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{10}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{13}{12}\)
\(\frac{13}{12}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{12}\) miles
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 16.
A gardener has a container with 6 \(\frac{1}{5}\) ounces of liquid plant fertilizer. On Sunday, the gardener uses 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces on a flower garden. How many ounces of liquid plant fertilizer are left?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces
b. 5 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces
c. 6 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces
d. 9 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces

Answer: 9 \(\frac{7}{10}\) ounces

Explanation:
A gardener has a container with 6 \(\frac{1}{5}\) ounces of liquid plant fertilizer.
On Sunday, the gardener uses 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounces on a flower garden.
6 + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + 2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
6 + 2 = 8
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
LCD = 10
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
8 \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 17.
Aaron is practicing for a triathlon. On Sunday, he bikes 12 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles and swims 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles. On Monday, he runs 6 \(\frac{3}{8}\) miles. How many total miles does Aaron cover on the two days?
Options:
a. 23 \(\frac{1}{6}\) miles
b. 24 \(\frac{7}{12}\) miles
c. 24 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles
d. 25 \(\frac{7}{12}\) miles

Answer: 24 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles

Explanation:
Aaron is practicing for a triathlon.
On Sunday, he bikes 12 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles and swims 5 \(\frac{2}{3}\) miles.
On Monday, he runs 6 \(\frac{3}{8}\) miles.
5 \(\frac{2}{3}\) + 6 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{24}\)
12 \(\frac{1}{24}\) + 12 \(\frac{5}{8}\) miles
12 + \(\frac{1}{24}\) + 12 + \(\frac{5}{8}\)
12 + 12 = 24
\(\frac{1}{24}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{24}\) + \(\frac{15}{24}\) = \(\frac{16}{24}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
24 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 24 \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile
The correct answer is option D.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 287

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 18.
Mrs. Friedmon baked a walnut cake for her class. The pictures below show how much cake she brought to school and how much she had left at the end of the day.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Chapter Review/Test img 24
Which fraction represents the difference between the amounts of cake Mrs. Friedmon had before school and after school?
Options:
a. \(\frac{5}{8}\)
b. 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
d. 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Explanation:
The fraction for the above figure is 1 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
The fraction for the second figure is \(\frac{1}{4}\)
1 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\)
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
1 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
The correct answer is option C.

Question 19.
Cody is designing a pattern for a wood floor. The length of the pieces of wood are 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches, 1 \(\frac{13}{16}\) inches, and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) inches. What is the length of the 5th piece of wood if the pattern continues?
Options:
a. 2 \(\frac{7}{6}\) inches
b. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches
c. 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches
d. 4 inches

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) inches

Explanation:
The length of the pieces of wood are 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) inches, 1 \(\frac{13}{16}\) inches, and 2 \(\frac{1}{8}\) inches
1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)
1 \(\frac{13}{16}\) inches = \(\frac{29}{16}\)
\(\frac{29}{16}\) – \(\frac{3}{2}\) = latex]\frac{5}{16}[/latex]
5th piece = \(\frac{3}{2}\) + latex]\frac{5}{16}[/latex] (5 – 1)
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) + latex]\frac{5}{16}[/latex] 4
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) + latex]\frac{20}{16}[/latex]
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) × latex]\frac{8}{8}[/latex] + latex]\frac{20}{16}[/latex]
= latex]\frac{44}{16}[/latex] = 2 latex]\frac{3}{4}[/latex]
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 20.
Julie spends \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour studying on Monday and \(\frac{1}{6}\) hour studying on Tuesday. How many hours does Julie study on those two days?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{3}\) hour
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\) hour
c. \(\frac{5}{6}\) hour
d. \(\frac{11}{12}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{11}{12}\) hour

Explanation:
Julie spends \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour studying on Monday and \(\frac{1}{6}\) hour studying on Tuesday.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
LCD = 12
\(\frac{9}{12}\) + \(\frac{2}{12}\) = \(\frac{11}{12}\) hour
So, the correct answer is option D.

Chapter Review/Test – Page No. 288

Constructed Response

Question 21.
A class uses 8 \(\frac{5}{6}\) sheets of white paper and 3 \(\frac{1}{12}\) sheets of red paper for a project. How much more white paper is used than red paper? Show your work using words, pictures, or numbers. Explain how you know your answer is reasonable.
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) sheet of white paper

Answer: 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\) sheet of white paper

Explanation:
A class uses 8 \(\frac{5}{6}\) sheets of white paper and 3 \(\frac{1}{12}\) sheets of red paper for a project.
8 \(\frac{5}{6}\) – 3 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
8 + \(\frac{5}{6}\) – 3 – \(\frac{1}{12}\)
8 – 3 = 5
\(\frac{5}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{12}\)
\(\frac{10}{12}\) – \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)
\(\frac{9}{12}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
5 + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 5 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Performance Task

Question 22.
For a family gathering, Marcos uses the recipe below to make a lemon-lime punch.
Go Math Grade 5 Answer Key Chapter 6 Add and Subtract Fractions with Unlike Denominators Chapter Review/Test img 25
A). How would you decide the size of a container you need for one batch of the Lemon-Lime Punch?
Type below:
________

Answer: He may use \(\frac{1}{4}\) gallon lime juice for one batch of the lemon-lime punch.

Question 22.
B). If Marcos needs to make two batches of the recipe, how much of each ingredient will he need? How many gallons of punch will he have? Show your math solution and explain your thinking when you solve both questions.
Type below:
________

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\) gallon lime juice

Question 22.
C). Marcos had 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) gallons of punch left over. He poured all of it into several containers for family members to take home. Use fractional parts of a gallon to suggest a way he could have shared the punch in three different-sized containers.
Type below:
________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Conclusion

Answering the concepts in Go Math Grade 5 Chapter 6 Solution Key helps students to attempt the exam with confidence and prepare accordingly. Once you get to know the concept better you can solve any kind of question framed on Addition and Subtraction of Fractions with Unlike Denominators. Check your knowledge by taking an Assessment Test on Chapter 6 available.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations

go-math-grade-7-chapter-13-theoretical-probability-and-simulations-answer-key

Theoretical Probability is the most interesting topic in grade 7 math. Students can get the best solutions for each and every question in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations. The Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability & Simulations consists of questions on experimental and theoretical probability. So, Download Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations pdf and schedule your practice.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations

Theoretical Probability tells us how likely something is to happen in the long run. We can calculate the problems on probability by looking at the outcomes of the experiment or by reasoning about the possible outcomes. It is very easy if you understand the concept of theoretical probability. Enhance your math skills by following HMH Go Math Grade 7 Theoretical Probability and Simulations Answer Key pdf.

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 1

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulati+ons – Lesson: 2

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 3

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 4

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 5

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 6

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 7

Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations – Lesson: 8

Guided Practice – Page No. 402

At a school fair, you have a choice of randomly picking a ball from Basket A or Basket B. Basket A has 5 green balls, 3 red balls, and 8 yellow balls. Basket B has 7 green balls, 4 red balls, and 9 yellow balls. You can win a digital book reader if you pick a red ball.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 1

Question 1.
Complete the chart. Write each answer in simplest form.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We complete the table:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-10

Question 2.
Which basket should you choose if you want the better chance of winning?
______

Answer: Basket B

Explanation:
In Exercise 1 we determined the probabilities Pa, Pb to pick a red ball from basket A, B
Pa = \(\frac{3}{16}\)
Pb = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
We compare the two probabilities
Pa = \(\frac{3}{16}\) . \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{15}{80}\)
Pb = \(\frac{1}{5}\) . \(\frac{5}{5}\) = \(\frac{16}{80}\)
\(\frac{16}{80}\) > \(\frac{15}{80}\)
Pb > Pa
Since Pb > Pa, the better chance to win is in choosing Basket B.

A spinner has 11 equal-sized sections marked 1 through 11. Find each probability.

Question 3.
You spin once and land on an odd number.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Explanation:
We are given an 11 equal sized sections marked 1-11:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
We compute the probability that spinning once we would land on an odd number (1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11):
P(odd) = number of odd sections/total number of sections = \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Question 4.
You spin once and land on an even number.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{11}\)

Explanation:
We are given an 11 equal sized sections marked 1-11:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11
P(even) = number of even sections/total number of sections = \(\frac{5}{11}\)
We compute the probability that spinning once we would land on an even number (2, 4, 6, 8, 10)

You roll a number cube once.

Question 5.
What is the theoretical probability that you roll a 3 or 4?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
P(3 or 4) = number of 3 or 4/total number of numbers on the number cube
\(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 6.
Suppose you rolled the number cube 199 more times. Would you expect the experimental probability of rolling a 3 or 4 to be the same as your answer to Exercise 5?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
When rolling a number cube a large number of times, we expect the experimental probability not to be the same, but to get closer and closer to the theoretical probability.
Since 199 is not such a big number, we should not expect the experimental probability to be extremely close \(\frac{1}{3}\), but close enough.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 7.
How can you find the probability of a simple event if the total number of equally likely outcomes is 20?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
P(Simple event) = 1/total number of equally likely events
= \(\frac{1}{20}\)

Independent Practice – Page No. 403

Find the probability of each event. Write each answer as a fraction in simplest form, as a decimal to the nearest hundredth, and as a percent to the nearest whole number.

Question 8.
You spin the spinner shown. The spinner lands on yellow.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 2
Type below:
______________

Answer: \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
There are 2 yellow and 4 blue and we landed on yellow what is the probability of landing on yellow.
The probability is \(\frac{2}{6}\) because there are 2 yellow and the rest is blue.

Question 9.
You spin the spinner shown. The spinner lands on blue or green.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 3
Type below:
______________

Answer: 67%

Explanation:
The yellow area, the blue area, and the green area have 3 sections each from the whole area.
We determine the probability that the spinner lands on a blue or green sections:
P(spinner lands on blue or green) = (the number of blue sections + the number of green sections)/the total number f sections
= (4 + 4)/12 = \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ≈ 0.67 = 67%

Question 10.
A jar contains 4 cherry cough drops and 10 honey cough drops. You choose one cough drop without looking. The cough drop is cherry.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 28%

Explanation:
We are given the data:
A jar contains 4 cherry cough drops and 10 honey cough drops.
P(to pick a cherry drop) = (the number of cherry drops)/the total number of drops
4/(4 + 10) = \(\frac{4}{14}\) = \(\frac{2}{7}\)
\(\frac{2}{3}\) ≈ 0.28 = 28%

Question 11.
You pick one card at random from a standard deck of 52 playing cards. You pick a black card.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 50%

Explanation:
We are given the data
You pick one card at random from a standard deck of 52 playing cards.
26 red cards
26 black cards
P(to pick a black card) = the number of black cards/the total number of cards

Question 12.
There are 12 pieces of fruit in a bowl. Five are lemons and the rest are limes. You choose a piece of fruit without looking. The piece of fruit is a lime.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 58%

Explanation:
There are 12 pieces of fruit in a bowl. Five are lemons and the rest are limes.
12 fruits:
5 lemons
7 limes
P(to pick a lime) =the number of lines/the total number of fruits
W determine the probability that we pick a lime:
\(\frac{7}{12}\) ≈ 0.58 = 58%

Question 13.
You choose a movie CD at random from a case containing 8 comedy CDs, 5 science fiction CDs, and 7 adventure CDs. The CD is not a comedy.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 60%

Explanation:
We are given the data:
8 comedy CDs
5 science fiction CDs
7 adventure CDs
P(to pick a CD which is not a comedy) = (the number of Sf CDs + the number of adventure CDs)/ the total number of CDs
= (5 + 7)/(8 + 5 + 7) = \(\frac{12}{20}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 0.60 = 60%

Question 14.
You roll a number cube. You roll a number that is greater than 2 and less than 5.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 33%

Explanation:
Rolling a number greater than 2 and less than 5 means to roll one of the numbers:
3, 4
P(to roll 3 or 4) = the number of 3 or 4 numbers/the total number of numbers
= (1 + 1)/6 = \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 0.33 = 33%

Question 15.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
The theoretical probability of a given event is \(\frac{9}{13}\). Explain what each number represents.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The theoretical probability is the ratio between the number of favorable outcomes and the number of possible outcomes. The numerator 9 describes the number of desired events, while the denominator 13 describes the total number of events.
\(\frac{9}{13}\)

Question 16.
Leona has 4 nickels, 6 pennies, 4 dimes, and 2 quarters in a change purse. Leona lets her little sister Daisy pick a coin at random. If Daisy is equally likely to pick each type of coin, what is the probability that her coin is worth more than five cents? Explain.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Leona has 4 nickels, 6 pennies, 4 dimes, and 2 quarters in a change purse. Leona lets her little sister Daisy pick a coin at random.
1 penny = 1 cent
1 nickel = 5 cents
1 dime = 10 cents
1 quarter = 25 cents
We determine the probability that she picks a coin which is worth more than 5 cents is:
P(to pick a coin worth more than 5 cents) = the number of dimes+the number of quarters/the total number of coins
= (4 + 2)/(4 + 6 + 4 + 2) = \(\frac{6}{16}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 0.375 = 37.5%

H.O.T. – Page No. 404

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 17.
Critique Reasoning
A bowl of flower seeds contains 5 petunia seeds and 15 begonia seeds. Riley calculated the probability that a randomly selected seed is a petunia seed as \(\frac{1}{3}\). Describe and correct Riley’s error.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the data
5 petunia seeds
15 begonia seeds
P(to pick a petunia seed) = the number of petunia seeds/the total number of seeds
We determine the probability that a randomly selected seed is the petunia seed
5/(5 + 15) = 5/20 = 1/4
Wrong:
Riley made the mistake in dividing the number of petunia seeds by the number of begonia seeds instead of dividing the number of petunia seeds to the total number of seeds:
P(to pick a petunia seed) = the number of petunia seeds/the total number of begonia seeds
= 5/15 = 1/3

Question 18.
There are 20 seventh graders and 15 eighth graders in a club. A club president will be chosen at random.
a. Analyze Relationships
Compare the probabilities of choosing a seventh grader or an eighth grader.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the data:
20 seventh graders
15 eighth graders
P(to pick a seventh-grader) = the number of seventh-graders/the total number of members
= 20/(20 + 15) = 20/35 = 4/7
We determine the probability of choosing a seventh-grader:
P(to pick an eighth-grader) = the number of eighth-graders/the total number of members
= 15/(20 + 15) = 15/35 = 3/7
Since 4/7 > 3/7, the probability of choosing a seventh-grader is higher than the probability of choosing an eighth-grader.

Question 18.
b. Critical Thinking
If a student from one grade is more likely to be chosen than a student from the other, is the method unfair? Explain.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The method is not unfair because the number of seventh graders is greater than the number of eighth members (20 > 15), thus the seventh graders should be represented at a higher degree than the eighth graders.

A jar contains 8 red marbles, 10 blue ones, and 2 yellow ones. One marble is chosen at random. The color is recorded in the table, and then it is returned to the jar. This is repeated 40 times.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 4

Question 19.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Use proportional reasoning to explain how you know that for each color, the theoretical and experimental probabilities are not the same.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the data
8 red marbles
10 blue marbles
2 yellow marbles
We determine the theoretical probability Pt of choosing each type of marble:
Pt(to pick a red marble) = the number of red marbles/the total number of marbles
= 8/(8 + 10 + 2) = 8/20 = 4/10
Pt(to pick a blue marble) = the number of blue marbles/the total number of marbles
= 10/(8 + 10 + 2) = 10/20 = 5/10
Pt(to pick a yellow marble) = the number of yellow marbles/the total number of marbles
= 2/(8 + 10 + 2) = 2/20 = 1/10
We determine the theoretical probability Pe of choosing each type of marble
Pe(to pick a red marble) = the number of red marbles/the total number of marbles
14/14+16+10 = 14/40 = 7/20
Pe(to pick a blue marble) = the number of blue marbles/the total number of marbles
16/14+16+10 = 16/40 = 8/20
Pe(to pick a yellow marble) = the number of yellow marbles/the total number of marbles
10/14+16+10 = 10/40 = 5/20
We notice that the number of red marbles is 4 times the number of yellow marbles, thus the theoretical probability to choose a red marble is 4 times greater than the one of choosing a yellow marble, while the experimental case shows that the probability of choosing a red marble is less than 1.5 times greater than the one of choosing a yellow one.
In the same way, we notice that the number of blue marbles is 5 times the number of yellow marbles, thus the theoretical probability to choose a blue marble is 5 times greater than the one of choosing a yellow marble, while the experimental case shows that the probability of choosing a blue marble is less than 2 times greater than the one of choosing a yellow one.
The exact probabilities are computed above.

Question 20.
Persevere in Problem Solving
For which color marble is the experimental probability closest to the theoretical probability? Explain.
______________

Answer:
We are given the data
8 red marbles
10 blue marbles
2 yellow marbles
Pt(to pick a red marble) = 8/20 = 4/10
Pt(to pick a blue marble) = 10/20 = 5/10
Pt(to pick a yellow marble) = 2/20 = 1/10
Pe(to pick a red marble) = 14/40 = 7/20
Pe(to pick a blue marble) = 16/40 = 8/20
Pe(to pick a yellow marble) = 10/40 = 5/20
|\(\frac{7}{20}\) – \(\frac{8}{20}\)| = \(\frac{1}{20}\)
|\(\frac{8}{20}\) – \(\frac{10}{20}\)| = \(\frac{2}{20}\)
|\(\frac{5}{20}\) – \(\frac{2}{20}\)| = \(\frac{3}{20}\)
\(\frac{1}{20}\) < \(\frac{2}{20}\) < \(\frac{3}{20}\)
Thus the answer is red.

Guided Practice – Page No. 408

Drake rolls two fair number cubes.

Question 1.
Complete the table to find the sample space for rolling a particular product on two number cubes.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 5
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We complete the table to find the sample space for rolling a particular product on two number cubes:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-5

Question 2.
What is the probability that the product of the two numbers Drake rolls is a multiple of 4?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-5
We find the products which are multiplies of 4:
4, 4, 8, 12, 12, 4, 8, 12, 14, 20, 24, 20, 12, 24, 36.
The number of multiples of 4 is 15.
The total number of products is
6 × 6 = 36
We determine the probability that the product is multiple of 4:
\(\frac{15}{36}\) = \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Question 3.
What is the probability that the product of the two numbers Drake rolls is less than 13?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{23}{36}\)

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-5
We find products which are less than 13:
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 3, 6, 9, 12, 4, 8, 12, 5, 10, 6, 12
The number of products of less than 13 is 6 × 6 = 36.
The total number of products is
23/36

You flip three coins and want to explore probabilities of certain events.

Question 4.
Complete the tree diagram and make a list to find the sample space.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 6
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We complete the given tree diagram placing one H and one T under each H and each T:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-6

Question 5.
How many outcomes are in the sample space?
_______

Answer: 8 outcomes

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-6
Since each coin can land in two possible ways, the total possible number of outcomes is
2³ = 8
Thus there are 8 outcomes in the sample space.

Question 6.
List all the ways to get three tails.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the tree diagram we determined in Exercise 4:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-6
The list of the 8 possible outcoes is
HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH, TTT
We list the outcomes containing 3 tails is TTT.

Question 7.
Complete the expression to find the probability of getting three tails.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
P = number of outcomes with 3T/ total number of possible outcomes
The probability of getting three tails when three coins are flipped is \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 8.
What is the probability of getting exactly two heads?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
The list of the 8 possible outcomes is:
HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH, TTT
We list the outcomes of 2H
HHT, HTH, THH
There are 3 ways to obtain exactly two heads is HHT, HTH, THH
P = number of outcomes with 3H/ total number of possible outcomes
P = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Essential Question Check-In

Question 9.
There are 6 ways a given compound event can occur. What else do you need to know to find the theoretical probability of the event?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We know that there are 6 ways in which a given compound event can occur and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(event) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes
Since we know the number of favorable outcomes, we also require the number of possible outcomes in order to determine the probability.

Independent Practice – Page No. 409

In Exercises 10–12, use the following information. Mattias gets dressed in the dark one morning and chooses his clothes at random. He chooses a shirt (green, red, or yellow), a pair of pants (black or blue), and a pair of shoes (checkered or red).

Question 10.
Use the space below to make a tree diagram to find the sample space.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The sample space is:
Green Blue Red
Green Blue Checkered
Green Black Red
Green Black Checkered
Red Blue Red
Red Blue Checkered
Red Black Red
Red Black Checkered
Yellow Blue Red
Yellow Blue Checkered
yellow Black Red
Yellow Black Checkered

Question 11.
What is the probability that Mattias picks an outfit at random that includes red shoes?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Shirt Pants Shoes:
Green Blue Red
Green Blue Checkered
Green Black Red
Green Black Checkered
Red Blue Red
Red Blue Checkered
Red Black Red
Red Black Checkered
Yellow Blue Red
Yellow Blue Checkered
Yellow Black Red
Yellow Black Checkered
P = the number of outfits with red shoes/the total number of outfits
P = \(\frac{6}{12}\)
P = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 12.
What is the probability that no part of Mattias’s outfit is red?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Shirt Pants Shoes:
Green Blue Red
Green Blue Checkered
Green Black Red
Green Black Checkered
Red Blue Red
Red Blue Checkered
Red Black Red
Red Black Checkered
Yellow Blue Red
Yellow Blue Checkered
Yellow Black Red
Yellow Black Checkered
P = the number of outfits with no red shoes/the total number of outfits
P = \(\frac{4}{12}\)
P = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 13.
Rhee and Pamela are two of the five members of a band. Every week, the band picks two members at random to play on their own for five minutes. What is the probability that Rhee and Pamela are chosen this week?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
Let’s note the 5 members of the band:
R = Rhee
P = Pamela
A, B, C = the other 3 members
The list of the possible outcomes is:
RP, RA, RB, RC, PR, PA, PB, AP, AR, AB, AC, BP, BR, BA, BC, CP, CR, CA, CB.
P = the number of outcomes containing P and R/the total number of outcomes
P = \(\frac{2}{20}\)
P = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 14.
Ben rolls two number cubes. What is the probability that the sum of the numbers he rolls is less than 6?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-1
The sums less than 6 are:
2, 3, 4, 5, 3, 4, 5, 4, 5, 5
P = the number of sums less than 6/the total number of sums
P = \(\frac{10}{36}\)
P = \(\frac{5}{18}\)

Question 15.
Nhan is getting dressed. He considers two different shirts, three pairs of pants, and three pairs of shoes. He chooses one of each of the articles at random. What is the probability that he will wear his jeans but not his sneakers?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 7
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Explanation:
We are given the data
Shirt: collared/T-shirt
Pants: Khakis/jeans/shorts
Shoes: sneakers/flip-flops/sandals
We determine the outcomes including jeans and not sneakers
P = the outcome including jeans and not sneakers/all possible outcomes
P = \(\frac{4}{18}\) = \(\frac{2}{9}\)

Question 16.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
A ski resort has 3 chair lifts, each with access to 6 ski trails. Explain how you can find the number of possible outcomes when choosing a chair lift and a ski trail without making a list, a tree diagram, or table.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 18

Explanation:
We are given the data:
Chair lifts: Chair lift 1/chair lift 2/chair lift 3
Ski trails: ski trail 1/ski trail 2/ski trail 3/ski trail 4/ski trail 5/ski trail 6
The sample space for choosing one of each is the product between the number of chair lifts and the number of ski lifts:
3 × 6 = 18

Question 17.
Explain the Error
For breakfast, Sarah can choose eggs, granola or oatmeal as a main course, and orange juice or milk for a drink. Sarah says that the sample space for choosing one of each contains 32 = 9 outcomes. What is her error? Explain.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We are given the data:
Main course: eggs/granola/oatmeal
Drink: orange juice/milk
The sample space for choosing one of each is:
3 × 2 = 6
eggs-orange juice
eggs-milk
granola-orange juice
granola-milk
oatmeal-orange juice
oatmeal-milk
The error made by Sarah is that she considered only the number of main courses and forgetting the number of drinks.

Page No. 410

Question 18.
Represent Real-World Problems
A new shoe comes in two colors, black or red, and in sizes from 5 to 12, including half sizes. If a pair of the shoes is chosen at random for a store display, what is the probability it will be red and size 9 or larger?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{30}\)

Explanation:
We are given the data
Colors: black/red
Sizes: 5/5.5/6/6.5/7/7.5/8/8.5/9/9.5/10/10.5/11/11.5/12
The possible outcomes of red shoes with size greater or equal 9 are
red 9
red 9.5
red 10
red 10.5
red 11
red 11.5
red 12
P = the number of red shoes with size greater or equal 9/the total number of outcomes
P = 7/(2 × 15) = \(\frac{7}{30}\)

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 19.
Analyze Relationships
At a diner, Sondra tells the server, “Give me one item from each column.” Gretchen says, “Give me one main dish and a vegetable.” Who has a greater probability of getting a meal that includes salmon? Explain.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 8
______________

Answer:
We are given the data:
Main Dish: Pasta/salmon/beef/pork
Vegetable: carrots/peas/asparagus/sweet potato
Side: tomato soup/tossed salad
Psondra = (1 . 4 . 2)/(4 . 4 . 2) = \(\frac{8}{32}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Pgretchen = 4/16 = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 20.
The digits 1 through 5 are used for a set of locker codes.
a. Look for a Pattern
Suppose the digits cannot repeat. Find the number of possible two-digit codes and three-digit codes. Describe any pattern and use it to predict the number of possible five-digit codes.
Type below:
______________

Answer: 20, 60, 120

Explanation:
We are given the data
Digits: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
We find the two digits codes when digits do not repeat
12, 13, 14, 15
21, 23, 24, 25
31, 32, 34, 35
41, 42, 43, 45
51, 52, 53, 54
There are 5 × 4 = 20 possible codes.
We find the three digits codes when digits do not repeat:
123, 124, 125
132, 134, 135
142, 143, 145
152, 153, 154
213, 214, 215
231, 124, 135

….
512, 513, 514
521, 523, 524
531, 532, 534
541, 542, 543
There are 5 × 4 × 3 = 60 possible outcomes
If we use 5 digits and none can repeat, the first digit can be one of the numbers 1 2 3 4 5, the second digit can be one of the 4 remaining numbers, the third digit is one of the 3 remaining numbers, the fourth digit is one of the two remaining numbers, thus the number of possible outcomes is:
5 × 4 × 3 × 2 = 120

Question 20.
b. Look for a Pattern
Repeat part a, but allow digits to repeat.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
We find the two digits codes when digits can repeat:
11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
21, 22, 23, 24, 25
31, 32, 33, 34, 35
41, 42, 43, 44, 45
51, 52, 53, 54, 55
There are 5 . 5 = 25 possible codes.
There are 5 × 5 × 5 = 125 possible codes.
If we use 5 digits and they can repeat, the first digit can be one of the numbers 1 2 3 4 5, the second digit can be one of the same numbers 1 2 3 4 5, the third digit is one of the 5 numbers, the fourth digit is one of the 5 numbers, the fifth digit is one of the 5 numbers, thus the number of possible outcomes is
5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 3125

Question 20.
c. Justify Reasoning
Suppose that a gym plans to issue numbered locker codes by choosing the digits at random. Should the gym use codes in which the digits can repeat or not? Justify your reasoning.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The probability P1 to get a 2 digits code when digits do not repeat and the probability P2 to get a 2 digits code when digits can repeat:
P1 = 1/20
P2 = 1/25
The probability P1 to get a 3 digits code when digits do not repeat and the probability P2 to get a 3 digits code when digits can repeat:
P1 = 1/60
P2 = 1/125
The probability P1 to get a 5 digits code when digits do not repeat and the probability P2 to get a 5 digits code when digits can repeat:
P1 = 1/120
P2 = 1/3125
Thus the gym should use codes in which digits can repeat because the probability to be guessed is much smaller.

Guided Practice – Page No. 414

Question 1.
Bob works at a construction company. He has an equally likely chance to be assigned to work different crews every day. He can be assigned to work on crews building apartments, condominiums, or houses. If he works 18 days a month, about how many times should he expect to be assigned to the house crew?
_______ times

Answer:
Step 1:
Apartment: \(\frac{1}{3}\) Condo: \(\frac{1}{3}\) House: \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Probability of being assigned to the house crew: \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Step 2:
\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{x}{18}\)
x = 6
6 times out of 18.

Question 2.
During a raffle drawing, half of the ticket holders will receive a prize. The winners are equally likely to win one of three prizes: a book, a gift certificate to a restaurant, or a movie ticket. If there are 300 ticket holders, predict the number of people who will win a movie ticket.
_______ people

Answer: 50 people

Explanation:
If 300 people buy tickets and half of them will receive a prize then 300 × 1/2 = 150 ticket holders will receive a prize. If they are equally likely to win one of the three prizes, then the probability of winning a movie ticket is 1/3. The number of people who will win a movie ticket is then 1/3 × 150 = 50 people.

Question 3.
In Mr. Jawarani’s first period math class, there are 9 students with hazel eyes, 10 students with brown eyes, 7 students with blue eyes, and 2 students with green eyes. Mr. Jawarani picks a student at random. Which color eyes is the student most likely to have? Explain.
______________

Answer: Brown

Explanation:
There are more students with brown eyes then any other colored eyes so if he picks a student at random, they will most likely have brown eyes.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
How do you make predictions using theoretical probability?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
To make a prediction using theoretical probability, you can multiply the theoretical probability by the number of events to get a prediction. You can find the prediction by setting the theoretical probability equal to the ratio of x/number of events and then solving for x, where x is the prediction.

Independent Practice – Page No. 415

Question 5.
A bag contains 6 red marbles, 2 white marbles, and 1 gray marble. You randomly pick out a marble, record its color, and put it back in the bag. You repeat this process 45 times. How many white or gray marbles do you expect to get?
_______ marbles

Answer: 15

Explanation:
Given that there are 6 red marbles, 2 white marbles, and 1 gray marble, which are thus 6 + 2 + 1 = 9 marbles in total.
possible outcomes = 9
2 + 1 = 3 of the marbles are either white or gray and thus there are 3 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(white or gray) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{9}\)
= \(\frac{1}{3}\)
The predicted number of white or gray marbles is then obtained by multiplying the number of repetitions by the probability.
Prediction = Number of repetitions × P (white or gray)
= 45 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 15
Thus we predict that we obtain a white or gray marble about 15 times.

Question 6.
Using the blank circle below, draw a spinner with 8 equal sections and 3 colors—red, green, and yellow. The spinner should be such that you are equally likely to land on green or yellow, but more likely to land on red than either on green or yellow.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 9
Type below:
______________

Answer:
A possible spinner would be to have 4 red sections, 2 green sections, and 2 yellow sections. That way there is an equal chance of landing on yellow and green and there is a more likely chance of landing on yellow and green and there is a more likely chance of landing on red than landing on green or landing on yellow.
A second possible spinner could be to have 6 red sections, 1 yellow section, and 1 green section. This would still give an equal chance to land on green or yellow and a higher chance to land on red than to land on green or land on yellow.

Use the following for Exercises 7–9. In a standard 52-card deck, half of the cards are red and half are black. The 52 cards are divided evenly into 4 suits: spades, hearts, diamonds, and clubs. Each suit has three face cards (jack, queen, king), and an ace. Each suit also has 9 cards numbered from 2 to 10.

Question 7.
Dawn draws 1 card, replaces it, and draws another card. Is it more likely that she draws 2 red cards or 2 face cards?
______________

Answer: 2 red cards

Explanation:
There are 26 red cards in the deck and 12 face cards in the deck so it is more likely to draw two red cards than it is to draw two face cards.

Question 8.
Luis draws 1 card from a deck, 39 times. Predict how many times he draws an ace.
_______ times

Answer: About 3 times

Explanation:
A standard deck of cards contains 52 cards, of which 26 are red and 26 are black, 13 are of each suit (hearts, diamonds, spades, clubs), and of which 4 are of each denomination (A, 2 to 10, J, Q, K). The face cards are the jacks J, queens Q, and kings K.
There are 52 cards in the deck of cards and thus there 52 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 52
4 of the 52 cards in a standard deck of cards area aces and thus there are 4 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 4
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(white or gray) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{4}{52}\)
= \(\frac{1}{13}\)
The predicted number of aces is then obtained by multiplying the number of draws by the probability.
Prediction = Number of draws × P(Ace)
= 39 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus we predict that 3 of the drawn cards will be aces.

Question 9.
Suppose a solitaire player has played 1,000 games. Predict how many times the player turned over a red card as the first card.
_______ times

Answer: 500 times

Explanation:
A standard deck of cards contains 52 cards, of which 26 are red and 26 are black, 13 are of each suit (hearts, diamonds, spades, clubs) and of which 4 are of each denomination (A, 2 to 10, J, Q, K). The face cards are the jacks J, queens Q and kings K.
There are 52 cards in the deck of cards and thus there 52 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 52
26 of the 52 cards in a standard deck of cards are red. This then implies that there are 26 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 26
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(red) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{26}{52}\) = 1/2
The predicted number of aces is then obtained by multiplying the number of draws by the probability.
Prediction = Number of draws × P(Red)
= 1000 × \(\frac{1}{2}\)
= 500
Thus we predict that 500 of the drawn cards will be red.

Question 10.
John and O’Neal are playing a board game in which they roll two number cubes. John needs to get a sum of 8 on the number cubes to win. O’Neal needs a sum of 11. If they take turns rolling the number cube, who is more likely to win? Explain.
______________

Answer: John

Explanation:
To get a sum of 8, John can roll the following numbers:
2, 6
3, 5
4, 4
5, 3
6, 2
To get a sum of 11, O’Neal can roll the following numbers:
5, 6
6, 5
Since there are more ways to roll a sum of 8 than there are to roll a sum of 11, John is more likely to win.

Question 11.
Every day, Navya’s teacher randomly picks a number from 1 to 20 to be the number of the day. The number of the day can be repeated. There are 180 days in the school year. Predict how many days the number of the day will be greater than 15.
_______ days

Answer: 45 days

Explanation:
There are 20 numbers from 1 to 20 and thus there are 20 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 20
5 of the 20 numbers from 1 to 20 are greater than 15 (16, 17, 18, 19, 20) and thus there are 5 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 5
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(greater than 15) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{5}{20}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
The predicted is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes/
Prediction = Number of days × P(Greater than 15)
180 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 45
Thus we predict that 45 of the days have a number greater than 15.

Question 12.
Eben rolls two standard number cubes 36 times. Predict how many times he will roll a sum of 4.
_______ times

Answer: 3 times

Explanation:
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
There are then 6 × 6 = 36 possible outcomes when rolling 2 dice.
possible outcomes = 6 . 6 = 36
3 of the outcomes in the image below result in a sum of 4 ((1, 3), (2, 2), (3, 1)) and thus there are 3 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(sum is 4) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{36}\) = 1/12
The predicted is the number of rolls that result in a sum of 4 is then obtained by multiplying the number of rolls by the probability.
Prediction = Number of rolls × P(sum is 4)
= 36 × 1/12
= 3
Thus we predict that 3 of the rolls result in a sum of 4.

Question 13.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Can you always show that a prediction based on theoretical probability is true by performing the event often enough? If so, explain why. If not, describe a situation that justifies your response.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
You cannot show that a prediction based on theoretical probability is true by performing the event often enough. The prediction value will get closer to the actual value as more events are performed but will not always equal the actual value.

Page No. 416

Question 14.
Represent Real-World Problems
Give a real-world example of an experiment in which all of the outcomes are not equally likely. Can you make a prediction for this experiment, using theoretical probability?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
A real work example of an experiment in which all of the outcomes are not equally likely could be spinning a spinner that has 1 red section, 2 orange sections, and 3 blue sections, and the sections are of the same size. Since there are not the same number of sections for each other, the outcomes of red, orange, and blue do not have the same probabilities. A prediction can still be made because the theoretical probabilities of landing on each color can be found. If you wanted to predict the number of times you would land on blue in 100 spins, you would first need to find the theoretical probability of landing on blue. Since there are 3 blue sections and a total of 6 sections, the theoretical probability is \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\). The prediction would then be \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 100 = 50 times.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 15.
Critical Thinking
Pierre asks Sherry a question involving the theoretical probability of a compound event in which you flip a coin and draw a marble from a bag of marbles. The bag of marbles contains 3 white marbles, 8 green marbles, and 9 black marbles. Sherry’s answer, which is correct, is \(\frac{12}{40}\). What was Pierre’s question?
Type below:
______________

Answer: What is the probability of drawing a white or black marble and flipping heads?

Question 16.
Make a Prediction
Horace is going to roll a standard number cube and flip a coin. He wonders if it is more likely that he rolls a 5 and the coin lands on heads, or that he rolls a 5 or the coin lands on heads. Which event do you think is more likely to happen? Find the probability of both events to justify or reject your initial prediction.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
It is more likely that he rolls a 5 or flips heads than it is to roll a 5 and flip heads. This is because the probability of two events occurring at the same time is always less than the probability of one or another event occurring. The probability of rolling a 5 is 1/6 and the probability of flipping heads is 1/2 so the probability of both occurring is 1/6 × 1/2 = 1/12.
There are 12 possible outcomes to rolling a number cube and flipping a coin since there are 6 outcomes for the cube and 2 outcomes for the coin and 6 × 2 = 12.
Of those 12 outcomes, 7 of them are rolling a 5 or flipping heads (1H, 2H, 3H, 4H, 5H, 6H, 5T). The probability of rolling a 5 or flipping heads is then 7/12 which is greater than 1/12.

Question 17.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Cecil solved a theoretical prediction problem and got this answer: “The spinner will land on the red section 4.5 times.” Is it possible to have a prediction that is not a whole number? If so, give an example.
Type below:
______________

Answer: Yes
It is possible if what is being predicted does not have to be a whole number, like time. A possible example could be, the theoretical probability that there will be 50 people in a line at a store during a one-hour interval is 1/12. What is the predicted number of hours that there will be 50 people in line if the store is open for 9 hours? The prediction would then be 1/12 × 9 = 0.75 hours.

Guided Practice – Page No. 420

There is a 30% chance that T’Shana’s county will have a drought during any given year. She performs a simulation to find the experimental probability of a drought in at least 1 of the next 4 years.

Question 1.
T’Shana’s model involves the whole numbers from 1 to 10. Complete the description of her model.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Since the chance of drought is 30%, let the numbers 1 to 3 represent a drought year and the numbers 4 to 10 represent a year without a drought. Since you are concerned with the number of droughts in the next 4 years, generate 4 random numbers in each trial.

Question 2.
Suppose T’Shana used the model described in Exercise 1 and got the results shown in the table. Complete the table.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 10
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The number of drought years is the number of times 1 to 3 was generated in each trial so count the number of times in each trial that the number 1 to 3 occurred:
Go-Math-Grade-7-Answer-Key-Chapter-13-Theoretical-Probability-and-Simulations-img-10 (1)

Question 3.
According to the simulation, what is the experimental probability that there will be a drought in the county in at least 1 of the next 4 years?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
There are 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
In the previous exercise, we obtained at least 1 drought year in 8 of the 10 trials and thus there are 8 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 8
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(At least 1 drought year) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{8}{10}\)
= \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 0.8 = 80%

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
You want to generate random numbers to simulate an event with a 75% chance of occurring. Describe a model you could use.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
75% in fraction form is \(\frac{3}{4}\) so you can randomly generate numbers from 1 to 4. The numbers 1 to 3 would mean success and 4 would mean unsuccessful.

Independent Practice – Page No. 421

Every contestant on a game show has a 40% chance of winning. In the simulation below, the numbers 1–4 represent a winner, and the numbers 5–10 represent a nonwinner. Numbers were generated until one that represented a winner was produced.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 11

Question 5.
In how many of the trials did it take exactly 4 contestants to get a winner?
_____ trial(s)

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Only trial 6 took 4 contestants to get a winner so 1 trial.

Question 6.
Based on the simulation, what is the experimental probability that it will take exactly 4 contestants to get a winner?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
We have data about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
1 of the 10 trials required exactly 4 numbers to get a winner and thus there is 1 favorable outcome.
favorable outcomes = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(exactly 4 contestants) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{1}{10}\) = 0.1 = 10%

Over a 100-year period, the probability that a hurricane struck Rob’s city in any given year was 20%. Rob performed a simulation to find an experimental probability that a hurricane would strike the city in at least 4 of the next 10 years. In Rob’s simulation, 1 represents a year with a hurricane.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 12

Question 7.
According to Rob’s simulation, what was the experimental probability that a hurricane would strike the city in at least 4 of the next 10 years?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have been given data about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
A 1 represents a hurricane. We then note that trial 2 and trial 7 both have at least 4 ones and thus there are 4 trials that result in at least 4 hurricanes.
Thus there are 2 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 2
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(At least 4) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)
= 0.2 = 20%

Question 8.
Analyze Relationships
Suppose that over the 10 years following Rob’s simulation, there was actually 1 year in which a hurricane struck. How did this compare to the results of Rob’s simulation?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
If a hurricane struck in 1 year the next 10 years following the simulation, it would match with the results of his simulation. In 3 of his trials, exactly 1 year had a hurricane which means the experimental probability that there will be 1 hurricane in 10 years is \(\frac{3}{10}\).
In all of the trials, there was at least 1 year with a hurricane which means the experimental probability is 100% that a hurricane will occur the next 10 years.

Page No. 422

Question 9.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
You generate three random whole numbers from 1 to 10. Do you think that it is unlikely or even impossible that all of the numbers could be 10? Explain?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
It is unlikely that all three numbers would be 10. The theoretical probability that a random whole number from 1 to 10 is 10 is 1/10.
The theoretical probability that three random whole numbers from 1 to 10 are all 10s is then \(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{1000}\).
This is a very small probability so it is unlikely.

Question 10.
Erika collects baseball cards, and 60% of the packs contain a player from her favorite team. Use a simulation to find an experimental probability that she has to buy exactly 2 packs before she gets a player from her favorite team
Type below:
______________

Answer:
Generate random numbers from 1 to 10 using 10 trials. Since 60% of the packs contain a player from her favorite team, let the numbers 1 to 6 represent a pack with a player from her favorite team and the numbers 7 to 10 represent packs without a player from her favorite team.
Out of 10 trials she had to buy exactly 10 packs before getting a player from her favorite team only in 2 trials so the experimental probability is \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\).

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 11.
Represent Real-World Problems
When Kate plays basketball, she usually makes 37.5% of her shots. Design and conduct a simulation to find the experimental probability that she makes at least 3 of her next 10 shots. Justify the model for your simulation.
Type below:
______________

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
Since 37.5% = 3/8 perform simulation by randomly generating 10 members from 1 to 8 where the numbers 1 to 3 are when she makes the shot and 4 to 8 are when she doesn’t make the shot. Perform 10 trials.
She made at least 3  shots in 7 of the 10 trials so the experimental probability is \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Question 12.
Justify Reasoning
George and Susannah used a simulation to simulate the flipping of 8 coins 50 times. In all of the trials, at least 5 heads came up. What can you say about their simulation? Explain.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
If at least 5 heads came up in every trial, then the simulation they used does not accurately model flipping a coin 8 times. Since each coin has a theoretical probability of 1/2 and \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 8 = 4, there should be around 4 heads in each trial. Getting at least 5 heads in every trial means that the coin is more likely to land on heads than to land on tails.

13.1, 13.2 Theoretical Probability of Simple and Compound Events – Page No. 423

Find the probability of each event. Write your answer as a fraction, as a decimal, and as a percent.

Question 1.
You choose a marble at random from a bag containing 12 red, 12 blue, 15 green, 9 yellow, and 12 black marbles. The marble is red.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
The bag contains 12 red, 12 blue, 15 green, 9 yellow, and 12 black marbles, which are thus 12 + 12 + 15 + 9 + 12 = 60 marbles in total and thus there are 60 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 60
12 of the 60 marbles are red and thus there are 12 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 12
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(red) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{12}{60}\) = 1/5 = 0.2 = 20%

Question 2.
You draw a card at random from a shuffled deck of 52 cards. The deck has four 13-card suits (diamonds, hearts, clubs, spades). The card is a diamond or a spade.
Type below:
______________

Answer:
A standard deck of cards contains 52 cards, of which 26 are red and 26 are black, 13 are of each suit (hearts, diamonds, spades, clubs) and of which 4 are of each denomination (A, 2 to 10, J, Q, K). The face cards are the jacks J, queens Q and kings K.
There are 52 cards in the deck of cards and thus there 52 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 52
13 of the cards are diamonds and 13 of the cards are spades, thus there are 13 + 13 = 26 cards that are diamonds or spades. This then implies that there are 26 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 26
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(red) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{26}{52}\) = 1/2 = 50%

13.3 Making Predictions with Theoretical Probability

Question 3.
A bag contains 23 red marbles, 25 green marbles, and 18 blue marbles. You choose a marble at random from the bag. What color marble will you most likely choose?
______________

Answer: Green

Explanation:
There are more green marbles than any other color so you are more likely to choose a green marble.

13.4 Using Technology to Conduct a Simulation

Question 4.
Bay City has a 25% chance of having a flood in any given decade. The table shows the results of a simulation using random numbers to find the experimental probability that there will be a flood in Bay City in at least 1 of the next 5 decades. In the table, the number 1 represents a decade with a flood. The numbers 2 through 5 represent a decade without a flood.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 13
According to the simulation, what is the experimental probability of a flood in Bay City in at least 1 of the next 5 decades?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have been given information about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
The number 1 represents a decade with a flood. We then note that 4 of the 10 trials contained at least one 1 and thus there are 4 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 4
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(Flood) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 4/10 = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Essential Question

Question 5.
How can you use theoretical probability to make predictions in real-world situations?
Type below:
______________

Answer:
You can use theoretical probabilities to make predictions by multiplying the theoretical probability times the number of events.
An example would be flipping a coin 50 times and wanting to predict the number of heads.
Since the theoretical probability of landing on heads is 1/2, a prediction is
50 × 1/2 = 25 heads.

Selected Response – Page No. 424

Question 1.
What is the probability of flipping two fair coins and having both show tails?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Each coin has 2 possible outcomes: Heads H and tails T
We then note that there are 4 possible outcomes for the 2 coins: HH, HT, TH, TT
Possible outcomes = 4
1 of the 4 possible outcomes results in two tails TT and thus there is 1 favorable outcome.
favorable outcomes = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(two tails) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
A bag contains 8 white marbles and 2 black marbles. You pick out a marble, record its color, and put the marble back in the bag. If you repeat this process 45 times, how many times would you expect to remove a white marble from the bag?
Options:
a. 9
b. 32
c. 36
d. 40

Answer: 36

Explanation:
The bag contains 8 white marbles and 2 black marbles, which are thus 8 + 2 = 10 marbles in total and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
We note that 8 of the marbles in the bag are white and thus there are 8 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 8
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(white) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
The predicted number of times we select a white marble is then obtained by multiplying the number of repetitions by the probability.
Prediction = Number of repetitions × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
= 45 × \(\frac{4}{5}\)
= 9 × 4 = 36
Thus we predict that we will get a white marble about 36 times.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 3.
Philip rolls a standard number cube 24 times. Which is the best prediction for the number of times he will roll a number that is even and less than 4?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
possible outcomes = 6
1 of the 6 possible outcomes results in an even number less than 4, that is the outcome 2.
favorable outcome = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(even and less than 4) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 1/6
The predicted number of times we select an even number less than 4 is then obtained by multiplying the number of rolls by the probability.
Prediction = Number of rolls × P(even and less than 4)
= 24 × 1/6
= 4
Thus we predict that we roll an even number less than 4 about 4 times.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
A set of cards includes 24 yellow cards, 18 green cards, and 18 blue cards. What is the probability that a card chosen at random is not green?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{10}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{10}\)

Explanation:
The set of cards includes 24 yellow, 18 green and 18 blue cards, which are thus 24 + 18 + 18 = 60 cards in total and thus there are 60 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 60
18 of the 60 cards are green and thus 60 – 18 = 42 of the 60 cards are not green. This then implies that there are 42 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 42
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(not green) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 42/60 = \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
A rectangle made of square tiles measures 10 tiles long and 8 tiles wide. What is the width of a similar rectangle whose length is 15 tiles?
Options:
a. 3 tiles
b. 12 tiles
c. 13 tiles
d. 18.75 tiles

Answer: 12 tiles

Explanation:
Write the proportion relating to the lengths and widths of each rectangle.
length/width = 10/8 = 15/w
10w = 120
w = 12
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
The Fernandez family drove 273 miles in 5.25 hours. How far would they have driven at that rate in 4 hours?
Options:
a. 208 miles
b. 220 miles
c. 280 miles
d. 358 miles

Answer: 208 miles

Explanation:
Write the proportion relating the number of miles and hours.
miles/hours = 273/5.25 = m/4
5.25m = 1092
m = 208 miles
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 7.
There are 20 tennis balls in a bag. Five are orange, 7 are white, 2 are yellow, and 6 are green. You choose one at random. Which color ball are you least likely to choose?
Options:
a. green
b. orange
c. white
d. yellow

Answer: yellow

Explanation:
The color with the fewest number of balls is yellow so you are least likely to choose yellow.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 8.
Center County has had a 1 in 6 (or about 16.7%) chance of a tornado in any given decade. In a simulation to consider the probability of tornadoes in the next 5 decades, Ava rolled a number cube. She let a 1 represent a decade with a tornado, and 2–6 represent decades without tornadoes. What experimental probability did Ava find for each event?
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 14
a. That Center County has a tornado in at least one of the next five decades.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have been given the data about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
The number 1 represents a tornado. We then note that 6 of the 10 trials contain at least one 1 and thus 6 of the 10 trials resulting in at least one tornado. This then implies that there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(at least one tornado) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 6/10 = \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 8.
b. That Center County has a tornado in exactly one of the next five decades
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
We have been given data about 10 trials and thus there are 10 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
The number 1 represents a tornado. We then note that 3 of the 10 trials contain at least one 1 and thus 3 of the 10 trials resulting in exactly one tornado. This then implies that there are 3 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes
P(exactly one tornado) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 3/10 = 0.3

EXERCISES – Page No. 425

Find the probability of each event.

Question 1.
Rolling a 5 on a fair number cube.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Explanation:
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
possible outcomes = 6
We note that 1 of the 6 possible outcomes results in a 5 and thus there is a favorable outcome.
favorable outcomes = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(5) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes
\(\frac{1}{6}\) ≈ 0.1667 = 16.67%

Question 2.
Picking a 7 from a standard deck of 52 cards. A standard deck includes 4 cards of each number from 2 to 10.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{13}\)

Explanation:
There are 52 cards in the standard deck of cards and thus there are 52 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 52
We note that 4 of the 52 cards are 7’s and thus there are 4 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 4
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(7) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes
4/52 = \(\frac{1}{13}\) ≈ 0.0769 = 7.69%

Question 3.
Picking a blue marble from a bag of 4 red marbles, 6 blue marbles, and 1 white marble.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{11}\)

Explanation:
The bag contains 4 red, 6 blue, and 1 white marble, thus the bag contains 4 + 6 + 1 = 11 marbles in total and thus there are 11 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 11
We note that 6 of the 11 marbles in the bag are blue and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes.
P(blue) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{6}{11}\) ≈ 0.5455 = 54.55%

Question 4.
Rolling a number greater than 7 on a 12-sided number cube.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Explanation:
A 12 side number cube has 12 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12.
possible outcomes = 12
We note that 5 of the 12 possible outcomes result in a number greater than 7 (that is 8, 9, 10, 11, 12) and thus there are 5 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 5
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(Greater than 7) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{5}{12}\) ≈ 0.4167 = 41.67%

Page No. 426

Question 5.
Christopher picked coins randomly from his piggy bank and got the numbers of coins shown in the table. Find each experimental probability.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 15
a. The next coin that Christopher picks is a quarter.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{23}\)

Explanation:
The table contains 7 pennies, 2 nickels, 8 dimes and 6 quarters, which are 7 + 2 + 8 + 6 = 23 coins in total and thus there are 23 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 23
We note that 6 of the 23 coins are quarters and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(Quarter) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{6}{23}\) ≈ 0.2609 = 26.09%

Question 5.
b. The next coin that Christopher picks is not a quarter.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{17}{23}\)

Explanation:
The sum of the probabilities of an event and its complement is always equal to 1.
P(not a Quarter) + P(Quarter) = 1
Let us then determine the probability of picking the marble that is not marked with the number 5.
P(not a Quarter) + P(Quarter) = 1
P(not a Quarter) = 1 – P(Quarter)
1 – \(\frac{6}{23}\)
= \(\frac{17}{23}\) ≈ 0.7391 = 73..91%

Question 5.
c. The next coin that Christopher picks is a penny or a nickel.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{23}\)

Explanation:
The table contains 7 pennies, 2 nickels, 8 dimes and 6 quarters, which are 7 + 2 + 8 + 6 = 23 coins in total and thus there are 23 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 23
There are 7 pennies and 2 nickels, thus 7 + 2 = 9 of the coins are pennies or nickels and thus there are 9 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 9
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(Penny or nickel) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{9}{23}\) ≈ 0.3913 = 39.13%

Question 6.
A grocery store manager found that 54% of customers usually bring their own bags. In one afternoon, 82 out of 124 customers brought their own grocery bags. Did a greater or lesser number of people than usual bring their own bags?
_____________

Answer: Greater

Explanation:
54% of 124 is 0.54 × 124 ≈ 67 so more customers than usual brought their own bag.

EXERCISES – Page No. 427

Find the probability of each event.

Question 1.
Graciela picks a white mouse at random from a bin of 8 white mice, 2 gray mice, and 2 brown mice.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
There are 8 white, 2 gray, and 2 brown mice, thus there are 8 + 2 + 2 = 12 mice in total and thus there are 12 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 12
8 of the mice are white and thus there are 8 favorable outcomes
favorable outcomes = 8
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(white) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{8}{12}\) ≈ 0.6667 = 66.67%

Question 2.
Theo spins a spinner that has 12 equal sections marked 1 through 12. It does not land on 1.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{12}\)

Explanation:
There are 12 numbers from 1 to 12 and thus there are 12 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 12
11 of the 12 numbers from 1 to 12 are not 1 and thus there are 11 favorable outcomes
favorable outcomes = 11
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(not 1) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{11}{12}\) ≈ 0.9167 = 91.67%

Question 3.
Tania flips a coin three times. The coin lands on heads twice and on tails once, not necessarily in that order.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
A fair coin has 2 possible outcomes: Heads and Tails T.
There are then 8 possible outcomes when tossing 3 coins: HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH, TTT.
possible outcomes = 8
We note that 3 of the possible outcomes result in two heads and one tail HHT, HTH, TTH and thus there are 3 favorable outcomes
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(two heads and one tail) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 4.
Students are randomly assigned two-digit codes. Each digit is either 1, 2, 3, or 4. Guy is given the number 11.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Explanation:
Each digit has 4 possible outcomes so there are 4 × 4 = 16 possible two-digit numbers with digits of 1, 2, 3 or 4. There is only one way to 11 as the two-digit number so the probability is \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Question 5.
Patty tosses a coin and rolls a number cube.
a. Find the probability that the coin lands on heads and the cube lands on an even number.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
A coin has 2 possible outcomes: heads H and tails T.
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
We then note that there are 2 . 6 = 12 possible outcomes for the coin and the number cube: H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6
possible outcomes = 12
We then note that 3 of the 12 possible outcomes result in heads and an even number: H2, H4, H6.
favorable outcomes = 3
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(heads and even) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 5.
b. Patty tosses the coin and rolls the number cube 60 times. Predict how many times the coin will land on heads and the cube will land on an even number.
______ times

Answer:
The predicted number of repetitions resulting in heads and an even number is then obtained by multiplying the number of repetitions by the probability.
Prediction = Number of repetitions × P
= 60 × \(\frac{1}{4}\)
= 15
Thus we predict taht we obtain heads with an even number about 15 times.

Question 6.
Rajan’s school is having a raffle. The school sold raffle tickets with 3-digit numbers. Each digit is either 1, 2, or 3. The school also sold 2 tickets with the number 000. Which number is more likely to be picked, 123 or 000?
____________

Answer: 000

Explanation:
There is only 1 ticket that has the number 123 and 2 tickets that have 000 so it is more likely that 000 will be picked.

Page No. 428

Question 7.
Suppose you know that over the last 10 years, the probability that your town would have at least one major storm was 40%. Describe a simulation that you could use to find the experimental probability that your town will have at least one major storm in at least 3 of the next 5 years.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Since the probability is 40% = 4/10 = 2/5, randomly generate numbers from 1 to 5 where 1 and 2 is a year with a major storm and 3 to 5 is a year without a major storm.

Unit 6 Performance Tasks

Question 8.
Meteorologist
A meteorologist predicts a 20% chance of rain for the next two nights and a 75% chance of rain on the third night.
a. On which night is it most likely to rain? On that night, is it likely to rain or unlikely to rain?
Type below:
____________

Answer: 3rd night

Explanation:
The third night it is most likely to rain since the probability of rain is higher that night. Since the probability of 75% is greater than 50%, it is likely that it will rain.

Question 8.
b. Tara would like to go camping for the next 3 nights, but will not go if it is likely to rain on all 3 nights. Should she go? Use probability to justify your answer.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The probability that it will rain all three nights is 0.2 × 0.2 × 0.75 = 0.03 = 3%. It is unlikely that it will rain all 3 nights since the probability is 3% so she should go.

Question 9.
Sinead tossed 4 coins at the same time. She did this 50 times, and 6 of those times, all 4 coins showed the same result (heads or tails).
a. Find the experimental probability that all 4 coins show the same result when tossed.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{25}\)

Explanation:
The 4 coins were tossed 50 times and thus there are 50 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 50
The result showed that all 4 coins have the same result on 6 of the 50 tosses.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(Same result) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{6}{50}\) = \(\frac{3}{25}\)

Question 9.
b. Can you determine the experimental probability that no coin shows heads? Explain.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
The 4 coins were tossed 50 times and thus there are 50 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 50
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(No heads) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes
Since we know the number of possible outcomes, we require the knowledge of the number of favorable outcomes to determine the probability.
That is, we require the knowledge of how many of the tosses resulted in no heads. Since this has not been given, we cannot determine the experimental probability that no coin show heads.

Question 9.
c. Suppose Sinead tosses the coins 125 more times. Use experimental probability to predict the number of times that all 4 coins will show heads or tails. Show your work.
_______ times

Answer:
The predicted number of times that all 4 coins will show heads or tails is then obtained by multiplying the number of times by the probability.
Since the coins were tossed 50 times initially and now were tossed 125 more times, the coins were tossed 50 + 125 = 175 times in total.
Prediction = Number of times × P
= 175 × \(\frac{3}{25}\)
= 7 × 3 = 21
Thus we predict that we obtain that all 4 coins will show heads or tails about 21 times.

Selected Response – Page No. 429

Question 1.
A pizza parlor offers thin, thick, and traditional style pizza crusts. You can get pepperoni, beef, mushrooms, olives, or peppers for toppings. You order a one-topping pizza. How many outcomes are in the sample space?
Options:
a. 3
b. 5
c. 8
d. 15

Answer: 15

Explanation:
The Fundamental Counting Principle (also called the counting rule) is a way to figure out the number of outcomes in a probability problem. Basically, you multiply the events together to get the total number of outcomes.
Crust: 3 ways (thin, thick, traditional)
Topping: 5 ways (pepperoni, beef, mushrooms, olives, peppers)
Use the Fundamental Counting Principle:
3 × 5 = 15
Thus there are 15 possible outcomes in the sample space.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
A bag contains 9 purple marbles, 2 blue marbles, and 4 pink marbles. The probability of randomly drawing a blue marble is \(\frac{2}{15}\). What is the probability of not drawing a blue marble?
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{15}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{15}\)
c. \(\frac{11}{15}\)
d. \(\frac{13}{15}\)

Answer: \(\frac{13}{15}\)

Explanation:
Given,
P(blue) = \(\frac{2}{15}\)
The sum of the probabilities of an event and its complement is always equal to 1.
P(not blue) + P(blue) = 1
Let us determine the probability of picking the marble that is not marked with the number 5.
P(not blue) = 1 – P(blue)
= 1 – \(\frac{2}{15}\)
= \(\frac{15}{15}\) – \(\frac{2}{15}\)
= \(\frac{13}{15}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 3.
During the month of April, Dora kept track of the bugs she saw in her garden. She saw a ladybug on 23 days of the month. What is the experimental probability that she will see a ladybug on May 1?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{23}\)
b. \(\frac{7}{30}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
d. \(\frac{23}{30}\)

Answer: \(\frac{23}{30}\)

Explanation:
There are 30 days in the month of April and thus there are 30 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 30
A ladybug was seen on 23 of the 30 days and thus there are 23 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 23
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(see ladybug) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{23}{30}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Ryan flips a coin 8 times and gets tails all 8 times. What is the experimental probability that Ryan will get heads the next time he flips the coin?
Options:
a. 1
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
d. 0

Answer: 0

Explanation:
The coin was flipped 8 times and thus there are 8 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 5
All 8 flips resulted in tails and thus heads occurred on 0 of the flips, which implies that there are 0 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 0
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(heads) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{0}{8}\) = 0
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
A used guitar is on sale for $280. Derek offers the seller \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the advertised price. How much does Derek offer for the guitar?
Options:
a. $180
b. $210
c. $240
d. $270

Answer: $210

Explanation:
Since 280(3/4) = 210, he offered $210 for the guitar.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Jay tossed two coins several times and then recorded the results in the table below
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 16
What is the experimental probability that the coins will land on different sides on his next toss?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
c. \(\frac{3}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
We have the coin toss results of 5 tosses and thus there are 5 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 5
Wwe note that 3 of the 5 tosses resulted in two different sides (H, T or T, H) and thus there are 3 favorable outcomes.
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(different sides) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 7.
What is the probability of tossing two fair coins and having exactly one land tails side up?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{3}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Each coin has 2 possible outcomes: Heads H and Tails T.
When tossing 2 fair coins, then there are 4 possible outcomes: HH, HT, TH, TT.
possible outcomes = 4
We note that 2 of the 4 possible outcomes result in exactly one tail (TH or HT) and thus there are 2 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 2
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(exacly one tail) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 8.
Find the percent change from 60 to 96.
Options:
a. 37.5% decrease
b. 37.5% increase
c. 60% decrease
d. 60% increase

Answer: 60% increase

Explanation:
Percent change = (amount of change)/(original amount).
The amount of change is 96 – 60 = 36 and the original amount is 60.
The percent change is then 36/60 = 0.6 = 60%.
Since the amounts got larger, it is an increase.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 9.
A bag contains 6 white beads and 4 black beads. You pick out a bead, record its color, and put the bead back in the bag. You repeat this process 35 times. Which is the best prediction of how many times you would expect to remove a white bead from the bag?
Options:
a. 6
b. 10
c. 18
d. 21

Answer: 21

Explanation:
The bag contains 6 white and 4 black beads, which are thus 6 + 4 = 10 beads in total and thus there are 10 favorable outcomes.
possible outcomes = 10
6 of the 10 beads are white and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(white) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = 6/10 = 3/5 = 0.6 = 60%
The predicted number of selected white beads is then obtained by multiplying the number of repetitions by the probability.
Prediction = Number of repetitions × P(white)
35 × 6/10
= 210/10
= 21
Thus we predict that we removed 21 white beads from the bag.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 10.
A set of cards includes 20 yellow cards, 16 green cards, and 24 blue cards. What is the probability that a blue card is chosen at random?
Options:
a. 0.04
b. 0.24
c. 0.4
d. 0.66

Answer: 0.4

Explanation:
There are 20 yellow, 16 green and 24 blue cards, which are thus 20 + 16 + 21 = 60 cards and thus there are 60 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 60
24 of the 60 cards are blue and thus there are 24 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 24
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(blue) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{24}{60}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Page No. 430

Question 11.
Jason, Erik, and Jamie are friends in art class. The teacher randomly chooses 2 of the 21 students in the class to work together on a project. What is the probability that two of these three friends will be chosen?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{105}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{70}\)
c. \(\frac{34}{140}\)
d. \(\frac{4}{50}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{70}\)

Explanation:
The probability that one of the friends is chosen as the first student is 3/21 = 1/7 since there are 3 friends and 21 total students.
The probability that a second friend is chosen is then 2/20 = 1/10 since there are 2 remaining friends and a total of 20 remaining students.
The probability that two friends is chosen is then (1/7)(1/10) = \(\frac{1}{70}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 12.
Philip rolls a number cube 12 times. Which is the best prediction for the number of times that he will roll a number that is odd and less than 5?
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A number cube has 6 possible outcomes: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
possible outcomes = 6
2 of the 6 possible outcomes are odd and less than 5
favorable outcomes = 2
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(odd and less than 5) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
The predicted number of odd numbers less than 5 that is rolled is then obtained by multiplying the number of rolls by the probability.
Prediction = Number of rolls × P(odd and less than 5)
= 12 × \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 4
Thus 4 of the trolls are expected to result in an odd number less than 5.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 13.
A survey reveals that one airline’s flights have a 92% probability of being on time. Based on this, out of 4000 flights in a year, how many flights would you predict will arrive on time?
Options:
a. 368
b. 386
c. 3680
d. 3860

Answer: 3680

Explanation:
Given,
P(on time) = 92% = 0.92
The predicted number of flights that arrive on time is then obtained by multiplying the number of flights by the probability.
Prediction = Number of flights × P(on time)
= 4000 × 0.92
= 3680
Thus we predict that about 3680 of the flights are on time.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 14.
Matt’s house number is a two-digit number. Neither of the digits is 0 and the house number is even. What is the probability that Matt’s house number is 18?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{45}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{36}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{18}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{36}\)

Explanation:
The Fundamental Counting Principle (also called the counting rule) is a way to figure out the number of outcomes in a probability problem. Basically, you multiply the events together to get the total number of outcomes.
There are 9 digits excluding 0 (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9) and there are 4 even digits excluding 0 (2, 4, 6, 8). By the fundamental counting principle, there are then 9 . 4 =36 two digit numbers that do not contain a 0 and that are even. Thus there are 36 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 36
18 is 1 of the 36 possible outcomes and thus there is 1 favorable outcome.
favorable outcomes = 1
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(blue) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{1}{36}\)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Mini-Tasks

Question 15.
Laura picked a crayon randomly from a box, recorded the color, and then placed it back in the box. She repeated the process and recorded the results in the table.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations img 17
Find each experimental probability. Write your answers in simplest form.
a. The next crayon Laura picks is red.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
There are 5 red, 6 blue, 7 yellow and 2 green crayons, which are thus 5 + 6 + 7 + 2 = 20 crayons in total and thus there are 20 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 20
5 of the 20 crayons are red and thus there are 5 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 5
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(red) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{5}{20}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 15.
b. The next crayon Laura picks is not red.
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
The sum of the probabilities of an event and its complement is always equal to 1.
P(not red) + P(red) = 1
Let us then determine the probability of picking the marble that is not marked with the number 5.
P(not red) = 1 – P(red)
= 1 – 1/4
= 3/4

Question 16.
For breakfast, Trevor has a choice of 3 types of bagels (plain, sesame, or multigrain), 2 types of eggs (scrambled or poached), and 2 juices (orange or apple).
a. Use the space below to make a tree diagram to find the sample space.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
There are 3 types of bagels and thus we draw a root with 3 possible children labeled plain, sesame, and multigrain.
There are 2 types of eggs, thus we draw 2 children for each of the 3 previous children and label these two children as scrambled and poached.
There are 2 juices, thus we draw 2 children for each of the 2 previous children and label these two children as orange or apple.

Question 16.
b. If he chooses at random, what is the probability that Trevor eats a breakfast that has orange juice?
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
The bottom row of the tree diagram of part (a) contains 12 elements and thus there are 12 possible outcomes.
possible outcomes = 12
6 of the labels in the bottom row are “orange” and thus there are 6 favorable outcomes.
favorable outcomes = 6
The probability is the number of favorable outcomes divided by the number of possible outcomes:
P(orange juice) = favorable outcomes/possible outcomes = \(\frac{6}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Conclusion:

I hope this Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 13 Theoretical Probability and Simulations helped you to understand the logic in theoretical probability. Bookmark our site to get the latest info on Go Math Answer Key for all the chapters of grade 7. For any doubts the 7th grade students can post their comments in the below mentioned comment box.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms

go-math-grade-6-chapter-10-area-of-parallelograms-answer-key

Get Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key from this page. Here you can know the formulas of the area of a parallelogram. In order to solve the problems first, you have to know what is parallelogram and how to calculate the area of a parallelogram. Download HMH Go Math Grade 6 Solution Key Area of Parallelograms pdf here.

Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms

Check out the topics covered in Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms before you start practicing the problems. Area of Parallelograms includes topics like the area of triangles, Area of Trapezoids, Area of Regular Polygons, Composite Figures, etc. Practice the problems a number of times and enhance your math skills. After that solve the questions given in the mid-chapter checkpoint and review test. We have also provided the solutions of mid-chapter and review test here.

Lesson 1: Algebra • Area of Parallelograms

Lesson 2: Investigate • Explore Area of Triangles

Lesson 3: Algebra • Area of Triangles

Lesson 4: Investigate • Explore Area of Trapezoids

Lesson 5: Algebra • Area of Trapezoids

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 6: Area of Regular Polygons

Lesson 7: Composite Figures

Lesson 8: Problem Solving • Changing Dimensions

Lesson 9: Figures on the Coordinate Plane

Chapter 10 Review/Test

Share and Show – Page No. 535

Find the area of the parallelogram or square.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 1
_______ m2

Answer: 9.96

Explanation:
Given that
Base = 8.3 m
Height = 1.2 m
We know that the area of the parallelogram is base × height
A = bh
A = 8.3 m × 1.2 m
A = 9.96 square meters
Thus the area of the parallelogram for the above figure is 9.96 m²

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 2
_______ ft2

Answer: 90

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 15 ft
Height = 6 ft
Area = ?
We know that,
Area of the parallelogram = bh
A = 15 ft × 6 ft
A = 90 square feet
Thus the area of the parallelogram for the above figure is 90 ft²

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 3
_______ mm2

Answer: 6.25

Explanation:
The above figure is a square
The side of the square is a × a
A = 2.5 mm × 2.5 mm
A = 6.25 square mm
Thus the area of the square is 6.25 mm²

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 4
\(\frac{□}{□}\) ft2

Answer: 1/2

Explanation:
Given
Base = 3/4 ft
Height = 2/3 ft
Area of the parallelogram is base × height
A = bh
A = 3/4 × 2/3
A = 1/2
Thus the area of the above parallelogram is 1/2 ft²

Find the unknown measurement for the parallelogram.

Question 5.
Area = 11 yd2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 5
_______ yd

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Given,
A = 11 yd²
B = 5 1/2 yd
We know that
A = bh
11 = 5 1/2 × h
11 = 11/2 × h
22 = 11 × h
H = 2 yd
Thus the height of the above figure is 2 yards.

Question 6.
Area = 32 yd2
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 6
_______ yd

Answer: 8 yd

Explanation:
Given
Area = 32 yd2
Base = 4 yd
Height = ?
We know that
A = b × h
32 = 4 yd × h
H = 32/4
H = 8 yd
Therefore the height of the above figure is 8 yards.

On Your Own

Find the area of the parallelogram.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 7
_______ m2

Answer: 58.24

Explanation:
Given
Base = 9.1 m
Height = 6.4 m
A = b × h
A = 9.1 m × 6.4 m
A = 58.24 square meters
Thus the area of the parallelogram for the above figure is 58.24 m²

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 8
_______ ft2

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given
Base = 21 ft
Height = 8ft
We know that the area of the parallelogram is  base × height
A = 21 ft × 8ft
A = 168 square feet
Therefore the area of the above figure is 168 ft²

Find the unknown measurement for the figure.

Question 9.
square
A = ?
s = 15 ft
A = _______ ft

Answer: 225

Explanation:
Given,
S = 15 ft
The area of the square is s × s
A = 15 ft × 15 ft
A = 225 ft²
Thus the area of the square is 225 square feet.

Question 10.
parallelogram
A = 32 m2
b = ?
h = 8 m
b = _______ m

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given
A = 32 m²
H = 8m
B = ?
To find the base we have to use the area of parallelogram formula
A = bh
32 m² = b × 8 m
B = 32/8
B = 4 m
Thus the base is 4 meters

Question 11.
parallelogram
A = 51 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2
b = 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) in.
h = ?
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.

Explanation:
Given,
A = 51 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2
b = 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) in.
H = ?
We know that the area of the parallelogram is  base × height
A = bh
51 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = h × 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) in.
h = 51 \(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 8 \(\frac{1}{5}\) in.
h = 205/4 ÷ 41/5
h = 1025/164
h = 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.
Thus the height of the parallelogram is 6 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.

Question 12.
parallelogram
A = 121 mm2
b = 11 mm
h = ?
________ mm

Answer: 11 mm

Explanation:
Given
A = 121 mm²
B = 11 mm
H = ?
We know that
A = b × h
121 mm² = 11 mm × h
H = 121/11
H = 11 mm
Thus the height is 11 mm.

Question 13.
The height of a parallelogram is four times the base. The base measures 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) ft. Find the area of the parallelogram.
________ ft2

Answer: 49

Explanation:
Given
B= 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
H = 4b
H = 4 × 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
H = 4 × 7/2
H = 14
A = bh
A = 7/2 × 14
A = 7 × 7 = 49
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 49 ft²

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 536

Question 14.
Jane’s backyard is shaped like a parallelogram. The base of the parallelogram is 90 feet, and the height is 25 feet. What is the area of Jane’s backyard?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 9
________ ft2

Answer: 2250

Explanation:
Jane’s backyard is shaped like a parallelogram.
The base of the parallelogram is 90 feet, and the height is 25 feet.
A = bh
A = 90 ft × 25 ft
A = 2250 square feet
Therefore the area of the parallelogram for the above figure is 2250 ft2

Question 15.
Jack made a parallelogram by putting together two congruent triangles and a square, like the figures shown at the right. The triangles have the same height as the square. What is the area of Jack’s parallelogram?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 10
________ cm2

Answer: 104

Explanation:
Jack made a parallelogram by putting together two congruent triangles and a square, like the figures shown at the right.
The triangles have the same height as the square.
Base = 8 cm + 5 cm = 13 cm
Height = 8 cm
Area = bh
A = 13 cm × 5 cm
A = 104 square cm
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 104 cm2

Question 16.
The base of a parallelogram is 2 times the parallelogram’s height. If the base is 12 inches, what is the area?
________ ft2

Answer: 72

Explanation:
The base of a parallelogram is 2 times the parallelogram’s height.
Base = 12 ft
Height = 12/2 = 6 ft
Area of parallelogram is  base × height
A = bh
A = 12 ft × 6 ft
A = 72 ft2
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 72 ft2

Question 17.
Verify the Reasoning of Others Li Ping says that a square with 3-inch sides has a greater area than a parallelogram that is not a square but has sides that have the same length. Does Li Ping’s statement make sense? Explain.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 11
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Base = 3 in
Height = 3 in
A = bh
A = 3 in × 3 in
A = 9 square inches
Therefore the area of the above figure is 9 in²

Question 18.
Find the area of the parallelogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 12
________ in.2

Answer: 60

Explanation:
Base = 12 in
H = 5 in
A = bh
A = 12 in × 5 in
A = 60 square inches
A = 60 in²

Area of Parallelograms – Page No. 537

Find the area of the figure.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 13
________ ft2

Answer: 126

Explanation:
The base of the figure is 18 ft
Height = 7 ft
The area of the parallelogram is bh
A = 18 ft × 7 ft
A = 126 square feet
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 126 ft2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 14
________ cm2

Answer: 35

Explanation:
Base = 7 cm
Height = 5 cm
A = bh
A = 7 cm × 5 cm
A = 35 square cm
A = 35 cm2

Find the unknown measurement for the figure.

Question 3.
parallelogram
A = 9.18 m2
b = 2.7 m
h = ?
h = ________ m

Answer: 3.4

Explanation:
A = 9.18 m2
b = 2.7 m
h = ?
A = bh
9.18 m2 = 2.7 m × h
h = 9.18/2.7
A = 3.4 m

Question 4.
parallelogram
A = ?
b = 4 \(\frac{3}{10}\) m
h = 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) m
A = ________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m2

Explanation:
b = 4 \(\frac{3}{10}\) m
h = 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) m
A = ?
A = bh
A = 4 \(\frac{3}{10}\) m × 2 \(\frac{1}{10}\) m
A = \(\frac{43}{10}\) m × \(\frac{21}{10}\) m
A = \(\frac{903}{100}\) m²
A = 9 \(\frac{3}{100}\) m²

Question 5.
square
A = ?
s = 35 cm
A = ________ cm2

Answer: 1225

Explanation:
s = 35 cm
A = s × s
A = 35 cm × 35 cm
A = 1225 cm2
Area of the parallelogram is 1225 cm2

Question 6.
parallelogram
A = 6.3 mm2
b = ?
h = 0.9 mm
b = ________ mm

Answer: 7

Explanation:
A = 6.3 mm2
b = ?
h = 0.9 mm
A = bh
6.3 mm2 = b × 0.9 mm
b = 6.3/0.9
b = 7 mm
Thus the base of the parallelogram is 7 mm.

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Ronna has a sticker in the shape of a parallelogram. The sticker has a base of 6.5 cm and a height of 10.1 cm. What is the area of the sticker?
________ cm2

Answer: 65.65

Explanation:
Ronna has a sticker in the shape of a parallelogram.
The sticker has a base of 6.5 cm and a height of 10.1 cm.
A = bh
A = 6.5 cm × 10.1 cm
A = 65.65 cm2

Question 8.
A parallelogram-shaped tile has an area of 48 in.2. The base of the tile measures 12 in. What is the measure of its height?
________ in.

Answer: 4

Explanation:
A parallelogram-shaped tile has an area of 48 in.2
The base of the tile measures 12 in.
A = bh
48 = 12 × h
h = 48/12 = 4 in
Therefore the height of the parallelogram is 4 inches

Question 9.
Copy the two triangles and the square in Exercise 15 on page 536. Show how you found the area of each piece. Draw the parallelogram formed when the three figures are put together. Calculate its area using the formula for the area of a parallelogram.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 10
First, we need to add the base of the triangle and square
So, base = 8 cm + 5 cm
base = 13 cm
The height of the triangle and square are the same.
So, h = 8 cm
Area of the parallelogram is base × height
A = bh
A = 13 cm × 5 cm
A = 104 square cm
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 104 cm2

Lesson Check – Page No. 538

Question 1.
Cougar Park is shaped like a parallelogram and has an area of \(\frac{1}{16}\) square mile. Its base is \(\frac{3}{8}\) mile. What is its height?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) mile

Answer: \(\frac{1}{6}\) mile

Explanation:
Cougar Park is shaped like a parallelogram and has an area of \(\frac{1}{16}\) square mile.
Its base is \(\frac{3}{8}\) mile.
A = bh
\(\frac{1}{16}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\) × h
\(\frac{1}{16}\) × \(\frac{8}{3}\) = h
h =  \(\frac{1}{6}\) mile

Question 2.
Square County is a square-shaped county divided into 16 equal-sized square districts. If the side length of each district is 4 miles, what is the area of Square County?
________ square miles

Answer: 256 square miles

Explanation:
Square County is a square-shaped county divided into 16 equal-sized square districts.
If the side length of each district is 4 miles
4 × 4 = 16
A = 16 × 16 = 256 square miles

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following values of y make the inequality y < 4 true?
y = 4     y = 6      y = 0    y = 8    y = 2
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = -6

Question 4.
On a winter’s day, 9°F is the highest temperature recorded. Write an inequality that represents the temperature t in degrees Fahrenheit at any time on this day.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: t ≤ 9

Explanation:
On a winter’s day, 9°F is the highest temperature recorded.
t will be less than or equal to 9.
The inequality is t ≤ 9

Question 5.
In 2 seconds, an elevator travels 40 feet. In 3 seconds, the elevator travels 60 feet. In 4 seconds, the elevator travels 80 feet. Write an equation that gives the relationship between the number of seconds x and the distance y the elevator travels.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = 20x

Explanation:
x represents the number of seconds
y represents the distance the elevator travels.
The elevator travels 20 feet per second.
Thus the equation is y = 20x

Question 6.
The linear equation y = 4x represents the number of bracelets y that Jolene can make in x hours. Which ordered pair lies on the graph of the equation?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (4, 16)

Explanation:
y = 4x
If x = 4
Then y = 4(4)
y = 16
Thus the ordered pairs are (4, 16)

Share and Show – Page No. 541

Question 1.
Trace the parallelogram, and cut it into two congruent triangles. Find the areas of the parallelogram and one triangle, using square units.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 15
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Base = 9 units
Height = 4 units
Area of the parallelogram = base × height
A = 9 × 4
A = 36 sq. units
Area of the triangle = ab/2
A = (9 × 4)/2
A = 18 sq. units
Area of another triangle = ab/2
A = (9 × 4)/2
A = 18 sq. units

Find the area of each triangle.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 16
_______ in.2

Answer: 40

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (8 × 10)/2
A = 80/2
A = 40 in.2
Thus the area of the triangle for the above figure is 40 in.2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 17
_______ ft2

Answer: 180

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (18 × 20)/2
A = 360/2
A = 180 ft2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 18
_______ yd2

Answer: 22

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (4 × 11)/2
A = 44/2
A = 22
A = 22 yd2
Thus the area of the triangle is 22 yd2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 19
_______ mm2

Answer: 495

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (30 × 33)/2
A = 990/2
A = 495 mm2
Thus the area of the triangle is 495 mm2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 20
_______ in.2

Answer: 190

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (19 × 20)/2
A = 380/2
A = 190 in.2
Thus the area of the triangle is 190 in.2

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 21
_______ cm2

Answer: 96

Explanation:
The area of the right triangle is bh/2
A = (16 × 12)/2
A = 192/2
A = 96 Sq. cm
Thus the area of the triangle is 96 Sq. cm

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 8.
Communicate Describe how you can use two triangles of the same shape and size to form a parallelogram.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Put them together like a puzzle. if the sides are parallel then it would be a parallelogram.

Question 9.
A school flag is in the shape of a right triangle. The height of the flag is 36 inches and the base is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the height. What is the area of the flag?
_______ in.2

Answer: 486 in.2

Explanation:
A school flag is in the shape of a right triangle.
The height of the flag is 36 inches and the base is \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the height.
B = 36 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
B = 27
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (36 × 27)/2
A = 486 sq. in
Thus the area of the triangle is 486 in.2

Sense or Nonsense? – Page No. 542

Question 10.
Cyndi and Tyson drew the models below. Each said his or her drawing represents a triangle with an area of 600 square inches. Whose statement makes sense? Whose statement is nonsense? Explain your reasoning.
Tyson’s Model:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 22

Cyndi’s Model:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 23
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Tyson’s Model makes sense.
The base of the figure is 30 in.
The height of the figure is 40 in
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (30 × 40)/2
A = 1200/2 = 600 sq. in
Cyndi’s Model doesn’t make sense because there is no base for the triangle.

Question 11.
A flag is separated into two different colors. Find the area of the white region. Show your work.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 24
_______ ft.2

Answer: 7.5 ft.2

Explanation:
A flag is separated into two different colors.
B = 5 ft
H = 3 ft
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (3 × 5)/2
A = 15/2
A = 7.5 sq. ft

Explore Area of Triangles – Page No. 543

Find the area of each triangle.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 25
_______ ft2

Answer: 30

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 6 ft
Height = 10 ft
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (6 ft × 10 ft)/2
A = 60 sq. ft/2
A = 30 ft2
Thus the area of the triangle for the above figure is 0 ft2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 26
_______ cm2

Answer: 925

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 50 cm
Height = 37 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (50 × 37)/2
A = 1850/2
A = 925 sq. cm
Therefore the area of the above figure is 925 cm2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 27
_______ mm2

Answer: 400

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 40 mm
Height = 20 mm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (40 × 20)/2
A = 800/2
A = 400 mm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 400 mm2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 28
_______ in.2

Answer: 180

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 12 in.
Height = 30 in.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (12 × 30)/2
A = 360/2
A = 180 in.2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 180 in.2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 29
_______ cm2

Answer: 225

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 15 cm
Height = 30 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (15 × 30)/2
A = 450/2
A = 225 cm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 225 cm2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 30
_______ cm2

Answer: 450

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 20 cm
Height = 45 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (20 × 45)/2
A = 900/2
A = 450 cm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 450 cm2

Problem Solving

Question 7.
Fabian is decorating a triangular pennant for a football game. The pennant has a base of 10 inches and a height of 24 inches. What is the total area of the pennant?
_______ in.2

Answer: 120

Explanation:
Fabian is decorating a triangular pennant for a football game.
The pennant has a base of 10 inches and a height of 24 inches.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (10 × 24)/2
A = 240/2
A = 120 in.2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 120 in.2

Question 8.
Ryan is buying a triangular tract of land. The triangle has a base of 100 yards and a height of 300 yards. What is the area of the tract of land?
_______ yd2

Answer: 15000

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 100 yards
Height = 300 yards
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (100 × 300)/2
A = 30000/2
A = 15000 yd2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 15000 yd2

Question 9.
Draw 3 triangles on grid paper. Draw appropriate parallelograms to support the formula for the area of the triangle. Tape your drawings to this page.
Type below:
_______________

Lesson Check – Page No. 544

Question 1.
What is the area of a triangle with a height of 14 feet and a base of 10 feet?
_______ ft2

Answer: 70

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 10 feet
Height = 14 feet
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (14 × 10)/2
A = 140/2
A = 70 ft2
Therefore the area of the triangle is 70 ft2

Question 2.
What is the area of a triangle with a height of 40 millimeters and a base of 380 millimeters?
_______ mm2

Answer: 7600

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 380 millimeters
Height = 40 millimeters
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (380 × 40)/2
A = 15200/2
A = 7600 mm2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jack bought 3 protein bars for a total of $4.26. Which equation could be used to find the cost c in dollars of each protein bar?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 3c = 4.26

Explanation:
Jack bought 3 protein bars for a total of $4.26.
c represents the cost of each protein bar
3c = 4.26

Question 4.
Coach Herrera is buying tennis balls for his team. He can solve the equation 4c = 92 to find how many cans c of balls he needs. How many cans does he need?
_______ cans

Answer: 23

Explanation:
Coach Herrera is buying tennis balls for his team.
4c = 92
c = 92/4
c = 23
Therefore he need 23 cans.

Question 5.
Sketch the graph of y ≤ 7 on a number line.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 solution img-1

Question 6.
A square photograph has a perimeter of 20 inches. What is the area of the photograph?
_______ in.2

Answer: 25

Explanation:
A square photograph has a perimeter of 20 inches.
p = 4s
20 = 4s
s = 20/4
s = 5 in.
Area of the square is s × s
A = 5 × 5 = 25
Thus the area of square photograph = 25 in.2

Share and Show – Page No. 547

Question 1.
Find the area of the triangle.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 31
A = _______ cm2

Answer: 56

Explanation:
B = 14 cm
H = 8 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (14 × 8)/2
A = 14 × 4
A = 56 sq. cm
Thus the area of the above figure is 56 cm2

Question 2.
The area of the triangle is 132 in.2. Find the height of the triangle
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 32
h = _______ in.

Answer: 12

Explanation:
B = 22 in.
H = ?
A = 132 in.2
Area of the triangle = bh/2
132 sq. in  = 22 in × h
h = 132 sq. in/22 in
h = 12 in
Thus the height of the above figure is 12 in.

Find the area of the triangle.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 33
A = _______ mm2

Answer: 540

Explanation:
B = 27 mm
H = 40 mm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (27 × 40)/2
A = 27 × 20 = 540
A = 540 mm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 540 mm2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 34
A = _______ mm2

Answer: 11

Explanation:
B = 5.5 mm
H = 4 mm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (5.5 mm × 4 mm)/2
A = 5.5 mm × 2 mm
A = 11 mm2
Therefore the area of the above figure is 11 mm2

On Your Own

Find the unknown measurement for the figure.

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 35
h = _______ in.

Answer: 21

Explanation:
B = 5 in
H =?
A = 52.5 sq. in
Area of the triangle = bh/2
52.5 sq. in = (5 × h)/2
52.5 sq. in × 2 = 5h
h = 21 in
Thus the height of the above figure is 21 in

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 36
h = _______ cm

Answer: 4.3

Explanation:
B = 80 mm = 8 cm
H = ?
A = 17.2 sq. cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
17.2 sq. cm = (8 cm × h)/2
17.2 × 2 = 8 × h
h = 4.3 cm
Thus the height of the above figure is 4.3 cm

Question 7.
Verify the Reasoning of Others The height of a triangle is twice the base. The area of the triangle is 625 in.2. Carson says the base of the triangle is at least 50 in. Is Carson’s estimate reasonable? Explain.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
A = 625 in.2
B = 50 in
H = 2b
H = 2 × 50 in
H = 100 in
Area of the triangle = bh/2
625 in.2 = (50 × 100)/2
625 in.2 = 2500
No Carson’s estimation is not reasonable.

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 548

Question 8.
Alani is building a set of 4 shelves. Each shelf will have 2 supports in the shape of right isosceles triangles. Each shelf is 14 inches deep. How many square inches of wood will she need to make all of the supports?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 37
a. What are the base and height of each triangle?
Base: ___________ in.
Height: ___________ in.

Answer:
Base: 14 in
Height: 14 in

Explanation:
Given that,
Each shelf is 14 inches deep.
Height = 14 inches
By seeing the above figure we can say that the base of the shelves is 14 inches
Base = 14 inches

Question 8.
b. What formula can you use to find the area of a triangle?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: The formula to find the Area of the triangle = bh/2

Question 8.
c. Explain how you can find the area of one triangular support.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
We can find the area of one triangle support by substituting the base and height in the formula.
A = (14 × 14)/2
A = 98 sq. in

Question 8.
d. How many triangular supports are needed to build 4 shelves?
_______ supports

Answer: 8
By seeing the above figure we can say that 8 triangular supports are needed to build 4 shelves.

Question 8.
e. How many square inches of wood will Alani need to make all the supports?
_______ in.2

Answer: 784

Explanation:
The depth of each shelf made by Alamo is 14 inches.
So the base of the right isosceles triangular supporter is 14 inches.
So one equal side is 14 cm. Now by using the Pythagoras theorem we can calculate the other side of the supporter = = 19.8 inches.
The area of the right isosceles triangle is given by × base ×height. Here the base and height are equal to 14 inches.
Therefore the area of each right isosceles triangular supporter is
A = (14 × 14)/2
A = 98 sq. in
Each shelf would require two such supporters and there are 4 such shelves. Thus the total number of supporters required is 8.
Square inches of wood necessary for 8 right isosceles triangular supporters = 98 × 8 = 784 square inches.

Question 9.
The area of a triangle is 97.5 cm2. The height of the triangle is 13 cm. Find the base of the triangle. Explain your work.
b = _______ cm

Answer: 15 cm

Explanation:
Given,
The area of a triangle is 97.5 cm2.
The height of the triangle is 13 cm.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
97.5 cm2 = (b × 13 cm)/2
b = 2 × 97.5cm2/13 cm
b = 15 cm
Therefore the base of the triangle is 15 cm

Question 10.
The area of a triangle is 30 ft2.
For numbers 10a–10d, select Yes or No to tell if the dimensions given could be the height and base of the triangle.
10a. h = 3, b = 10
10b. h = 3, b = 20
10c. h = 5, b = 12
10d. h = 5, b = 24
10a. ___________
10b. ___________
10c. ___________
10d. ___________

Answer:
10a. No
10b. yes
10c. Yes
10d. No

Explanation:
The area of a triangle is 30 ft2.
10a. h = 3, b = 10
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (3 × 10)/2
A = 15 ft2.
Thus the answer is no.
10b. h = 3, b = 20
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (3 × 20)/2
A = 30 ft2.
Thus the answer is yes.
10c. h = 5, b = 12
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (5 × 12)/2
A = 30 ft2.
Thus the answer is yes.
10d. h = 5, b = 24
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (5 × 24)/2
A = 60 ft2.
Thus the answer is no.

Area of Triangles – Page No. 549

Find the area.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 38
_______ in.2

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 15 in.
Height = 6 in.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (15 × 6)/2
A = 90/2
A = 45 in.2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 39
_______ m2

Answer: 0.36

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 1.2 m
Height = 0.6 m
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (1.2 × 0.6)/2
A = 0.72/2
A = 0.36 m2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 40
_______ ft2

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Given,
Base = 4 1/2 ft
Height = 2 2/3 ft
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (4 1/2 × 2 2/3)/2
A = 12/2
A = 6 ft2

Find the unknown measurement for the triangle.

Question 4.
A = 0.225 mi2
b = 0.6 mi
h = ?
h = _______ mi

Answer: 0.75

Explanation:
Given,
A = 0.225 mi2
b = 0.6 mi
h = ?
Area of the triangle = bh/2
0.225 = (0.6 × h)/2
0.450 = 0.6 × h
h = 0.450/0.6
h = 0.75 mi

Question 5.
A = 4.86 yd2
b = ?
h = 1.8 yd
b = _______ yd

Answer: 5.4 yd

Explanation:
Given,
A = 4.86 yd2
b = ?
h = 1.8 yd
Area of the triangle = bh/2
4.86 yd2 = (b × 1.8 yd)/2
4.86 × 2 = b × 1.8
9.72 = b × 1.8
b = 9.72/1.8
b = 5.4 yd

Question 6.
A = 63 m2
b = ?
h = 12 m
b = _______ m

Answer: 10.5

Explanation:
Given,
A = 63 m2
b = ?
h = 12 m
Area of the triangle = bh/2
63 = (b × 12)/2
63 = b × 6
b = 63/6
b = 10.5 m

Question 7.
A = 2.5 km2
b = 5 km
h = ?
h = _______ km

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Given,
A = 2.5 km2
b = 5 km
h = ?
Area of the triangle = bh/2
2.5 = (5 km × h)/2
2.5 km2 = 2.5 km × h
h = 2.5/2.5
h = 1 km

Problem Solving

Question 8.
Bayla draws a triangle with a base of 15 cm and a height of 8.5 cm. If she colors the space inside the triangle, what area does she color?
_______ cm2

Answer: 63.75 cm2

Explanation:
Bayla draws a triangle with a base of 15 cm and a height of 8.5 cm.
B = 15 cm
h = 8.5 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (15 cm × 8.5 cm)/2
A = 7.5 cm × 8.5 cm
A = 63.75 cm2

Question 9.
Alicia is making a triangular sign for the school play. The area of the sign is 558 in.2. The base of the triangle is 36 in. What is the height of the triangle?
_______ in.

Answer: 31

Explanation:
Given,
Alicia is making a triangular sign for the school play.
The area of the sign is 558 in.2
The base of the triangle is 36 in.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
558 = (36 × h)/2
558 = 18 × h
h = 558/18
h = 31 inches

Question 10.
Describe how you would find how much grass seed is needed to cover a triangular plot of land.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:

You will need to find the area
A=height multiplied by the base divided by 2
Area of the triangle = bh/2

Lesson Check – Page No. 550

Question 1.
A triangular flag has an area of 187.5 square inches. The base of the flag measures 25 inches. How tall is the triangular flag?
_______ in.

Answer: 15 in.

Explanation:
A triangular flag has an area of 187.5 square inches.
The base of the flag measures 25 inches.
Area of the triangle = bh/2
187.5 square inches = (25 inches × h)/2
187.5 sq. in × 2 = 25h
375 sq. in = 25h
h = 375 sq. in/25
h = 15 inches

Question 2.
A piece of stained glass in the shape of a right triangle has sides measuring 8 centimeters, 15 centimeters, and 17 centimeters. What is the area of the piece?
_______ cm2

Answer: 60

Explanation:
A piece of stained glass in the shape of a right triangle has sides measuring 8 centimeters, 15 centimeters, and 17 centimeters.
b = 8 cm
h = 15 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (8 × 15)/2
A = 4 cm × 15 cm
A = 60 sq. cm

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Tina bought a t-shirt and sandals. The total cost was $41.50. The t-shirt cost $8.95. The equation 8.95 + c = 41.50 can be used to find the cost c in dollars of the sandals. How much did the sandals cost?
$ _______

Answer: $32.55

Explanation:
Tina bought a t-shirt and sandals.
The total cost was $41.50.
The t-shirt cost $8.95.
8.95 + c = 41.50
c = 41.50 – 8.95
c = $32.55

Question 4.
There are 37 paper clips in a box. Carmen places more paper clips in the box. Write an equation to show the total number of paper clips p in the box after Carmen places n more paper clips in the box.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 37 + n = p

Explanation:
There are 37 paper clips in a box. Carmen places more paper clips in the box.
n represents number of paper clips in the box
The equation is 37 + n = p

Question 5.
Name another ordered pair that is on the graph of the equation represented by the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 41
Type below:
_______________

Answer: The ordered pairs are (1, 6), (2, 12), (3, 18), (4, 16)

Question 6.
Find the area of the triangle that divides the parallelogram in half.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 42
_______ cm2

Answer: 58.5

Explanation:
Given,
b = 13 cm
h = 9 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (13 × 9)/2
A = 117/2
A = 58.5 cm2

Share and Show – Page No. 553

Question 1.
Trace and cut out two copies of the trapezoid. Arrange the trapezoids to form a parallelogram. Find the areas of the parallelogram and one trapezoid using square units
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 43
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Figure 1:
Base 1 = 3 units
Base 2= 7 units
Height = 4 units
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (3 + 7)4/2
A = 10 × 2
A = 20 sq. units
Figure 2:
Base 1 = 7 units
Base 2= 3 units
Height = 4 units
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (7 + 3)4/2
A = 10 × 2
A = 20 sq. units

Find the area of the trapezoid.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 44
_______ cm2

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Base 1 = 6 cm
Base 2 = 10 cm
Height = 5 cm
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6 cm + 10 cm)5 /2
A = (16 × 5)/2
A = 40 sq. cm

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 45
_______ in.2

Answer: 48

Explanation:
b1 = 3 in
b2 = 9 in.
h = 8 in.
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (3 + 9)8/2
A = 12 × 4
A = 48 sq. in

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 46
_______ ft2

Answer: 64

Explanation:
b1 = 11 ft
b2 = 5 ft
h = 8 ft
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (11 + 5)8/2
A = 16 × 4
A = 64 sq. ft

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 47
_______ cm2

Answer: 266

Explanation:
b1 = 16 cm
b2 = 22 cm
h = 14 cm
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (16 + 22)14/2
A = 38 × 7
A = 266 sq. cm

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 48
_______ mm2

Answer: 71.5

Explanation:
b1 = 8 mm
b2 = 14 mm
h = 6.5 mm
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (8 + 14)6.5/2
A = 11 × 6.5
A = 71.5 sq. mm

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 49
_______ in.2

Answer: 31.5

Explanation:
b1 = 3 1/2 in.
b2 = 8 1/2 in.
h = 5 1/4 in.
We know that the Area of the trapezium is the sum of bases into height divided by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
b = 3 1/2 + 8 1/2
b = 12
A = 5 1/4 × 12/2
A = 5 1/4 × 6
A = 31.5 sq. in

Problem Solving + Applications

Question 8.
Describe a Method Explain one way to find the height of a trapezoid if you know the area of the trapezoid and the length of both bases.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
1) Add the length of both bases: [Total Length = Length 1 + Length 2]
2) Divide the length that you found by 2. [Average Length = Total Length ÷ 2]
3) Divide the Area with the length found [Height = Area ÷ average length]

Question 9.
A patio is in the shape of a trapezoid. The length of the longer base is 18 feet. The length of the shorter base is two feet less than half the longer base. The height is 8 feet. What is the area of the patio?
_______ ft2

Answer: 100

Explanation:
trapezoid area = ((sum of the bases) ÷ 2) × height
long base = 18
short base = 7
height = 8
trapezoid area = [(18 + 7) / 2] × 8
trapezoid area = [(12.5)] × 8
trapezoid area = 100 square feet

What’s the Error? – Page No. 554

Question 10.
Except for a small region near its southeast corner, the state of Nevada is shaped like a trapezoid. The map at the right shows the approximate dimensions of the trapezoid. Sabrina used the map to estimate the area of Nevada.
Look at how Sabrina solved the problem. Find her error.
Two copies of the trapezoid can be put together to form a rectangle.
length of rectangle: 200 + 480 = 680 mi
width of rectangle: 300 mi
A = lw
A = 680 × 300
A = 204,000
The area of Nevada is about 204,000 square miles.
Describe the error. Find the area of the trapezoid to estimate the area of Nevada.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The area of Nevada is she didn’t divide by 2.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (200 + 480)300/2
A = 680 × 150
A = 102000 sq. miles

Question 11.
A photo was cut in half at an angle. What is the area of one of the cut pieces?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 50
_______ in.2

Answer: 30

Explanation:
b1= 3 in
b2 = 7 in
h = 6 in.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (3 + 7)6/2
A = 10 × 3
A = 30 sq. in
Thus the area of the trapezium is 30 in.2

Explore Area of Trapezoids – Page No. 555

Question 1.
Trace and cut out two copies of the trapezoid. Arrange the trapezoids to form a parallelogram. Find the areas of the parallelogram and the trapezoids using square units.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 51
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Figure 1:
b1 = 2 units
b2 = 6 units
h = 3 units
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (2 + 6)3/2
A = (8)(3)/2
A = 24/2 = 12
A = 12 sq. units
Figure 2:
b1 = 6 units
b2 = 2 units
h = 3 units
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6 + 2)3/2
A = (8)(3)/2
A = 24/2 = 12
The area of figure 2 is 12 sq. units

Find the area of the trapezoid.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 52
_______ in.2

Answer: 38.5

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 9 in
b2 = 2 in
h = 7 in
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9 + 2)7/2
A = (11 × 7)/2
A = 77/2 = 38.5 in.2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 53
_______ yd2

Answer: 3600

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 24 yd
b2 = 48 yd
h = 100 yd
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (24 + 48)100/2
A = 72 × 50
A = 3600 yd2

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 54
_______ ft2

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 4.5 ft
b2 = 11.5 ft
h = 8 ft
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (4.5 + 11.5)8/2
A = 16 × 4
A = 64 sq. ft

Problem Solving

Question 5.
A cake is made out of two identical trapezoids. Each trapezoid has a height of 11 inches and bases of 9 inches and 14 inches. What is the area of one of the trapezoid pieces?
_______ in.2

Answer: 126.5

Explanation:
Given,
A cake is made out of two identical trapezoids.
Each trapezoid has a height of 11 inches and bases of 9 inches and 14 inches.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9 + 14)11/2
A = 23 × 11/2
A = 126.5 in.2

Question 6.
A sticker is in the shape of a trapezoid. The height is 3 centimeters, and the bases are 2.5 centimeters and 5.5 centimeters. What is the area of the sticker?
_______ cm2

Answer: 12

Explanation:
Given,
A sticker is in the shape of a trapezoid.
The height is 3 centimeters, and the bases are 2.5 centimeters and 5.5 centimeters.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (2.5 + 5.5)3/2
A = 8 × 3/2
A = 4 × 3
A = 12 sq. cm

Question 7.
Find the area of a trapezoid that has bases that are 15 inches and 20 inches and a height of 9 inches.
_______ in.2

Answer: 157.5

Explanation:
b1 = 15 inches
b2 = 20 inches
h = 9 inches
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (15 + 20)9/2
A = (35 × 9)/2
A = 157.5 sq. in

Lesson Check – Page No. 556

Question 8.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 55
_______ yd2

Answer: 84

Explanation:
b1 = 9 yd
b2 = 15 yd
h = 7 yd
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9 + 15)7/2
A = 24 × 3.5
A = 84 sq. yd

Question 2.
Maggie colors a figure in the shape of a trapezoid. The trapezoid is 6 inches tall. The bases are 4.5 inches and 8 inches. What is the area of the figure that Maggie colored?
_______ in.2

Answer: 37.5

Explanation:
Maggie colors a figure in the shape of a trapezoid.
The trapezoid is 6 inches tall.
The bases are 4.5 inches and 8 inches.
b1 = 4.5 in
b2 = 8 in
h = 6 in
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (4.5 in + 8 in)6/2
A = 12.5 in × 3
A = 37.5 sq. in

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Cassandra wants to solve the equation 30 = \(\frac{2}{5}\)p. What operation should she perform to isolate the variable?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Divide two sides by \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
In order to make p independent
We have to divide \(\frac{2}{5}\) on both sides.
30 = \(\frac{2}{5}\)p
30 ÷ \(\frac{2}{5}\) p ÷ \(\frac{2}{5}\)
p = 75

Question 4.
Ginger makes pies and sells them for $14 each. Write an equation that represents the situation, if y represents the money that Ginger earns and x represents the number of pies sold.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = 14x

Explanation:
Ginger makes pies and sells them for $14 each.
y represents the money that Ginger earns
x represents the number of pies sold
The equation is y = 14x

Question 5.
What is the equation for the graph shown below?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 56
Type below:
_______________

Answer: y = 2x
By seeing the graph we can say that y = 2x

Question 6.
Cesar made a rectangular banner that is 4 feet by 3 feet. He wants to make a triangular banner that has the same area as the other banner. The triangular banner will have a base of 4 feet. What should its height be?
_______ feet

Answer: 6

Explanation:
6 Because 4×3=12 and (4× 6)/2=12

Share and Show – Page No. 559

Question 1.
Find the area of the trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 57
A = _______ cm2

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 6 cm
b2 = 3 cm
h = 4 cm
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6 cm + 3 cm)4 cm/2
A = 9 cm × 2 cm
A = 18 sq. cm
Therefore the area of the trapezoid is 18 cm2

Question 2.
The area of the trapezoid is 45 ft2. Find the height of the trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 58
h = _______ ft

Answer: 5

Explanation:
b1 = 10 ft
b2 = 8 ft
The area of the trapezoid is 45 ft2
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
45 ft2 = (10 ft + 8 ft)h/2
90 = 18 × h
h = 90/18
h = 5 ft
Thus the height of the above figure is 5 ft.

Question 3.
Find the area of the trapezoid.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 59
_______ mm2

Answer: 540

Explanation:
b1 = 17 mm
b2 = 43 mm
h = 18 mm
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (17 + 43)18/2
A = 60 mm × 9 mm
A = 540 sq. mm
Thus the area of the trapezoid is 540 mm2

On Your Own

Find the area of the trapezoid.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 60
A = _______ in.2

Answer: 266

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 17 in
b2 = 21 in
h = 14 in
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (17 in + 21 in)14/2
A = 38 in × 7 in
A = 266 sq. in
Therefore Area of the trapezium is 266 in.2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 61
A = _______ m2

Answer: 25.2 m2

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 9.2 m
b2 = 2.8 m
h = 4.2 m
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9.2 + 2.8)4.2/2
A = 12 × 2.1
A = 25.2 sq. m
Therefore the area of the trapezium is 25.2 m2

Find the height of the trapezoid.

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 62
h = _______ in.

Answer: 25

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 27.5 in
b2 = 12.5 in
h = ?
A = 500 sq. in
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
500 sq. in = (27.5 in + 12.5 in)h/2
500 sq. in = 40 × h/2
500 sq. in = 20h
h = 500/20
h = 25 inches
Thus the height of the above figure is 25 inches.

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 63
h = _______ cm

Answer: 15

Explanation:
A = 99 sq. cm
b1 = 3.2 cm
b2 = 10 cm
h = ?
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
99 sq. cm = (3.2 cm+ 10 cm)h/2
99 sq. cm = (13.2 cm)h/2
99 sq. cm = 6.6 × h
h = 99 sq. cm/6.6 cm
h = 15 cm

Problem Solving + Applications – Page No. 560

Use the diagram for 8–9.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 64

Question 8.
A baseball home plate can be divided into two trapezoids with the dimensions shown in the drawing. Find the area of home plate.
_______ in.2

Answer: 21.75

Explanation:
The bases of the trapezoid area 8.5 in and 17 in and the height is 8.5 in.
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = 1/2 (8.5 + 17)8.5
A = (25.5)(8.5)/2
A = 1/2 × 216.75
The area of the home plate is double the area of a trapezoid.
So, the area of the home plate is 216.75 sq. in.

Question 9.
Suppose you cut home plate along the dotted line and rearranged the pieces to form a rectangle. What would the dimensions and the area of the rectangle be?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The dimensions of the rectangle would be 25.5 in by 8.5 in.
The area would be 216.75 sq. in.

Question 10.
A pattern used for tile floors is shown. A side of the inner square measures 10 cm, and a side of the outer square measures 30 cm. What is the area of one of the yellow trapezoid tiles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 65
_______ cm2

Answer: 200 sq. cm

Explanation:
A side of the inner square measures 10 cm, and a side of the outer square measures 30 cm.
The bases of the trapezoid are 10 cm and 30 cm and the height of the trapezoid is 10 cm.
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (10 + 30)10/2
A = 40 cm × 5 cm
A = 200 sq. cm
So, the area of one of the yellow trapezoid tiles is 200 sq. cm

Question 11.
Verify the Reasoning of Others A trapezoid has a height of 12 cm and bases with lengths of 14 cm and 10 cm. Tina says the area of the trapezoid is 288 cm2. Find her error, and correct the error.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
A trapezoid has a height of 12 cm and bases with lengths of 14 cm and 10 cm.
Tina says the area of the trapezoid is 288 cm2
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (14 + 10)12/2
A = 24 cm × 6 cm
A = 144 sq. cm
The error of Tina is she didn’t divide by 2.

Question 12.
Which expression can be used to find the area of the trapezoid? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 66
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (4 + 1.5) × 3.5
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (1.5 + 3.5) × 4
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (4 + 3.5) × 1.5
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (5) × 4

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (1.5 + 3.5) × 4

Explanation:
b1 = 3.5 ft
b2 = 1.5 ft
h = 4 ft
We know that,
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (3.5 ft + 1.5 ft)4ft/2
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (1.5 + 3.5) × 4
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Area of Trapezoids – Page No. 561

Find the area of the trapezoid.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 67
_______ cm2

Answer: 252 cm2

Explanation:
Given that,
long base b1 = 17 cm
short base b2 = 11 cm
h = 18 cm
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (17 cm + 11 cm)18 cm/2
A = 28 cm × 9 cm
A = 252 cm2
Thus the area of the trapezium for the above figure is 252 cm2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 68
_______ ft2

Answer: 30 ft2

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 6.5 ft
b2 = 5.5 ft
h = 5 ft
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6.5 + 5.5)5/2
A = 12 ft × 2.5 ft
A = 30 sq. ft
Therefore the area of the trapezium is 30 ft2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 69
_______ cm2

Answer: 0.08 cm2

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 0.6 cm
b2 = 0.2 cm
h = 0.2 cm
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (0.6 cm + 0.2 cm)0.2 cm/2
A = 0.8 cm × 0.1 cm
A = 0.08 sq. cm
Thus the area of the trapezium is 0.08 sq. cm

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 70
_______ in.2

Answer: 37.5 in.2

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 5 in
b2 = 2 1/2
h = 10 in
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (5 in + 2 1/2 in)10/2
A = 7 1/2 × 5
A = 37.5 sq. in
Thus the area of the trapezium is 37.5 in.2

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Sonia makes a wooden frame around a square picture. The frame is made of 4 congruent trapezoids. The shorter base is 9 in., the longer base is 12 in., and the height is 1.5 in. What is the area of the picture frame?
_______ in.2

Answer: 63

Explanation:
Given,
Sonia makes a wooden frame around a square picture.
The frame is made of 4 congruent trapezoids.
The shorter base is 9 in., the longer base is 12 in., and the height is 1.5 in.
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9 in + 12 in)1.5/2
A = 21 in × 1.5 in/2
A = 63 sq. in
Thus the area of the trapezium is 63 in.2

Question 6.
Bryan cuts a piece of cardboard in the shape of a trapezoid. The area of the cutout is 43.5 square centimeters. If the bases are 6 centimeters and 8.5 centimeters long, what is the height of the trapezoid?
_______ cm

Answer: 6 cm

Explanation:
Given,
Bryan cuts a piece of cardboard in the shape of a trapezoid.
The area of the cutout is 43.5 square centimeters.
If the bases are 6 centimeters and 8.5 centimeters long.
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
43.5 sq. cm = (6 + 8.5)h/2
43.5 × 2 = 14.5 × h
h = 6 cm
Therefore the height of the trapezoid is 6 cm.

Question 7.
Use the formula for the area of a trapezoid to find the height of a trapezoid with bases 8 inches and 6 inches and an area of 112 square inches.
_______ in.

Answer: 16 in.

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 8 inches
b2 = 6 in
A = 112 sq. in
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
112 sq. in = (8 in + 6 in)h/2
112 sq. in = 7 × h
h = 112/7
h = 16 in.
Thus the height of the trapezoid is 16 in.

Lesson Check – Page No. 562

Question 1.
Dominic is building a bench with a seat in the shape of a trapezoid. One base is 5 feet. The other base is 4 feet. The perpendicular distance between the bases is 2.5 feet. What is the area of the seat?
_______ ft2

Answer: 11.25 sq. ft

Explanation:
Given,
Dominic is building a bench with a seat in the shape of a trapezoid.
One base is 5 feet. The other base is 4 feet.
The perpendicular distance between the bases is 2.5 feet.
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (5 ft + 4 ft)2.5/2
A = 4.5 ft × 2.5 ft
A = 11.25 sq. ft
Thus the area of the seat is 11.25 sq. ft

Question 2.
Molly is making a sign in the shape of a trapezoid. One base is 18 inches and the other is 30 inches. How high must she make the sign so its area is 504 square inches?
_______ in.

Answer: 21 in.

Explanation:
Given,
Molly is making a sign in the shape of a trapezoid.
One base is 18 inches and the other is 30 inches.
A = 504 sq. in
We know that,
The Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
504 sq. in = (18 + 30)h/2
504 sq. in = 24 × h
h = 504 sq. in÷ 24 in
h = 21 inches
Thus the height of the trapezoid is 21 inches.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Write these numbers in order from least to greatest.
3 \(\frac{3}{10}\)     3.1       3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Type below:
_______________

Explanation:
First, convert the fraction into the decimal.
3 \(\frac{3}{10}\) = 3.3
3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 3.25
Now write the numbers from least to greatest.
3.1 3.25 3.3

Question 4.
Write these lengths in order from least to greatest.
2 yards       5.5 feet        70 inches
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 5.5 feet , 70 inches, 2 yards

Explanation:
First, convert from inches to feet.
1 feet = 12 inches
70 inches = 5.8 ft
1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 ft
2 yards = 6 feet
Now write the numbers from least to greatest.
5.5 ft 5.8 ft 6 ft

Question 5.
To find the cost for a group to enter the museum, the ticket seller uses the expression 8a + 3c in which a represents the number of adults and c represents the number of children in the group. How much should she charge a group of 3 adults and 5 children?
$ _______

Answer: 39

Explanation:
The expression is 8a + 3c
where,
a represents the number of adults.
c represents the number of children in the group.
a = 3
c = 5
8a + 3c = 8(3) + 3(5)
= 24 + 15 = $39

Question 6.
Brian frosted a cake top shaped like a parallelogram with a base of 13 inches and a height of 9 inches. Nancy frosted a triangular cake top with a base of 15 inches and a height of 12 inches. Which cake’s top had the greater area? How much greater was it?
Type below:
_______________

Explanation:
Parallelogram Formula = Base × Height
A=bh
A=13 × 9=117 in
Triangle Formula=
A=1/2bh
A=1/2 × 15 × 12 = 90 in
Brian’s cake top has a greater area, and by 27 inches.

Mid-Chapter Checkpoint – Vocabulary – Page No. 563

Choose the best term from the box to complete the sentence.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 71

Question 1.
A _____ is a quadrilateral that always has two pairs of parallel sides.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: A parallelogram is a quadrilateral that always has two pairs of parallel sides.

Question 2.
The measure of the number of unit squares needed to cover a surface without any gaps or overlaps is called the _____.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: The measure of the number of unit squares needed to cover a surface without any gaps or overlaps is called the Area.

Question 3.
Figures with the same size and shape are _____.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Figures with the same size and shape are Congruent.

Concepts and Skills

Find the area.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 72
_______ cm2

Answer: 19.38

Explanation:
b = 5.7 cm
h = 3.4 cm
Area of parallelogram = bh
A = 5.7 cm × 3.4 cm
A = 19.38 cm2
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 19.38 cm2

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 73
_______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) in.2

Answer: 42 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2

Explanation:
b = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
h = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Area of parallelogram = bh
A = 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
A = 42 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 42 \(\frac{1}{4}\) in.2

Question 6.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 74
_______ mm2

Answer: 57.4

Explanation:
b = 14 mm
h = 8.2 mm
A = bh/2
A = (14 mm × 8.2 mm)/2
A = 57.4 mm2

Question 7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 75

Answer: 139.5

Explanation:
b1 = 13 cm
b2= 18 cm
h = 9 cm
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (13 + 18)9/2
A = 31 × 4.5
A = 139.5 sq. cm

Question 8.
A parallelogram has an area of 276 square meters and a base measuring 12 meters. What is the height of the parallelogram?
_______ m

Answer: 23

Explanation:
A parallelogram has an area of 276 square meters and a base measuring 12 meters.
A = bh
276 = 12 × h
h = 276/12
h = 23 m

Question 9.
The base of a triangle measures 8 inches and the area is 136 square inches. What is the height of the triangle?
_______ in.

Answer: 34

Explanation:
The base of a triangle measures 8 inches and the area is 136 square inches.
A = 136 sq. in
b = 8 in.
h = ?
A = bh/2
136 = 8h/2
136 = 4h
h = 136/4
h = 34 in

Page No. 564

Question 10.
The height of a parallelogram is 3 times the base. The base measures 4.5 cm. What is the area of the parallelogram?
_______ cm2

Answer: 60.75

Explanation:
The height of a parallelogram is 3 times the base. The base measures 4.5 cm.
A = bh
h = 3 × 4.5
h = 13.5 cm
b = 4.5 cm
A = 13.5 cm × 4.5 cm
A = 60.75 cm2

Question 11.
A triangular window pane has a base of 30 inches and a height of 24 inches. What is the area of the window pane?
_______ in.2

Answer: 360

Explanation:
A triangular window pane has a base of 30 inches and a height of 24 inches.
b = 30 in
h = 24 in
A = bh/2
A = (30 × 24)/2
A = 30 × 12
A = 360 in.2

Question 12.
The courtyard behind Jennie’s house is shaped like a trapezoid. The bases measure 8 meters and 11 meters. The height of the trapezoid is 12 meters. What is the area of the courtyard?
_______ m2

Answer: 114

Explanation:
Given,
The courtyard behind Jennie’s house is shaped like a trapezoid.
The bases measure 8 meters and 11 meters.
The height of the trapezoid is 12 meters.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (8 + 11)12/2
A = 19 × 6
A = 114 m2

Question 13.
Rugs sell for $8 per square foot. Beth bought a 9-foot-long rectangular rug for $432. How wide was the rug?
_______ feet

Answer: 6 feet

Explanation:
If you know the rugs sell for 8$ per square foot and the total spend was $432.
You divide 432 by 8 to find the total number of square feet of the rug.
To find the total square foot you find the area.
So the area of a rectangle is L × W. So 54 = 9 × width.
So just divide 54 by 9 and you get the width of the rug.
The width is 6 feet.
Now you check. A nine by 6 rugs square foot is 54. and then times by 8 and you get 432 total.

Question 14.
A square painting has a side length of 18 inches. What is the area of the painting?
_______ in.2

Answer: 324

Explanation:
A square painting has a side length of 18 inches.
A = s × s
A = 18 × 18
A = 324 in.2

Share and Show – Page No. 567

Find the area of the regular polygon.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 76
_______ cm2

Answer: 120

Explanation:
b = 5 cm
h = 6 cm
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 8
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (5 cm)(6 cm)/2
A = 15 sq. cm
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular octagon = 8 × 15 sq. cm
A = 120 sq. cm
Therefore the area of the regular octagon for the above figure = 120 sq. cm

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 77
_______ m2

Answer: 60

Explanation:
Given,
b = 6 m
h = 4 m
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 5
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (6 m)(4 m)/2
A = 12 sq. m
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular pentagon = 5 × 12 sq. m
A = 60 sq. m
Therefore the area of the above figure is 60 sq. m.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 78
_______ mm2

Answer: 480

Explanation:
Given,
b = 8 mm
h = 12 mm
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 10
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (12 mm)(8 mm)/2
A = 48 sq. mm
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 10 × 48 sq. mm
A = 480 sq. mm
Therefore, the area of the regular polygon is 480 sq. mm

On Your Own

Find the area of the regular polygon.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 79
_______ cm2

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given,
b = 8 cm
h = 7 cm
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 6
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (8 cm)(7 cm)/2
A = 28 sq. cm
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular hexagon = 6 × 28 sq. cm
A = 168 sq. cm
Thus the area of the above figure is 168 sq. cm

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 80
_______ in.2

Answer: 6020

Explanation:
Given,
b = 28 in
h = 43 in
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 10
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (28 in)(43 in)/2
A = 602 sq. in
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 10 × Area of each triangle
A = 10 × 602 sq. in
A = 6020 sq. in
Therefore the area of the regular polygon is 6020 sq. in

Question 6.
Explain A regular pentagon is divided into congruent triangles by drawing a line segment from each vertex to the center. Each triangle has an area of 24 cm2. Explain how to find the area of the pentagon
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 120

Explanation:
Given,
Each triangle has an area of 24 cm2.
Pentagon has 5 sides. The number of congruent figures is 5.
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular pentagon = 5 × 24 sq. cm
A = 120 sq. cm
Therefore the area of the pentagon is 120 sq. cm

Page No. 568

Question 7.
Name the polygon and find its area. Show your work.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 81
_______ in.2

Answer: 76.8 sq. in

Explanation:
b = 4 in
h = 4.8 in
Number of configured figures of the regular polygon: 8
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (4)(4.8)/2
A = 9.6 sq. in.
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 8 × area of the triangle
A = 8 × 9.6 sq. in.
A = 76.8 sq. in
Thus the area of the regular polygon is 76.8 sq. in.

Regular polygons are common in nature

One of the bestknown examples of regular polygons in nature is the small hexagonal cells in honeycombs constructed by honeybees. The cells are where bee larvae grow. Honeybees store honey and pollen in the hexagonal cells. Scientists can measure the health of a bee population by the size of the cells.

Question 8.
Cells in a honeycomb vary in width. To find the average width of a cell, scientists measure the combined width of 10 cells, and then divide by 10.
The figure shows a typical 10-cell line of worker bee cells. What is the width of each cell?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 82
_______ cm

Answer: 0.52 cm

Explanation:
Since the combined width of 10 cells is 5.2 cm, the width of each cell is 5.2 ÷ 10 = 0.52 cm.

Question 9.
The diagram shows one honeycomb cell. Use your answer to Exercise 8 to find h, the height of the triangle. Then find the area of the hexagonal cell.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 83
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 0.234 sq. cm

Explanation:
The length of the h, the height of the triangle, is half of the width of each cell.
Since the width of each cell is 0.52 cm
h = 0.52 ÷ 2 = 0.26 cm
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (0.3)(0.26)/2
A = 0.078/2
A = 0.039
The area of the hexagon is:
6 × 0.039 = 0.234 sq. cm.

Question 10.
A rectangular honeycomb measures 35.1 cm by 32.4 cm. Approximately how many cells does it contain?
_______ cells

Answer: 4860 cells

Explanation:
A = lw
A = 35.1 cm × 32.4 cm
A = 1137.24
The area of the rectangular honeycomb is 1137.24 sq. cm
The honeycomb contains
1137.24 ÷ 0.234 = 4860 cells

Area of Regular Polygons – Page No. 569

Find the area of the regular polygon.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 84
_______ mm2

Answer: 168

Explanation:
Given,
b = 8 mm
h = 7 mm
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 6
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (8)(7)/2
A = 28 sq. mm
Now to find the area of regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 6 × 28 sq. mm
A = 168 sq. mm
Therefore the area of the regular polygon for the above figure is 168 sq. mm

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 85
_______ yd2

Answer: 139.5

Explanation:
Given,
b = 9 yd
h = 6.2 yd
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 5
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (9 yd) (6.2 yd)/2
A = 9 yd × 3.1 yd
A = 27.9 sq. yd
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 5 × 27.9 sq. yd
A = 139.5 sq. yd
Thus the area of the regular polygon for the above figure is 139.5 sq. yd.

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 86
_______ in.2

Answer: 52.8

Explanation:
Given,
b = 3.3 in
h = 4 in
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 8
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (3.3 in)(4 in)/2
A = 6.6 sq. in
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 8 × 6.6 sq. in
A = 52.8 sq. in
The area of the regular polygon is 52.8 sq. in

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Stu is making a stained glass window in the shape of a regular pentagon. The pentagon can be divided into congruent triangles, each with a base of 8.7 inches and a height of 6 inches. What is the area of the window?
_______ in.2

Answer: 130.5

Explanation:
Stu is making a stained glass window in the shape of a regular pentagon.
The pentagon can be divided into congruent triangles, each with a base of 8.7 inches and a height of 6 inches.
Number of congruent figures inside the figure: 5
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (8.7 in)(6 in)/2
A = 8.7 in × 3 in
A = 26.1 sq. in.
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 5 × 26.1 sq. in
A = 130.5 sq. in
Thus the area of the window is 130.5 sq. in

Question 5.
A dinner platter is in the shape of a regular decagon. The platter has an area of 161 square inches and a side length of 4.6 inches. What is the area of each triangle? What is the height of each triangle?

Answer: 7 in

Explanation:
A dinner platter is in the shape of a regular decagon.
The platter has an area of 161 square inches and a side length of 4.6 inches.
Area of each triangle = bh/2
161 sq. in = 4.6 × h/2
161 sq. in = 2.3 × h
h = 161 sq. in/2.3
h = 70 sq. in
Therefore the height of each triangle is 70 sq. in

Question 6.
A square has sides that measure 6 inches. Explain how to use the method in this lesson to find the area of the square.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 36 sq. in

Explanation:
A square has sides that measure 6 inches.
s = 6 in
We know that,
Area of the square = s × s
A = 6 in × 6 in
A = 36 sq. in
Thus the area of the square is 36 sq. in

Lesson Check – Page No. 570

Question 1.
What is the area of the regular hexagon?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 87
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) m2

Answer: 30 \(\frac{3}{5}\) m2

Explanation:
Given,
b = 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) m
h = 3 m
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = 3 \(\frac{2}{5}\) m × 3/2 m
A = 5.1 sq. m
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of the regular hexagon = 6 × 5.1 = 30.6
= 30 \(\frac{6}{10}\) m2
= 30 \(\frac{3}{5}\) m2
Therefore the area of the regular hexagon is 30 \(\frac{3}{5}\) m2

Question 2.
A regular 7-sided figure is divided into 7 congruent triangles, each with a base of 12 inches and a height of 12.5 inches. What is the area of the 7-sided figure?
________ in.2

Answer: 525 sq. in

Explanation:
A regular 7-sided figure is divided into 7 congruent triangles, each with a base of 12 inches and a height of 12.5 inches.
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (12 in)(12.5 in)/2
A = 12.5 in × 6 in
A = 75 sq. inches
Thus the area of each triangle = 75 sq. in
Now to find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of each triangle and number of congruent figures.
Area of regular polygon = 7 × 75 sq. in
A = 525 sq. in
Thus the area of the 7-sided figure is 525 sq. in

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which inequalities have b = 4 as one of its solutions?
2 + b ≥ 2      3b ≤ 14
8 − b ≤ 15     b − 3 ≥ 5
Type below:
_______________

Answer: b − 3 ≥ 5

Explanation:
Substitute b = 4 in the inequality
i. 2 + b ≥ 2
2 + 4 ≥ 2
6 ≥ 2
ii. 3b ≤ 14
3(4) ≤ 14
12 ≤ 14
iii. 8 − b ≤ 15
8 – 4 ≤ 15
4 ≤ 15
iv. b − 3 ≥ 5
4 – 3 ≥ 5
1 ≥ 5
1 is not greater than or equal to 5.

Question 4.
Each song that Tara downloads costs $1.25. She graphs the relationship that gives the cost y in dollars of downloading x songs. Name one ordered pair that is a point on the graph of the relationship.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (2, 2.5)

Explanation:
The equation is y = 2x
y = 1.25
y = 2 (1.25)
y = 2.5
The coordinates of (x,y) is (2, 2.5)

Question 5.
What is the area of triangle ABC?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 88
________ ft2

Answer: 30 ft2

Explanation:
b = 6 ft
h = 10 ft
We know that,
Area of each triangle = bh/2
A = (6 ft)(10 ft)/2
A = 60 sq. ft/2
A = 30 sq. ft
Therefore the area of triangle ABC is 30 sq. ft

Question 6.
Marcia cut a trapezoid out of a large piece of felt. The trapezoid has a height of 9 cm and bases of 6 cm and 11 cm. What is the area of Marcia’s felt trapezoid?
________ cm2

Answer: 76.5 cm2

Explanation:
Marcia cut a trapezoid out of a large piece of felt.
The trapezoid has a height of 9 cm and bases of 6 cm and 11 cm.
Area of the trapezium = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (6 + 11)9/2
A = 17 cm × 4.5 cm
A = 76.5 sq. cm
Therefore the area of Marcia’s felt trapezoid is 76.5 cm2

Share and Show – Page No. 573

Question 1.
Find the area of the figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 89
________ ft2

Answer: 126 sq. ft

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 10 ft
w = 5 ft
A = lw
A = 10 ft × 5 ft
A = 50 sq. ft
Figure 2:
l = 10 ft
w = 5 ft
A = lw
A = 10 ft × 5 ft
A = 50 sq. ft
Figure 3:
b = 5 ft + 5 ft + 3 ft
b = 13 ft
h = 4 ft
Area of triangle = bh/2
A = 13 ft × 4 ft/2
A = 13 ft × 2 ft
A = 26 sq. ft
Add the areas of all the figures = 50 sq. ft + 50 sq. ft + 26 sq. ft
Thus the Area of the composite figure is 126 sq. ft.

Find the area of the figure.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 90
________ mm2

Answer: 128.2 sq. mm

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b1 = 11 mm
b2 = 11 mm
h = 8.2 mm
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (11 mm + 11 mm)8.2 mm/2
A = 22 mm × 4.1 mm
A = 90.2 sq. mm
Figure 2:
b1 = 11mm
b2 = 8mm
h = 4mm
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (11mm + 8mm)4mm/2
A = 19mm × 2mm
A = 38 sq. mm
Add the areas of both figures = 90.2 sq. mm + 38 sq. mm
Thus the area of the figure is 128.2 sq. mm

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 91
________ m2

Answer: 144 sq. m

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 12 m
w = 7 m
Area of Rectangle = lw
A = 12m × 7m
A = 84 sq. m
Figure 2:
Area of right triangle = ab/2
a = 5m
b = 12m
A = (5m)(12m)/2
A = 30 sq. m
Figure 3:
Area of right triangle = ab/2
a = 5m
b = 12m
A = (5m)(12m)/2
A = 30 sq. m
Area of all figures = 84 sq. m + 30 sq. m + 30 sq. m = 144 sq. m.
Therefore the area of the figure is 144 sq. m

On Your Own

Question 4.
Find the area of the figure.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 92
________ in.2

Answer: 184 sq. in

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b = 8 in
h = 6 in
Area of right triangle = ab/2
A = 8 in × 6 in/2
A = 24 sq. in
Figure 2:
Area of Rectangle = lw
A = 16 in × 6 in
A = 96 sq. in
Figure 3:
Area of right triangle = ab/2
b = 8 in
h = 8 in
A = 8 in × 8 in/2
A = 32 sq. in
Figure 4:
Area of right triangle = ab/2
b = 8 in
h = 8 in
A = 8 in × 8 in/2
A = 32 sq. in
Area of all figures = 24 sq. in + 96 sq. in + 32 sq. in + 32 sq. in = 184 sq. in
Thus the area of the figure = 184 sq. in.

Question 5.
Attend to Precision Find the area of the shaded region.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 93
________ m2

Answer: 96.05 sq. m

Explanation:
Figure 1:
Area of Rectangle = lw
A = 12.75 m × 8.8 m
A = 112.2 sq. m
Figure 2:
Area of Rectangle = lw
l = 4.25 m
w = 3.3 m
A = 4.25 m × 3.3 m
A = 16.15 sq. m
Area of all the figures = 112.2 sq. m + 16.15 sq. m = 90.05 sq. m
Therefore the area of the figure = 90.05 sq. m

Unlock the Problem – Page No. 574

Question 6.
Marco made the banner shown at the right. What is the area of the yellow shape?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 99
a. Explain how you could find the area of the yellow shape if you knew the areas of the green and red shapes and the area of the entire banner.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: I can find the area of the yellow shape by subtracting the areas of the green and red shapes from the area of the entire banner.

Question 6.
b. What is the area of the entire banner? Explain how you found it.
The area of the banner is ________ in.2

Answer: 1440 sq. in

Explanation:
The banner is a rectangle with a width of 48 inches and a length of 30 inches.
A = lw
A = 48 in × 30 in
A = 1440 sq. in
Therefore, the area of the banner is 1440 sq. in.

Question 6.
c. What is the area of the red shape? What is the area of each green shape?
The area of the red shape is ________ in.2
The area of each green shape is ________ in.2

Answer:
The area of the red shape is 360 in.2
The area of each green shape is 360 in.2

Explanation:
The red shape is a triangle with a base of 30 inches and a height of 24 inches.
A = bh/2
A = (30)(24)/2
A = 360 sq. in.
The area of the red triangle is 360 sq. in.
Each green shape is a triangle with a base of 15 inches and a height of 48 inches.
A = bh/2
A = 1/2 × 15 × 48
A = 720/2
A = 360 sq. in
Therefore the area of each green triangle is 360 sq. in.

Question 6.
d. What equation can you write to find A, the area of the yellow shape?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: A = 1440 – (360 + 360 + 360)

Question 6.
e. What is the area of the yellow shape?
The area of the yellow shape is ________ in.2

Answer: 360 sq. in

Explanation:
A = bh/2
A = 1/2 × 15 × 48
A = 720/2
A = 360 sq. in
Therefore the area of the yellow shape is 360 sq. in

Question 7.
There are 6 rectangular flower gardens each measuring 18 feet by 15 feet in a rectangular city park measuring 80 feet by 150 feet. How many square feet of the park are not used for flower gardens?
________ ft2

Answer: 10380 ft2

Explanation:
18 × 15=270
270 × 6 flower gardens = 1620
80 × 150=12000 this is the total area of the park
12000 – 1620=10380 ft2

Question 8.
Sabrina wants to replace the carpet in a few rooms of her house. Select the expression she can use to find the total area of the floor that will be covered. Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 95
Options:
a. 8 × 22 + 130 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9
b. 18 × 22 − \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9
c. 18 × 13 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (18 + 8) × 22

Answer: 8 × 22 + 130 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 13 ft
w = 10 ft
Area of the rectangle = lw
A = 13 ft × 10 ft = 130
Figure 2:
b = 9 ft
h = 10 ft
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (9)(10)/2
A = 45 sq. ft
Figure 3:
Area of the rectangle = lw
l = 22 ft
w = 8 ft
The area of the composite figure is 8 × 22 + 130 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 9
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Composite Figures – Page No. 575

Find the area of the figure

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 96
________ cm2

Answer: 37 cm2

Explanation:
Area of square = s × s
A = 3 × 3 = 9 sq. cm
Area of Triangle = bh/2
A = 2 × 8/2 = 8 sq. cm
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (5 + 3)5/2
A = 4 × 5 = 20 sq. in
Area of composite figure = 9 sq. cm + 8 sq. cm + 20 sq. in
A = 37 cm2

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 97
________ ft2

Answer:

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b = 9 ft
h = 6 ft
Area of Triangle = bh/2
A = (9ft)(6ft)/2
A = 27 sq. ft
Figure 2:
l = 12 ft
w = 9 ft
Area of the rectangle = lw
A = (12ft)(9ft)/2
A = 12 ft × 9 ft
A = 108 sq. ft
Figure 3:
Area of Triangle = bh/2
b = 9 ft
h = 10 ft
A = (10ft)(9ft)/2
A = 45 sq. ft
Area of the composite figure = 27 sq. ft + 108 sq. ft + 45 sq. ft = 180 sq. ft

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 98
________ yd2

Answer: 128 yd2

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b1 = 7 yd
b2 = 14 yd
h = 8 yd
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (7yd + 14yd)8yd/2
A = 21 yd × 4 yd
A = 84 sq. yd
Figure 2:
b = 11 yd
h = 4 yd
Area of the parallelogram = bh
A = 11yd × 4yd = 44 sq. yd
Area of the composite figure = 84 sq. yd + 44 sq. yd = 128 sq. yd

Problem Solving

Question 4.
Janelle is making a poster. She cuts a triangle out of poster board. What is the area of the poster board that she has left?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 99
________ in.2

Answer: 155 sq. in

Explanation:
The poster is a parallelogram, and it’s area is:
A = bh
A = 20 x 10
A = 200 sq. in
The area of the triangle that Janelle cut out of the poster board is:
A = 1/2bh
A = 1/2 x 10 x 9
A = 90/2
A = 45 sq. in
The area of the poster board that she has left is 200 sq. in – 45 sq. in = 155 sq. in

Question 5.
Michael wants to place grass on the sides of his lap pool. Find the area of the shaded regions that he wants to cover with grass.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 100
________ yd2

Answer: 204 yd2

Explanation:
The area of the shaded region can be found by finding the total area and subtracting the area of the lap pool.
Total area = Area of the trapezium = 1/2 × (Sum of parallel sides) × distance between them
Sum of parallel sides = 25 yd + (3 + 12) = 40 yd
Distance between them = 12 yd
Total area = 1/2 × 40 × 12 = 240 yd²
Find the area of the lap pool.
Area = length × width = 12 × 3 = 36 yd²
Find the area of the shaded region
Area to be covered with grass = 240 – 36 = 204 yd²

Question 6.
Describe one or more situations in which you need to subtract to find the area of a composite figure.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 93
Figure 1:
Area of Rectangle = lw
A = 12.75 m × 8.8 m
A = 112.2 sq. m
Figure 2:
Area of Rectangle = lw
l = 4.25 m
w = 3.3 m
A = 4.25 m × 3.3 m
A = 16.15 sq. m
Area of all the figures = 112.2 sq. m + 16.15 sq. m = 90.05 sq. m
Therefore the area of the figure = 90.05 sq. m

Lesson Check – Page No. 576

Question 1.
What is the area of the composite figure?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 101
________ m2

Answer: 227 m2

Explanation:
Figure 1:
b = 7 m
h = 7 m
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (7m)(7m)/2
A = 24.5 sq. m
Figure 2:
b1 = 7m
b2 = 10m
h = 9m
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (7m + 10m)9m/2
A = 17m × 4.5 m
A = 76.5 sq. m
Area of the rectangle = lw
A = 18m × 7m
A = 126 sq. m
Area of the figures = 24.5 sq. m + 76.5 sq. m + 126 sq. m = 227 sq. m
Thus the area of the figure is 227 sq. m

Question 2.
What is the area of the shaded region?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 102
________ in.2

Answer: 251.5 in.2

Explanation:
Figure 1:
l = 21 in
w = 15 in
Area of triangle = bh/2
A = 21 in × 15 in/2
A = 157.5 sq. in
Figure 2:
b1 = 12 in
b2 = 15 in
h = 11 in
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (12 in + 15 in)11 in/2
A = 27 in × 5.5 in
A = 148.5 sq. in
Figure 3:
b = 13 in
h = 14.4 in
Area of trinagle = bh/2
A = 13 × 14.4in/2
A = 13in × 7.2 in
A = 94 sq. in
The area of the shaded region is 94 sq. in + 157.5 sq. in = 251.5 in.2

Spiral Review

Question 3.
In Maritza’s family, everyone’s height is greater than 60 inches. Write an inequality that represents the height h, in inches, of any member of Maritza’s family.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: h > 60

Explanation:
Given, Maritza’s family, everyone’s height is greater than 60 inches.
The inequality is h > 60

Question 4.
The linear equation y = 2x represents the cost y for x pounds of apples. Which ordered pair lies on the graph of the equation?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (2, 4)

Explanation:
y = 2x
put x = 2
y = 2(2)
y = 4
The ordered pair is (2,4)

Question 5.
Two congruent triangles fit together to form a parallelogram with a base of 14 inches and a height of 10 inches. What is the area of each triangle?
________ in.2

Answer: 70 in.2

Explanation:
b = 14 in
h = 10 in
Area of trinagle = bh/2
A = (14 in)(10 in)/2
A = 140/2
A = 70 sq. in
Thus the area of the triangle is 70 sq. in.

Question 6.
A regular hexagon has sides measuring 7 inches. If the hexagon is divided into 6 congruent triangles, each has a height of about 6 inches. What is the approximate area of the hexagon?
________ in.2

Answer: 126 in.2

Explanation:
b = 7 in
h = 6 in
Number of congruent figures: 6
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (7in)(6in)/2
A = 21 sq. in
Area of regular hexagon = 6 × area of each triangle
A = 6 × 21 sq. in
A = 126 sq. in
Thus the approximate area of the hexagon is 126 sq. in.

Share and Show – Page No. 579

Question 1.
The dimensions of a 2-cm by 6-cm rectangle are multiplied by 5. How is the area of the rectangle affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 25

Explanation:
The dimensions of a 2-cm by 6-cm rectangle are multiplied by 5.
Original Area:
Area of rectangle = lw
A = 2cm × 6cm = 12 sq. cm
New dimensions:
l = 6 × 5 = 30 cm
w = 2 × 5 = 10 cm
The new area is:
A = 10 cm × 30 cm = 300 sq. cm
New Area/ Original Area = 300/12 = 25
So, the new area is 25 times the original area.

Question 2.
What if the dimensions of the original rectangle in Exercise 1 had been multiplied by \(\frac{1}{2}\)? How would the area have been affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The new dimensions are:
l = 1/2 × 6 =3cm
w = 1/2 × 2 = 1cm
The original area is:
A = 2 × 6 = 12 sq. cm
The new area is:
A = 1 × 3 = 3 sq. cm
New Area/Original Area = 3/12 = 1/4
So, the new area is 1/4 times the original area.

Question 3.
Evan bought two square rugs. The larger one measured 12 ft square. The smaller one had an area equal to \(\frac{1}{4}\) the area of the larger one. What fraction of the side lengths of the larger rug were the side lengths of the smaller one?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Since the area of the smaller rug is \(\frac{1}{4}\) times the area of the larger rug, the side lengths of the smaller rug are \(\frac{1}{2}\) of the side lengths of the larger one.

Question 4.
On Silver Island, a palm tree, a giant rock, and a buried treasure form a triangle with a base of 100 yd and a height of 50 yd. On a map of the island, the three landmarks form a triangle with a base of 2 ft and a height of 1 ft. How many times the area of the triangle on the map is the area of the actual triangle?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 103
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 45,000

Explanation:
Area of triangle= (1/2) (base x height)
1 yard = 3 foot
Base of the actual triangle= 100 yards= 300ft
Height of the actual triangle= 50 yards= 150ft.
Area of the actual triangle= (1/2) (300 x 150) = 45000 square ft
The base of the triangle on the map = 2ft
Height of the triangle on the map= 1ft
Area of the triangle on the map= (1/2) (2 x 1) = 1 square ft.
The actual area is 45000 time the area of the map

On Your Own – Page No. 580

Question 5.
A square game board is divided into smaller squares, each with sides one-ninth the length of the sides of the board. Into how many squares is the game board divided?
________ small squares

Answer: 81 small squares

Explanation:
Each side of the game board is divided into 9 lengths.
The game board is divided into 9 × 9 = 81 small squares.
Thus, the board is divided into 81 small squares.

Question 6.
Flynn County is a rectangle measuring 9 mi by 12 mi. Gibson County is a rectangle with an area 6 times the area of Flynn County and a width of 16 mi. What is the length of Gibson County?
________ mi

Answer: 40.5 mi.

Explanation:
Flynn County is a rectangle measuring 9 mi by 12 mi.
Gibson County is a rectangle with an area 6 times the area of Flynn County and a width of 16 mi.
The area of Flynn Country is
A = 9 × 12 = 108 sq. mi
The area of Gibson Country is
A = 6 × 108 = 648 sq. mi
A = lw
648 = 16 × l
l = 648/16
l = 40.5 mi
Therefore the length of Gibson Country is 40.5 miles.

Question 7.
Use Diagrams Carmen left her house and drove 10 mi north, 15 mi east, 13 mi south, 11 mi west, and 3 mi north. How far was she from home?
________ miles

Answer:
15 mi – 11 mi = 4 miles
Thus Carmen is 4 miles from home.

Question 8.
Bernie drove from his house to his cousin’s house in 6 hours at an average rate of 52 mi per hr. He drove home at an average rate of 60 mi per hr. How long did it take him to drive home?
________ hours

Answer: 5.2 hours

Explanation:
Given,
Bernie drove from his house to his cousin’s house in 6 hours at an average rate of 52 mi per hr. He drove home at an average rate of 60 mi per hr.
The distance from Bernie’s house to his cousin’s house is
52 mi/hr × 6hr = 52 × 6mi = 312 miles
On the way back, he drove for
312mi ÷ 60mi/hr = 5.2 hours
Therefore it takes 5.2 hours for Bernie to drive home.

Question 9.
Sophia wants to enlarge a 5-inch by 7-inch rectangular photo by multiplying the dimensions by 3.
Find the area of the original photo and the enlarged photo. Then explain how the area of the original photo is affected.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Original Area:
l = 5 in
w = 7 in
Area of rectangle = lw
A = 5 in × 7 in
A = 35 sq. in
New dimensions:
l = 5 in × 3 = 15 in
w = 7 in × 3 = 21 in
Area of rectangle = lw
A = 15 in × 21 in = 315 sq. in
New Area/Original Area = 315 sq. in/35 sq. in = 9
Thus the new area is 9 times the original photo.

Problem Solving Changing Dimensions – Page No. 581

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
The dimensions of a 5-in. by 3-in. rectangle are multiplied by 6. How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 36

Explanation:
Original area: A = 5 × 3 = 15 sq. in
new dimensions:
l = 6 × 5 = 30 in
w = 6 × 3 = 18 in
New Area = l × w
A = 30 in × 18 in
A = 540 sq. in
Thus new area = 540 sq. in
new area/original area = 540/15 = 36
Thus the area was multiplied by 36.

Question 2.
The dimensions of a 7-cm by 2-cm rectangle are multiplied by 3. How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Original area: A = 7 × 2 = 14 sq. cm
new dimensions:
l = 3 × 7 = 21 cm
w = 3 × 2 cm = 6 cm
new area: A = 21 cm × 6 cm = 126 sq. cm
new area/original area = 126 sq. cm/14 sq. cm
The area was multiplied by 9.
Thus the answer is 9.

Question 3.
The dimensions of a 3-ft by 6-ft rectangle are multiplied by \(\frac{1}{3}\). How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 1/9

Explanation:
Original area: A = 3 ft × 6 ft = 18 sq. ft
new dimensions:
l = 3 ft × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1 ft
w = 6 ft × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 2 ft
New area: A = 1 ft × 2 ft = 2 sq. ft
new area/original area = 2/18 = 1/9
The area was multiplied by 1/9.

Question 4.
The dimensions of a triangle with base 10 in. and height 4.8 in. are multiplied by 4. How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 16

Explanation:
original area: A = 10 in × 4.8 in = 48 sq. in
new dimensions:
l = 10 in × 4 = 40 in
w = 4.8 in × 4 = 19.2 in
new area = l × w
A = 40 in × 19.2 in
A = 768 sq. in
new area/original area = 768/48
Thus the area was multiplied by 16.

Question 5.
The dimensions of a 1-yd by 9-yd rectangle are multiplied by 5. How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 25

Explanation:
original area: A = 1 yd × 9 yd = 9 sq. yd
new dimensions:
l = 1 yd × 5 = 5 yd
w = 9 yd × 5 = 45 yd
new area = 5 yd × 45 yd = 225 sq. yd
new area/original area = 225 sq. yd/9 sq. yd
Thus the area was multiplied by 25.

Question 6.
The dimensions of a 4-in. square are multiplied by 3. How is the area affected?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 9

Explanation:
original area = 4 in × 4 in = 16 sq. in
new dimensions:
s = 4 in × 3 = 12 in
new area = s × s
= 12 in × 12 in = 144 sq. in
new area/original area = 144 sq. in/16 sq. in = 9
Thus the area was multiplied by 9.

Question 7.
The dimensions of a triangle are multiplied by \(\frac{1}{4}\). The area of the smaller triangle can be found by multiplying the area of the original triangle by what number?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 1/16

Explanation:
We can find the area of the original triangle by multiplying with \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{16}\)
Thus the area was multiplied by \(\frac{1}{16}\)

Question 8.
Write and solve a word problem that involves changing the dimensions of a figure and finding its area.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The dimensions of a triangle with a base 1.5 m and height 6 m are multiplied by 2. How is the area affected?
Original area:
Area of triangle = bh/2
A = (1.5m)(6m)/2
A = 4.5 sq. m
new dimensions:
b = 1.5m × 2 = 3 m
h = 6 m × 2 = 12 m
Area of triangle = bh/2
A = (12m × 3m)/2
A = 6m × 3m
A = 18 sq. m
new area/original area = 18 sq. m/4.5 sq. m
The area was multiplied by 4.

Lesson Check – Page No. 582

Question 1.
The dimensions of Rectangle A are 6 times the dimensions of Rectangle B. How do the areas of the rectangles compare?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Area of Rectangle A = 36 × Area of Rectangle B

Explanation:
The area of Rectangle A will always be 36 times the area of Rectangle B.
If Rectangle B has length 1 and width 2, Rectangle A will have length 6 and width 12. By multiplying, Rectangle A will have an area of 72 and B 2. Divide the two numbers and you will have 36.

Question 2.
A model of a triangular piece of jewelry has an area that is \(\frac{1}{4}\) the area of the jewelry. How do the dimensions of the triangles compare?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Model dimensions = 1/2 jewelry dimensions

Explanation:
The dimensions of the model area
1/4 ÷ 2 = 1/2 times the dimensions of the piece of jewelry.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Gina made a rectangular quilt that was 5 feet wide and 6 feet long. She used yellow fabric for 30% of the quilt. What was the area of the yellow fabric?
________ square feet

Answer: 9 square feet

Explanation:
Gina made a rectangular quilt that was 5 feet wide and 6 feet long.
She used yellow fabric for 30% of the quilt.
Area of rectangle = lw
A = 5 ft × 6 ft = 30 square ft
she used 30% of yellow fabric so 30% of 30
30/x = 100/30
x = 900/100
x = 9
The area of the yellow fabric is 9 square feet.

Question 4.
Graph y > 3 on a number line.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
HMH Go Math Grade 6 Chapter 10 Answer Key img-1

Question 5.
The parallelogram below is made from two congruent trapezoids. What is the area of the shaded trapezoid?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 104
________ mm2

Answer: 1312.5 sq. mm

Explanation:
Given,
b1 = 25mm
b2 = 50mm
h = 35mm
Area of the trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (25mm + 50mm)35mm/2
A = 75mm × 35mm/2
A = 1312.5 sq. mm
Thus the area of the shaded region is 1312.5 sq. mm

Question 6.
A rectangle has a length of 24 inches and a width of 36 inches. A square with side length 5 inches is cut from the middle and removed. What is the area of the figure that remains?
________ in.2

Answer: 839 sq. in

Explanation:
Area of rectangle = lw
A = 24 in × 36 in
A = 864 sq. in
Area of square = s × s
s = 5 in
A = 5 in × 5 in
A = 25 sq. in
Area of the figure that remains = 864 sq. in – 25 sq. in
A = 839 sq. in

Share and Show – Page No. 585

Question 1.
The vertices of triangle ABC are A(−1, 3), B(−4, −2), and C(2, −2). Graph the triangle and find the length of side \(\overline { BC } \).
________ units

Answer: 6 units
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-5

Give the coordinates of the unknown vertex of rectangle JKLM, and graph.

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 105
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-105

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 106
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-106

On Your Own

Question 4.
Give the coordinates of the unknown vertex of rectangle PQRS, and graph.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 107
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-107

Question 5.
The vertices of pentagon PQRST are P(9, 7), Q(9, 3), R(3, 3), S(3, 7), and T(6, 9). Graph the pentagon and find the length of side \(\overline { PQ } \).
________ units

Answer: 4 units
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-6

Problem Solving + Applcations – Page No. 586

The map shows the location of some city landmarks. Use the map for 6–7.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 108

Question 6.
A city planner wants to locate a park where two new roads meet. One of the new roads will go to the mall and be parallel to Lincoln Street which is shown in red. The other new road will go to City Hall and be parallel to Elm Street which is also shown in red. Give the coordinates for the location of the park.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-108
By seeing we can say that the coordinates for the location of the park is (1,1)

Question 7.
Each unit of the coordinate plane represents 2 miles. How far will the park be from City Hall?
________ miles

Answer: 8 units

Explanation:
The distance from City Hall to Park is 4 units.
Each unit = 2 miles
So, 2 miles × 4 = 8 miles
The distance from City Hall to Park is 8 miles.

Question 8.
\(\overline { PQ } \) is one side of right triangle PQR. In the triangle, ∠P is the right angle, and the length of side \(\overline { PR } \) is 3 units. Give all the possible coordinates for vertex R.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 109
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-109
The coordinates of S are (-2,-2)
The coordinates of R are (3,-2)

Question 9.
Use Math Vocabulary Quadrilateral WXYZ has vertices with coordinates W(−4, 0), X(−2, 3), Y(2, 3), and Z(2, 0). Classify the quadrilateral using the most exact name possible and explain your answer.
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Trapezoid
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 11 img
By seeing the above graph we can say that a suitable quadrilateral is a trapezoid.

Question 10.
Kareem is drawing parallelogram ABCD on the coordinate plane. Find and label the coordinates of the fourth vertex, D, of the parallelogram. Draw the parallelogram. What is the length of side CD? How do you know?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 110
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-110

Figures on the Coordinate Plane – Page No. 587

Question 1.
The vertices of triangle DEF are D(−2, 3), E(3, −2), and F(−2, −2). Graph the triangle, and find the length of side \(\overline { DF } \).
________ units

Answer: 5 units

Explanation:
Vertical distance of D from 0: |3| = 3 units
Vertical Distance of F from 0: |-2| = 2 units
The points are in different quadrants, so add to find the distance from D to F: 3 + 2 = 5

Graph the figure and find the length of side \(\overline { BC } \).

Question 2.
A(1, 4), B(1, −2), C(−3, −2), D(−3, 3)
________ units

Answer: 4 units
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-1

Question 3.
A(−1, 4), B(5, 4), C(5, 1), D(−1, 1)
________ units

Answer: 3 units
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-2

Problem Solving

Question 4.
On a map, a city block is a square with three of its vertices at (−4, 1), (1, 1), and (1, −4). What are the coordinates of the remaining vertex?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (-4, -4)
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-3

Question 5.
A carpenter is making a shelf in the shape of a parallelogram. She begins by drawing parallelogram RSTU on a coordinate plane with vertices R(1, 0), S(−3, 0), and T(−2, 3). What are the coordinates of vertex U?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: (2, 3)
Go Math Grade 6 chapter 10 img-4

Question 6.
Explain how you would find the fourth vertex of a rectangle with vertices at (2, 6), (−1, 4), and (−1, 6).
Type below:
_______________

Answer:

Explanation:
Midpoint of AC = (2 + (-1))/2 = 1/2; (6 + 6)/2 = 6
Midpoint of AC = (1/2, 6)
Midpoint of BD = (-1 + a)/2 = (-1 + a)/2; (b + 4)/2
(-1 + a)/2 = 1/2
-1 + a = 1
a = 2
(b + 4)/2 = 6
b + 4 = 12
b = 12 – 4
b = 8
So, the fouth vertex D is (2, 8)

Lesson Check – Page No. 588

Question 1.
The coordinates of points M, N, and P are M(–2, 3), N(4, 3), and P(5, –1). What coordinates for point Q make MNPQ a parallelogram?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: Q (-1, -1)

Question 2.
Dirk draws quadrilateral RSTU with vertices R(–1, 2), S(4, 2), T(5, –1), and U( 2, –1). Which is the best way to classify the quadrilateral?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
The bases and height are not equal.
So, the best way to classify the quadrilateral is Trapezoid.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Marcus needs to cut a 5-yard length of yarn into equal pieces for his art project. Write an equation that models the length l in yards of each piece of yarn if Marcus cuts it into p pieces.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Given,
Marcus needs to cut a 5-yard length of yarn into equal pieces for his art project.
To find the length we have to divide 5 by p.
Thus the equation is l = 5 ÷ p

Question 4.
The area of a triangular flag is 330 square centimeters. If the base of the triangle is 30 centimeters long, what is the height of the triangle?
________ cm

Answer: 22 cm

Explanation:
Given,
A = 330 sq. cm
b = 30
h = ?
Area of the triangle = bh/2
330 sq. cm = (30 × h)/2
330 sq. cm = 15 × h
h = 330 sq. cm/15 cm
h = 22 cm

Question 5.
A trapezoid is 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet tall. Its bases are 9.2 feet and 8 feet long. What is the area of the trapezoid?
________ ft2

Answer: 55.9

Explanation:
Given that,
A trapezoid is 6 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet tall. Its bases are 9.2 feet and 8 feet long.
We know that
Area of trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (9.2 + 8)6.5/2
A = (17.2 × 6.5)/2
A = 55.9 ft2

Question 6.
The dimensions of the rectangle below will be multiplied by 3. How will the area be affected?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 111
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
3 × 3 = 9
the area will be multiplied by 9.

Chapter 10 Review/Test – Page No. 589

Question 1.
Find the area of the parallelogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 112
________ in.2

Answer: 67.5

Explanation:
b = 9 in
h = 7.5 in
Area of the parallelogram is bh
A = 9 in × 7.5 in
A = 67.5 sq. in
Thus the area of the parallelogram is 67.5 in.2

Question 2.
A wall tile is two different colors. What is the area of the white part of the tile? Explain how you found your answer.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 113
________ in.2

Answer: 11 in.2

Explanation:
b = 5.5 in
h = 4 in
We know that
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (5.5 in × 4 in)/2
A = 22/2 sq. in
A = 11 sq. in
Thus the area of one triangle is 11 in.2

Question 3.
The area of a triangle is 36 ft2. For numbers 3a–3d, select Yes or No to tell if the dimensions could be the height and base of the triangle.
3a. h = 3 ft, b = 12 ft
3b. h = 3 ft, b = 24 ft
3c. h = 4 ft, b = 18 ft
3d. h = 4 ft, b = 9 ft
3a. ____________
3b. ____________
3c. ____________
3d. ____________

Answer:
3a. No
3b. Yes
3c. Yes
3d. No

Explanation:
The area of a triangle is 36 ft2.
3a. h = 3 ft, b = 12 ft
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (12 × 3)/2
A = 6 × 3 = 18
A = 18 sq. ft
Thus the answer is no.
3b. h = 3 ft, b = 24 ft
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (3 × 24)/2
A = 3 × 12
A = 36 sq. ft
Thus the answer is yes.
3c. h = 4 ft, b = 18 ft
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (4 × 18)/2
A = 4 × 9
A = 36 sq. ft
Thus the answer is yes.
3d. h = 4 ft, b = 9 ft
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (4 × 9)/2
A = 2 ft × 9 ft
A = 18 sq. ft
Thus the answer is no.

Question 4.
Mario traced this trapezoid. Then he cut it out and arranged the trapezoids to form a rectangle. What is the area of the rectangle?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 114
________ in.2

Answer: 112

Explanation:
b1 = 10 in
b2 = 4 in
h = 8 in
We know that
Area of trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = (10 in + 4 in)8 in/2
A = 14 in × 4 in
A = 56 sq. in
Thus the area of the trapezoid for the above figure is 56 sq. in

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 590

Question 5.
The area of the triangle is 24 ft2. Use the numbers to label the height and base of the triangle.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 115
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 6, 8

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-115
Area of the triangle = bh/2
A = (6 ft × 8 ft)/2
A = 6 ft × 4 ft
A = 24 ft2

Question 6.
A rectangle has an area of 50 cm2. The dimensions of the rectangle are multiplied to form a new rectangle with an area of 200 cm2. By what number were the dimensions multiplied?
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 2

Explanation:
Let A₁ = the original area a
and A₂ = the new area
and n = the number by which the dimensions were multiplied
A₁ = lw
A₂ = nl × nw = n²lw
A₂/A₁ = (n²lw)/(lw) = 200/50
n² = 4
n = 2

Question 7.
Sami put two trapezoids with the same dimensions together to make a parallelogram.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 116
The formula for the area of a trapezoid is \(\frac{1}{2}\)(b1 + b2)h. Explain why the bases of a trapezoid need to be added in the formula.
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
A trapezoid is a 4-sided figure with one pair of parallel sides. To find the area of a trapezoid, take the sum of its bases, multiply the sum by the height
sum by the height of the trapezoid, and then divide the result by 2.

Question 8.
A rectangular plastic bookmark has a triangle cut out of it. Use the diagram of the bookmark to complete the table.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 117
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 118
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 10 – 0.5 = 9.5
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-118

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 591

Question 9.
A trapezoid has an area of 32 in.2. If the lengths of the bases are 6 in. and 6.8 in., what is the height?
________ in.

Answer: 5 in

Explanation:
A trapezoid has an area of 32 in.2.
If the lengths of the bases are 6 in. and 6.8 in
Area of trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
32 sq. in = (6 in + 6.8 in)h/2
32 sq. in = 12.8 in × h/2
32 sq. in =6.4 in × h
h = 32 sq. in/6.4 in
h = 5 in
Thus the height of trapezium is 5 inches.

Question 10.
A pillow is in the shape of a regular pentagon. The front of the pillow is made from 5 pieces of fabric that are congruent triangles. Each triangle has an area of 22 in.2. What is the area of the front of the pillow?
________ in.2

Answer: 110 in.2

Explanation:
Given,
Each triangle has an area of 22 in.2
The front of the pillow is made from 5 pieces of fabric that are congruent triangles.
Area of front pillow = 5 × 22 in.2 = 110 in.2

Question 11.
Which expressions can be used to find the area of the trapezoid? Mark all that apply.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 119
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (5 + 2) × 4.5
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (2 + 4.5) × 5
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (5 + 4.5) × 2
d. \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (6.5) × 5

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (2 + 4.5) × 5

Explanation:
b1 = 4.5 in
b2 = 2
h = 5 in
We know that,
Area of trapezoid = (b1 + b2)h/2
A = \(\frac{1}{2}\) × (2 + 4.5) × 5
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 12.
Name the polygon and find its area. Show your work.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 120
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 31 sq. in.

Explanation:
b = 5 in
h = 6.2 in
The area of the triangle is bh/2
A = (5 × 6.2)/2
A = 31/2
A = 15.5 sq. in
There are 2 triangles.
To find the area of the regular polygon we have to multiply the area of the triangle and number of triangles.
A = 15.5 × 2 = 31

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 592

Question 13.
A carpenter needs to replace some flooring in a house.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 121
Select the expression that can be used to find the total area of the flooring to be replaced. Mark all that apply.
Options:
a. 19 × 14
b. 168 + 12 × 14 + 60
c. 19 × 24 − \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 12
d. 7 × 24 + 12 × 14 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 12

Answer: B, C, D

Explanation:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-121

Here we have to use the Area of the parallelogram, Area of the rectangle, and area of triangle formulas.
Thus the suitable answers are 168 + 12 × 14 + 60, 19 × 24 − \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 12 and 7 × 24 + 12 × 14 + \(\frac{1}{2}\) × 10 × 12.

Question 14.
Ava wants to draw a parallelogram on the coordinate plane. She plots these 3 points.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 122
Part A
Find and label the coordinates of the fourth vertex, K, of the parallelogram. Draw the parallelogram
Type below:
_______________

Answer: K (2, 1)
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-122

Question 14.
Part B
What is the length of side JK? How do you know?
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
By using the above graph we can find the length of JK.
The length of the JK is 2 units.

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 593

Question 15.
Joan wants to reduce the area of her posters by one-third. Draw lines to match the original dimensions in the left column with the correct new area in the right column. Not all dimensions will have a match.
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 123
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Go-Math-Grade-6-Answer-Key-Chapter-10-Area-of-Parallelograms-img-123

Question 16.
Alex wants to enlarge a 4-ft by 6-ft vegetable garden by multiplying the dimensions of the garden by 2.
Part A
Find each area.
Area of original garden : ________ ft2
Area of enlarged garden : ________ ft2

Answer:
B = 4 ft
w = 6 ft
Area of original garden = 4 ft × 6 ft
A = 24 sq. ft
Now multiply 2 to base and width
b = 4 × 2 = 8 ft
w = 6 × 2 = 12 ft
Area of original garden = bw
A = 8 ft × 12 ft
A = 96 sq. ft

Question 16.
Suppose the point (3, 2) is changed to (3, 1) on this rectangle. What other point must change so the figure remains a rectangle? What is the area of the new rectangle?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 124
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Point: (-2, 2) would change to (-2, 1)
Rectangle:
B = 5 units
W = 4 units
Area of the rectangle = b × w
A = 5 × 4 = 20
A = 20 sq. units

Chapter 10 Review/Test Page No. 594

Question 18.
Look at the figure below. The area of the parallelogram and the areas of the two congruent triangles formed by a diagonal are related. If you know the area of the parallelogram, how can you find the area of one of the triangles?
Go Math Grade 6 Answer Key Chapter 10 Area of Parallelograms img 125
Type below:
_______________

Answer:
Each of the diagonals of a parallelogram divides it into two congruent triangles, as we saw when we proved properties like that the opposite sides are equal to each other or that the two pairs of opposite angles are congruent. Since those two triangles are congruent, their areas are equal.
We also saw that the diagonals of the parallelogram bisect each other, and so create two additional pairs of congruent triangles.
When comparing the ratio of areas of triangles, we often look for an equal base or an equal height.

Question 19.
The roof of Kamden’s house is shaped like a parallelogram. The base of the roof is 13 m and the area is 110.5 m². Choose a number and unit to make a true statement.
The height of the roof is _____ __ .
Type below:
_______________

Answer: 8.5 m

Explanation:
A = 110.5 m²
b = 13 m
Area of the parallelogram is bh
110.5 m² = 13 × h
h = 8.5 m

Question 20.
Eliana is drawing a figure on the coordinate grid. For numbers 20a–20d, select True or False for each statement.
20a. The point (−1, 1) would be the fourth vertex of a square.
20b. The point (1, 1) would be the fourth vertex of a trapezoid.
20c. The point (2, -1) would be the fourth vertex of a trapezoid.
20d. The point (−1, -1) would be the fourth vertex of a square.
20a. ____________
20b. ____________
20c. ____________
20d. ____________

Answer:
20a. False
20b. False
20c. True
20d. True

Conclusion:

With the help of the above-provided links you can complete the homework within time without any mistakes. Test your knowledge by solving the problems mentioned in our website. Stay with us to get the solution keys of all Go Math Grade 6 Chapters from 1 to 13.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

go-math-grade-7-chapter-10-random-samples-and-populations-answer-key

Get free step by step explanations for all the questions in Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations. Make use of the links and start preparing for the exams through Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key for Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations. It is very essential for the students to understand the concepts in Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Go Math Grade 7 Solution Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations is the best study material to score the highest marks in the examinations. The HMH Go Math 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples & Populations helps the students to understand the concepts without any difficulty. Click on the below links for the Go Math Grade 7 solutions which are given with a brief explanation.

Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations – Lesson 1

Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations – Lesson: 2

Chapter 10 – Random Samples and Populations 

Guided Practice – Page No. 314

Question 1.
Follow each method described below to collect data to estimate the average shoe size of seventh grade boys.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 1

Answer:
Method 1:
Select randomly 5 seventh grade boys and record their shoe size in a table.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

The mean is \(\frac{10+8+7.5+9+10}{5}
= \frac{44.5}{5}\)
= 8.9

Method 2:
Find the 5 boys in the class who has largest shoe size and record in a table.

Answer:
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Question 2.
Method 1 produces results that are more/less representative of the entire student population because it is a random/biased sample.

Answer: Method 1 produces results that are more representative of the entire student population because it is a random sample.

Question 3.
Method 2 produces results that are more/less representative of the entire student population because it is a random/biased sample.

Answer: Method 2 produces results that are less representative of the entire student population because it is a biased sample.

Question 4.
Heidi decides to use a random sample to determine her classmates’ favorite color. She asks, “Is green your favorite color?” Is Heidi’s question biased? If so, give an example of an unbiased question that would serve Heidi better.

Answer: Heidi’s question is biased as it suggests that people should say their favorite color is green. “What was your favorite color?” is an unbiased question, as it doesn’t suggest a certain answer.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
How can you select a sample so that the information gained represents the entire population?

Answer: We should select a sample that is randomly chosen and is sufficiently large enough so that the result so that results are representative of the entire population.

Independent Practice – Page No. 315

Question 6.
Paul and his friends average their test grades and find that the average is 95. The teacher announces that the average grade of all of her classes is 83. Why are the averages so different?

Answer: As Paul and his friends are not a randomly chosen sample of the class population, so the averages are different.

Question 7.
Nancy hears a report that the average price of gasoline is $2.82. She averages the prices of stations near her home. She finds the average price of gas to be $3.03. Why are the averages different?

Answer: The gas stations around Nancy home are not a randomly chosen sample of all gas stations in the country, so the averages are so different.

For 8–10, determine whether each sample is a random sample or a biased sample. Explain.

Question 8.
Carol wants to find out the favorite foods of students at her middle school. She asks the boys’ basketball team about their favorite foods.

Answer: As Carol asks only boys and girls are not represented in the sample, so the sample is biased.

Question 9.
Dallas wants to know what elective subjects the students at his school like best. He surveys students who are leaving band class.

Answer: Dallas asked only students who are in band class and elective subject students are not represented, so the sample is biased.

Question 10.
To choose a sample for a survey of seventh graders, the student council puts pieces of paper with the names of all the seventh graders in a bag, and selects 20 names.

Answer: As all students had an equal chance of being represented in the survey, so the sample is random.

Question 11.
Members of a polling organization survey 700 of the 7,453 registered voters in a town by randomly choosing names from a list of all registered voters. Is their sample likely to be representative?

Answer: The sample is large enough and randomly chosen from all registered voters so that every voter gets a chance of being selected.
So the sample is likely to be representative.

For 12–13, determine whether each question may be biased. Explain.

Question 12.
Joey wants to find out what sport seventh grade girls like most. He asks girls, “Is basketball your favorite sport?”

Answer: As it mentions basketball and suggesting that girls should give a certain answer. So the question is biased.

Question 13.
Jae wants to find out what type of art her fellow students enjoy most. She asks her classmates, “What is your favorite type of art?”

Answer: As it does not suggest students should give a certain answer, so it is not biased.

H.O.T. – Page No. 316

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 14.
Draw Conclusions
Determine which sampling method will better represent the entire population. Justify your answer.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 2

Answer: Collin’s survey is a better sampling method. Collin is randomly choosing names from the school directory, so each student has a chance of being chosen because they all appear in the school directory.
Karl’s survey is biased, as he is only choosing the students that were sitting near him during lunch which means the people he is asking are not representative of the entire population.

Question 15.
Multistep
Barbara surveyed students in her school by looking at an alphabetical list of the 600 student names, dividing them into groups of 10, and randomly choosing one from each group.
a. How many students did she survey? What type of sample is this?
__________ people
This is a __________ sample

Answer: Barbara made 600÷10= 60 groups, so she chosen one person in each group and surveyed 60 people. So this is a random sample because all the students are being represented and have an equal chance of being chosen.

Question 15.
b. Barbara found that 35 of the survey participants had pets. About what percent of the students she surveyed had pets? Is it safe to believe that about the same percent of students in the school have pets? Explain your thinking.
__________ %

Answer: As there are 60 survey participants and in that 35/60= 0.58% ≈58%. Yes, it is safe to believe that about the same percent of students in the school have pets because the sample is large enough large and all students have represented.

Question 16.
Communicating Mathematical Ideas
Carlo said a population can have more than one sample associated with it. Do you agree or disagree with his statement? Justify your answer.

Answer: Yes I agree. As there are many different ways to randomly select a sample. By using the same way of choosing a sample multiple times could create a different sample. For example, picking name out of a hat will not give you the same sample every time since the names will get mixed up every time you go to pick a name.

Guided Practice – Page No. 320

Patrons in the children’s section of a local branch library were randomly selected and asked their ages. The librarian wants to use the data to inferthe ages of all patrons of the children’s section so he can select age appropriate activities. In 3–6, complete each inference.
7, 4, 7, 5, 4, 10, 11, 6, 7, 4

Question 1.
Make a dot plot of the sample population data.

Answer:

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Question 2.
Make a box plot of the sample population data.

Answer: First we need to find the median, so we need to order the numbers from least to greatest: 4,4,4,5,6,7,7,7,10,11.
So median is (6+7)/2= 13/2= 6.5.
And the median for half of the data is 4,4,4,5,6= 4.
And the other half of the data is 7,7,7,10,11= 7.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Question 3.
The most common ages of children that use the library are _____ and _____.
_____ and _____

Answer: 4 and 7 are the numbers repeated the most in the data set, so the most common ages of the children that use the library are 4 and 7.

Question 4.
The range of ages of children that use the library is from _____ to _____.
_____ to _____

Answer: The lower that appears in the data set is 4 and the higher that appears in the data set is 11, so the range of ages of children that use the library is from 4 to 7.

Question 5.
The median age of children that use the library is _____.
_____

Answer: The median age of children that use the library is 6.5.

Question 6.
A manufacturer fills an order for 4,200 smart phones. The quality inspector selects a random sample of 60 phones and finds that 4 are defective. How many smart phones in the order are likely to be defective?
About _____ smart phones in the order are likely to be defective.
_____ smartphones

Answer: If we breakdown the whole order into samples of 60 phones we will get 4200÷60= 70 samples. So if we find 4 defective smartphones in every sample and we can expect about 4×70= 280 smartphones in the order are likely to be defective.

Question 7.
Part of the population of 4,500 elk at a wildlife preserve is infected with a parasite. A random sample of 50 elk shows that 8 of them are infected. How many elk are likely to be infected?
_____ elk

Answer: If we break down the whole elk population into samples of 50 elk, we get 4500÷50= 90 samples. So if we find 8 infected elk in every sample and we can expect about 8×90= 720 elk to be infected.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 8.
How can you use a random sample of a population to make predictions?

Answer: We can use a random sample of a population to make predictions by setting the ratio for the sample equal to the ratio for the population.

Independent Practice – Page No. 321

Question 9.
A manager samples the receipts of every fifth person who goes through the line. Out of 50 people, 4 had a mispriced item. If 600 people go to this store each day, how many people would you expect to have a mispriced item?
_____ people

Answer: 48 people.

Explanation:
Let X be the number of people with a mispriced item, so
4/50= X/600
50X= 2400
X= 48.
So there will be 48 people with a mispriced item.

Question 10.
Jerry randomly selects 20 boxes of crayons from the shelf and finds 2 boxes with at least one broken crayon. If the shelf holds 130 boxes, how many would you expect to have at least one broken crayon?
_____ boxes

Answer: 13 boxes.

Explanation:
Let X be the number of boxes with at least one broken crayon
2/20= X/130
20X= 260
X= 13.
So there will be 13 boxes with at least one broken crayon.

Question 11.
A random sample of dogs at different animal shelters in a city shows that 12 of the 60 dogs are puppies. The city’s animal shelters collectively house 1,200 dogs each year. About how many dogs in all of the city’s animal shelters are puppies?
_____ dogs

Answer: 240 dogs.

Explanation:
Let X be the number of boxes with at least one broken crayon
12/60= X/1200
60X= 14400
X= 240.
So there will be 240 dogs in all of the city’s animal shelters are puppies.

Question 12.
Part of the population of 10,800 hawks at a national park are building a nest. A random sample of 72 hawks shows that 12 of them are building a nest. Estimate the number of hawks building a nest in the population.
_____ hawks

Answer: 1800 hawks.

Explanation:
Let X be the number of boxes with at least one broken crayon
12/72= X/10,800
72X= 10,800
X= 1800.
So there will be 1800 number of hawks building a nest in the population.

Question 13.
In a wildlife preserve, a random sample of the population of 150 raccoons was caught and weighed. The results, given in pounds, were 17, 19, 20, 21, 23, 27, 28, 28, 28 and 32. Jean made the qualitative statement, “The average weight of the raccoon population is 25 pounds.” Is her statement reasonable? Explain.
_____

Answer: Yes, Jean’s statement is reasonable.

Explanation: As the weights are not given for all 150 raccoons, so we don’t know how many raccoons at each of the weights given and we cannot calculate the average. So the best way to estimate the average is to find the median of the data set. So the median is
(23+27)/2= 25. As the median is 25 Jean’s statement is reasonable.

Question 14.
Greta collects the number of miles run each week from a random sample of female marathon runners. Her data are shown below. She made the qualitative statement, “25% of female marathoners run 13 or more miles a week.” Is her statement reasonable? Explain. Data: 13, 14, 18, 13, 12, 17, 15, 12, 13, 19, 11, 14, 14, 18, 22, 12.
_____

Answer: Greta’s statement is not reasonable.

Explanation: If we set the data from least to highest then 11,12,12,12,13,13,13,14,14,14,15,17,18,18,19,22. So there are 16 marathon runners, 12 of them run 13 miles or more each week. So
12/16= 0.75= 75%. So Greta’s statement is not reasonable.

Question 15.
A random sample of 20 of the 200 students at Garland Elementary is asked how many siblings each has. The data are ordered as shown. Make a dot plot of the data. Then make a qualitative statement about the population. Data: 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 6.

Answer: The mean is 2.

Explanation:
The mean is \(\frac{0+1+1+1+1+1+1+2+2+2+2+2+3+3+3+3+4+4+4+6}{20}
= \frac{46}{20}\)
= 2.3
So the mean is 2 as for the siblings the number must be whole number.
Most of the students have at least 1 sibling and most of the students have fewer than 6 siblings, and the students have an average of two siblings.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations

Question 16.
Linda collects a random sample of 12 of the 98 Wilderness Club members’ ages. She makes an inference that most wilderness club members are between 20 and 40 years old. Describe what a box plot that would confirm Linda’s inference should look like.

Answer: Linda will conclude that most of the club members are between the ages of 20 and 40, so more than half of the 12 surveyed members must be between those ages. The box plot would have the lower quartile at 20 and upper quartile at 40.

Page No. 322

Question 17.
What’s the Error?
Kudrey was making a box plot. He first plotted the least and greatest data values. He then divided the distance into half, and then did this again for each half. What did Kudrey do wrong and what did his box plot look like?

Answer: By creating a box plot, the 3 middle values are not found by dividing the distance between the maximum and minimum values and then dividing the distances in half again. The 3 middle values are found by finding the median of the set values, the median of the first half of the values, and the median of the last half of the values.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 18.
Communicating Mathematical Ideas
A dot plot includes all of the actual data values. Does a box plot include any of the actual data values?
______

Answer: Yes, a dot plot will include all of the actual data values. The only actual data values that a box plot must have the minimum and maximum values. The 3 median values may are may not be actual data values.

Question 19.
Make a Conjecture
Sammy counted the peanuts in several packages of roasted peanuts. He found that the bags had 102, 114, 97, 85, 106, 120, 107, and 111 peanuts. Should he make a box plot or dot plot to represent the data? Explain your reasoning.
______

Answer: Sammy should make a box plot to represent the data. As dot plots are helpful in finding the number of times each value occurs in a data set. As the values occur only once, so the box plot will better represent the data.

Question 20.
Represent Real-World Problems
The salaries for the eight employees at a small company are $20,000, $20,000, $22,000, $24,000, $24,000, $29,000, $34,000 and $79,000. Make a qualitative inference about a typical salary at this company. Would an advertisement that stated that the average salary earned at the company is $31,500 be misleading? Explain.
______

Answer: Yes, the statement is misleading.

Explanation: The median of the data set is \(\frac{$24,000+$24,000}{2}
= \frac48,000}{2}\)
= 24,000.
Yes, the statement is misleading because $31,500 is higher than 6 of the 8 salaries at the company.

Page No. 326

A manufacturer gets a shipment of 600 batteries of which 50 are defective. The store manager wants to be able to test random samples in future shipments. She tests a random sample of 20 batteries in this shipment to see whether a sample of that size produces a reasonable inference about the entire shipment.

Question 1.
The manager selects a random sample using the formula randInt( , ) to generate _____ random numbers.

Answer: Since 50 out of 600 batteries are defective and she is testing 20 batteries she can use randInt(1,600) to generate 20 random numbers.

Question 2.
She lets numbers from 1 to _____ represent defective batteries, and _____ to _____ represent working batteries. She generates this list: 120, 413, 472, 564, 38, 266, 344, 476, 486, 177, 26, 331, 358, 131, 352, 227, 31, 253, 31, 277.

Answer: She lets numbers from 1 to 50 represent defective batteries and 51 to 600 represent working batteries. She generates this list:
120, 413, 472, 564, 38, 266, 344, 476, 486, 177, 26, 331, 358, 131, 352, 227, 31, 253, 31, 277.

Question 3.
Does the sample produce a reasonable inference?
______

Answer: No, the sample does not produce a reasonable inference. In sample 26, 31,31,38 numbers represent defective batteries, and in shipment 50 out of 600 of the batteries are defective.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 4.
What can happen if a sample is too small or is not random?

Answer: If the sample is too small or not random, it is likely to produce unrepresentative data values.

Page No. 327

Maureen owns three bagel shops. Each shop sells 500 bagels per day. Maureen asks her store managers to use a random sample to see how many whole-wheat bagels are sold at each store each day. The results are shown in the table. Use the table for 5–7.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 3

Question 5.
If you assume the samples are representative, how many whole-wheat bagels might you infer are sold at each store?
Shop A: ___________
Shop B: ___________
Shop C: ___________

Answer:
Shop A: 100.
Shop B: 115.
Shop C: 140.

Explanation:
Shop A:
10/50×500
= 10×10
= 100.

Shop B:
23/100×500
= 23×5
= 115.

Shop C:
7/25×500
= 7×20
= 140.

Question 6.
Rank the samples for the shops in terms of how representative they are likely to be. Explain your rankings.

Answer: The samples can be ranked as C, A, B from least to most. Shop B’s is the most representative because it contained the most bagel. Shop C’s is the least representative because it contained the fewest bagels.

Question 7.
Which sample or samples should Maureen use to tell her managers how many whole-wheat bagels to make each day? Explain.

Answer: Maureen should use either Shop A or Shop B because the use a sufficient number of bagels to be considered accurate. Shop C’s sample would be the least representative because it contained the fewest bagels.

Question 8.
In a shipment of 1,000 T-shirts, 75 do not meet quality standards. The table below simulates a manager’s random sample of 20 T-shirts to inspect. For the simulation, the integers 1 to 75 represent the below-standard shirts.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 4

Answer: In the sample, two values are from 1 to 75. So, 2 shirts are below the quality standards. So
= 2/20×1000
= 2×50
= 100.
The prediction would be that 100 shirts are below quality standards, which would be 25 more than the actual number.

Page No. 328

Question 9.
Multistep
A 64-acre coconut farm is arranged in an 8-by-8 array. Mika wants to know the average number of coconut palms on each acre. Each cell in the table represents an acre of land. The number in each cell tells how many coconut palms grow on that particular acre.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 5
a. The numbers in green represent Mika’s random sample of 10 acres. What is the average number of coconut palms on the randomly selected acres?
______

Answer: The average is 49.8 coconut palms.

Explanation: The average is \(\frac{56+43+62+63+33+34+38+51+59+59}{10}
= \frac{498}{10}\)
= 49.8

Question 9.
b. Project the number of palms on the entire farm.
______

Answer: 3187 palms.

Explanation: As the average is 49.8 for each acre, so for 64 acres it is 64×49.8= 3187.2. So the number of palms on the entire farm is 3187.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 10.
Draw Conclusions
A random sample of 15 of the 78 competitors at a middle school gymnastics competition are asked their height. The data set lists the heights in inches: 55, 57, 57, 58, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 61, 62, 62, 63, 64, 66. What is the mean height of the sample? Do you think this is a reasonable prediction of the mean height of all competitors? Explain.

Answer: Yes, this is a reasonable prediction.

Explanation: The mean height is \(\frac{55+57+57+58+59+59+59+59+59+61+62+62+63+64+66}{15}
= \frac{900}{15}\)
= 60 inches.
Yes, this is a reasonable prediction of the mean height of all competitors because it is a good sample generated randomly and contains sufficient values. So it should provide a good estimate of the mean height of all competitors.

Question 11.
Critical Thinking
The six-by-six grid contains the ages of actors in a youth Shakespeare festival. Describe a method for randomly selecting 8 cells by using number cubes. Then calculate the average of the 8 values you found.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 6

Answer: The average is 15.

Explanation: We can roll a number cube twice and record each value. The first value will be the row number and the second will be the column number we repeat the process 8 times in order to get 8 ages from the grid. 12,10,21,9,18,16,14,20.
The mean is \(\frac{12+10+21+9+18+16+14+20}{6}
= \frac{120}{8}\)
= 15

Question 12.
Communicating Mathematical Ideas
Describe how the size of a random sample affects how well it represents a population as a whole.

Answer: The bigger the size of the random sample, the more likely it so accurately represents the population.

10.1 Populations and Samples – Page No. 329

Question 1.
A company uses a computer to identify their 600 most loyal customers from its database and then surveys those customers to find out how they like their service. Identify the population and determine whether the sample is random or biased.
The sample is _______

Answer: The population is the customers in the company’s database. The sample is biased because instead of surveying all of their customers, the company only surveyed their most loyal customers.

10.2 Making Inferences from a Random Sample

Question 2.
A university has 30,330 students. In a random sample of 270 students, 18 speak three or more languages. Predict the number of students at the university who speak three or more languages.
_______ students

Answer: 2022 students.

Explanation: Let X be the number of students to speak three or more languages, so
18/270 = X/30,330
1/15 = X/30,330
X= 2022.

10.3 Generating Random Samples

A store receives a shipment of 5,000 MP3 players. In a previous shipment of 5,000 MP3 players, 300 were defective. A store clerk generates random numbers to simulate a random sample of this shipment. The clerk lets the numbers 1 through 300 represent defective MP3 players, and the numbers 301 through 5,000 represent working MP3 players. The results are given.
13 2,195 3,873 525 900 167 1,094 1,472 709 5,000

Question 3.
Based on the sample, how many of the MP3 players might the clerk predict would be defective?
_______ MP3’s

Answer: 1000 MP3’s.

Explanation: As the two random numbers are 13 and 167 as they are less than 300 and thus represent defective MP3 players. And the other 8 numbers are greater than 300 and represent working MP3 players. So the total number of randomly generated numbers is 10.
2/10 = X/5000
1/5 = X/5000
X = 1000.
So, about 1000 MP3 players are defective.

Question 4.
Can the manufacturer assume the prediction is valid? Explain.
_______

Answer: No.

Explanation: As the manufacturer cannot assume the prediction is valid. As the sample size of 10 is too small compared to the size of the shipment.

Essential Question

Question 5.
How can you use random samples to solve real-world problems?

Answer: We can use random samples to make a prediction about the population that is too large to survey.

Selected Response – Page No. 330

Question 1.
A farmer is using a random sample to predict the number of broken eggs in a shipment of 3,000 eggs. Using a calculator, the farmer generates the following random numbers. The numbers 1–250 represent broken eggs.
477 2,116 1,044 81 619 755 2,704 900 238 1,672 187 1,509
Options:
a. 250 broken eggs
b. 375 broken eggs
c. 750 broken eggs
d. 900 broken eggs

Answer: 750 broken eggs.

Explanation: Three random numbers are 81, 187, 238 which are less than 250 and represent broken eggs, so
3/12 = X/3000
1/4 = X/3000
4X = 3000
X= 750

Question 2.
A middle school has 490 students. Mae surveys a random sample of 60 students and finds that 24 of them have pet dogs. How many students are likely to have pet dogs?
Options:
a. 98
b. 196
c. 245
d. 294

Answer: 196.

Explanation: Let the number of students is likely to have pet dogs be X, so
24/60 = X/490
60X = 24×490
60X = 11,760
X = 196.

Question 3.
A pair of shoes that normally costs $75 is on sale for $55. What is the percent decrease in the price, to the nearest whole percent?
Options:
a. 20%
b. 27%
c. 36%
d. 73%

Answer: 27%

Explanation: The percent decrease in the price is \(\frac{75-55}{75}
= \frac{20}{75}\)
= 0.266= 27%

Question 4.
Which of the following is a random sample?
Options:
a. A radio DJ asks the first 10 listeners who call in if they liked the last song.
b. 20 customers at a chicken restaurant are surveyed on their favorite food.
c. A polling organization numbers all registered voters, then generates 800 random integers. The polling organization interviews the 800 voters assigned those numbers.
d. Rebecca used an email poll to survey 100 students about how often they use the internet.

Answer:
A is biased because it is a voluntary survey.
B is biased because only 20 customers surveyed on their favorite food.
C is a sample because that is random.
D is biased students using email more likely to use the internet that students who don’t use email.

Question 5.
Each cell in the table represents the number of people who work in one 25-square-block section of the town of Middleton. The mayor uses a random sample to estimate the average number of workers per block.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 10 Random Samples and Populations img 7
a. The circled numbers represent the mayor’s random sample. What is the mean number of workers in this sample?
______

Answer: The mean is 54.

Explanation: The mean is \(\frac{56+60+50+43+62+53}{6}
= \frac{324}{6}\)
= 54

Question 5.
b. Predict the number of workers in the entire 25-block section of Middleton.
______

Answer: 1,350.

Explanation: As we know that the mean is 54 per block, so for the entire 25 block section, the number is 54×25= 1,350.

Summary:

We wish the information given in the Go Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 10 Random Samples & Populations is helpful for you. The main aim of our team is to make you understand the concepts and improve your math skills. Learn the techniques and apply them in real-time this helps you to perform well in the exams. For any queries, you can comment in the below comment box. All the Best!!!

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns

go-math-grade-4-chapter-5-factors-multiples-and-patterns-pages-95-109-answer-key

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns assists you in clearing all your queries quickly and helps you to learn the concepts easily. Have a look at the benefits to solve the questions covered in Go Math Grade 4 Ch 5 Textbook from Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key. Refer to our provided Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns and identify your mistakes and level of preparation so that you can fill-up the knowledge gap accordingly.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns

By using the Go Math Answer Key of Grade 4 ch 5 Homework Practice FL pdf, you can easily solve the Factors, Multiples, and Patterns concept problems with the help of various techniques. The listed detailed solutions from all the exercises covered in the textbook are prepared by subject expertise & made this amazing and helpful guide ie., Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns pdf. Learn all of the math concepts easily and enhance your subject knowledge to score well in the exams.

Lesson: 1 – Model Factors

Lesson: 2

Lesson: 3 – Problem Solving Common Factors

Lesson: 4 – Factors and Multiples

Lesson: 5 – Prime and Composite Numbers

Lesson: 6 – Number Patterns

Lesson: 7

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 97

Model Factors

Use tiles to find all the factors of the product.

Record the arrays on grid paper and write the factors shown.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns Common Core - Factors, Multiples, and Patterns img 1

Question 2.
Write the factors of: 30
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors of 30 are: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,30.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely. Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 30 when multiplied together.
1 × 30 =30
2 × 15 = 30
3 × 10 = 30
5 × 6 = 30
6 × 5 = 30
10 × 3 = 30
15 × 2 = 30
30 × 1 = 30
So the factors of 30 are 1,2,3.5,6,10,15,30.

Question 3.
Write the factors of: 45
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors of 45 are:1,3,5,9,15,45

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely. Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 45 when multiplied together.
1×45=45
3×15=45
5×9=45
9×5=45
15×3=45
45×1=45
So the factors of 45 are: 1,3,5,9,15,45.

Question 4.
Write the factors of: 19
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors of 19 are: 1,19

Explanation:
Since 19 is a Prime number that means it is divisible by 1 and itself.
1 × 19 = 19
19 × 1 = 19
So the factors of 19 are 1,19.

Question 5.
Write the factors of: 40
Type below:
_________

Answer:

The Factors of 40 are:1,2,4,5,8,10,20,40.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely.
1×40=40
2×20=40
4×10=40
5×8=40
8×5=40
10×4=40
20×2=40
40×1=40
The Factors of 40 are: 1,2,4,5,8,10,20,40.

Question 6.
Write the factors of: 36
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors Of 36 are:1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers which divides the original number completely.
1×36=36
2×18=36
3×12=36
4×9=36
6×6=36
9×4=36
12×3=36
18×3=36
36×1=36.
The factors of 36 are:1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36

Question 7.
Write the factors of: 22
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors Of 22 are:1,2,11,22.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely.
1×22=22
2×11=22
11×2=22
22×1=22.
The factors of 22 are:1,2,11,22.

Question 8.
Write the factors of: 4
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors Of 4 are: 1,2,4.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely.
1×4=4
2×2=4
4×1=4.
The Factors Of 4 are 1,2,4.

Question 9.
Write the factors of: 26
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors Of 26 are:1,2,13,26.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely. Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 26 when multiplied together.
1×26=26
2×13=26
13×2=26
26×1=26.
So the factors of 26 are:1,2,13,26.

Question 10.
Write the factors of: 49
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors Of 49 are: 1,7,49.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely.
1×49=49
7×7=49
49×1=49.
The Factors Of 49 are 1,7,49.

Question 11.
Write the factors of: 32
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors Of 32 are:1,2,4,8,16,32.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely. Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 32 when multiplied together.
1×32=32
2×16=32
4×8=32
8×4=32
16×2=32
32×1=32.
So the factors of 32 are:1,2,4,8,16,32.

Question 12.
Write the factors of: 23
Type below:
_________

Answer: The Factors Of 23 are: 1,23.

Explanation:
Since 23 is a Prime number that means it is divisible by 1 and itself.
1×23=23
23×1=23.
So the factors of 23 are 1,23.

Question 13.
Brooke has to set up 70 chairs in equal rows for the class talent show. But, there is not room for more than 20 rows. What are the possible number of rows that Brooke could set up?
Type below:
_________

Answer: 2,5,7,10,14.

Explanation:
Let the possible no.of rows be X, As there is no room for more than 20 rows so there should not be more than 20 rows.X should be less than or equal to 20 (X<=20).
As Brooke has 70 chairs to set up in equal rows we will find the factors of 70 and in that, we must pick up the numbers which are less than equal to 20.
Therefore the factors of 70 are 2,5,7,10,14.

Question 14.
Eduardo thinks of a number between 1 and 20 that has exactly 5 factors. What number is he thinking of?
_________

Answer: 16

Explanation:
If find factors for 1 to 20 we don’t get exactly 5 factors for any number except 16.
So the answer is 16.
Thus Eduardo might be thinking of the number 16.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 98

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which of the following lists all the factors of 24?
Options:
a. 1, 4, 6, 24
b. 1, 3, 8, 24
c. 3, 4, 6, 8
d. 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24

Answer: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely.
Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 24 when multiplied together.
1×24=24
2×12=24
3×8=24
4×6=24
6×4=4
8×3=24
12×2=24
24×1=24
So the factors of 24 are:1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Natalia has 48 tiles. Which of the following shows a factor pair for the number 48?
Options:
a. 4 and 8
b. 6 and 8
c. 2 and 12
d. 3 and 24

Answer: 6 and 8

Explanation:
Given that, Natalia has 48 tiles.
We have to find the factor pair of the number 48.
6 and 8 are factor pairs for 48 because 6×8=48.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
The Pumpkin Patch is open every day. If it sells 2,750 pounds of pumpkins each day, about how many pounds does it sell in 7 days?
Options:
a. 210 pounds
b. 2,100 pounds
c. 14,000 pounds
d. 21,000 pounds

Answer: 21,000 pounds

Explanation:
Given that, The Pumpkin Patch is open every day.
Let’s round off 2750 pounds to 3000 pounds. In one day 3000 pounds pumpkins were sold out, and in
7 days?? —- 3000×7= 21,000 pounds.
It sold 21,000 pounds in 7 days.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 4.
What is the remainder in the division problem modeled below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns Common Core - Factors, Multiples, and Patterns img 2
Options:
a. 2
b. 3
c. 5
d. 17

Answer: 2

Explanation:
We can see in the above figure 3 circles with 5 sub circles inside it and a pair of sub circles.
Here total sub circles are (3×5)+2=17.
If we divide 17 with 3 then we will get a reminder as 2.
So the answer is 2.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
Which number sentence is represented by the following array?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns Common Core - Factors, Multiples, and Patterns img 3
Options:
a. 4 × 5 = 20
b. 4 × 4 = 16
c. 5 × 2 = 10
d. 5 × 5 = 25

Answer: 4 × 5 = 20

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that there are 4 rows and 5 columns.
As we can see 4 rows and 5 squares.
Multiply the number of rows with the number of columns.
So 4 × 5 = 20.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
Channing jogs 10 miles a week. How many miles will she jog in 52 weeks?
Options:
a. 30 miles
b. 120 miles
c. 200 miles
d. 520 miles

Answer: 520 miles

Explanation:
No.of weeks = 52. So 1 week = 10 miles,
then 52 weeks =?????
52 × 10 = 520 miles.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 99

Is 6 a factor of the number? Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns Common Core - Factors, Multiples, and Patterns img 4

Question 2.
56
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
The factors of 56 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28, and 56 .
56 is not divisible by 6.
So the answer is No.

Question 3.
42
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The factors of 42 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42.
Since 42 is divisible by 6.
So the answer is yes.

Question 4.
66
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
Factors of 66: 1, 2, 3, 6, 11, 22, 33, 66
66 is divisible by 6.
So the answer is yes.

Is 5 a factor of the number? Write yes or no.

Question 5.
38
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
If the end is 0 or 5 then the number is divisible by 5.
The factors of 38 are 1, 2, 19, 38.
As the number is 38 the answer is No.

Question 6.
45
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
45 is divisible by 5.
The factors of 45 are 1,3,5,9,15,45.
So the answer is Yes.

Question 7.
60
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The factors of 60 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 60.
60 is a factor of 5 because 60 is divisible by 5.

Question 8.
39
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
The factors of 39 are 1,3,13,39.
As 39 is not divisible by 5.
So the answer is No.

List all the factor pairs

Question 9.
Factors of 12
_____ × _____ = 12; ( _____ , _____ )
_____ × _____ = 12; ( _____ , _____ )
_____ × _____ = 12; ( _____ , _____ )

Answer:
1 × 12 = 12; ( 1 , 12 )
2 × 6 = 12; ( 2, 6 )
3 × 4 = 12; ( 3 , 4 )

Question 10.
Factors of 25
_____ × _____ = 25; ( _____ , _____ )
_____ × _____ = 25; ( _____ , _____ )

Answer:
1 ×25 = 25; ( 1 , 25 )
5 × 5 = 25; ( 5 , 5 )

Question 11.
List all the factor pairs for 48.
Type below:
_________

Answer:
Factor pairs of 48 are (1,48),(2,24),(3,16),(4,12),(6,8),(12,2),(6,3),(24,2),(48,1).

Explanation:
Factor pairs are the pairs when we multiplied both numbers will get the result. Here factor pairs for 48 are
1×48=48 (1,48)
2×24=48 (2,24)
3×16=48 (3,16)
4×12=48 (4,12)
6×8 =48 (6,8)

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Bryson buys a bag of 64 plastic miniature dinosaurs. Could he distribute them equally into six storage containers and not have any left over?
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
Given that,
Bryson buys a bag of 64 plastic miniature dinosaurs.
64 is not divisible by 6, So he cannot distribute them equally into six storage containers.

Question 13.
Lori wants to distribute 35 peaches equally into baskets. She will use more than 1 but fewer than 10 baskets. How many baskets does Lori need?
Type below:
_________

Answer: 5 or 7.

Explanation:
First, we need to know the factors of 35.
The factors of 35 are 1,5,7,35. As Lori uses more than 1 but fewer than 10, the answer is 5 or 7. Lori can distribute 35 peaches equally in 5 or 7 baskets.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 100

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which of the following numbers has 9 as a factor?
Options:
a. 28
b. 30
c. 39
d. 45

Answer: 45

Explanation:
45 is divisible 9.
So the answer is 45.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which of the following numbers does NOT have 5 as a factor?
Options:
a. 15
b. 28
c. 30
d. 45

Answer: 28

Explanation:
28 is not divisible by 5.
So 28 is not a factor of 5.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which of the following shows a strategy to use to find 4 × 275?
Options:
a. (4 × 300) + (4 × 25)
b. (4 × 300) – (4 × 25)
c. (4 × 275) – 100
d. (4 × 200) + 75

Answer: (4 × 300) – (4 × 25)

Explanation:
First, we must replace 300-25 in the place of 275 then it becomes 4×(300-25), Now we must use the distributive property of multiplication then (4×300)-(4×25).
So the answer is b.

Question 4.
Jack broke apart 5 × 216 as (5 × 200) + (5 × 16) to multiply mentally. What strategy did Jack use?
Options:
a. the Commutative Property
b. the Associative Property
c. halving and doubling
d. the Distributive Property

Answer: the Distributive Property

Explanation:
Distributive property means if we multiply a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and adding the products. This is the strategy Jack used.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Jordan has $55. She earns $67 by doing chores. How much money does Jordan have now?
Options:
a. $122
b. $130
c. $112
d. $12

Answer: $122

Explanation:
Jordan has $55, she earns by doing chores is $67.
So the total money is $55+$67=$122.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
Trina has 72 collector’s stamps. She puts 43 of the stamps into a stamp book. How many stamps are left?
Options:
a. 29
b. 31
c. 39
d. 115

Answer: 29

Explanation:
Given,
Trina has 72 collector’s stamps.
She puts 43 of the stamps into a stamp book.
Stamps left are 72-43=29.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 101

Problem Solving Common Factors

Solve each problem.

Question 1.
Grace is preparing grab bags for her store’s open house. She has 24 candles, 16 pens, and 40 figurines. Each grab bag will have the same number of items, and all the items in a bag will be the same. How many items can Grace put in each bag?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns Common Core - Factors, Multiples, and Patterns img 5

Question 2.
Simon is making wreaths to sell. He has 60 bows, 36 silk roses, and 48 silk carnations. He wants to put the same number of items on each wreath. All the items on a wreath will be the same type. How many items can Simon put on each wreath?
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1,2,3,4,6 or 12 items Simon puts on each wreath.

Explanation:
Given that,
Simon is making wreaths to sell.
He has 60 bows, 36 silk roses, and 48 silk carnations.
He wants to put the same number of items on each wreath.
First we will find the common factors of 36,48,60
factors of 36 are: 1,2,3,4,6,9,12,18,36.
factors of 48 are: 1,2,3,4,6,8,12,16,24,48
factors of 60 are: 1,2,3,4,5,6,10,12,15,20,30,60.
The common factors of 36,48,60 are 1,2,3,4,6,12.
So Simon can put 1,2,3,4,6 or 12 items on each wreath.

Question 3.
Justin has 20 pencils, 25 erasers, and 40 paper clips. He organizes them into groups with the same number of items in each group. All the items in a group will be the same type. How many items can he put in each group?
Type below:
_________

Answer: Justin can put 1 or 5 items in each group.

Explanation:
Given,
Justin has 20 pencils, 25 erasers, and 40 paper clips.
He organizes them into groups with the same number of items in each group.
We will find common factors of 20,25,40.
factors of 20 are: 1,2,4,5,10,20.
factors of 25 are: 1,5,25.
factors of 40 are: 1,2,4,5,8,10,20,40
So common factors are 1 and 5.
Therefore, Justin can put 1 or 5 items in each group.

Question 4.
A food bank has 50 cans of vegetables, 30 loaves of bread, and 100 bottles of water. The volunteers will put the items into boxes. Each box will have the same number of food items and all the items in the box will be the same type. How many items can they put in each box?
Type below:
_________

Answer: 1,2,5, or 10.

Explanation:
Given,
A food bank has 50 cans of vegetables, 30 loaves of bread, and 100 bottles of water.
The volunteers will put the items into boxes.
1,2,5 or 10 are the common factors of 30,50 and 100.
factors for 30 are: 1,2,3,5,6,10,15,30
factors for 50 are: 1,2,5,10,25,50
factors of 100 are: 1,2,4,5,10,20,25,50,100
So the answer is 1,2,5,10.

Question 5.
A debate competition has participants from three different schools: 15 from James Elementary, 18 from George Washington School, and 12 from the MLK Jr. Academy. All teams must have the same number of students. Each team can have only students from the same school. How many students can be on each team?
Type below:
_________

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Given,
A debate competition has participants from three different schools: 15 from James Elementary, 18 from George Washington School, and 12 from the MLK Jr. Academy.
Lets find the common factors of 12,15,18
factors of 12 are: 1,2,3,4,6,12
factors of 15 are: 1,3,5,15
factors of 18 are: 1,2,3,6,9,18
3 is the common factor for 12,15,18
Therefore 3 students can be on each team.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 102

Lesson Check

Question 1.
What are all the common factors of 24, 64, and 88?
Options:
a. 1 and 4
b. 1, 4, and 8
c. 1, 4, 8, and 12
d. 1, 4, 8, and 44

Answer: 1, 4, and 8

Explanation:
factors of 24 are: 1,2,3,4,8,12,24
factors of 64 are: 1,2,4,8,16,32,64
factors of 88 are: 1,2,4,8,11,22,44,88
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 2.
Which number is NOT a common factor of 15, 45, and 90?
Options:
a. 3
b. 5
c. 10
d. 15

Answer: 10

Explanation:
As 15 and 45 are not divisible by 10.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Dan puts $11 of his allowance in his savings account every week. How much money will he have after 15 weeks?
Options:
a. $165
b. $132
c. $110
d. $26

Answer: $165

Explanation:
Dan puts $11 in his savings account every week.
So after 15 weeks, it will be 15×11=165.
The total money he will have after 15 weeks is $165.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
James is reading a book that is 1,400 pages. He will read the same number of pages each day. If he reads the book in 7 days, how many pages will he read each day?
Options:
a. 20
b. 50
c. 140
d. 200

Answer: 200

Explanation:
Given,
James is reading a book that is 1,400 pages.
He will read the same number of pages each day.
Total no.of.pages is 1400, no.of pages James read each day is 1400÷7= 200
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Emma volunteered at an animal shelter for a total of 119 hours over 6 weeks. Which is the best estimate of the number of hours she volunteered each week?
Options:
a. 10 hours
b. 20 hours
c. 120 hours
d. 714 hours

Answer: 20 hours

Explanation:
Given,
Emma volunteered at an animal shelter for a total of 119 hours over 6 weeks.
Total hours Emma volunteered is 119 hours over 6 weeks.
To find:
how much she volunteered each week is
119÷6= 19.833 i.e 20 hours.
We must round off to the nearest one i.e 20 hours.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 6.
Which strategy can be used to multiply 6 × 198 mentally?
Options:
a. 6 × 198 = (6 × 19) + (6 × 8)
b. 6 × 198 = (6 × 200) + (6 × 2)
c. 6 × 198 = (6 × 200) – (6 × 2)
d. 6 × 198 = (6 + 200) × (6 + 2)

Answer: 6 × 198 = (6 × 200) – (6 × 2)

Explanation:
By Distributive property of multiplication 6×198 can be written as (6 × 200) – (6 × 2).
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 103

Factors and Multiples

Is the number a multiple of 8? Write yes or no.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns Common Core - Factors, Multiples, and Patterns img 6

Question 2.
8
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation: Since 8×1=8, it is a multiple of 8

Question 3.
20
_____

Answer: No

Explanation: 20 is not a multiple of 8

Question 4.
40
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation: 8×5=40, So 40 is multiple of 8

List the next nine multiples of each number. Find the common multiples.

Question 5.
Multiples of 4:
Multiples of 7:
Common multiples:
Type below:
__________

Answer:

Multiples of 4: 4,8,12,16,20,24,28,32,36,40.
Multiples of 7: 7,14,21,28,35,42,49,56,63,70.
Common Multiples: 28,

Question 6.
Multiples of 3:
Multiples of 9:
Common multiples:
Type below:
__________

Answer: 9,18,45,54,63, etc.

Explanation:
Multiples of 3: 3,6,9,12,15,18,21,24,27,30,33,36,39,42,45,48,51,54,57,60,63.
Multiples of 9: 9,18,27,36,45,54,63,72,81,90.
Common multiples: 9,18,45,54,63, etc.

Question 7.
Multiples of 6:
Multiples of 8:
Common multiples:
Type below:
__________

Answer: 24,48,72.

Explanation:
Multiples of 6: 6,12,18,24,30,36,42,48,54,60,66,72,78.
Multiples of 8: 8,16,24,32,40,48,56,64,72,80.
Common multiples: 24,48,72.

Tell whether 24 is a factor or multiple of the number. Write factor, multiple, or neither.

Question 8.
6
__________

Answer: Multiple

Explanation: 6×4=24

Question 9.
36
__________

Answer: Neither

Explanation: 36 is not a factor or multiple of 24.

Question 10.
48
__________

Answer: Factor

Explanation: 24×2= 48, So 48 is a factor of 24

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Ken paid $12 for two magazines. The cost of each magazine was a multiple of $3. What are the possible prices of the magazines?
Type below:
__________

Answer: $3+$9=$12.

Explanation:
As each magazine cost was multiple of $3.
The possible price for 2 magazines are $3+$9=$12, which is a multiple of 3

Question 12.
Jodie bought some shirts for $6 each. Marge bought some shirts for $8 each. The girls spent the same amount of money on shirts. What is the least amount they could have spent?
$ _____

Answer: $24

Explanation:
Given,
Jodie bought some shirts for $6 each.
Marge bought some shirts for $8 each.
The girls spent the same amount of money on shirts.
So multiples of 6 are: 6,12,18,24,30,36,42 and
multiples of 8 are: 8,16,24,32,40. The least amount they could spend is 24. As 24 is the least common multiple.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 104

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which list shows numbers that are all multiples of 4?
Options:
a. 2, 4, 6, 8
b. 3, 7, 11, 15, 19
c. 4, 14, 24, 34
d. 4, 8, 12, 16

Answer: 4, 8, 12, 16

Explanation:
Multiples of 4 are 4,8,12,16.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 2.
Which of the following numbers is a common multiple of 5 and 9?
Options:
a. 9
b. 14
c. 36
d. 45

Answer: 45

Explanation:
The common multiple of 5 and 9 is
5×9= 45
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Jenny has 50 square tiles. She arranges the tiles into a rectangular array of 4 rows. How many tiles will be left over?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 4

Answer: 2

Explanation:
As Jenny arranges in 4 rows, each row contains 12 tiles.
So 12×4= 48.
The tiles left are 50 – 48 = 2.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
Jerome added two numbers. The sum was 83. One of the numbers was 45. What was the other number?
Options:
a. 38
b. 48
c. 42
d. 128

Answer: 38

Explanation:
The sum of the two numbers is 83, in that one number is 45.
To find another number we will do subtraction,
i.e 83 – 45 = 38.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 5.
There are 18 rows of seats in the auditorium. There are 24 seats in each row. How many seats are in the auditorium in all?
Options:
a. 42
b. 108
c. 412
d. 432

Answer: 432

Explanation:
Given,
There are 18 rows of seats in the auditorium.
There are 24 seats in each row.
No.of rows= 18, each row has 24 seats.
So total no.of seats are 18×24= 432.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 6.
The population of Riverdale is 6,735. What is the value of the 7 in the number 6,735?
Options:
a. 7
b. 700
c. 735
d. 7,000

Answer: 700

Explanation:
Given,
The population of Riverdale is 6,735.
In 6,735 the 7 is in the Hundreds Place.
So the answer is 7.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 105

Prime and Composite Numbers

Tell whether the number is prime or composite

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns Common Core - Factors, Multiples, and Patterns img 7

Question 2.
68
_________

Answer: Composite number.

Explanation:
The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
The Factors of 68 are: 1,2,4,17,34,69.

Question 3.
52
_________

Answer: Composite number

Explanation:
The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
The Factors of 52 are: 1,2,4,13,26,52.

Question 4.
63
_________

Answer: Composite number

Explanation:
The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
The Factors of 63 are: 1,2,3,7,9,21,63.

Question 5.
75
_________

Answer: Composite number

Explanation:
The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
The Factors of 75 are: 1,3,5,15,25,75

Question 6.
31
_________

Answer: Prime number

Explanation:
31 is a prime number that means it is divisible by 1 and itself.

Question 7.
77
_________

Answer: Composite number

Explanation:
The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
Factors of 77 are 1,7,11,77.

Question 8.
59
_________

Answer: Prime number

Explanation:
59 is a prime number that means it is divisible by 1 and itself.

Question 9.
87
_________

Answer: Composite Number

Explanation:
The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
Factors of 87 are: 1,3,29,87.

Question 10.
72
_________

Answer: Composite Number

Explanation:
The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
Factors of 72 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 72.

Question 11.
49
_________

Answer: Composite Number

Explanation:
The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
Factors of 49 are 1,7,49.

Question 12.
73
_________

Answer: Prime number

Explanation:
A Prime number is a number that is divisible 1 and itself.

Problem Solving

Question 13.
Kai wrote the number 85 on the board. Is 85 prime or composite?
_________

Answer: Composite number

Explanation: The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
Factors of 85 are 1,5,17,85

Question 14.
Lisa says that 43 is a 2-digit odd number that is composite. Is she correct?
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
43 is a prime number.
A Prime number is a number that is divisible 1 and itself.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 106

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The number 5 is:
Options:
a. prime
b. composite
c. both prime and composite
d. neither prime nor composite

Answer: Prime number

Explanation:
A Prime number is a number that is divisible 1 and itself.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 2.
The number 1 is:
Options:
a. prime
b. composite
c. both prime and composite
d. neither prime nor composite

Answer: neither prime nor composite

Explanation:
A Prime number is a number that is divisible 1 and itself. So prime number should have two divisors but 1 has only one divisor. The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers. So 1 doesn’t have more than two factors. So 1 is neither Prime nor Composite.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A recipe for a vegetable dish contains a total of 924 calories. The dish serves 6 people. How many calories are in each serving?
Options:
a. 134 calories
b. 150 calories
c. 154 calories
d. 231 calories

Answer: 154 calories

Explanation:
Total no.of calories are 924, which serves 6 people.
To find each serving we will perform division
924 ÷ 6 = 154 calories.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 4.
A store clerk has 45 shirts to pack in boxes. Each box holds 6 shirts. What is the fewest boxes the clerk will need to pack all the shirts?
Options:
a. 9
b. 8
c. 7
d. 6

Answer: 8

Explanation:
As the box holds only 6 shirts, 42 shirts are packed in 7 boxes, and the remaining 3 shirts will be packed in another box.
So the total number of boxes is 8.
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 5.
Which number rounds to 200,000?
Options:
a. 289,005
b. 251,659
c. 152,909
d. 149,889

Answer: 152,909

Explanation:
152,909 is nearest to 200,000.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 6.
What is the word form of the number 602,107?
Options:
a. six hundred twenty thousand,seventeen
b. six hundred two thousand, one hundred seven
c. six hundred twenty-one thousand, seventeen
d. six hundred two thousand, one hundred seventy

Answer: six hundred two thousand, one hundred seven

Explanation:
Convert the number 602,107 into the word form.
The word form of 602,107 is six hundred two thousand, one hundred seven
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 107

Number Patterns

Use the rule to write the first twelve numbers in the pattern.

Describe another pattern in the numbers.

Question 1.
Rule: Add 8. First-term: 5
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns Common Core - Factors, Multiples, and Patterns img 8

Question 2.
Rule: Subtract 7. First-term: 95
Type below:
_________

Answer: 95,88,81,74,67,60,53,46,39,32,25,118,11.

Explanation: 95
95-7= 88
88-7= 81
81-7= 74
74-7= 67
67-7= 60
60-7= 53
53-7= 46
46-7= 39
39-7= 32
32-7= 25
25-7= 18
18-7= 11

Question 3.
Rule: Add 15, subtract 10. First-term: 4
Type below:
_________

Answer: 4,19,9,24,14,29,19,34,24,39,29,44,34.

Explanation: 4
4+15= 19
19-10= 9
9+15= 24
24-10= 14
14+15= 29
29-10= 19
19+15= 34
34-10= 24
24+15= 39
39-10=29
29+15=44
44-10=34

Question 4.
Rule: Add 1, multiply by 2. First-term: 2
Type below:
_________

Answer: 2,4,5,10,11,22,23,46,47,94,95,190.

Explanation: 2
2+1= 2
2×2= 4
4+1= 5
5×2= 10
10+1= 11
11×2= 22
22+1= 23
23×2= 46
46+1= 47
47×2= 94
94+1= 95
95×2= 190.

Problem Solving

Question 5.
Barb is making a bead necklace. She strings 1 white bead, then 3 blue beads, then 1 white bead, and so on. Write the numbers for the first eight beads that are white. What is the rule for the pattern?
Type below:
_________

Answer: The serial numbers of first 8 white beads are = 1, 5, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29

Explanation:
Since there are 3 blue beads after each white beads.
Hence we can design the progression in the following way looking at the sequence:
W,B,B,B,W,B,B,B,W…….
Hence the required formula for white beads serial number is,
N = (X-1)(A+1) + L
Where, A = number of blue beads after each white beads = 3
L = initial position at which the first white bead is placed = 1
X = number of white bead
Putting the values in the above formula our equation becomes,
N = 4(X-1) + 1
Hence we can find out the serial numbers as follows:
N₁ = 4 x 0 + 1 = 1
N₂ = 4×1 + 1 = 5
N₃ = 4×2 + 1 = 9
and so on upto
N₈ = 4 x 7 + 1 = 29

Question 6.
An artist is arranging tiles in rows to decorate a wall. Each new row has 2 fewer tiles than the row below it. If the first row has 23 tiles, how many tiles will be in the seventh row?
_____ tiles

Answer: 11 tiles

Explanation:
Given that,
An artist is arranging tiles in rows to decorate a wall.
Each new row has 2 fewer tiles than the row below it.
23
23-2= 21
21-2= 19
19-2= 17
17-2= 15
15-2= 13
13-2= 11

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 108

Lesson Check

Question 1.
The rule for a pattern is add 6. The first term is 5. Which of the following numbers is a term in the pattern?
Options:
a. 6
b. 12
c. 17
d. 22

Answer: 17

Explanation:
Given that,
The rule for a pattern is add 6. The first term is 5.
5+6= 11
11+6= 17
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 2.
What are the next two terms in the pattern 3, 6, 5, 10, 9, 18, 17, . . .?
Options:
a. 16, 15
b. 30, 31
c. 33, 34
d. 34, 33

Answer: 34, 33

Explanation: 3
3×2= 6
6-1= 5
5×2= 10
10-1= 9
9×2= 18
18-1= 17
17×2= 34
34-1= 33
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
To win a game, Roger needs to score 2,000 points. So far, he has scored 837 points. How many more points does Roger need to score?
Options:
a. 1,163 points
b. 1,173 points
c. 1,237 points
d. 2,837 points

Answer: 1,163 points

Explanation:
Roger has scored 837 points, He needs to score 2000 points to win, So to know how much more points do Roger needs we need to subtract i.e 2,000-837= 1,163.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 4.
Sue wants to use mental math to find 7 × 53. Which expression could she use?
Options:
a. (7 × 5) + 3
b. (7 × 5) + (7 × 3)
c. (7× 50) + 3
d. (7 × 50) + (7 × 3)

Answer: (7 × 50) + (7 × 3)

Explanation:
Distributive property means if we multiply a sum by a number is the same as multiplying each addend by the number and adding the products.
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 5.
Pat listed numbers that all have 15 as a multiple. Which of the following could be Pat’s list?
Options:
a. 1, 3, 5, 15
b. 1, 5, 10, 15
c. 1, 15, 30, 45
d. 15, 115, 215

Answer: 1, 3, 5, 15

Explanation:
Given,
Pat listed numbers that all have 15 as a multiple.
1×15= 15
3×5= 15
5×3= 15
15×1= 15
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 6.
Which is a true statement about 7 and 14?
Options:
a. 7 is a multiple of 14.
b. 14 is a factor of 7.
c. 14 is a common multiple of 7 and 14.
d. 21 is a common multiple of 7 and 14.

Answer: 14 is a common multiple of 7 and 14.

Explanation:
7×2=14
14×1=14
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 109

Use tiles to find all the factors of the product. Record the arrays on grid paper and write the factors shown.

Question 1.
Write the factors of: 17
Type below:
_________

Answer: The factors of 17 are: 1, 17

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely. Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 17 when multiplied together.
1 × 17 = 17
17 × 1 = 17
So the factors of 17 are: 1, 17.

Question 2.
Write the factors of: 42
Type below:
_________

Answer: The factors of 42 are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely. Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 42 when multiplied together.
1 × 42 = 42
2 × 21= 42
3 × 14 = 42
6 × 7 = 42
7 × 6 = 42
14 × 3 = 42
21 × 2 = 42
42 × 1 = 42
So the factors of 42 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42.

Question 3.
Write the factors of: 28
Type below:
_________

Answer: The factors of 28 are: 1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely. Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 28 when multiplied together.
1 × 28 = 28
2 × 14 = 28
4 × 7 = 28
7 × 4 = 28
14 × 2 = 28
28 × 1 = 28
So the factors of 28 are:1, 2, 4, 7, 14, 28.

Question 4.
Write the factors of: 50
Type below:
_________

Answer: The factors of 50 are 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, and 50.

Explanation:
Factors are the numbers that divide the original number completely. Here, we can see the numbers which give the result as 50 when multiplied together.
1 × 50 = 50
2 × 25 = 50
5 × 10 = 50
10 × 5 = 50
25 × 2 = 50
50 × 1 = 50
The factors of 50 are 1, 2, 5, 10, 25, and 50.

Is 5 a factor of the number? Write yes or no.

Question 5.
35
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The factors of 35 are 1, 5, 7, 35. So, the answer is yes.

Question 6.
56
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
The factors of 56 are 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 14, 28, and 56. So, the answer is no.

Question 7.
51
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
The factors of 51 are 1, 3, 17, 51. So, the answer is no.

Question 8.
40
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The factors of 40 are 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40. So, the answer is yes.

List all the factor pairs.

Question 9.
Factors of 16
_____ × _____ = 16; ( _____ , _____ )
_____ × _____ = 16; ( _____ , _____ )
_____ × _____ = 16; ( _____ , _____ )

Answer: The factor pairs of 16 are (1, 16), (2, 8), (4, 4)
1× 16 = 16; ( 1, 16)
2× 8 = 16; ( 2, 8)
4× 4 = 16; ( 4, 4)

Question 10.
Factors of 49
_____ × _____ = 49; ( _____ , _____ )
_____ × _____ = 49; ( _____ , _____ )

Answer: The factors in pairs of number 49 are (1, 49) and (7, 7).
1× 49= 49; ( 1, 49)
7× 7= 49; ( 7, 7)

Question 11.
Hana is putting the fruit she bought into bowls. She bought 8 melons, 12 pears, and 24 apples. She puts the same number of pieces of fruit in each bowl and puts only one type of fruit in each bowl. How many pieces can Hana put in each bowl?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
If she wants the same number of pieces of each kind of fruit in each bowl (same number of melons, the same number of pears, and the same number of apples in each bowl), then she can put 11 pieces in each of the 4 bowls.

Explanation:
To answer this, we find the greatest common factor (GCF) of all 3 numbers. To do this, we find the prime factorization of 8, 12 and 24:
8 = 4 × 2
4 = 2 × 2
8 = 2 × 2× 2
12 = 4 × 3
4 = 2 × 2
12 = 2 × 2 × 3
24 = 4 × 6
4 = 2 × 2
6 = 2 × 3
24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
The GCF is made of all of the common factors. The factors common to all 3 numbers are 2 and 2; 2(2) = 4 for the GCF.
This means we can use 4 bowls.
She has a total of 8+12+24 = 44 pieces of fruit; 44/4 = 11. She would have 11 pieces of fruit in each bowl.

Question 12.
A store owner is arranging clothing on racks. She has 30 sweaters, 45 shirts, and 15 pairs of jeans. She wants to put the same number of items on each rack, with only one type of item on each. How many items can she put on a rack?
Type below:
_________

Answer:
I think what the teacher wants is 15 which is the greatest common factor of all three numbers and the factors of 15 are 1 x 15 and 3 x 5 so she can put one of each, or she can put 3 of each, or she can put 5 of each, or she can put 15 of each.

Common Core – Factors, Multiples, and Patterns – Page No. 110

Is the number a multiple of 9? Write yes or no.

Question 1.
24
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
The factors of 24 are 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24. So the answer is no.

Question 2.
18
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The factors of 18 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18. So, the answer is yes.

Question 3.
27
_____

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The factors of 27 are 1, 3, 9, 27. So, the answer is yes.

Question 4.
42
_____

Answer: No

Explanation:
The factors of 42 are 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 21, 42. So the answer is no.

List the next nine multiples of each number.

Find the common multiples.

Question 5.
Multiples of 4:
Multiples of 5:
Common multiples:
Type below:
_________

Answer: 20, 40.

Explanation:
Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40.
Multiples of 5: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50.
Common multiples: 20, 40.

Question 6.
Multiples of 3:
Multiples of 6:
Common multiples:
Type below:
_________

Answer: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30.

Explanation:
Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30.
Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60.
Common multiples: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30.

Tell whether the number is prime or composite.

Question 7.
39
_____

Answer: Composite

Explanation: The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
The factors of 39 are 1, 13, 39.
Thus 39 is the composite number.

Question 8.
29
_____

Answer: Prime

Explanation: A Prime number is a number that is divisible 1 and itself.
The factors of 29 are 1, 29.
So, 29 is the prime number.

Question 9.
51
_____

Answer: Composite

Explanation: The number which has more than two factors is called composite numbers.
The factors of 51 are 1, 3, 17, 51.
Therefore 51 is the composite number.

Use the rule to write the first twelve numbers in the pattern.

Describe another pattern in the numbers.

Question 10.
Rule: Add 6. First term: 10
Type below:
_________

Answer: 16, 22, 28, 34, 40, 46, 52, 58, 64, 70, 76, 82.

Explanation: 10
10 + 6 = 16
16 + 6 = 22
22 + 6 = 28
28 + 6 = 34
34 + 6 = 40
40 + 6 = 46
46 + 6 = 52
52 + 6 = 58
58 + 6 = 64
64 + 6 = 70
70 + 6 = 76
76 + 6 = 82

Question 11.
Rule: Add 3, subtract 2. First term: 7
Type below:
_________

Answer: 10, 8, 11, 9, 12, 10, 13, 11, 14, 12, 15, 13.

Explanation: 7
7 + 3 = 10
10 – 2 = 8
8 + 3 = 11
11 – 2 = 9
9 + 3 = 12
12 – 2 = 10
10 + 3 = 13
13 – 2 = 11
11 + 3 = 14
14 – 2 = 12
12 + 3 = 15
15 – 2 = 13

Conclusion:

Go Math Grade 4 Chapter 5 Answer Key holds Factors, Multiples, and Patterns. Prepare well by using the provided Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 5 Factors, Multiples, and Patterns pdf. For better knowledge and information please check out the chapterwise Grade 4 Go Math Answer Key very well.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review/Test

go-math-grade-4-chapter-8-multiply-fractions-by-whole-numbers-review-test-answer-key

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review/Test Pdf Download links are given here. The main objective of providing the Go Math Answer Key is to make the students learn the concept of Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers. Hence, students are advised to Download Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review/Test & examine their math skills after your preparation.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review/Test

Be the first student to grab your HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review/Test and practice all the questions. Once you solve the questions covered in the Homework Practice FL then you can check the solutions at Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers. Hence, it tests your math skills and improves your knowledge.

Review/Test – Page No. 337

Choose the best term from the box.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review Test img 1

Question 1.
A ________ can name part of a whole or part of a group.
________

Answer: Fraction
A fraction can name part of a whole or part of a group.

Question 2.
A ______________ of a number is the product of the number and a counting number.
________

Answer: Multiple
A mutiple of a number is the product of the number and a counting number.

List the next four multiples of the unit fraction.

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{8}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 1/8, 2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Explanation:
The next four multiples of the unit fraction \(\frac{1}{8}\) are 1/8, 2/8, 3/8, 4/8, 5/8

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{4}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 2/4, 3/4, 4/4, 5/4

Explanation:
The next four multiples of the unit fraction \(\frac{1}{4}\) are 2/4, 3/4, 4/4, 5/4.

Write the fraction as a product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 5.
\(\frac{7}{12}\)
Type below:
________

Answer: 7, 1/12

Explanation:
Given the fraction \(\frac{7}{12}\)
The whole number is 7 and the unit fraction is \(\frac{1}{12}\).

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{12}\)
Type below:
________

Answer: 4, 1/12

Explanation:
Given the fraction \(\frac{4}{12}\)
The whole number is 4 and the unit fraction is \(\frac{1}{12}\).

Question 7.
\(\frac{5}{4}\)
Type below:
________

Answer: 5, 1/4

Explanation:
Given the fraction \(\frac{5}{4}\)
The whole number is 5 and the unit fraction is \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{10}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 3, 1/10

Explanation:
Given the fraction \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The whole number is 3 and the unit fraction is \(\frac{1}{10}\).

Question 9.
\(\frac{2}{3}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 2, 1/3

Explanation:
Given the fraction \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The whole number is 2 and the unit fraction is \(\frac{1}{3}\).

Write the product as the product of a whole number and a unit fraction.

Question 10.
3 × \(\frac{2}{4}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 6, \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given the fraction 3 × \(\frac{2}{4}\)
3 × \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{4}\)
The whole number is 6, and the unit fraction is \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 11.
2 × \(\frac{3}{5}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 6, 1/5

Explanation:
Given the fraction 2 × \(\frac{3}{5}\),
\(\frac{6}{5}\)
The whole number is 6, and the unit fraction is \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 12.
4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\),
Type below:
________

Answer: 8, 1/3

Explanation:
Given the fraction 4 × \(\frac{2}{3}\),
= \(\frac{8}{3}\)
The whole number is 8, and the unit fraction is \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Multiply.

Question 13.
5 × \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 35/10

Explanation:
5 × \(\frac{7}{10}\)
Multiply the whole number with the numerator of the fraction.
= \(\frac{35}{10}\)
5 × \(\frac{7}{10}\) = \(\frac{35}{10}\)

Question 14.
4 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3

Explanation:
4 × \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Multiply the whole number with the numerator of the fraction.
4 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{12}{4}\) = 3

Question 15.
3 × \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 2

Explanation:
3 × \(\frac{8}{12}\)
Multiply the whole number with the numerator of the fraction.
\(\frac{24}{12}\) = 2

Multiply. Write the product as a mixed number.

Question 16.
3 × 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
3 × 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
3 × \(\frac{9}{8}\) = \(\frac{27}{8}\)
= 3 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 17.
2 × 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = ______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
2 × 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
2 × \(\frac{11}{5}\)
= \(\frac{22}{5}\)
= 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
2 × 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 18.
8 × 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = _______ \(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: 64/5

Explanation:
8 × 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
8 × 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 8 × \(\frac{8}{5}\)
= \(\frac{64}{5}\)
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{64}{5}\) = 12 \(\frac{4}{5}\)
8 × 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 12 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Review/Test – Page No. 338

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 19.
Bryson has soccer practice for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours 2 times a week. How much time does Bryson spend at soccer practice in 1 week?
Options:
a. 2 hours
b. 4 hours
c. 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
d. 8 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Answer: 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
Given,
Bryson has soccer practice for 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours 2 times a week.
2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 2
= 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
Bryson spend 4 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours at soccer practice in 1 week.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Question 20.
Nigel cut a loaf of bread into 12 equal slices. His family ate some of the bread and now \(\frac{5}{12}\) is left. Nigel wants to put each of the leftover slices in its own bag. How many bags does Nigel need?
Options:
a. 5
b. 7
c. 12
d. 17

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Given,
Nigel cut a loaf of bread into 12 equal slices.
His family ate some of the bread and now \(\frac{5}{12}\) is left.
Nigel wants to put each of the leftover slices in its own bag.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) × 12 = 5
Therefore Nigel needs 5 bags.
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Question 21.
Micala made a list of some multiples of \(\frac{3}{5}\). Which could be Micala’s list?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{9}{5}, \frac{12}{5}, \frac{19}{5}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{6}{10}, \frac{9}{15}, \frac{12}{20}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{5}, \frac{3}{5}, \frac{6}{5}, \frac{9}{5}\)
d. \(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{6}{5}, \frac{9}{5}, \frac{12}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{6}{10}, \frac{9}{15}, \frac{12}{20}\)

Explanation:
The next multiples of \(\frac{3}{5}\) is \(\frac{3}{5}, \frac{6}{10}, \frac{9}{15}, \frac{12}{20}\).
Thus the correct answer is option b.

Question 22.
Lincoln spent 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours reading a book. Phoebe spent 3 times as much time as Lincoln reading a book. How much time did Phoebe spend reading?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{16}\) hours
b. 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours
c. 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
d. 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
Given,
Lincoln spent 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours reading a book.
Phoebe spent 3 times as much time as Lincoln reading a book.
1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) × 3
\(\frac{5}{4}\) × 3 = \(\frac{15}{4}\)
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{15}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours
Phoebe spent 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\) hours for reading.
Thus the correct answer is option c.

Review/Test – Page No. 339

Fill in the bubble completely to show your answer.

Question 23.
Griffin used a number line to write the multiples of \(\frac{3}{8}\). Which multiple on the number line shows the product 2 × \(\frac{3}{8}\)?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review Test img 2
Options:
a. \(\frac{2}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\)
c. \(\frac{6}{8}\)
d. \(\frac{9}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Griffin used a number line to write the multiples of \(\frac{3}{8}\).
The multiples of \(\frac{3}{8}\) is \(\frac{6}{8}\), \(\frac{9}{8}\)
3 × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 24.
Serena’s rabbit weighs 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds. Jarod’s rabbit weighs 3 times as much as Serena’s rabbit. How much does Jarod’s rabbit weigh?
Options:
a. 3 \(\frac{1}{6}\) pounds
b. 7 \(\frac{1}{6}\) pounds
c. 9 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds
d. 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds

Answer: 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds

Explanation:
Given,
Serena’s rabbit weighs 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds.
Jarod’s rabbit weighs 3 times as much as Serena’s rabbit.
3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{7}{2}\)
\(\frac{7}{2}\) × 3 = \(\frac{21}{2}\)
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{21}{2}\) = 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option d.

Question 25.
Jacadi is setting up a tent. Each section of a tent pole is \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard long. She needs 4 sections to make 1 pole. How long is 1 tent pole?
Options:
a. \(\frac{12}{3}\) yards
b. \(\frac{8}{3}\) yards
c. 8 yards
d. \(\frac{4}{3}\) yards

Answer: \(\frac{12}{3}\) yards

Explanation:
Given,
Jacadi is setting up a tent. Each section of a tent pole is \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard long. She needs 4 sections to make 1 pole.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 4 = \(\frac{12}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option a.

Review/Test – Page No. 340

Question 26.
Oliver has music lessons Monday, Wednesday, and Friday. Each lesson is \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour. Oliver says he will have lessons for 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours this week. Do you agree or disagree? Explain your reasoning.
________

Answer: Oliver is incorrect because if he were correct he would learn for 2 hours and \(\frac{1}{2}\) minutes because, \(\frac{3}{4}\) × 3 = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) hours.

Question 27.
The common snapping turtle is a freshwater turtle. It can grow to about 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) feet long. The leatherback sea turtle is the largest of all sea turtles. The average length of a leatherback is about 5 times as long as a common snapping turtle.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review Test img 3
A. Draw a diagram to compare the lengths of the turtles. Then write an equation to find the length of a leatherback. Explain how the diagram helps you write the equation.
Type below:
________

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{6}\)x

Question 27.
B. About how long is the leatherback sea turtle?
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet

Explanation:
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) × 5
Convert from mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{7}{6}\)
\(\frac{7}{6}\) × 5 = 5 \(\frac{5}{6}\) feet

Question 27.
A loggerhead sea turtle is about 3 times as long as the common snapping turtle. How long is the loggerhead? Explain your answer.
______ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) feet

Explanation:
Given,
A loggerhead sea turtle is about 3 times as long as the common snapping turtle.
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) × 3
Convert from the mixed fraction to the improper fraction.
1 \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{7}{6}\)
\(\frac{7}{6}\) × 3 = 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) feet

Conclusion: 

Check out the Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers Review/Test to Score max marks in the exam. If you feel Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 8 Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers is helpful and trustworthy then share it with your friends to support them & overcome the difficulties of Multiply Fractions by Whole Numbers.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions

go-math-grade-7-chapter-6-algebraic-expressions-answer-key

Access the answers by downloading the 7th Grade HMH Go Math Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions pdf. We have prepared the solutions for all the questions in an easy manner. Thus we advise the students who are willing to score the highest marks to go through the Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions. The solutions seen in Go Math 7th Grade Solution Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions are prepared by the math experts. So don’t worry about the solutions just go through the topics and start your preparation.

Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions

Download Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions pdf on this page. The topics covered in chapter 6 algebraic expressions are combining like terms using the properties. Refer to our Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 6 Algebraic Expression to prove yourself in the exams. Test and enhance your math skills by solving the questions provided at the end of the chapter.

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions – Lesson:1

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions – Lesson:2

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions – Lesson:3

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions – Lesson:4

Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions

Guided Practice – Page No. 176

Question 1.
The manager of a summer camp has 14 baseballs and 23 tennis balls. The manager buys some boxes of baseballs with 12 baseballs to a box and an equal number of boxes of tennis balls with 16 tennis balls to a box. Write an expression to represent the total number of balls.
______ + ______ n

Answer: 37 + 28n

Explanation:
Given that,
The manager of a summer camp has 14 baseballs and 23 tennis balls.
The manager buys some boxes of baseballs with 12 baseballs to a box and an equal number of boxes of tennis balls with 16 tennis balls to a box.
Let n be the number of boxes of each type
Baseballs: 14 + 12n
Tennis Balls: 23 + 16n
Now add the like terms
14 + 12n + 23 + 16n
(14 + 23) + (12 + 16)n
37 + 28n
Thus the expression for the total number of balls is 37 + 28n

Question 2.
Use the expression you found above to find the total number of baseballs and tennis balls if the manager bought 9 boxes of each type.

Answer: 289

Explanation:
The expression we found in the above question is 37 + 28n
n = 9 boxes
Substitute the value of n in the expression
37 + 28(9) = 37 + 252 = 289
Thus the total number of balls = 289

Use the Distributive Property to expand each expression.

Question 3.
0.5(12m – 22n)
______ m – ______ n

Answer: 6m – 11n

Explanation:
We use the Distributive Property to expand the expression.
0.5(12m – 22n) = 0.5(12m) – 0.5(22n)
= 16m – 11n
Thus the expansion of 0.5(12m – 22n) is 16m – 11n

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)(18x + 6z)
______ x + ______ z

Answer: 12x + 4z

Explanation:
We use the Distributive Property to expand the expression.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)(18x + 6z) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)(18x) + \(\frac{2}{3}\)(6z)
= \(\frac{36}{3}\) + \(\frac{12}{3}\)
= 12x + 4z
Thus the expansion of \(\frac{2}{3}\)(18x + 6z) is 12x + 4z

Factor each expression.

Question 5.
2x + 12
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2(x + 6)

Explanation:
The common factor is 2. We factor the expression,
2x + 12 = 2(x + 6)

Question 6.
12x + 24
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 12(x + 2)

Explanation:
The common factor is 12. We factor the expression,
12x + 24 = 12(x + 2)

Question 7.
7x + 35
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 7(x + 5)

Explanation:
The common factor is 7. We factor the expression,
7x + 35 = 7(x + 5)

Essential Question Check-In

Question 8.
What is the relationship between multiplying and factoring?

Answer:
Factoring a number means writing it as a product – a list of numbers which when multiplied, give you the original number, thus factoring implies multiplication.
On the other hand, we can interpret the relationship between factoring and multiplication as one opposition because factoring an expression means dividing each term of the expression by the same number/factor.

Independent Practice – Page No. 177

Write and simplify an expression for each situation.

Question 9.
A company rents out 15 food booths and 20 game booths at the county fair. The fee for a food booth is $100 plus $5 per day. The fee for a game booth is $50 plus $7 per day. The fair lasts for d days, and all the booths are rented for the entire time. Write and simplify an expression for the amount in dollars that the company is paid.
______ + ______ d

Answer: 2500 + 215d

Explanation:
Given that,
A company rents out 15 food booths and 20 game booths at the county fair.
The fee for a food booth is $100 plus $5 per day.
The fee for a game booth is $50 plus $7 per day.
Let d be the number of days for which the booths are rented.
We have to write the expression for the amount of money for the food booths
15(100 + 5d)
We have to write the expression for the amount of money for the game booths
20(50 + 7d)
We have to write the expression for the amount of money for all the booths
15(100 + 5d) + 20(50 + 7d)
1500 + 75d + 1000 + 140d
Combine the like terms
2500 + 215d
Thus the expression for the amount in dollars that the company is paid is 2500 + 215d

Question 10.
A rug maker is using a pattern that is a rectangle with a length of 96 inches and a width of 60 inches. The rug maker wants to increase each dimension by a different amount. Let l and w be the increases in inches of the length and width. Write and simplify an expression for the perimeter of the new pattern.
______ + ______ l + ______ w

Answer:
A rug maker is using a pattern that is a rectangle with a length of 96 inches and a width of 60 inches. The rug maker wants to increase each dimension by a different amount.
The formula for the perimeter of a rectangle is 2 Length+ 2 Width
2 ×(96+l+60+w)
=2×(156+l+w)
=(312+2l+2w) inches

In 11 – 12, identify the two factors that were multiplied together to form the array of tiles. Then identify the product of the two factors.

Question 11.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 1
______ x + ______

Answer: 3x + 6

Explanation:
The two factors are
Width = 3
Length = x + 2
The area is the product of the two numbers:
3(x + 2) = 3(x) + 3(2)
3x + 6

Question 12.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 2
______ x – ______

Answer: 8x – 4

Explanation:
The two factors are
Width = 4
Length = 2x – 1
The area is the product of the two numbers:
4(2x – 1) = 4(2x) + 4(-1) = 8x – 4

Question 13.
Explain how the figure illustrates that 6(9) = 6(5) + 6(4).
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 3
Type below:
___________

Answer:
Note that the left part of the figure has 6 units from top to bottom and 5 units from left to right making it 6 × 5. On the other hand, the right part has also 6 units from top to bottom but 4 units from left to right making it 6 × 4. Adding the two expressions will give (6 × 5) + (6 × 4).

In 14–15, the perimeter of the figure is given. Find the length of the indicated side.

Question 14.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 4
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 3x – 7

Explanation:
We know that the perimeter of a figure is the sum of all sides. Therefore, we can identify the length of the other side by representing it with a variable, s
side + side + side = perimeter
s + (x + 3) + (2x +4) = 6x
s + 3x + 7 = 6x
s = 6x – 3x – 7
Combine the like terms
s = 3x – 7

Question 15.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 5
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2x + 6

Explanation:
We know that the perimeter of a figure is the sum of all sides. Therefore, we can identify the length of the other side by representing it with a variable, s
2side + 2side = perimeter
2s + 2(3x – 3) = 10x + 6
2s + 6x – 6 = 10x + 6
2s = 10x + 6 -6x + 6
2s = 4x + 12
2s = 2(2x+ 6)
s = 2x + 6

Page No. 178

Question 16.
Persevere in Problem Solving
The figures show the dimensions of a tennis court and a basketball court given in terms of the width x in feet of the tennis court.
a. Write an expression for the perimeter of each court.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 6
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Since the courts are rectangle, we can add all sides of the court using the given expressions:
Tennis:
x + x + (2x + 6) + (2x + 6)
= 2x + 4x + 12
= 6x + 12
Basketball:
(1/2 x + 32) + (1/2 x + 32) + (3x – 14) + (3x – 14)
x + 64 + 6x – 28
Now combine the like terms
7x + 36

Question 16.
b. Write an expression that describes how much greater the perimeter of the basketball court is than the perimeter of the tennis court.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x + 24

Explanation:
Since the perimeter of the basketball court is larger, we subtract the perimeter of the tennis court from this.
Therefore the expression is (7x + 36) – (6x + 12)
= 7x + 36 – 6x – 12 = x + 24

Question 16.
c. Suppose the tennis court is 36 feet wide. Find all dimensions of the two courts.
Width of the tennis court: _________ feet
Length of the tennis court: _________ feet
Width of basketball court: _________ feet
Length of the basketball court: _________ feet

Answer:
To find all dimensions, we substitute 36 in x of the tennis court and solve for the length.
For the tennis court:
Width: x = 36 feet
Length: 2x + 6 = 2(36) + 6 = 72 + 6 = 78 feet
For the basketball court:
Width: 1/2 x + 32 = 1/21(36) + 32 = 18 + 32 = 50 feet
Length: 3x – 14 = 3(36) – 14 = 108 – 14 = 94 feet

Question 17.
Draw Conclusions
Use the figure to find the product (x + 3)(x + 2). (Hint: Find the area of each small square or rectangle, then add.)
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: x² + 5x + 6

Explanation:
We can add the area of the smaller squares to find the area of the entire figure.
Note that there is one x.x = x²
There are 3(x.1) = 3x
There are 2(x.1) = 2x
There are 6(1.1) = 6
Adding these together we get x² + 3x + 2x + 6 = x² + 5x + 6

Question 18.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Desmond claims that the product shown at the right illustrates the Distributive Property. Do you agree? Explain why or why not.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 8
________

Answer: Yes

Explanation:
The multiplication can be written:
58 × 23 = 58(20 + 3)
58(20) + 58(3)
1160 + 174
We notice that the products 174 and 1160 were obtained using the Distributive Property.

Question 19.
Justify Reasoning
Describe two different ways that you could find the product 8 × 997 using mental math. Find the product and explain why your methods work.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
We are given the product
8 × 997
For a mental computation, we use the fact that 997 is close to 1000
8 × 997 = 8 . (1000 – 3)
8 × 1000 – 8 × 3
8000 – 24
7976
Other method:
8 × 997 = 8 . (900 + 90 + 7)
8(900) + 8(90) + 8(7)
7200 + 720 + 56
7976

Guided Practice – Page No. 182

The table shows the average temperature in Barrow, Alaska, for three months during one year.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 9

Question 1.
How many degrees warmer is the average temperature in November than in January?
________ °F

Answer: 11.7°F

Explanation:
Let x represent the number of degrees the temperature in November is warmer than in January.
x + (-13.4) = -1.7
x – 13.4 + 13.4 = -1.7 + 3.4
x = 11.7
Thus the average temperature in November is 11.7°F warmer.

Question 2.
Suppose that during one period of extreme cold, the average daily temperature decreased 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) °F each day. How many days did it take for the temperature to decrease by 9 °F?
________ days

Answer: 6 days

Explanation:
Let x be the number of days it took for the temperature to decrease by 9 °F
(-1 1/2)x = -9
-3/2x = -9
-3x = -18
x = 6
It took 6 days for the temperature to decrease by 9°F.

Use inverse operations to solve each equation.

Question 3.
−2x = 34
________

Answer: -17

Explanation:
We are given the equation:
−2x = 34
x = -17

Question 4.
y − 3.5 = −2.1
________

Answer: 1.4

Explanation:
We are given the equation:
y − 3.5 = −2.1
y = -2.1 + 3.5
y = 1.4

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) z = −6
________

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We are given the equation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) z = −6
z = -6 × \(\frac{3}{2}\)
z = -9

Essential Question Check-In

Question 6.
How does writing an equation help you solve a problem?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Writing an equation helps us model a problem. Once the equation is written, we can apply mathematical rules to determine the unknown in the equation.

Independent Practice – Page No. 183

The table shows the elevation in feet at the peaks of several mountains. Use the table for 7–9.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 10

Question 7.
Mt. Everest is 8,707.37 feet higher than Mt. McKinley. What is the elevation of Mt. Everest?
________ feet

Answer: 29,087.87

Explanation:
Given that,
Mt. Everest is 8,707.37 feet higher than Mt. McKinley.
Add 8707.37 to the height of the Mt. McKinley to find the height of the Mt. Everest.
20,321.5 + 8,707.37 = 29,028.87
Thus the elevation of Mt. Everest is 29,087.87 feet

Question 8.
Liam descended from the summit of K2 to an elevation of 23,201.06 feet. How many feet did Liam descend? What was his change in elevation?
________ feet

Answer: 5050.25 feet

Explanation:
Given,
Liam descended from the summit of K2 to an elevation of 23,201.06 feet.
Subtract the height of the K2 mountain and his elevation after descending to find the number of feet he descended. Since he descended down the mountain the change in elevation is the negative of the number of feet he descended.
descent: 28,251.31 – 23,201.06 = 5050.25 feet
change in elevation: -5050.25 feet

Question 9.
K2 is 11,194.21 feet higher than Mt. Kenya. Write and solve an equation to find the elevation of Mt. Kenya.
________ feet

Answer: 17,057.1

Explanation:
Let h be the height of Mt. Kenya.
Write the equation using the given information that K2, with a height of 28,251.31 feet, is 11,194.21 feet higher than Mt. Kenya.
h + 11,194.21 = 28, 251.31
h = 17057.1 feet

Question 10.
A hot air balloon begins its descent at a rate of 22 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet per minute. How long will it take for the balloon’s elevation to change by -315 feet?
________ minutes

Answer: 14 minutes

Explanation:
A hot air balloon begins its descent at a rate of 22 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet per minute.
315/22 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 315/\(\frac{45}{2}\)
= 315 × \(\frac{2}{45}\) = 14 minutes

Question 11.
During another part of its flight, the balloon in Exercise 10 had a change in elevation of -901 feet in 34 minutes. What was its rate of descent?
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) feet per minute

Answer:

Divide the number of feet by the number of minutes
\(\frac{901}{34}\) = 26.5 feet per minute
(Or)
\(\frac{901}{10}\) = 90.1 feet per minute

The table shows the average temperatures in several states from January through March. Use the table for 12–14.
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 11

Question 12.
Write and solve an equation to find how much warmer Montana’s average 3-month temperature is than Minnesota’s.
________ °C

Answer: 1.8°C

Explanation:
Write an equation where t is the number of degrees warmer than Montana’s temperature is compared to Minnesota’s
-2.5 + t = -0.7
t = -0.7 + 2.5
t = 1.8°C

Question 13.
How much warmer is Florida’s average 3-month temperature than Montana’s?
________ °C

Answer: 18.8°C

Explanation:
Subtract Florida and Montana’s temperatures
18.1 – (-0.7) = 18.1 + 0.7 = 18.8°C

Question 14.
How would the average temperature in Texas have to change to match the average temperature in Florida?
________ °C

Answer: increase by 5.6°C

Explanation:
Subtract Florida and Texas’s temperatures
18.1 – 12.5 = 5.6 °C

Question 15.
A football team has a net yardage of −26 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards on a series of plays. The team needs a net yardage of 10 yards to get a first down. How many yards do they have to get on their next play to get a first down?
________ \(\frac{□}{□}\) yards

Answer: 36 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards

Explanation:
Subtract the final net yardage and the current net yardage to find how many more yards they need
10 – (−26 \(\frac{1}{3}\)) = 10 + 26 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
= 36 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
They have to get 36 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards on their next play to get the first down.

Page No. 184

Question 16.
A diver begins at sea level and descends vertically at a rate of 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) feet per second. How long does the diver take to reach -15.6 feet?
________ seconds

Answer: 6.24 seconds

Explanation:
Divide the number of feet the diver descends by the rate of descent.
time = distance/rate
\(\frac{-15.6}{-2.5}\)
= 6.24 seconds

Question 17.
Analyze Relationships
In Exercise 16, what is the relationship between the rate at which the diver descends, the elevation he reaches, and the time it takes to reach that elevation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: The elevation he reaches (y) is directly proportional to the time it takes to reach that elevation (x) and the rate of descent is (k) the constant of proportionality.

Question 18.
Check for Reasonableness
Jane withdrew money from her savings account in each of 5 months. The average amount she withdrew per month was $45.50. How much did she withdraw in all during the 5 months? Show that your answer is reasonable.
$ ________

Answer: $227.50

Explanation:
Multiply the amount she withdrew per month by the number of months.
45.50 × 5 = 227.50
Since 45.50 ≈ 50 and 50 × 5 = 250 which is close to 227.50, the answer is reasonable.

Question 19.
Justify Reasoning
Consider the two problems below. Which values in the problems are represented by negative numbers? Explain why.

(1) A diver below sea level ascends 25 feet to a reef at -35.5 feet. What was the elevation of the diver before she ascended to the reef?

(2) A plane descends 1.5 miles to an elevation of 3.75 miles. What was the elevation of the plane before its descent?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The elevation of -35.5 and the elevation after ascending are both represented by the negative numbers. The change in elevation is represented by a negative number since the plane is descending.

Question 20.
Analyze Relationships
How is solving -4x = -4.8 different from solving − \(\frac{1}{4}\) x = -4.8? How are the solutions related?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
When you are solving -4x = -4.8, you are dividing both sides by -4 to solve for x.
When you are solving − \(\frac{1}{4}\) x = -4.8, you are multiplying both sides by -4 to solve for x.
The answers for the second equation is then 16 times the answer to the first problem since 4 × 4 = 16

Question 21.
Communicate Mathematical Ideas
Flynn opens a savings account. In one 3-month period, he makes deposits of $75.50 and $55.25. He makes withdrawals of $25.15 and $18.65. His balance at the end of the 3-month period is $210.85. Explain how you can find his initial deposit amount.
$ ________

Answer: $123.90

Explanation:
Let x be his initial deposit. Write the equation for his balance after making the additional deposits and withdrawals.
x + 75.50 + 55.25 – 25.15 – 18.65 = 210.58
x + 86.95 = 210.85
Simplify the left side of the equation
x = 123.90
Thus the initial deposit amount is $123.90

Guided Practice – Page No. 188

Draw algebra tiles to model the given two-step equation.

Question 1.
2x + 5 = 7
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 1

Explanation:
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 6 Answer Key solution img-1
First, draw two positive rectangles on the left to represent 2x and five positive squares to represent 5. One the right side, draw 7 positive squares to represent 7.

Question 2.
−3 = 5 − 4x
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Draw 3 negative squares on the left side to represent -3. On the right side, draw 5 positive squares to represent 5 and 4 negative rectangles to represent -4x.
Go Math Grade 7 Chapter 6 answer key solution img-2

Question 3.
A group of adults plus one child attend a movie at Cineplex 15. Tickets cost $9 for adults and $6 for children. The total cost for the movie is $78. Write an equation to find the number of adults in the group.
________ adults

Answer: 8 adults

Explanation:
Given,
A group of adults plus one child attend a movie at Cineplex 15.
Tickets cost $9 for adults and $6 for children.
The total cost for the movie is $78.
Write the equation for the total cost letting a be the number of adults.
9a + 6 = 78
9a = 72
a = 8
Therefore there are 8 adults in the group.

Question 4.
Break down the equation 2x + 10 = 16 to analyze each part.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Since x is the value we are trying to find, x is the solution. This means that 2x is the quantity we are looking for multiplied by 2. The 10 is added to 2x = 16 means the result is 16.

Question 5.
Write a corresponding real-world problem to represent 2x – 125 = 400.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A real-world problem could be: You are selling lemonade one summer. You paid a total of $125 for all the supplies you needed. If you charge customers $2 per cup of lemonade, how many cups of lemonade do you have to sell to make a profit of $400?

Essential Question Check-In

Question 6.
Describe the steps you would follow to write a two-step equation you can use to solve a real-world problem.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
First you must define what you are looking for with a variable. In the real-world problem I wrote a problem 5, the variable, x represents the number of cups sold. Next, decide how the remaining information is related to the variable. Since x is the number of cups sold and $2 is the price per cup, then the equation needs to have 2x.
Since profit = income – the cost of supplies, the cost of $125 needs to be subtracted from 2x and the equation needs to equal to the profit of $400. This would give an equation of 2x – 125 = 400.

Independent Practice – Page No. 189

Question 7.
Describe how to model -3x + 7 = 28 with algebra tiles.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
On the left side, draw 3 negative rectangles to represent -3x and 7 positive squares to represent 7. On the right side, draw 28 positive squares to represent 28.

Question 8.
Val rented a bicycle while she was on vacation. She paid a flat rental fee of $55.00, plus $8.50 each day. The total cost was $123. Write an equation you can use to find the number of days she rented the bicycle.
________ days

Answer: 8 days

Explanation:
Let x be the number of days then the daily fees are 8.50x.
Since there is a flat fee of $55, the total fees are 8.50x + 55
8.50x + 55 = 123
8.50x = 123 – 55
8.50x = 68
x = 68/8.50
x = 8
Thus she rented the bicycle for 8 days.

Question 9.
A restaurant sells a coffee refill mug for $6.75. Each refill costs $1.25. Last month Keith spent $31.75 on a mug and refills. Write an equation you can use to find the number of refills that Keith bought.
________ refills

Answer: 20 refills

Explanation:
Given that,
A restaurant sells a coffee refill mug for $6.75.
Each refill costs $1.25. Last month Keith spent $31.75 on a mug and refills.
Let x represent the number of refills then the total for refills is 1.25x.
Since the cost of the mug was $6.75, the total cost is 6.75 + 1.25x
6.75 + 1.25x = 31.75
1.25x = 31.75 – 6.75
1.25x = 25
x = 25/1.25
x = 20
Thus the number of refills that Keith bought is 20 refills.

Question 10.
A gym holds one 60-minute exercise class on Saturdays and several 45-minute classes during the week. Last week all of the classes lasted a total of 285 minutes. Write an equation you can use to find the number of weekday classes.
________ classes

Answer: 5 classes

Explanation:
Given,
A gym holds one 60-minute exercise class on Saturdays and several 45-minute classes during the week.
Last week all of the classes lasted a total of 285 minutes.
Let x be the number of 45 minute classes then the total time of 45 minute classes if 45x the total time of all classes is then 60 + 45x = 285
45x = 285 – 60
45x = 225
x = 225/45
x = 5
Thus the number of weekday classes is 5.

Question 11.
Multiple Representations

There are 172 South American animals in the Springdale Zoo. That is 45 more than half the number of African animals in the zoo. Write an equation you could use to find n, the number of African animals in the zoo.
________ animals

Answer: 254 animals

Explanation:
There are 172 South American animals in the Springdale Zoo. That is 45 more than half the number of African animals in the zoo.
n/2 + 45 = 172
n/2 = 172 – 45
n/2 = 127
n = 127 × 2
n = 254 animals
Thus the number of African animals in the zoo is 254.

Question 12.
A school bought $548 in basketball equipment and uniforms costing $29.50 each. The total cost was $2,023. Write an equation you can use to find the number of uniforms the school purchased.
________ uniforms

Answer: 50 uniforms

Explanation:
The total cost is equal to the cost of the basketball equipment plus the cost of the uniforms.
Let x represent the number of uniforms. Since each uniform costs $29.50, then the cost of x uniforms is 29.50x dollars.
The cost of the basketball equipment is $548 so the total cost is 548 + 29.50x
It is given that the total cost is $2023 so setting this equal to the expression we obtained for the total cost gives the equation 548 + 29.50x = 2023
29.50x = 2023 – 548
29.50x = 1475
x = 1475/29.50
x = 50
Thus the number of uniforms the school purchased is 50.

Question 13.
Financial Literacy
Heather has $500 in her savings account. She withdraws $20 per week for gas. Write an equation Heather can use to see how many weeks it will take her to have a balance of $220.
________ weeks

Answer: 14 weeks

Explanation:
Given,
Heather has $500 in her savings account. She withdraws $20 per week for gas.
Let x be the number of weeks. Since she is withdrawing $20 each week, then after x weeks her account has changed by -20x dollars.
Her original balance was $500 so after x weeks, her ending balance is 500 – 20x dollars.
It is given that her ending balance is $220 so the equation is
500 – 20x = 220
-20x = 220 – 500
-20x = -280
x = 280/20
x = 14
It will take 14 weeks to have a balance of $220.

Question 14.
Critique Reasoning
For 9x + 25 = 88, Deena wrote the situation “I bought some shirts at the store for $9 each and received a $25 discount. My total bill was $88. How many shirts did I buy?”
a. What mistake did Deena make?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Her mistake was that a discount would decrease the amount she paid so her equation should have 25 subtracted, not added.

Question 14.
b. Rewrite the equation to match Deena’s situation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Changing the addition in 9x + 25 = 88 to subtraction gives 9x – 25 = 88

Question 14.
c. How could you rewrite the situation to make it fit the equation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer: Instead of a discount, the situation could be rewritten to have her buying another item, like pants or a sweater, that cost $25.

Page No. 190

Question 15.
Multistep
Sandy charges each family that she babysits a flat fee of $10 for the night and an extra $5 per child. Kimmi charges $25 per night, no matter how many children a family has.
a. Write a two-step equation that would compare what the two girls charge and find when their fees are the same.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 10 + 5x = 25

Explanation:
Let x be the number of children.
Sandy charges each family that she babysits a flat fee of $10 for the night and an extra $5 per child. Kimmi charges $25 per night, no matter how many children a family has.
This means that she charges a total of 10 + 5x per night.
Kimmi only charges a flat fee of $25 per night,
Since you need to compare their charges, set these expressions equal to each other.
Sandy: 10 + 5x
Kimmi:  25
The equation is 10 + 5x = 25

Question 15.
b. How many children must a family have for Sandy and Kimmi to charge the same amount?
________ children

Answer: 3 children

Explanation:
Subtract 10 on both sides and then divide both sides by 5 to solve for x.
10 + 5x = 25
5x = 25 – 10
5x = 15
x = 3 children

Question 15.
c. The Sanderson family has five children. Which babysitter should they choose if they wish to save some money on babysitting, and why?
_____________

Answer: Kimmi, saves them $10

Explanation:
Substitute x = 5 in the above equation for Sandy.
10 + 5(5) = 10 + 25 = 35
This is $10 more than the $25 that Kimmi Charges so they should choose Kimmi because it will save them $10.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 16.
Analyze Relationships
Each student wrote a two-step equation. Peter wrote the equation 4x – 2 = 10, and Andres wrote the equation 16x – 8 = 40. The teacher looked at their equations and asked them to compare them. Describe one way in which the equations are similar.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
Each student wrote a two-step equation. Peter wrote the equation 4x – 2 = 10, and Andres wrote the equation 16x – 8 = 40.
4x – 2 = 10
4x = 10 + 2
4x = 12
x = 3
16x – 8 = 40
16x = 40 + 8
16x = 48
x = 48/16
x = 3
They are also similar because if you multiply both sides of 4x – 2 = 10 by 4, you get 16x – 8 = 40

Question 17.
What’s the Error?
Damon has 5 dimes and some nickels in his pocket, worth a total of $1.20. To find the number of nickels Damon has, a student wrote the equation 5n + 50 = 1.20. Find the error in the student’s equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The error is that he wrote the amount of money on the left side of the equation in cents but wrote the amount of money on the left side of the equation in dollars. He needs to write the equation as either 5n + 50 = 120. or 0.05n + 0.50 = 1.20

Question 18.
Represent Real-World Problems
Write a real-world problem you could answer by solving the equation -8x + 60 = 28.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
A possible real-world problem could be: You have $60 to spend on clothes. You want to buy some T-shirts that cost $8 each. After you went shopping, you had $28 left. How many T-shirts did you buy?

Guided Practice – Page No. 194

The equation 2x + 1 = 9 is modeled below
Go Math Grade 7 Answer Key Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions img 12

Question 1.
To solve the equation with algebra tiles, first remove _____
Then divide each side into _____
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
The first step is to remove one positive square on each side. Then divide each side into 2 equal groups.

Question 2.
The solution is x = _____
x = ______

Answer: x = 4

Explanation:
The solution is x = 4 since removing one square on each side gives 2x = 8 and then dividing each side into two equal groups gives x = 4.

Solve each problem by writing and solving an equation.

Question 3.
A rectangular picture frame has a perimeter of 58 inches. The height of the frame is 18 inches. What is the width of the frame?
______ inches

Answer: 11 inches

Explanation:
A rectangular picture frame has a perimeter of 58 inches. The height of the frame is 18 inches.
The perimeter of a rectangle is P = 2w + 2h.
It is given that the perimeter of the rectangular frame is P = 58 inches and the height is h = 18 inches.
P = 2w + 2h
58 = 2w + 2(18)
2w = 58 – 36
2w = 22
w = 11 inches
Thus the width of the frame is 11 inches.

Question 4.
A school store has 1200 pencils in stock and sells an average of 24 pencils per day. The manager reorders when the number of pencils in stock is 500. In how many days will the manager have to reorder?
______ days

Answer: 30 days

Explanation:
A school store has 1200 pencils in stock and sells an average of 24 pencils per day.
The manager reorders when the number of pencils in stock is 500.
Let x be the number of days
1200 – 24x = 500
-24x = -700
x ≈ 30
Thus the manager has to reorder 30 days.

Essential Question Check-In

Question 5.
How can you decide which operations to use to solve a two-step equation?
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
You must use inverse operations when solving a two-step equation. You remove addition by subtracting the inverse operation of subtraction. You get rid of multiplication by using the inverse operation of division.

Page No. 195

Question 6.
9s + 3 = 57
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:
We are given the equation
9s + 3 = 57
9s = 57 – 3
9s = 54
s = 54/9
s = 6

Question 7.
4d + 6 = 42
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
4d + 6 = 42
4d = 42 – 6
4d = 36
d = 36/4
d = 9

Question 8.
−3y + 12 = −48
______

Answer: 20

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−3y + 12 = −48
-3y = -48 – 12
-3y = -60
3y = 60
y = 20

Question 9.
\(\frac{k}{2}\) + 9 = 30
______

Answer: 42

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{k}{2}\) + 9 = 30
\(\frac{k}{2}\) = 30 – 9
k/2 = 21
k = 42

Question 10.
\(\frac{g}{3}\) − 7 = 15
______

Answer: 66

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{g}{3}\) − 7 = 15
\(\frac{g}{3}\) = 15 + 7
g/3 = 22
g = 22 × 3
g = 66

Question 11.
\(\frac{z}{5}\) + 3 = −35
______

Answer: -190

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{z}{5}\) + 3 = −35
\(\frac{z}{5}\) = −35 – 3
z/5 = -38
z = -38 × 5
z = -190

Question 12.
−9h − 15 = 93
______

Answer: -12

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−9h − 15 = 93
-9h = 93 + 15
-9h = 108
-h = 108/9
h = -12

Question 13.
−3(n + 5) = 12
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−3(n + 5) = 12
-3n – 15 = 12
-3n = 12 + 15
-3n = 27
-n = 27/3
n = -9

Question 14.
−17 + \(\frac{b}{8}\) = 13
______

Answer: 240

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−17 + \(\frac{b}{8}\) = 13
b/8 = 13 + 17
b/8 = 30
b = 30 × 8
b = 240

Question 15.
7(c − 12) = −21
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
7(c − 12) = −21
7c – 84 = -21
7c = -21 + 84
7c = 63
c = 63/7
c = 9

Question 16.
−3 + \(\frac{p}{7}\) = −5
______

Answer: -14

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−3 + \(\frac{p}{7}\) = −5
\(\frac{p}{7}\) = -5 + 3
\(\frac{p}{7}\) = -2
p = -2 × 7
p = -14

Question 17.
46 = −6t − 8
______

Answer: -9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
46 = −6t − 8
-6t – 8 = 46
-6t = 46 + 8
-6t = 54
-t = 54/6
t = -9

Question 18.
After making a deposit, Puja had $264 in her savings account. She noticed that if she added $26 to the amount originally in the account and doubled the sum, she would get the new amount. How much did she originally have in the account?
$ ______

Answer: $106

Explanation:
Let x be the original amount. Adding $26 to the original amount gives a sum of x + 26.
Doubling the sum then gives 2(x + 26) so the new amount is 2(x + 26) dollars.
It is given that the new amount is $264 so 2(x + 26) = 264
2(x + 26) = 264
x + 26 = 264/2
x + 26 = 132
x = 132 – 26
x = 106
Thus she originally has $106 in the account.

Question 19.
The current temperature in Smalltown is 20 °F. This is 6 degrees less than twice the temperature that it was six hours ago. What was the temperature in Smalltown six hours ago?
______ °F

Answer: 13°F

Explanation:
The current temperature in Smalltown is 20 °F. This is 6 degrees less than twice the temperature that it was six hours ago.
Let x be the temperature six hours ago
2x – 6 = 20
2x = 20 + 6
2x = 26
x = 13
Thus the temperature is 13°F in Smalltown six hours ago.

Question 20.
One reading at an Arctic research station showed that the temperature was -35 °C. What is this temperature in degrees Fahrenheit?
______ °F

Answer: -31°F

Explanation:
One reading at an Arctic research station showed that the temperature was -35 °C.
Substitute C = -35 into the formula for converting Celsius and Fahrenheit temperatures
C = 5/9 (F – 32)
-35 = \(\frac{5}{9}\)(F – 32)
-35 × \(\frac{9}{5}\) = F – 32
-7 × 9 = F – 32
-63 = F – 32
F = -63 + 32
F = -31°F
Thus the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit is -31°F

Question 21.
Artaud noticed that if he takes the opposite of his age and adds 40, he gets the number 28. How old is Artaud?
______ years old

Answer: 12 years old

Explanation:
Artaud noticed that if he takes the opposite of his age and adds 40, he gets the number 28.
Let x be his age
-x + 40 = 28
x = 40 – 28
x = 12
Thus Artaud is 12 years old.

Question 22.
Sven has 11 more than twice as many customers as when he started selling newspapers. He now has 73 customers. How many did he have when he started?
______ costumers

Answer: 31 customers

Explanation:
Let x be the number of customers he started with
11 + 2x = 73
2x = 73 – 11
2x = 62
x = 62/2
x = 31
Thus Sven has 31 customers when he started.

Question 23.
Paula bought a ski jacket on sale for $6 less than half its original price. She paid $88 for the jacket. What was the original price?
$ ______

Answer: $188

Explanation:
Given that,
Paula bought a ski jacket on sale for $6 less than half its original price. She paid $88 for the jacket.
Let x be the original price
1/2 x – 6 = 88
1/2 x = 88 + 6
1/2 x = 94
x = 94 × 2
x = 188
Thus the original price is $188.

Question 24.
The McIntosh family went apple picking. They picked a total of 115 apples. The family ate a total of 8 apples each day. After how many days did they have 19 apples left?
______ days

Answer: 12 days

Explanation:
The McIntosh family went apple picking. They picked a total of 115 apples. The family ate a total of 8 apples each day
Let x be the number of days.
115 – 8x = 19
115 – 19 = 8x
8x = 96
x = 96/8
x = 12
Thus the answer for the above question is 12 days.

Use a calculator to solve each equation.

Question 25.
−5.5x + 0.56 = −1.64
______

Answer: 0.4

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−5.5x + 0.56 = −1.64
Subtract 0.56 on both sides
-5.5x = -2.2
Divide both sides by -5.5
x = 0.4

Question 26.
−4.2x + 31.5 = −65.1
______

Answer: 23

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−4.2x + 31.5 = −65.1
Subtract 31.5 on both sides
-4.2x = -96.6
4.2x = 96.6
x = 96.6/4.2
x = 23

Question 27.
\(\frac{k}{5.2}\) + 81.9 = 47.2
______

Answer: -180.44

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{k}{5.2}\) + 81.9 = 47.2
k/5.2 = 47.2 – 81.9
k/5.2 = -34.7
k = -180.44

Page No. 196

Question 28.
Write a two-step equation that involves multiplication and subtraction, includes a negative coefficient, and has a solution of x = 7.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
A possible two-step equation that involves multiplication and subtraction, includes a negative coefficient and has a solution of x = 7 is -2x – 7 = -21
-2x = -21 + 7
-2x = -14
2x = 14
x = 14/2
x = 7

Question 29.
Write a two-step equation involving division and addition that has a solution of x = -25
Type below:
____________

Answer: \(\frac{x}{5}\) + 20 = 15

Explanation:
A possible two-step equation that involves division and addition and has a solution of x = -25 is \(\frac{x}{5}\) + 20 = 15
\(\frac{x}{5}\) = 15 – 20
\(\frac{x}{5}\) = -5
x = -25

Question 30.
Explain the Error
A student’s solution to the equation 3x + 2 = 15 is shown. Describe and correct the error that the student made.
3x + 2 = 15        Divide both sides by 3.
x + 2 = 5           Subtract 2 from both sides.
x = 3
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer:
Her error was when she divided both sides by 3.
She didn’t divide the 2 by 3. She should have gotten x + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 5 after dividing both sides by 3.
Her first step should have been subtracting both sides by 2 instead of dividing both sides by 3.
3x + 2 = 15
3x = 15 – 2
3x = 13
x = 13/2

Question 31.
Multiple Representations
Explain how you could use the work backward problem-solving strategy to solve the equation \(\frac{x}{4}\) − 6 = 2.
______

Answer: Working backward would mean talking the result of 2 and adding 6 to it to get 8. Then multiplying this by 4 to get 32.

H.O.T.

Focus on Higher Order Thinking

Question 32.
Reason Abstractly
The formula F = 1.8C + 32 allows you to find the Fahrenheit (F) temperature for a given Celsius (C) temperature. Solve the equation for C to produce a formula for finding the Celsius temperature for a given Fahrenheit temperature.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
F = 1.8C + 32
F – 32 = 1.8C
1.8C = F – 32
C = (F – 32)/1.8

Question 33.
Reason Abstractly
The equation P = 2(l + w) can be used to find the perimeter P of a rectangle with length l and width w. Solve the equation for w to produce a formula for finding the width of a rectangle given its perimeter and length.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
P = 2(l + w)
P/2 = l + w
P/2 – l = w
w = P/2 – l

Question 34.
Reason Abstractly
Solve the equation ax + b = c for x.
Type below:
____________

Answer:
Subtract both sides by b
ax = c – b
x = (c – b)/a

6.1 Algebraic Expressions – Page No. 197

Question 1.
The Science Club went on a two-day field trip. The first day the members paid $60 for transportation plus $15 per ticket to the planetarium. The second day they paid $95 for transportation plus $12 per ticket to the geology museum. Write an expression to represent the total cost for two days for the n members of the club.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 155 + 27n

Explanation:
Let n be the number of members. Then n also represents the number of tickets.
For the first day, tickets are $15 each so for n members, the ticket cost is 15n dollars. The members must also pay $60 for transportation so the total cost for the first day is 60 + 15n dollars.
For the second day, tickets are $12 each so for n members, the ticket cost is 12n dollars. The members must also pay $95 for transportation so the total cost for the first day is 95 + 12n dollars.
The total cost for the two days is then (60 + 15n) + (95 + 12n).
Combine the like terms.
27n + 155

6.2 One-Step Equations with Rational Coefficients

Solve.

Question 2.
h + 9.7 = −9.7
______

Answer: h = -19.4

Explanation:
We are given the equation
h + 9.7 = −9.7
h = -9.7 – 9.7
h = -19.4

Question 3.
\(-\frac{3}{4}+p=\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: p = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(-\frac{3}{4}+p=\frac{1}{2}\)
-3/4 + p = 1/2
p = 1/2 + 3/4
p = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 4.
−15 = −0.2k
______

Answer: k = 75

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−15 = −0.2k
0.2k = 15
k = 15/0.2
k = 150/2
k = 75

Question 5.
\(\frac{y}{-3}=\frac{1}{6}\)
\(\frac{□}{□}\)

Answer: y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{y}{-3}=\frac{1}{6}\)
y = -3/6
y = -1/2

Question 6.
−\(\frac{2}{3}\) m = −12
______

Answer: m = 18

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−\(\frac{2}{3}\) m = −12
\(\frac{2}{3}\) m = 12
m = 12 × 3/2
m = 6 × 3
m = 18

Question 7.
2.4 = −\(\frac{t}{4.5}\)
______

Answer: t = -10.8

Explanation:
We are given the equation
2.4 = −\(\frac{t}{4.5}\)
-t = 2.4 × 4.5
t = -10.8

6.3 Writing Two-Step Equations

Question 8.
Jerry started doing sit-ups every day. The first day he did 15 sit-ups. Every day after that he did 2 more sit-ups than he had done the previous day. Today Jerry did 33 sit-ups. Write an equation that could be solved to find the number of days Jerry has been doing sit-ups, not counting the first day.
______ days

Answer: 2x + 15 = 33

Explanation:
Let x be the number of days then the number of additional sit-ups is 2x since he does 2 more sit-ups for each day, not counting the first day.
Since he started doing 15 sit-ups on the first day, the total number of sit-ups after x would be 2x +15
2x + 15 = 33

6.4 Solving Two-Step Equations

Solve.

Question 9.
5n + 8 = 43
______

Answer: n = 7

Explanation:
We are given the equation
5n + 8 = 43
5n = 43 – 8
5n = 35
n = 35/5
n = 7

Question 10.
\(\frac{y}{6}\) − 7 = 4
______

Answer: y = 66

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{y}{6}\) − 7 = 4
\(\frac{y}{6}\) = 4 + 7
\(\frac{y}{6}\) = 11
y = 11 × 6
y = 66

Question 11.
8w − 15 = 57
______

Answer: w = 9

Explanation:
We are given the equation
8w − 15 = 57
8w = 57 + 15
8w = 72
w = 72/8
w = 9

Question 12.
\(\frac{g}{3}\) + 11 = 25
______

Answer: g = 42

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{g}{3}\) + 11 = 25
\(\frac{g}{3}\) = 25 – 11
\(\frac{g}{3}\) = 14
g = 14 × 3
g = 42

Question 13.
\(\frac{f}{5}\) − 22 = −25
______

Answer: f = -15

Explanation:
We are given the equation
\(\frac{f}{5}\) − 22 = −25
\(\frac{f}{5}\) = -25 + 22
\(\frac{f}{5}\) = -3
f = -3 × 5
f = -15

Question 14.
−4p + 19 = 11
______

Answer: p = 2

Explanation:
We are given the equation
−4p + 19 = 11
-4p = 11 – 19
-4p = -8
p = 2

Essential Question

Question 15.
How can you use two-step equations to represent and solve real-world problems?
Type below:
___________

Answer:
You can step two-step equations to represent and solve real-world problems by translating the words into an algebraic equation, solving the equation, and then interpreting the solution to the equation.

Selected Response – Page No. 198

Question 1.
A taxi cab costs $1.50 for the first mile and $0.75 for each additional mile. Which equation could be solved to find how many miles you can travel in a taxi for $10, given that x is the number of additional miles?
Options:
a. 1.5x + 0.75 = 10
b. 0.75x + 1.5 = 10
c. 1.5x − 0.75 = 10
d. 0.75x − 1.5 = 10

Answer: 0.75x + 1.5 = 10

Explanation:
Let x be the number of additional miles then the charge for the additional miles is 0.75x the total cost is then 1.50 + 0.75x = 10
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which is the solution of \(\frac{t}{2.5}\) = −5.2?
Options:
a. -13
b. -2.08
c. 2.08
d. 13

Answer: -13

Explanation:
t/2.5 = -5.2
t = -5.2 × 2.5
t = -13
Thus the correct answer is option is A.

Question 3.
Which expression is equivalent to 5x − 30?
Options:
a. 5(x − 30)
b. 5(x − 6)
c. 5x(x − 6)
d. x(5 − 30)

Answer: 5(x − 6)

Explanation:
Factor out 5 from each term.
5x – 30 = 5(x – 6)
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
In a science experiment, the temperature of a substance is changed from 42 °F to -54 °F at an average rate of -12 degrees per hour. Over how many hours does the change take place?
Options:
a. -8 hours
b. 18 hour
c. 1 hour
d. 8 hours

Answer: 8 hours

Explanation:
In a science experiment, the temperature of a substance is changed from 42 °F to -54 °F at an average rate of -12 degrees per hour.
Let x be the number of hours.
42 – 12x = -54
-12x = -54 – 42
-12x = -96
12x = 96
x = 96/12
x = 8 hours
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Which statement best represents the distance on a number line between -14 and -5?
Options:
a. −14 − (−5)
b. −14 + (−5)
c. −5 − (−14)
d. −5 + (−14)

Answer: −5 − (−14)

Explanation:
Distance is the difference between the biggest number and the smallest number so the distance between -5 and -14 is -5 – (-14) since -5 bigger than -14.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which cereal costs the most per ounce?
Options:
a. $4.92 for 12 ounces
b. $4.25 for 10 ounces
c. $5.04 for 14 ounces
d. $3.92 for 8 ounces

Answer: $3.92 for 8 ounces

Explanation:
Find the unit rates for each answer choice by dividing the cost by the number of ounces and rounding to two decimal places if necessary.
a. $4.92 for 12 ounces
4.92/12 = $0.41 per ounce
b. $4.25 for 10 ounces
4.25/10 ≈ 0.43 per ounce
c. $5.04 for 14 ounces
5.04/14 = 0.36 per ounce
d. $3.92 for 8 ounces
3.92/8 = 0.49 per ounce
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Mini-Task

Question 7.
Casey bought 9 tickets to a concert. The total charge was $104, including a $5 service charge.
a. Write an equation you can solve to find c, the cost of one ticket.
Type below:
_____________

Answer: 9c + 5 = 104

Explanation:
Let c be the cost of each ticket, the total cost of 9 tickets before the service charge is 9c adding the service charge gives a total charge of 9c + 5

Question 7.
b. Explain how you could estimate the solution of your equation.
Type below:
_____________

Answer:
104 is about 105. subtracting 5 from this gives 100. 9 is about 10 and 100 divided by 10 is 10 so the ticket price is around $10.

Question 7.
c. Solve the equation. How much did each ticket cost?
$ ______

Answer:
9c = 99
c = 99/9
c = 11

Final Words:

I hope the details mentioned in this article is beneficial for all the students of 7th standard. Enhance your math skills by practicing the problems from HMH Go Math Grade 7  Chapter 6 Algebraic Expressions. Download the Go Math Grade 7 Key Algebraic Expressions pdf and share it with your besties. All the Best Guys!!!

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units

go-math-grade-4-chapter-12-relative-sizes-of-measurement-units-pages-219-244-answer-key

Grade 4 Students can easily gain the basic learning knowledge of Relative sizes of measurement units math concepts by using the Go Math Answer Key Homework Practice FL provided here. All exercise problems & their answers are easily available here in Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units for free of cost. Hence, make use of the detailed explanative solutions of all Homework practice questions from our subject expertise provided Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key.

Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units

If you wanna succeed in your academics math concepts and enhance your skills then preparing the questions from Go Math Grade 4 Solution Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 11 Angles is the best way. So, practice well from HMH Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key will let you give so many advantages while preparation. Click on the links and kickstart your preparation with Go math 4th Grade homework practice questions and answers.

Lesson 1: Measurement Benchmarks

Lesson 2: Customary Units of Length

Lesson 3: Customary Units of Weight

Lesson 4: Customary Units of Liquid Volume

Lesson 5: Line Plots

Lesson 6: Metric Units of Length

Lesson 7: Metric Units of Mass and Liquid Volume

Lesson 8: Units of Time

Lesson 9: Problem Solving Elapsed Time

Lesson 10: Mixed Measures

Lesson 11:

Lesson 12:

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 221

Measurement Benchmarks

Use benchmarks to choose the customary unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 1

Question 1.
height of a computer
foot

Question 2.
weight of a table
_________

Answer: pound
The customary unit to measure the weight of a table is the pound.

Question 3.
length of a semi-truck
_________

Answer: foot
The customary unit to measure the length of a semi-truck is foot

Question 4.
the amount of liquid a bathtub holds
_________

Answer: gallon

Explanation:
To start, the standard bathtub will hold roughly around 80 gallons of water. Much smaller bathtubs can only hold around 40 gallons of water, which typically are more suited for smaller children or function more as a shower space.
The customary unit to measure the amount of liquid a bathtub holds is a gallon.

Use benchmarks to choose the metric unit you would use to measure each.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 2

Question 5.
mass of a grasshopper
_________

Answer: gram
The metric unit to measure the mass of a grasshopper is the gram.

Question 6.
the amount of liquid a water bottle holds
_________

Answer: liter
Liquid volume is the amount of liquid in a container. You can measure liquid volume using metric units such as milliliter (mL) and liter (L). A dropper holds about 1 milliliter. A water bottle holds about 1 liter.

Question 7.
length of a soccer field
_________

Answer: meter
The metric unit to measure the length of a soccer field is meter.

Question 8.
length of a pencil
_________

Answer: centimeter
The metric unit to measure the length of a pencil is centimeter.

Circle the better estimate.

Question 9.
mass of a chicken egg
Options:
a. 50 grams
b. 50 kilograms

Answer: 50 grams

Explanation:
The estimated mass of the chicken egg is 50 grams.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 10.
length of a car
Options:
a. 12 miles
b. 12 feet

Answer: 12 feet

Explanation:
The length of the car will be measured in feet. So the estimated length of a car is 12 feet.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 11.
amount of liquid a drinking glass holds
Options:
a. 8 ounces
b. 8 quarts

Answer: 8 ounces

Explanation:
A small glass holds about 8 fluid ounces. The amount of liquid a drinking glass holds is 8 ounces.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Complete the sentence. Write more or less.

Question 12.
A camera has a length of ____ than one centimeter.

Answer: more
A camera has a length of more than one centimeter.

Question 13.
A bowling ball weighs ____ than one pound.

Answer: more
A bowling ball weighs more than one pound.

Problem Solving

Question 14.
What is the better estimate for the mass of a textbook, 1 gram or 1 kilogram?
1 _________

Answer: kilogram
The mass of the textbook will more than a gram. So, the better estimate for the mass of a textbook is 1 kilogram.

Question 15.
What is the better estimate for the height of a desk, 1 meter or 1 kilometer?
1 _________

Answer: meter
The height of the desk will be less than a kilometer. So, the better estimate for the height of a desk is 1 meter.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 222

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Which is the best estimate for the weight of a stapler?
Options:
a. 4 ounces
b. 4 pounds
c. 4 inches
d. 4 feet

Answer: 4 pounds

Explanation:
Ounces are the way to light for a stapler. Four ounces would be a small cup paper cup filled with water, thus making it four pounds.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which is the best estimate for the length of a car?
Options:
a. 4 kilometers
b. 4 tons
c. 4 kilograms
d. 4 meters

Answer: 4 meters

Explanation:
The metric unit to measure the length of the car is meter.
The best estimate for the length of a car is 4 meters.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bart practices his trumpet 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours each day. How many hours will he practice in 6 days?
Options:
a. 8 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
b. 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
c. 7 hours
d. 6 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Answer: 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
Given that,
Bart practices his trumpet 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours each day.
We have to find the number of hours he practices in 6 days.
Multiply the number of hours he practices per day with the number of days.
= 6 × 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) hours
= 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours
Bart practices his trumpet 7 \(\frac{2}{4}\) hours in 6 days.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Millie collected 100 stamps from different countries. Thirty-two of the stamps are from countries in Africa. What is \(\frac{32}{100}\) written as a decimal?
Options:
a. 32
b. 3.2
c. 0.32
d. 0.032

Answer: 0.32

Explanation:
Given,
Millie collected 100 stamps from different countries. Thirty-two of the stamps are from countries in Africa.
The decimal form of \(\frac{32}{100}\) is 0.32
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Diedre drew a quadrilateral with 4 right angles and 4 sides of the same length. What kind of polygon did Diedre draw?
Options:
a. square
b. trapezoid
c. hexagon
d. pentagon

Answer: square

Explanation:
A square contains 4 congruent sides. 4 right angles (90°). Opposite sides are parallel. All angles are congruent.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
How many degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a circle?
Options:
a. 60°
b. 90°
c. 120°
d. 180°

Answer: 180°

Explanation:
The angle of a circle is 360°. The degrees are in an angle that turns through \(\frac{1}{2}\) of a circle is 180°
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 223

Customary Units of Length

Complete.

Question 1.
3 feet = 36 inches
Think: 1 foot = 12 inches,
so 3 feet = 3 × 12 inches, or 36 inches

Question 2.
2 yards = _____ feet

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 ft
= 6 feet
Thus 2 yards = 6 feet.

Question 3.
8 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 96

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
We know that
1 feet = 12 inches
8 feet = 8 × 12 inches = 96 inches
Thus 8 feet = 96 inches

Question 4.
7 yards = _____ feet

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
7 yards = 7 × 3 ft = 21 feet
Thus 7 yards = 21 feet

Question 5.
4 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
4 feet = 4 × 12 inches = 48 inches
Thus 4 feet = 48 inches

Question 6.
15 yards = _____ feet

Answer: 45

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
15 yards = 15 × 3ft = 45 feet
Thus 15 yards = 45 feet

Question 7.
10 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 120

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
10 feet = 10 × 12 in. = 120 inches
Thus 10 feet = 120 inches

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
3 yards _____ 10 feet

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
3 yards = 3 × 3 ft = 9 feet
9 feet is less than 10 feet
3 yards < 10 feet

Question 9.
5 feet _____ 60 inches

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
5 feet = 60 inches

Question 10.
8 yards _____ 20 feet

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
8 yards = 8 × 3 feet = 24 feet
24 feet is greater than 20 feet
8 yards > 20 feet

Question 11.
3 feet _____ 10 inches

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
3 feet = 3 × 12 inches = 36 inches
3 feet is greater than 10 inches
3 feet > 10 inches

Question 12.
3 yards _____ 21 feet

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
3 yards = 3 × 3 feet = 9 feet
9 feet is less than 21 feet
3 yards < 21 feet

Question 13.
6 feet _____ 72 inches

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
6 feet = 72 inches

Problem Solving

Question 14.
Carla has two lengths of ribbon. One ribbon is 2 feet long. The other ribbon is 30 inches long. Which length of ribbon is longer?
2 feet _____ 30 inches

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
2 feet = 2 × 12 inches = 24 inches
24 inches is less than 30 inches
2 feet < 30 inches

Question 15.
A football player gained 2 yards on one play. On the next play, he gained 5 feet. Was his gain greater on the first play or the second play?
2 yards _____ 5 feet

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
2 yards = 2 × 3 feet = 6 feet
2 yards > 5 feet

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 224

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marta has 14 feet of wire to use to make necklaces. She needs to know the length in inches so she can determine how many necklaces to make. How many inches of wire does Marta have?
Options:
a. 42 inches
b. 84 inches
c. 168 inches
d. 504 inches

Answer: 168 inches

Explanation:
Marta has 14 feet of wire to use to make necklaces.
We have to convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
14 feet = 14 × 12 inches = 168 inches
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Jarod bought 8 yards of ribbon. He needs 200 inches to use to make curtains. How many inches of ribbon does he have?
Options:
a. 8 inches
b. 80 inches
c. 96 inches
d. 288 inches

Answer: 288 inches

Explanation:
Jarod bought 8 yards of ribbon. He needs 200 inches to use to make curtains.
Convert from yards to inches
1 yard = 36 inches
8 yards = 8 × 36 inches = 288 inches
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Which describes the turn shown below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 3
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise
b. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn clockwise
c. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn clockwise
d. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn counterclockwise

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn counterclockwise

Explanation:
By seeing the above figure we can say that the shaded part turn \(\frac{1}{4}\) counterclockwise.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which decimal represents the shaded part of the model below?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 4
Options:
a. 0.03
b. 0.3
c. 0.33
d. 0.7

Answer: 0.3

Explanation:
The figure shows that there are 10 blocks in which 3 of them are shaded.
The decimal form of the shaded part is 3/10 = 0.3
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Three sisters shared $3.60 equally. How much did each sister get?
Options:
a. $1.00
b. $1.20
c. $1.80
d. $10.80

Answer: $1.20

Explanation:
Given,
Three sisters shared $3.60 equally.
3.60/3 = 1.20
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
Which is the best estimate for the width of your index finger?
Options:
a. 1 millimeter
b. 1 gram
c. 1 centimeter
d. 1 liter

Answer: 1 millimeter

Explanation:
The best estimate to measure the width of the index finger is 1 millimeter.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 225

Customary Units of Weight

Complete.

Question 1.
5 pounds = 80 ounces
Think: 1 pound = 16 ounces, so
5 pounds = 5 × 16 ounces, or 80 ounces

Question 2.
7 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 14000

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds = 14,000 pounds
Thus 7 tons = 14,000 pounds

Question 3.
2 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 32

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
2 pounds = 2 × 16 ounces = 32 ounces
Thus 2 pounds = 32 ounces

Question 4.
3 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 6000

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6000 pounds
Thus 3 tons = 6000 pounds

Question 5.
10 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 160

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
10 pounds = 10 × 16 ounces = 160 ounces
Thus 10 pounds = 160 ounces

Question 6.
5 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 10000

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds = 10,000 piunds
Thus 5 tons = 10,000 pounds

Question 7.
7 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 112 ounces

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces = 112 ounces
Thus 7 ounces = 112 ounces

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
8 pounds _____ 80 ounces

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
8 pounds = 8 × 16 ounces = 128 ounces
8 pounds > 80 ounces

Question 9.
1 ton _____ 100 pounds

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
1 ton > 100 pounds

Question 10.
3 pounds _____ 50 ounces

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces
3 pounds < 50 ounces

Question 11.
5 tons _____ 1,000 pounds

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
5 tons = 5 × 2000 pounds = 10000
5 tons > 1,000 pounds

Question 12.
16 pounds _____ 256 ounces

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
16 pounds = 16 × 16 ounces = 256 ounces
16 pounds = 256 ounces

Question 13.
8 tons _____ 16,000 pounds

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
8 tons = 8 × 2000 pounds = 16000
8 tons = 16,000 pounds

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A company that makes steel girders can produce 6 tons of girders in one day. How many pounds is this?
6 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 12000

Explanation:
A company that makes steel girders can produce 6 tons of girders in one day.
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
6 tons = 6 × 2000 pounds = 12000
6 tons = 12,000 pounds

Question 15.
Larry’s baby sister weighed 6 pounds at birth. How many ounces did the baby weigh?
6 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 96

Explanation:
Larry’s baby sister weighed 6 pounds at birth.
Convert from pounds to ounces
1 pound = 16 ounces
6 pounds = 6 × 16 ounces = 96 ounces

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 226

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ann bought 2 pounds of cheese to make lasagna. The recipe gives the amount of cheese needed in ounces. How many ounces of cheese did she buy?
Options:
a. 20 ounces
b. 32 ounces
c. 40 ounces
d. 64 ounces

Answer: 32 ounces

Explanation:
Given,
Ann bought 2 pounds of cheese to make lasagna. The recipe gives the amount of cheese needed in ounces.
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
2 pounds = 2 × 16 ounces = 32 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
A school bus weighs 7 tons. The weight limit for a bridge is given in pounds. What is this weight of the bus in pounds?
Options:
a. 700 pounds
b. 1,400 pounds
c. 7,000 pounds
d. 14,000 pounds

Answer: 14,000 pounds

Explanation:
Given,
A school bus weighs 7 tons. The weight limit for a bridge is given in pounds.
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
7 tons = 7 × 2000 pounds = 14,000 pounds
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the measure of m∠EHG?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 5
Options:
a. 60°
b. 100°
c. 120°
d. 130°

Answer: 120°

Explanation:
From the above diagram, we can see that there is one right angle and one 30° angle.
90° + 30° = 120°
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
How many lines of symmetry does the square below have?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 6
Options:
a. 0
b. 2
c. 4
d. 6

Answer: 4
The above figure consists of 4 symmetric lines.
The correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
To make dough, Reba needs 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of flour. How much flour does she need to make 5 batches of dough?
Options:
a. 14 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
b. 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
c. 11 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups
d. 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups

Question 6.
Judi’s father is 6 feet tall. The minimum height to ride a rollercoaster is given in inches. How many inches tall is Judi’s father?
Options:
a. 60 inches
b. 66 inches
c. 72 inches
d. 216 inches

Answer: 72 inches

Explanation:
Given,
Judi’s father is 6 feet tall. The minimum height to ride a rollercoaster is given in inches.
Convert from feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 inches = 72 inches
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 227

Customary Units of Liquid Volume

Complete.

Question 1.
6 gallons = 24 quarts
Think: 1 gallon = 4 quarts,
so 6 gallons = 6 × 4 quarts, or 24 quarts

Question 2.
12 quarts = ______ pints

Answer: 24

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to pints.
1 quart = 2 pints
12 quarts = 12 × 2 pints = 24 pints
12 quarts = 24 pints

Question 3.
6 cups = ______ fluid ounces

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from cups to fluid cups
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
6 cups = 6 × 8 fluid ounces
= 48 fluid ounces
Thus 6 cups = 48 fluid ounces

Question 4.
9 pints = ______ cups

Answer: 18

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
9 pints = 9 × 2 cups = 18 cups
Thus 9 pints = 18 cups

Question 5.
10 quarts = ______ cups

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
10 quarts = 10 × 4 cups = 40 cups
Thus 10 quarts = 40 cups

Question 6.
5 gallons = ______ pints

Answer: 40

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to pints.
1 gallon = 8 pints
5 gallons = 5 × 8 pints = 40 pints
Thus 5 gallons = 40 pints

Question 7.
3 gallons = ______ cups

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from gallons from cups.
1 gallon = 16 cups
3 gallons = 3 × 16 cups = 48 cups
3 gallons = 48 cups

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
6 pints ______ 60 fluid ounces

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from pints to fluid ounces.
1 pint = 16 fluid ounces
6 pints = 6 × 16 fluid ounces = 96 fluid ounces
6 pints = 96 fluid ounces
6 pints > 60 fluid ounces

Question 9.
3 gallons ______ 30 quarts

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to quarts.
1 gallon = 4 quarts
3 gallons = 3 × 4 quarts = 12 quarts

Question 10.
5 quarts ______ 20 cups

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
5 quarts = 5 × 4 cups = 20 cups
5 quarts = 20 cups

Question 11.
6 cups ______ 12 pints

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from cups to pints.
1 cup = 1/2 pint
6 cups = 6 × 1/2 pint = 3 cups
6 cups < 12 pints

Question 12.
8 quarts ______ 16 pints

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to pints.
1 quart = 2 pints
8 quarts = 8 × 2 pints = 16 pints
8 quarts = 16 pints

Question 13.
6 gallons ______ 96 pints

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert gallons to pints.
1 gallon = 8 pints
6 gallons = 6 × 8 pints = 48 pints
6 gallons < 96 pints

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A chef makes 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of soup in a large pot. How many 1-cup servings can the chef get from this large pot of soup?
______ 1-cup servings

Answer: 24

Explanation:
A chef makes 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of soup in a large pot.
1 gallon = 16 cups
1/2 gallon = 8 cups
16 + 8 = 24 cups

Question 15.
Kendra’s water bottle contains 2 quarts of water. She wants to add drink mix to it, but the directions for the drink mix give the amount of water in fluid ounces. How many fluid ounces are in her bottle?
______ fluid ounces

Answer: 64

Explanation:
Kendra’s water bottle contains 2 quarts of water. She wants to add drink mix to it, but the directions for the drink mix give the amount of water in fluid ounces.
1 quart = 32 fluid ounces
2 quarts = 2 × 32 fluid ounces = 64 fluid ounces.
Thus there are 64 fluid ounces in her bottle.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 228

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joshua drinks 8 cups of water a day. The recommended daily amount is given in fluid ounces. How many fluid ounces of water does he drink each day?
Options:
a. 16 fluid ounces
b. 32 fluid ounces
c. 64 fluid ounces
d. 128 fluid ounces

Answer: 64 fluid ounces

Explanation:
Given,
Joshua drinks 8 cups of water a day. The recommended daily amount is given in fluid ounces.
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
8 cups = 8 × 8 fluid ounces = 64 fluid ounces
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
A cafeteria used 5 gallons of milk in preparing lunch. How many 1-quart containers of milk did the cafeteria use?
Options:
a. 10
b. 20
c. 40
d. 80

Answer: 20

Explanation:
A cafeteria used 5 gallons of milk in preparing lunch.
Convert from gallons to quarts
1 gallon = 4 quarts
5 gallons = 5 × 4 quarts = 20 quarts
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Roy uses \(\frac{1}{4}\) cup of batter for each muffin. Which list shows the amounts of batter he will use depending on the number of muffins he makes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{7}, \frac{1}{8}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{12}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{5}{20}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{6}{24}, \frac{8}{32}\)

Answer: \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{6}{24}, \frac{8}{32}\)

Explanation:
All fractions must be equal to \(\frac{1}{4}\)
a. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{1}{5}, \frac{1}{6}, \frac{1}{7}, \frac{1}{8}\)
In this all fractions are not equal to \(\frac{1}{4}\)
b. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{4}, \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{4}, \frac{5}{4}\)
\(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{4}{4}\) = 1
In this all fractions are not equal to \(\frac{1}{4}\)
c. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{3}{12}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{5}{20}\)
\(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{12}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{4}{16}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{5}{20}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
d. \(\frac{1}{4}, \frac{2}{8}, \frac{4}{16}, \frac{6}{24}, \frac{8}{32}\)
\(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{4}{16}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{6}{24}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
\(\frac{8}{32}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Beth has \(\frac{7}{100}\) of a dollar. Which shows the amount of money Beth has?
Options:
a. $7.00
b. $0.70
c. $0.07
d. $0.007

Answer: $0.07

Explanation:
Beth has \(\frac{7}{100}\) of a dollar.
The decimal form of \(\frac{7}{100}\) = 0.07
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Name the figure that Enrico drew below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 7
Options:
a. a ray
b. a line
c. a line segment
d. an octagon

Answer: a ray

Explanation:
In geometry, a ray can be defined as a part of a line that has a fixed starting point but no endpoint. It can extend infinitely in one direction. On its way to infinity, a ray may pass through more than one point. When naming a ray, it is denoted by drawing a small ray on top of the name of the ray.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. Feeding instructions are given for weights in pounds. How many pounds does the hippopotamus weigh?
Options:
a. 4,000 pounds
b. 6,000 pounds
c. 8,000 pounds
d. 12,000 pounds

Answer: 8,000 pounds

Explanation:
A hippopotamus weighs 4 tons. Feeding instructions are given for weights in pounds.
Convert from tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
4 tons = 2 × 2000 pounds = 4000 pounds.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 229

Line Plots

Question 1.
Some students compared the time they spend riding the school bus. Complete the tally table and line plot to show the data.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 8
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 9

Time Spent on School Bus
Time (in hour)Tally
\(\frac{1}{6}\)||
\(\frac{2}{6}\)
\(\frac{3}{6}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}\)

Answer:

Time Spent on School Bus
Time (in hour)Tally
\(\frac{1}{6}\)||
\(\frac{2}{6}\)|
\(\frac{3}{6}\)||||
\(\frac{4}{6}\)|

Go-Math-Grade-4-Answer-Key-Homework-Practice-FL-Chapter-12-Relative-Sizes-of-Measurement-Units-img-9

Use your line plot for 2 and 3.

Question 2.
How many students compared times?
______ students

Answer: 8
By seeing the above line plot we can say that there is 8 number of students.

Question 3.
What is the difference between the longest time and shortest time students spent riding the bus?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{6}\) – \(\frac{1}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) hour

Problem Solving

For 4–5, make a tally table on a separate sheet of paper.

Make a line plot in the space below the problem.

Question 4.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 10
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 11

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL img-1

Question 5.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 12
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 13

Answer:
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework FL img-2

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 230

Lesson Check

Use the line plot for 1 and 2.

Question 1.
How many students were reading during study time?
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 14
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 8

Explanation:
By seeing the above line plot we can say that there are 8 students.
The correct answer is option D.

Question 2.
What is the difference between the longest time and the shortest time spent reading?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{8}\) hour
b. \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour
c. \(\frac{2}{8}\) hour
d. \(\frac{1}{8}\) hour

Answer: \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour

Explanation:
\(\frac{4}{8}\) hour – \(\frac{1}{8}\) hour
(4 – 1)/8 = \(\frac{3}{8}\) hour
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bridget is allowed to play on-line games for \(\frac{75}{100}\) of an hour each day. Which shows that fraction as a decimal?
Options:
a. 75.0
b. 7.50
c. 0.75
d. 0.075

Answer: 0.75

Explanation:
The decimal form of \(\frac{75}{100}\) is 0.75
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Bobby’s collection of sports cards has \(\frac{3}{10}\) baseball cards and \(\frac{39}{100}\) football cards. The rest are soccer cards. What fraction of Bobby’s sports cards are baseball or football cards?
Options:
a. \(\frac{9}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{42}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{52}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{69}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{42}{100}\)

Question 5.
Jeremy gives his horse 12 gallons of water each day. How many 1-quart pails of water is that?
Options:
a. 24
b. 48
c. 72
d. 96

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to quarts
1 gallon = 4 quarts
12 gallons = 12 × 4 quarts = 48 quarts
12 gallons = 48 quarts
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 6.
An iguana at a pet store is 5 feet long. Measurements for iguana cages are given in inches. How many inches long is the iguana?
Options:
a. 45 inches
b. 50 inches
c. 60 inches
d. 72 inches

Answer: 60 inches

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches.
1 feet = 12 inches
5 feet = 5 × 12 inches = 60 inches
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 231

Metric Units of Length

Complete.

Question 1.
4 meters = 400 centimeters
Think: 1 meter = 100 centimeters,
so 4 meters = 4 × 100 centimeters, or 400 centimeters

Question 2.
8 centimeters = ______ millimeters

Answer: 80 millimeters

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeter
8 centimeters = 8 × 10 millimeters = 80 millimeters

Question 3.
5 meters = ______ decimeters

Answer: 50

Explanation:
Converting from meters to decimeters
We know that,
1 meter = 10 decimeters
5 meters = 5 × 10 decimeters = 50 decimeters

Question 4.
9 meters = ______ millimeters

Answer: 90

Explanation:
Convert from meters to millimeters
1 meter = 10 millimeters
9 meters = 9 × 10 millimeters = 90 millimeters

Question 5.
7 meters = ______ centimeters

Answer: 700

Explanation:
Convert from meters to centimeters
We know that
1 meter = 100 centimeters
7 meters = 7 × 100 centimeters
7 meters = 700 centimeters

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 6.
8 meters ______ 80 centimeters

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from meters to centimeters
We know that
1 meter = 100 centimeters
8 meters = 800 centimeters
8 meters is less than 80 centimeters
8 meters < 80 centimeters

Question 7.
3 decimeters ______ 30 centimeters

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from decimeters to centimeters
We know that
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
3 decimeters = 30 centimeters

Question 8.
4 meters ______ 450 centimeters

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from meters to centimeters
We know that
1 meter = 100 centimeters
4 meters = 400 centimeters
4 meters < 450 centimeters

Question 9.
90 centimeters ______ 9 millimeters

Answer: >

Explanation:
Converting from centimeters to millimeters
1 centimeter = 10 millimeter
90 centimeters = 900 millimeters
90 centimeters > 9 millimeters

Describe the length in meters. Write your answer as a fraction and as a decimal.

Question 10.
43 centimeters =
Type below:
_________

Answer: 0.43 meters

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to meters
1 centimeter = 1/100 meter
43 centimeters = 43 × 1/100 = 0.43 meters

Question 11.
6 decimeters =
Type below:
_________

Answer: 0.6 meters

Explanation:
Convert from decimeter to meter
1 decimeter = 1/10 meter
6 decimeters = 6 × 1/10 meter = 0.6 meter

Question 12.
8 centimeters =
Type below:
_________

Answer:  0.08

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to meters
1 centimeter = 1/100 meter
8 centimeters = 8 × 1/100 meter = 0.08 meter

Question 13.
3 decimeters =
Type below:
_________

Answer: 0.3 meter

Explanation:
Convert from decimeter to meter
1 decimeter = 1/10 meter
3 decimeter = 3 × 1/10 meter = 0.3 meter

Problem Solving

Question 14.
A flagpole is 4 meters tall. How many centimeters tall is the flagpole?
_____ centimeters

Answer: 400 centimeters

Explanation:
Given that,
A flagpole is 4 meters tall
We have to convert the meters to centimeters.
1 meter = 100 centimeter
4 meters = 4 × 100 cm = 400 centimeters
Thus the flagpole is 400 centimeters tall.

Question 15.
A new building is 25 meters tall. How many decimeters tall is the building?
_____ decimeters

Answer: 250 decimeters

Explanation:
A new building is 25 meters tall.
Convert from meters to decimeters.
1 meter = 10 decimeters
25 meters = 25 × 10 decimeters = 250 decimeters
Thus the building is 250 decimeters tall.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 232

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A pencil is 15 centimeters long. How many millimeters long is that pencil?
Options:
a. 1.5 millimeters
b. 15 millimeters
c. 150 millimeters
d. 1,500 millimeters

Answer: 150 millimeters

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to millimeters.
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
15 centimeters = 15 × 10 = 150 millimeters
Thus the correct answer is 150 millimeters.

Question 2.
John’s father is 2 meters tall. How many centimeters tall is John’s father?
Options:
a. 2,000 centimeters
b. 200 centimeters
c. 20 centimeters
d. 2 centimeters

Answer: 200 centimeters

Explanation:
Convert from meters to centimeters.
1 meter = 100 centimeters
2 meters = 2 × 100 centimeters
= 200 centimeters
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Bruce reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each night. How long will he read in 4 nights?
Options:
a. \(\frac{3}{16}\) hours
b. \(\frac{7}{4}\) hours
c. \(\frac{9}{4}\) hours
d. \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours

Answer: \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours

Explanation:
Given that,
Bruce reads for \(\frac{3}{4}\) hour each night.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) × 4 = \(\frac{12}{4}\) hours
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 4.
Mark jogged 0.6 mile. Caroline jogged 0.49 mile. Which inequality correctly compares the distances they jogged?
Options:
a. 0.6 = 0.49
b. 0.6 > 0.49
c. 0.6 < 0.49
d. 0.6 + 0.49 = 1.09

Answer: 0.6 > 0.49

Explanation:
0.6=Mark
>
0.49= Caroline
This is because 0.6 equals 0.60 so 0.60>0.49
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Use the line plot for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 15

Question 5.
How many lawns were mowed?
Options:
a. 8
b. 9
c. 10
d. 11

Answer: 11

Explanation:
By seeing the above line plot we can say that 11 lawns were mowed.
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
What is the difference between the greatest amount and least amount of gasoline used to mow lawns?
Options:
a. \(\frac{6}{8}\) gallon
b. \(\frac{5}{8}\) gallon
c. \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon
d. \(\frac{3}{8}\) gallon

Answer: \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon

Explanation:
\(\frac{5}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 233

Metric Units of Mass and Liquid Volume

Complete.

Question 1.
5 liters = 5,000 milliliters
Think: 1 liter 5 1,000 milliliters,
so 5 liters 5 5 × 1,000 milliliters, or 5,000 milliliters

Question 2.
3 kilograms = ______ grams

Answer: 3000

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
3 kilograms = 3 × 1000 grams = 3000 grams
3 kilograms = 3000 grams

Question 3.
8 liters = ______ milliliters

Answer: 8000

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
8 liters = 8 × 1000 milliliters = 8000 milliliters
8 liters = 8000 milliliters

Question 4.
7 kilograms = ______ grams

Answer: 7000

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
7 kilograms = 7 × 1000 grams = 7000 grams

Question 5.
9 liters = ______ milliliters

Answer: 9000

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
9 liters = 9 × 1000 milliliters = 9000 milliliters
9 liters = 9000 milliliters

Question 6.
2 liters = ______ milliliters

Answer: 2000

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters

Question 7.
6 kilograms = ______ grams

Answer: 6000

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
6 kilograms = 6000 grams

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
8 kilograms ______ 850 grams

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
8 kilograms = 8000 grams
8 kilograms > 850 grams

Question 9.
3 liters ______ 3,500 milliliters

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3000 milliliters
3 liters < 3,500 milliliters

Question 10.
1 kilogram ______ 1,000 grams

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams

Question 11.
5 liters ______ 520 milliliters

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
5 liter = 5000 milliliters
5 liters > 520 milliliters

Problem Solving

Question 12.
Kenny buys four 1-liter bottles of water. How many milliliters of water does Kenny buy?
______ milliliters

Answer: 4000

Explanation:
Given that,
Kenny buys four 1-liter bottles of water.
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
4 liter = 4000 milliliters
Thus Kenny can buy 4000 milliliters.

Question 13.
Mrs. Jones bought three 2-kilogram packages of flour. How many grams of flour did she buy?
______ grams

Answer: 6000

Explanation:
Mrs. Jones bought three 2-kilogram packages of flour.
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
6 kilograms = 6 × 1000 grams = 6000 grams
Thus she can buy 6000 grams of flour.

Question 14.
Colleen bought 8 kilograms of apples and 2.5 kilograms of pears. How many more grams of apples than pears did she buy?
______ grams

Answer: 5500

Explanation:
Colleen bought 8 kilograms of apples and 2.5 kilograms of pears.
8 kilograms – 2.5 kilograms = 5.5 kilograms
Convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
5.5 kilograms = 5500 grams

Question 15.
Dave uses 500 milliliters of juice for a punch recipe. He mixes it with 2 liters of ginger ale. How many milliliters of punch does he make?
______ milliliters

Answer: 2500

Explanation:
Dave uses 500 milliliters of juice for a punch recipe. He mixes it with 2 liters of ginger ale.
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liter = 2000 milliliters
2000 milliliters + 500 milliters = 2500 milliters.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 234

Lesson Check

Question 1.
During his hike, Milt drank 1 liter of water and 1 liter of sports drink. How many milliliters of liquid did he drink in all?
Options:
a. 20 milliliters
b. 200 milliliters
c. 2,000 milliliters
d. 20,000 milliliters

Answer: 2,000 milliliters

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
2 liters = 2 × 1000 milliliters = 2000 milliliters
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Larinda cooked a 4-kilogram roast. The roast left over after the meal weighed 3 kilograms. How many grams of roast were eaten during that meal?
Options:
a. 7,000 grams
b. 1,000 grams
c. 700 grams
d. 100 grams

Answer: 1,000 grams

Explanation:
Given,
Larinda cooked a 4-kilogram roast. The roast left over after the meal weighed 3 kilograms.
So subtract the amount Larinda cooked and left over roast
That means 4 kilograms – 3 kilograms = 1 kilogram
Now convert from kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Use a protractor to find the angle measure.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 16
Options:
a. 15°
b. 35°
c. 135°
d. 145°

Answer: 135°
By measuring with the help of the protractor we can say that the angle measure is 135°
Thus the correct answer is option is C.

Question 4.
Which of the following shows parallel lines?
Options:
a. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 17
b. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 18
c. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 19
d. Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 20

Answer: Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 19
By seeing the above figures we can say that option c is parallel.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Carly bought 3 pounds of birdseed. How many ounces of birdseed did she buy?
Options:
a. 30 ounces
b. 36 ounces
c. 42 ounces
d. 48 ounces

Answer: 48 ounces

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
A door is 8 decimeters wide. How wide is the door in centimeters?
Options:
a. 8 centimeters
b. 80 centimeters
c. 800 centimeters
d. 8,000 centimeters

Answer: 80 centimeters

Explanation:
Given that,
A door is 8 decimeters wide.
Convert from decimeter to centimeter.
1 decimeter = 10 centimeter
8 decimeter = 8 × 10 cm = 80 centimeters
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 235

Units of Time

Complete.

Question 1.
6 minutes = 360 seconds
Think: 1 minute = 60 seconds,
so 6 minutes = 6 × 60 seconds, or 360 seconds

Question 2.
5 weeks = ______ days

Answer: 35

Explanation:
Convert from weeks to days
1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days

Question 3.
3 years = ______ weeks

Answer: 156 weeks

Explanation:
Convert from years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
3 years = 3 × 52 weeks = 156 weeks

Question 4.
9 hours = ______ minutes

Answer: 540 minutes

Explanation:
Convert from hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
9 hours = 9 × 60 minutes = 540 minutes

Question 5.
9 minutes = ______ seconds

Answer: 540 seconds

Explanation:
Convert from minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
9 minutes = 9 × 60 seconds = 540 seconds

Question 6.
5 years = ______ months

Answer: 60 minutes

Explanation:
Convert from years to months.
1 year = 12 minutes
5 years = 5 × 12 minutes = 60 minutes

Question 7.
7 days = ______ hours

Answer: 168 hours

Explanation:
Convert days to hours
1 day = 24 hours
7 days = 7 × 24 hours = 168 hours

Compare using <, >, or =.

Question 8.
2 years ______ 14 months

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from years to months.
1 year = 12 months
2 years = 24 months
2 years > 14 months

Question 9.
3 hours ______ 300 minutes

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
3 hours = 3 × 60 minutes = 180 minutes
3 hours < 300 minutes

Question 10.
2 days ______ 48 hours

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from days to hours.
1 day = 24 hours
2 days = 48 hours

Question 11.
6 years ______ 300 weeks

Answer: >

Explanation:
Convert from years to weeks.
1 year = 52 weeks
6 years = 6 × 52 weeks = 312 weeks
312 weeks > 300 weeks

Question 12.
4 hours ______ 400 minutes

Answer: <

Explanation:
Convert from hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
4 hours = 4 × 60 minutes = 240 minutes

Question 13.
5 minutes ______ 300 seconds

Answer: =

Explanation:
Convert from minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
5 minutes = 5 × 60 seconds = 300 seconds
5 minutes = 300 seconds

Problem Solving

Question 14.
Jody practiced a piano piece for 500 seconds. Bill practiced a piano piece for 8 minutes. Who practiced longer?
_________

Answer: Jody

Explanation:
Given that,
Jody practiced a piano piece for 500 seconds. Bill practiced a piano piece for 8 minutes.
Convert from minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
8 minutes = 8 × 60 seconds = 480 seconds
By this, we can say that Jody practiced longer.

Question 15.
Yvette’s younger brother just turned 3 years old. Fred’s brother is now 30 months old. Whose brother is older?
_________ ‘s brother

Answer: Yvette

Explanation:
Given,
Yvette’s younger brother just turned 3 years old.
Fred’s brother is now 30 months old.
Convert years to months.
1 year = 12 months
3 years = 36 months
By this, we can say that Yvette’s brother is older.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 236

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Glen rode his bike for 2 hours. For how many minutes did Glen ride his bike?
Options:
a. 60 minutes
b. 100 minutes
c. 120 minutes
d. 150 minutes

Answer: 120 minutes

Explanation:
Glen rode his bike for 2 hours.
Convert from hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 minutes
2 hours = 2 × 60 minutes = 120 minutes
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Tina says that vacation starts in exactly 4 weeks. In how many days does vacation start?
Options:
a. 28 days
b. 35 days
c. 42 days
d. 48 days

Answer: 28 days

Explanation:
Tina says that vacation starts in exactly 4 weeks.
Convert from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
4 weeks = 4 × 7 days = 28 days
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Kayla bought \(\frac{9}{4}\) pounds of apples. What is that weight as a mixed number?
Options:
a. 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
b. 1 \(\frac{4}{9}\) pounds
c. 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
d. 2 \(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds

Explanation:
Kayla bought \(\frac{9}{4}\) pounds of apples.
Convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{9}{4}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Judy, Jeff, and Jim each earned $5.40 raking leaves. How much did they earn in all?
Options:
a. $1.60
b. $10.80
c. $15.20
d. $16.20

Answer: $16.20

Explanation:
Judy, Jeff, and Jim each earned $5.40 raking leaves.
5.40 + 5.40 + 5.40 = 16.20
The amount earned in total is $16.20
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
Melinda rode her bike \(\frac{54}{100}\)mile to the library. Then she rode \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to the store. How far did Melinda ride her bike in all?
Options:
a. 0.14 mile
b. 0.58 mile
c. 0.94 mile
d. 1.04 miles

Answer: 0.94 mile

Explanation:
Melinda rode her bike \(\frac{54}{100}\) mile to the library.
Then she rode \(\frac{4}{10}\) mile to the store.
Convert from fraction to decimal form.
\(\frac{54}{100}\) = 0.54 mile
\(\frac{4}{10}\) = 0.4 mile
0.54 + 0.4 = 0.94 mile
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
One day, the students drank 60 quarts of milk at lunch. How many pints of milk did the students drink?
Options:
a. 30 pints
b. 120 pints
c. 240 pints
d. 480 pints

Answer: 120 pints

Explanation:
One day, the students drank 60 quarts of milk at lunch.
Convert from quarts to pints.
We know that 1 quart = 2 pints
60 quarts = 60 × 2 pints = 120 pints
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 237

Problem Solving Elapsed Time

Read each problem and solve.

Question 1.
Molly started her piano lesson at 3:45 P.M. The lesson lasted 20 minutes. What time did the piano lesson end?
Think: What do I need to find?
How can I draw a diagram to help?
4:05 P.M.

Question 2.
Brendan spent 24 minutes playing a computer game. He stopped playing at 3:55 P.M and went outside to ride his bike. What time did he start playing the computer game?
_____ P.M.

Answer: 3: 31 P.M

Explanation:
Given,
Brendan spent 24 minutes playing a computer game.
He stopped playing at 3:55 P.M and went outside to ride his bike.
To find at what time did he start playing the computer game,
we have to subtract 24 minutes from 3:55 P.M
3 hr 55 min
0 hr 24 min
3 hr 31 min
He started playing the computer game at 3: 31 P.M.

Question 3.
Aimee’s karate class lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 5:00 P.M. What time does Aimee’s karate class start?
_____ P.M.

Answer: 3:45 P.M

Explanation:
Given,
Aimee’s karate class lasts 1 hour and 15 minutes and is over at 5:00 P.M.
Subtract 1 hour and 15 minutes from 5:00 P.M
5 hr 00 min
1 hr 15 min
3 hr 45 min
Therefore, Aimee’s karate class start at 3:45 P.M.

Question 4.
Mr. Giarmo left for work at 7:15 A.M. Twenty-five minutes later, he arrived at his work. What time did Mr. Giarmo arrive at his work?
_____ A.M.

Answer: 7: 40 A.M

Explanation:
Mr. Giarmo left for work at 7:15 A.M. Twenty-five minutes later, he arrived at his work.
7 hr 15 min
+ 0 hr 25 min
7 hr 40 min
Mr. Giarmo arrive at his work at 7: 40 A.M

Question 5.
Ms. Brown’s flight left at 9:20 A.M. Her plane landed 1 hour and 23 minutes later. What time did her plane land?
_____ A.M.

Answer: 10:43 A.M

Explanation:
Given,
Ms. Brown’s flight left at 9:20 A.M. Her plane landed 1 hour and 23 minutes later.
9 hr 20 min
1 hr 23 min
10 hr 43 min
Thus plane land at 10:43 A.M.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 238

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Bobbie went snowboarding with friends at 10:10 A.M. They snowboarded for 1 hour and 43 minutes, and then stopped to eat lunch. What time did they stop for lunch?
Options:
a. 8:27 A.M.
b. 10:53 A.M.
c. 11:53 A.M.
d. 12:53 A.M.

Answer: 11:53 A.M.

Explanation:
Given,
Bobbie went snowboarding with friends at 10:10 A.M.
They snowboarded for 1 hour and 43 minutes and then stopped to eat lunch.
10 hr 10 min
+ 1 hr 43 min
11 hr 53 min
They stop for lunch at 11:53 A.M.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
The Cain family drove for 1 hour and 15 minutes and arrived at their camping spot at 3:44 P.M. What time did the Cain family start driving?
Options:
a. 4:59 P.M.
b. 2:44 P.M.
c. 2:39 P.M.
d. 2:29 P.M.

Answer: 2:29 P.M.

Explanation:
Given,
The Cain family drove for 1 hour and 15 minutes and arrived at their camping spot at 3:44 P.M.
3 hr 44 min
-1 hr 15 min
2 hr 29 min
Thus the Cain family start driving at 2:29 P.M
The correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
A praying mantis can grow up to 15 centimeters long. How long is this in millimeters?
Options:
a. 15 millimeters
b. 150 millimeters
c. 1,500 millimeters
d. 15,000 millimeters

Answer: 150 millimeters

Explanation:
A praying mantis can grow up to 15 centimeters long.
Convert from centimeters to millimeters.
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
15 centimeter = 15 × 10 millimeter = 150 millimeters
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Thom’s minestrone soup recipe makes 3 liters of soup. How many milliliters of soup is this?
Options:
a. 30 milliliters
b. 300 milliliters
c. 3,000 milliliters
d. 30,000 milliliters

Answer: 3,000 milliliters

Explanation:
Given,
Thom’s minestrone soup recipe makes 3 liters of soup.
Converting from liters to milliliters.
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
3 liters = 3 × 1000 milliliters = 3000 milliliters
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 5.
Stewart walks \(\frac{2}{3}\) mile each day. Which is a multiple of \(\frac{2}{3}\) ?
Options:
a. \(\frac{4}{3}\)
b. \(\frac{4}{6}\)
c. \(\frac{8}{10}\)
d. \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Explanation:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × 2 = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Angelica colored in 0.60 of the squares on her grid. Which of the following expresses 0.60 as tenths in fraction form?
Options:
a. \(\frac{60}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{60}{10}\)
c. \(\frac{6}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Explanation:
Given,
Angelica colored in 0.60 of the squares on her grid.
The fraction form of \(\frac{6}{10}\) is 0.60
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 239

Mixed Measures

Complete.

Question 1.
8 pounds 4 ounces = 132 ounces
Think: 8 pounds = 8 × 16 ounces, or 128 ounces.
128 ounces + 4 ounces = 132 ounces

Question 2.
5 weeks 3 days = _____ days

Answer: 38 days

Explanation:
Given,
Convert from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
5 weeks = 5 × 7 days = 35 days
35 days + 3 days = 38 days

Question 3.
4 minutes 45 seconds = _____ seconds

Answer: 285 seconds

Explanation:
Convert from minutes to seconds.
1 minute = 60 seconds
4 minutes = 4 × 60 seconds = 240 seconds
240 seconds + 45 seconds = 285 seconds

Question 4.
4 hours 30 minutes = _____ minutes

Answer: 270 minutes

Explanation:
Convert from hours to minutes.
1 hour = 60 min
4 hours = 4 × 60 mins = 240 mins
240 mins + 30 mins = 270 mins

Question 5.
3 tons 600 pounds = _____ pounds

Answer: 6600 pounds

Explanation:
1 ton = 2000 pounds
3 tons = 3 × 2000 pounds = 6000 pounds
6000 pounds + 600 pounds = 6600 pounds

Question 6.
6 pints 1 cup = _____ cups

Answer: 13 cups

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups.
1 pint = 2 cups
6 pints = 6 × 2 cups = 12 cups
12 cups + 1 cup = 13 cups

Question 7.
7 pounds 12 ounces = _____ ounces

Answer: 124 ounces

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
7 pounds = 7 × 16 ounces = 112 ounces
112 ounces + 12 ounces = 124 ounces

Add or subtract.

Question 8.
9 gal 1 qt
+ 6 gal 1 qt
—————
_____ gal _____ qt

Answer: 15 gal 2 qt

Explanation:
We add
9 gal 1 qt
+ 6 gal 1 qt
15 gal 2 qt

Question 9.
12 lb 5 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
—————
_____ lb _____ oz

Answer: 4 lb 11 oz

Explanation:
We subtract
12 lb 5 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
Borrow 1 lb and then convert it into ounces
we know that
1 lb = 16 ounces
11 lb 21 oz
– 7 lb 10 oz
4 lb 11 oz

Question 10.
8 hr 3 min
+ 4 hr 12 min
—————
_____ hr _____ min

Answer: 12 hr 15 min

Explanation:
We add
8 hr 3 min
+ 4 hr 12 min
12 hr 15 min

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Michael’s basketball team practiced for 2 hours 40 minutes yesterday and 3 hours 15 minutes today. How much longer did the team practice today than yesterday?
_____ minutes

Answer: 35 minutes

Explanation:
Given,
Michael’s basketball team practiced for 2 hours 40 minutes yesterday and 3 hours 15 minutes today.
Subtract
3 hours 15 minutes
-2 hours 40 minutes
0 hour 35 minutes

Question 12.
Rhonda had a piece of ribbon that was 5 feet 3 inches long. She removed a 5-inch piece to use in her art project. What is the length of the piece of ribbon now?
_____ feet _____ inches

Answer: 4 feet 10 inches

Explanation:
Rhonda had a piece of ribbon that was 5 feet 3 inches long. She removed a 5-inch piece to use in her art project.
We subtract
5 feet 3 inches
– 0 feet 5 inches
Borrow one feet and then convert it into the inches
1 foot = 12 inches
4 feet 15 inches
-0 feet 5 inches
4 feet 10 inches

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 240

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Marsha bought 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef and 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef. How much more corned beef did she buy than roast beef?
Options:
a. 16 ounces
b. 10 ounces
c. 7 ounces
d. 6 ounces

Answer: 10 ounces

Explanation:
Given,
Marsha bought 1 pound 11 ounces of roast beef and 2 pounds 5 ounces of corned beef.
Subtract roast beef from corned beef.
2 pounds 5 ounces  – 1 pound 11 ounces
Borrow 1 pound and convert it into the ounces.
1 pound 21 ounces
– 1 pound 11 ounces
0 pound 10 ounces
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Theodore says there are 2 weeks 5 days left in the year. How many days are left in the year?
Options:
a. 14 days
b. 15 days
c. 19 days
d. 25 days

Answer: 19 days

Explanation:
Convert from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
2 weeks = 14 days
14 + 5 = 19 days
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
On one grid, 0.5 of the squares are shaded. On another grid, 0.05 of the squares are shaded. Which statement is true?
Options:
a. 0.05 > 0.5
b. 0.05 = 0.5
c. 0.05 < 0.5
d. 0.05 + 0.5 = 1.0

Answer: 0.05 < 0.5

Explanation:
On one grid, 0.5 of the squares are shaded. On another grid, 0.05 of the squares are shaded.
0.5 is greater than 0.05
0.05 < 0.5
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Classify the triangle shown below.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 21
Options:
a. right
b. acute
c. equilateral
d. obtuse

Answer: right
By seeing the above figure we can say that the figure is right-angle triangle.
Thus the answer is option A.

Question 5.
Sahil’s brother is 3 years old. How many weeks old is his brother?
Options:
a. 30 weeks
b. 36 weeks
c. 90 weeks
d. 156 weeks

Answer: 156 weeks

Explanation:
Convert from years to weeks
1 year = 52 weeks
3 years = 3 × 52 weeks = 156 weeks
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Question 6.
Sierra’s swimming lessons last 1 hour 20 minutes. She finished her lesson at 10:50 A.M. At what time did her lesson start?
Options:
a. 9:30 A.M.
b. 9:50 A.M.
c. 10:30 A.M.
d. 12:10 A.M.

Answer: 9:30 A.M.

Explanation:
Sierra’s swimming lessons last 1 hour 20 minutes.
She finished her lesson at 10:50 A.M.
10 hr 50 min
– 1 hr 20 min
9 hr 30 min
Thus Sierra’s swimming lesson starts at 9:30 A.M
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 241

Patterns in Measurement Units

Each table shows a pattern for two customary units of time or volume. Label the columns of the table.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 22

Question 2.

__________________
112
224
336
448
560

Answer:
The label for the columns of the table is shown below:

FeetInches
112
224
336
448
560

Question 3.

__________________
12
24
36
48
510

Answer:
The label for the columns of the table is shown below:

QuartPints
12
24
36
48
510

Question 4.

__________________
17
214
321
428
535

Answer:
The label for the columns of the table is shown below:

WeekDays
17
214
321
428
535

Problem Solving

Use the table for 5 and 6.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 23

Question 5.
Marguerite made the table to compare two metric measures of length. Name a pair of units Marguerite could be comparing.
1 ________
= 10 ________

Answer:
1 = centimeter
10 = millimeters

Question 6.
Name another pair of metric units of length that have the same relationship.
1 ________
= 10 ________

Answer:
1 = meter
10 = decimeters

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 242

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Joanne made a table to relate two units of measure. The number pairs in her table are 1 and 16, 2 and 32, 3 and 48, 4 and 64. Which are the best labels for
Joanne’s table?
Options:
a. Cups, Fluid Ounces
b. Gallons, Quarts
c. Pounds, Ounces
d. Yards, Inches

Answer: Pounds, Ounces

Explanation:
Joanne made a table to relate two units of measure. The number pairs in her table are 1 and 16, 2 and 32, 3 and 48, 4 and 64.
By seeing the pairs we can say that the units of the measure are pounds, ounces.
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 2.
Cade made a table to relate two units of time. The number pairs in his table are 1 and 24, 2 and 48, 3 and 72, 4 and 96. Which are the best labels for Cade’s table?
Options:
a. Days, Hours
b. Days, Weeks
c. Years, Months
d. Years, Weeks

Answer: Days, Hours

Explanation:
Cade made a table to relate two units of time. The number pairs in his table are 1 and 24, 2 and 48, 3 and 72, 4 and 96.
By seeing the above pairs we can say that the unit of measure is Days, Hours.
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Anita has 2 quarters, 1 nickel, and 4 pennies. Write Anita’s total amount as a fraction of a dollar
Options:
a. \(\frac{39}{100}\)
b. \(\frac{54}{100}\)
c. \(\frac{59}{100}\)
d. \(\frac{84}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Explanation:

Well, first off, you should know that the denominator of the fraction will be $1.00, since we’re putting it in a fraction as a dollar.
2 quarters = $0.50
1 nickel = $0.05
4 pennies = $0.04
Add them all,
$0.50 + $0.05 + $0.04 = $0.59
The fraction of 0.59 is \(\frac{59}{100}\)
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
The minute hand of a clock moves from 12 to 6. Which describes the turn the minute hand makes?
Options:
a. \(\frac{1}{4}\) turn
b. \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn
c. \(\frac{3}{4}\) turn
d. 1 full turn

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn

Explanation:
The minute hand of a clock moves from 12 to 6.
If we observe the clock we can say that the minute hand makes \(\frac{1}{2}\) turn.
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Roderick has a dog that has a mass of 9 kilograms. What is the mass of the dog in grams?
Options:
a. 9 grams
b. 900 grams
c. 9,000 grams
d. 90,000 grams

Answer: 9,000 grams

Explanation:
Given,
Roderick has a dog that has a mass of 9 kilograms.
Convert from 9 kilograms to grams.
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
9 kilograms = 9000 grams
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Kari mixed 3 gallons 2 quarts of lemonlime drink with 2 gallons 3 quarts of pink lemonade to make punch. How much more lemon-lime drink did Kari use than pink lemonade?
Options:
a. 3 quarts
b. 4 quarts
c. 1 gallon 1 quart
d. 1 gallon 2 quarts

Answer: 3 quarts

Explanation:
Given,
Kari mixed 3 gallons 2 quarts of lemonlime drink with 2 gallons 3 quarts of pink lemonade to make punch.
Subtract
3 gallons 2 quarts
2 gallons 3 quarts
Borrow 1 gallon and then convert it to the quarts.
2 gallons 6 quarts
-2 gallons 3 quarts
0 gallons 3 quarts
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 243

Lesson 12.1

Use benchmarks to choose the unit you would use to measure each.

Question 1.
length of a car
customary unit: ________
metric unit: ________

Answer:
The customary units of the length of a car are a foot.
The metric unit to measure the length of a car is meter.

Question 2.
liquid volume of a sink
customary unit: ________
metric unit: ________

Answer:
The customary unit to measure the liquid volume of a sink is a gallon.
The metric unit to find the liquid volume of a sink is a liter.

Question 3.
weight or mass of a parakeet
customary unit: ________
metric unit: ________

Answer:
The customary unit to measure the weight or mass of a parakeet is an ounce.
The metric unit to find the weight or mass of a parakeet is a gram.

Question 4.
length of your thumb
customary unit: ________
metric unit: ________

Answer:
The customary unit to measure the length of your thumb is inch.
The metric unit to find the length of your thumb is centimeter.

Lessons 12.2—12.4

Complete.

Question 5.
6 yards = _____ feet

Answer: 18 feet

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet
1 yard = 3 feet
6 yards = 6 × 3 feet = 18 feet

Question 6.
2 feet = _____ inches

Answer: 24 inches

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches
1 feet = 12 inches
2 feet = 2 × 12 inches = 24 inches

Question 7.
3 pounds = _____ ounces

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
1 pound = 16 ounces
3 pounds = 3 × 16 ounces = 48 ounces

Question 8.
2 tons = _____ pounds

Answer: 4000

Explanation:
Convert from Tons to pounds.
1 ton = 2000 pounds
2 tons = 4000 pounds

Question 9.
5 gallons = _____ quarts

Answer: 20 quarts

Explanation:
Convert from gallons to quarts
1 gallon = 4 quarts
5 gallons = 5 × 4 quarts = 20 quarts

Question 10.
4 quarts = _____ cups

Answer: 16 cups

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
4 quarts = 4 × 4 cups = 16 cups

Lesson 12.5

Use the line plot for 1–2.
Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Homework Practice FL Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units Common Core - Relative Sizes of Measurement Units img 24

Question 11.
What is the difference in height between the tallest plant and the shortest plant?
\(\frac{□}{□}\) foot

Answer: \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot

Explanation:
By seeing the line plot we can say that the tallest plant is \(\frac{5}{6}\) foot.
the tallest plant is \(\frac{2}{6}\) foot
\(\frac{5}{6}\) foot – \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) foot

Question 12.
How many plants are in Box A?
_____ plants

Answer: 10 plants

Explanation:
By seeing the line plot we can say that there are 10 plants in Box A.

Common Core – Relative Sizes of Measurement Units – Page No. 244

Lessons 12.6—12.8

Complete.

Question 1.
9 centimeters = _____ millimeters

Answer: 90

Explanation:
Converting from centimeters to millimeters.
We know that,
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters
9 centimeters = 9 × 10 millimeters = 90 millimeters

Question 2.
7 meters = _____ decimeters

Answer: 70

Explanation:
Converting from meters to decimeters
1 meter = 10 decimeter
7 meters = 7 × 10 decimeter = 70 decimeters

Question 3.
5 decimeters = _____ centimeters

Answer: 50

Explanation:
Converting from decimeters to centimeters.
1 decimeter = 10 centimeters
5 decimeters = 5 × 10 centimeters = 50 centimeters

Question 4.
4 liters = _____ milliliters

Answer: 4000

Explanation:
Converting from liters to milliliters
1 liter = 1000 milliliters
4 liters = 4 × 1000 milliliters = 4000 milliliters

Question 5.
3 kilograms = _____ grams

Answer: 3000

Explanation:
Converting from kilograms to grams
1 kilogram = 1000 grams
3 kilograms = 3 × 1000 grams = 3000 grams

Question 6.
3 weeks = _____ days

Answer: 21

Explanation:
Converting from weeks to days.
1 week = 7 days
3 weeks = 3 × 7 days = 21 days

Question 7.
6 hours = _____ minutes

Answer: 360

Explanation:
Converting from hours to minutes
1 hour = 60 minutes
6 hours = 6 × 60 minutes = 360 minutes

Question 8.
2 days = _____ hours

Answer: 48

Explanation:
Converting from days to hours.
1 day = 24 hours
2 days = 2 × 24 hours = 48 hours

Lesson 12.10

Add or subtract.

Question 9.
3 ft 8 in.
+ 1 ft 2 in.
————–
_____ ft _____ in.

Answer: 4 ft 10 in.

Explanation:
3 ft 8 in.
+ 1 ft 2 in.
4 ft 10 in

Question 10.
9 lb 6 oz
– 4 lb 2 oz
————–
_____ lb _____ oz

Answer: 5 lb 4 oz.

Explanation:
9 lb 6 oz
– 4 lb 2 oz
5 lb 4 oz

Question 11.
5 gal 2 qt
– 1 gal 3 qt
————–
_____ gal _____ qt

Answer: 3 gal 3 qt

Explanation:
Borrow one gallon and convert it into quarts.
4 gal 6 qt
– 1 gal 3 qt
3 gal 3 qt

Question 12.
7 hr 10 min
– 3 hr 40 min
————–
_____ hr _____ min

Answer: 3 hr 30 min

Explanation:
Borrow one hour and convert it into minutes.
6 hr 70 min
– 3 hr 40 min
3 hr 30 min

Lessons 12.9 and 12.11

Question 13.
Rick needs to be at school at 8:15 A.M. It takes him 20 minutes to walk to school. At what time does he need to leave to get to school on time?
_____ : _____ A.M.

Answer: 7 : 55 A.M

Explanation:
Given,
Rick needs to be at school at 8:15 A.M. It takes him 20 minutes to walk to school.
Subtract 20 mins from 8:15 A.M
8 hr 15 min
– 0 hr 20 min
Borrow 1 hour and convert it to minutes
7 hr 75 min
– 0 hr 20 min
7 : 55 A.M

Question 14.
Sunny’s gymnastics class lasts 1 hour 20 minutes. The class starts at 3:50 P.M. At what time does the gymnastics class end?
_____ : _____ P.M.

Answer: 5 : 10 P.M

Explanation:
Given,
Sunny’s gymnastics class lasts 1 hour 20 minutes. The class starts at 3:50 P.M.
3 hr 50 min
+1 hr 20 min
5 hr 10 min
Thus the gymnastics class ends at 5:10 P.M.

Question 15.
David made a table to relate two customary units. Label the columns of the table.

Question 15.

__________________
116
232
348
464
580

Answer:
The label for the columns of the table is shown below:

PoundsOunces
116
232
348
464
580

Conclusion:

Ace up your preparation with these chapterwise Go Math Grade 4 Answer Key Chapter 12 Relative Sizes of Measurement Units provided here and score good marks in the standard tests. Bookmark CCSSMathAnswers portal and get more information about Go Math Answer Keys for various grades.

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies

go-math-grade-3-chapter-7-division-facts-and-strategies-answer-key

Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies includes fundamentals of divisions using several methods. Those who want to improve their skills in Math can refer to HMH Go Math Grade 3 Chapter 7 Answer Key. You can Download Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies PDF free of cost and use quick reference for all your queries.

3rd Grade Go Math Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies

You can learn the fundamentals of multiplication and division using our Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies. Before you begin your preparation learn the topics covered in the Chapter and learn accordingly. Click on the below-mentioned links to access different Lessons within the Chapter & Division Facts and Strategies. We even provided a short and crisp explanation for the Problems to help you understand the concepts easily. Make the most out of Go Math Grade 3 Solution Key and score better grades in your exams.

Lesson 1: Divide by 2

Lesson 2: Divide by 10

Lesson 3: Divide by 5

Lesson 4: Divide by 3

Lesson 5: Divide by 4

Lesson 6: Divide by 6

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint

Lesson 7: Divide by 7

Lesson 8: Divide by 8

Lesson 9: Divide by 9

Lesson 10: Problem Solving • Two-Step Problems

Lesson 11: Order of Operations

Chapter 7 Review/Test

Divide by 2 – Page No. 369

Write a division equation for the picture.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 1

Answer: 12 ÷ 2 = 6 or 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counters = 12
Number of equal groups = 2
Number of counters in each group = 6
The division equation is the number of counters by number in each group = 12 ÷ 6 = 2
Next, divide number of counters by number of rows = 12 ÷ 2 = 6

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 2
Type below:
__________

Answer: 18 ÷ 2 = 9 or 18 ÷ 9 = 2

Explanation:

Number of counters = 18
Number of groups = 2
Number of counters in each group = 9
So, the division equation is the number of counters by number of groups = 18 ÷ 2 =9
Next divide number of counters by number in each group = 18 ÷ 9 = 2

Question 3.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 2 img 3
Type below:
__________

Answer: 10 ÷ 5 = 2 or 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Explanation:

No. of counters = 10
Number of groups = 5
No. of counters in each group = 2
The division equation is 10 ÷ 5 = 2 or 10 ÷ 2 = 5

Find the quotient. You may want to draw a quick picture to help.

Question 4.
______ = 14 ÷ 2

Answer: 7

Explanation:

14/2 = 7
So, the quotient is 7

Question 5.
______ = 4 ÷ 2

Answer: 2

Explanation:

4/2 = 2
The quotient is 2

Question 6.
16 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

16/2 = 8
The quotient is 8

Question 7.
2)\(\bar { 1 8 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

18/2 = 9
The quotient is 9

Question 8.
2)\(\bar { 1 2 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

12/2 = 6
So, the quotient is 6.

Question 9.
2)\(\bar { 1 4 }\)
______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

14/2 = 7
The quotient is 7

Problem Solving

Question 10.
Mr. Reynolds, the gym teacher, divided a class of 16 students into 2 equal teams. How many students were on each team?
______ students

Answer: 8 students

Explanation:

Number of students = 16
Number of equal teams = 2
Number of students in each team = x
To find the number of students in each team we need to divide the number of students by number of equal teams
= 16 ÷ 2 = 8 students

Question 11.
Sandra has 10 books. She divides them into groups of 2 each. How many groups can she make?
______ groups

Answer: 5 groups

Explanation:

Given,
Sandra has 10 books
She divides them into groups of 2 each
Divide the number of books by the number of books in each group
= 10 ÷ 2 = 5 groups
Therefore Sandra makes 5 groups.

Divide by 2 – Page No. 370

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ava has 12 apples and 2 baskets. She puts an equal number of apples in each basket. How many apples are in a basket?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given that, Ava has 12 apples and 2 baskets
She puts an equal number of apples in each basket
Divide number of apples by number of baskets = 12 ÷ 2= 6
So, she puts 6 apples in each basket.
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
There are 8 students singing a song in the school musical. Ms. Lang put the students in 2 equal rows. How many students are in each row?
Options:
a. 2
b. 4
c. 6
d. 10

Answer: 4

Explanation:

There are 8 students singing a song in the school musical
Ms. Lang put the students in 2 equal rows
To find the number of students in each row
We have to divide the number of students by number of equal rows
= 8 ÷ 2 = 4

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
2 × 6
Options:
a. 4
b. 8
c. 12
d. 18

Answer: 12

Question 4.
Jayden plants 24 trees. He plants the trees equally in 3 rows. How many trees are in each row?
Options:
a. 6
b. 8
c. 9
d. 27

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Given,
Jayden plants 24 trees
He plants the trees equally in 3 rows
To know the number of trees in each row we have to divide number of trees by number of trees
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Thus the correct answer is option B

Question 5.
Which of the following describes this pattern?
9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24
Options:
a. Multiply by 3.
b. Multiply by 5.
c. Add 3.
d. Subtract 3.

Answer: Add 3

Explanation:

By seeing the above pattern we can say that every number is added by 3
9 + 3 = 12 + 3 = 15 + 3 = 18 + 3 = 21 + 3 = 24
So, the correct answer is option C

Question 6.
A tricycle has 3 wheels. How many wheels are there on 4 tricycles?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 12
d. 15

Answer: 12

Explanation:

Given,
A tricycle has 3 wheels
number of wheels are there on 4 tricycles = x
x = 4 × 3 = 12
So, the correct answer is option C

Divide by 10 – Page No. 375

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 10 img 4

Answer: 2, 2

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x
10 × x = 20
x = 20/10 = 2
20/10 = 2
The quotient is 2

Question 2.
10 × ______ = 70   70 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor
10 × x = 70
x = 70/10 =  7
Since division is the opposite of multiplication, you can use a multiplication table to find a quotient

Go Math Grade 3 divide by 10 img_9

Question 3.
10 × ______ = 80   80 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor
10 × a = 80
a = 80/10 = 8

Grade 3 Go Math Answer Key Divide by 10 img_6

Question 4.
10 × ______ = 30   30 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

y be the unknown factor
10 × y = 30
y = 30/10 = 3
First, we need to check whether the divisor or dividend is the related multiplication fact or not.
Next check whether the divisor or the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not. If both are the same then the quotient is the unknown factor.

Go Math Solution Key Divide by 10 Img_4

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
60 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Go Math Answer Key Divide by 10 img_1

Question 6.
______ = 40 ÷ 4

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Go Math grade 3 chapter 7 divide by 10 img_8

Question 7.
20 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Chapter 7 Go Math Grade 3 Answer key divide by 10 img_10

Question 8.
50 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Go math grade 3 answer key divide by 10 img_7

Question 9.
90 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 solution key divide by 10 img_11

Question 10.
10 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

10/10 = 1
Any number divided by the same number is always 1. So, the quotient is 1.

Question 11.
______ = 30 ÷ 10

Answer: 3

Explanation:

HMH Go Math Key grade 3 divide by 10 img_5

Question 12.
40 ÷ 10 = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

40/10 = 4
So, the quotient is 4

Question 13.
10)\(\bar { 4 0 }\)
______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

40 ÷ 10 = 40/10 = 4
10 cancels 40 by 4 times. So, the quotient is 4

Question 14.
10)\(\bar { 7 0 }\)
______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Go Math Grade 3 divide by 10 img_9

Question 15.
10)\(\bar { 1 0 0 }\)
______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

100 ÷ 10 = 100/10 = 10
So, the quotient is 10.

Question 16.
10)\(\bar { 2 0 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Chapter 7 Go Math Grade 3 Answer key divide by 10 img_10

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Pencils cost 10¢ each. How many pencils can Brent buy with 90¢?
______ pencils

Answer: 9 pencils

Explanation:

Given:
Pencils cost 10¢ each
Number of pencils can Brent buy with 90¢ = x
x × 10¢ = 90¢
x = 90/10 = 9
Thus Brent can buy 9 pencils with 90¢

Question 18.
Mrs. Marks wants to buy 80 pens. If the pens come in packs of 10, how many packs does she need to buy?
______ packs

Answer: 8 packs

Explanation:

Mrs. Marks wants to buy 80 pens
The pens come in packs of 10
No. of packs she needs to buy =?
Divide the number of pens by number of pens in one pack
= 80 ÷ 10 = 8
Therefore Mrs. Marks needs to buy 8 packs.

Divide by 10 – Page No. 376

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gracie uses 10 beads on each necklace she makes. She has 60 beads to use. How many necklaces can Gracie make?
Options:
a. 6
b. 10
c. 50
d. 70

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Given, Gracie uses 10 beads on each necklace she makes
She has 60 beads to use
How many necklaces can Gracie make?
Divide the number of beads by the number of beads on each necklace
= 60 ÷ 10 = 6
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 2.
A florist arranges 10 flowers in each vase. How many vases does the florist need to arrange 40 flowers?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 30
d. 50

Answer: 4

Explanation:

A florist arranges 10 flowers in each vase
Number of vases the florist need to arrange 40 flowers
To find the number of vases that florist need
We have to divide the number of flowers by number of flowers in each vase
= 40 ÷ 10 = 4
Thus the florist needs 4 vases to arrange 40 flowers

Spiral Review

Question 3.
What is the unknown factor?
7 × p = 14
Options:
a. 21
b. 7
c. 3
d. 2

Answer: 2

Explanation:

P is the unknown factor
7 × p = 14
p = 14/7
p= 2
So, the correct answer is option D

Question 4.
Aspen Bakery sold 40 boxes of rolls in one day. Each box holds 6 rolls. How many rolls in all did the bakery sell?
Options:
a. 24
b. 46
c. 240
d. 320

Answer: 240

Explanation:

Aspen Bakery sold 40 boxes of rolls in one day
Each box holds 6 rolls
To find the number of rolls in all did bakery sell, we have to multiply no. of boxed in 1 day with a number of rolls in each box
= 40 × 6 = 240 rolls
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 5.
Mr. Samuels buys a sheet of stamps. There are 4 rows with 7 stamps in each row. How many stamps does Mr. Samuels buy?
Options:
a. 11
b. 14
c. 21
d. 28

Answer: 28

Explanation:

Mr. Samuels buys a sheet of stamps. There are 4 rows with 7 stamps in each row.
To know the number of stamps Mr. Samuels buy, we have to multiply no. of rows with the number of stamps in each row
= 7 × 4 = 28
Therefore, Mr. Samuels buy 28 stamps.

Question 6.
There are 56 students going on a field trip to the science center. The students tour the center in groups of 8. How many groups of students are there?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 9
d. 64

Answer: 7

Explanation:

There are 56 students going on a field trip to the science center.
The students tour the center in groups of 8.
The number of groups =?
Divide the number of students by the number of students in each group = 56 ÷ 8 = 7
So, the answer is option B

Divide by 5 – Page No. 381

Use count up or count back on a number line to solve.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 5

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start at 40

Step 2:

Count back by 5s until you reach point 0. Complete the jumps on the number line.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you jumped back 5.
You jumped 8 times to reach 0.
Thus, 40 ÷ 5 = 8

Question 2.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 6
25 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 5

  • Start at 25
  • Count back by 5s until you reach point 0. Complete the jumps on the number line.
  • Count the number of times you jumped back 5.
    You jumped 5 times to reach 0.
    Thus, 25 ÷ 5 = 5

Find the quotient.

Question 3.
_______ = 10 ÷ 5

Answer: 2

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 10
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10
You counted by 5 two times. 10 ÷ 5 = 2

Question 4.
_______ = 30 ÷ 10

Answer: 3

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 30
  • Count the number of times you count up.

10, 20, 30
You counted by 10 three times. 30 ÷ 10 = 3

Question 5.
14 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 7

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 2s until you reach 14
  • Count the number of times you count up.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14
You counted by 2 seven times.
Thus 14 ÷ 2 = 7

Question 6.
5 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 1

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 5
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5
You counted by 5 one time. 5 ÷ 5 = 1
Thus 1 is the quotient.

Question 7.
45 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 9

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 45
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45
You counted by 5 nine times. 45 ÷ 5 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 8.
_______ = 60 ÷ 10

Answer: 6

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 60
  • Count the number of times you count up.

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60
You counted by 10 six times. 60 ÷ 10 = 6
So, the quotient is 6

Question 9.
_______ = 15 ÷ 5

Answer: 3

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15
You count 15 by 5 three times. 15 ÷ 5 = 3
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 10.
18 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 9

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 2s until you reach 18
  • Count the number of times you count up.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18.
You count by 2 nine times. So, 18 ÷ 2 = 9

Question 11.
_______ = 0 ÷ 5

Answer: 0

0 divided by any number is always 0. So, the quotient is 0.

Question 12.
20 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 4

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 20.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20
You count by 5 four times. Thus 20 ÷ 5 = 4

Question 13.
25 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 5

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 25.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25.
That means you counted 5 times to reach 25. 25 ÷ 5 = 5

Question 14.
_______ = 35 ÷ 5

Answer: 7

  • Start at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 35.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 35.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35.
You counted 5s seven times to reach 35. 35 ÷ 5 = 7
Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 15.
5)\(\bar { 2 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 4

20 ÷ 5 = 4

  • Begins at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 20.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 20.

5, 10, 15, 20
You counted 5s four times.
20 ÷ 5 = 4. 4 is the quotient.

Question 16.
10)\(\bar { 7 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

70 ÷ 10 = 7

  • Begins at 0.
  • Count up 10s until you reach 70.
  • Count the number of times you count up to reach 70.

10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70.
You counted 10s seven times. So, the quotient is 7.

Question 17.
5)\(\bar { 1 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 3

15 ÷ 5 = _

  • Begin at 0.
  • Count up 5s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 18.
5)\(\bar { 4 0 }\)
_______

Answer: 8

  • Start at 40
  • Count up by 5s until you reach40.
  • Count the number of times you count up.

5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40.
Thus, 40 ÷ 5 = 8. The quotient is 8.

Problem Solving

Question 19.
A model car maker puts 5 wheels in each kit. A machine makes 30 wheels at a time. How many packages of 5 wheels can be made from the 30 wheels?
_______

Answer: 6 packages

Explanation:

A model car maker puts 5 wheels in each kit.
A machine makes 30 wheels at a time.
Divide the number of wheels by the number of wheels in each kit
= 30 ÷ 5 = 6 packages
6 packages of 5 wheels can be made from the 30 wheels.

Question 20.
A doll maker puts a small bag with 5 hair ribbons inside each box with a doll. How many bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons?
_______

Answer: 9 bags

Explanation:

A doll maker puts a small bag with 5 hair ribbons inside each box with a doll.
Let Number of bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons = y
Divide the total number of hair ribbons by number of hair ribbons in each bag
45 ÷ 5
y = 45/5 = 9
Therefore 9 bags of 5 hair ribbons can be made from 45 hair ribbons.

Divide by 5 – Page No. 382

Lesson Check

Question 1.
A model train company puts 5 boxcars with each train set. How many sets can be completed using 35 boxcars?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

A model train company puts 5 boxcars with each train set
Number of sets can be completed using 35 boxcars = x
To know the number of sets we need to divide no. of boxcars by no. of boxcars with each train set
35 ÷ 5 = 7 sets
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 2.
A machine makes 5 buttons at a time. Each doll shirt gets 5 buttons. How many doll shirts can be finished with 5 buttons?
Options:
a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 5

Answer: 1

Explanation:

A machine makes 5 buttons at a time
Each doll shirt gets 5 buttons
Divide 5 ÷ 5 = 1
Thus 1 doll shirt can be finished with 5 buttons

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Julia earns $5 each day running errands for a neighbor. How much will Julia earn if she runs errands for 6 days in one month?
Options:
a. $40
b. $35
c. $30
d. $25

Answer: $30

Explanation:

Julia earns $5 each day running errands for a neighbor
How much will Julia earn if she runs errands for 6 days in one month = x
To know how much she earns in one month, we have to multiply number of days with the income she earns per day
= $5 × 6 = $30
Thus Julia earns $30 if she runs errands for 6 days in one month.

Question 4.
Marcus has 12 slices of bread. He uses 2 slices of bread for each sandwich. How many sandwiches can Marcus make?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Marcus has 12 slices of bread
He uses 2 slices of bread for each sandwich
Divide no. of slices of bread by slices of bread for each sandwich
= 12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus Marcus makes 6 sandwiches.

Use the line plot for 5–6.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 5 img 7

Question 5.
How many students have no pets?
Options:
a. 0
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5

Answer: 4

Explanation:

The above line plot shows that there are no pets is 4

Question 6.
How many students answered the question “How many pets do you have?”
Options:
a. 10
b. 12
c. 14
d. 15

Answer: 15

Explanation:

Number of students who have 0 pets = 4
Number of students who have 1 pet = 5
Number of students who have 2 pets = 2
Number of students who have 3 pets = 0
Number of students who have 4 pets = 3
Number of students who have 5 pets = 1
Total = 4 + 5 + 2 + 0 + 3 + 1 = 15 students

Divide by 3 – Page No. 387

Find the quotient. Draw a quick picture to help.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 3 img 8

Answer: 4

Question 2.
24 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 8

Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 7 Divide by 3 solution image_1

Question 3.
_______ = 6 ÷ 3

Answer: 2

Grade 3 HMH Go Math Chapter 7 key divide by 3 image_2

6 ÷ 3 = 2

Question 4.
40 ÷ 5 = _______

Answer: 8

Go Math key for Grade 3 Chapter 7 divide by 3 image_3

40 ÷ 5 = 8

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
_______ = 15 ÷ 3

Answer: 5

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 15.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 15.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15.

So, 15 ÷ 3 = 5

Question 6.
_______ = 21 ÷ 3

Answer: 7

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 21
  • Count the number of times you count up to 21.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21.
21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus, the quotient is 7

Question 7.
16 ÷ 2 = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 2 until you reach 16.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 16.

2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16.
16 ÷ 2 = 8
The quotient is 8.

Question 8.
27 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 27
  • Count the number of times you count up to 27.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27.
27 ÷ 3 = 9
The quotient is 9.

Question 9.
0 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. Thus the quotient is 0.

Question 10.
9 ÷ 3 = _______

Answer: 3

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 9.
  • Count the number of times you count up to 9.

3, 6, 9.
9 ÷ 3 = 3
the quotient is 3.

Question 11.
_______ = 30 ÷ 3

Answer: 10

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 30
  • Count the number of times you count up to 30.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30
30 ÷ 3 = 10
Thus quotient is 10.

Question 12.
_______ = 12 ÷ 4

Answer: 3

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 4s until you reach 12
  • Count the number of times you count up to 12.

4, 8, 12
12 ÷ 4 = 3
The quotient is 3.

Question 13.
3)\(\bar { 1 2 }\)
_______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3 until you reach 12
  • Count the number of times you count up to 12.

12 ÷ 3 = 4
The quotient is 4.

Question 14.
3)\(\bar { 1 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

15 ÷ 3 = _

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3s until you reach 15
  • Count the number of times you count up to 15.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15.
15 ÷ 3 = 5

Question 15.
3)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
_______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

  • Start at 0.
  • Count by 3s until you reach 24
  • Count the number of times you count up to 24.

3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24.
The quotient is 8.

Question 16.
3)\(\bar { 9 }\)
_______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

9 ÷ 3 = 3
3 divides 9 three times. So, the quotient is 3.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
The principal at Miller Street School has 12 packs of new pencils. She will give 3 packs to each third-grade class. How many third-grade classes are there?
_______

Answer: 4 classes

Explanation:

The principal at Miller Street School has 12 packs of new pencils
She will give 3 packs to each third-grade class
Divide the number of packs by number of packs for each class
= 12  ÷ 3 = 12/3 = 4 classes.

Question 18.
Mike has $21 to spend at the mall. He spends all of his money on bracelets for his sisters. Bracelets cost $3 each. How many bracelets does he buy?
_______

Answer: 7 bracelets

Explanation:

Mike has $21 to spend at the mall
Bracelets cost $3 each
Divide total cost Mike spend by the cost of each bracelet
21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus the answer is 7 bracelets.

Divide by 3 – Page No. 388

Lesson Check

Question 1.
There are 18 counters divided equally among 3 groups. How many counters are in each group?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

There are 18 counters divided equally among 3 groups
Number of counters in each group = x
x = Number of counters by number of groups
x = 18 ÷ 3 = 6 counters

Question 2.
Josh has 27 signed baseballs. He places the baseballs equally on 3 shelves. How many baseballs are on each shelf?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Josh has 27 signed baseballs
He places the baseballs equally on 3 shelves
Number of baseballs are on each shelf = no. of signed baseballs ÷ baseballs equally on 3 shelves
= 27 ÷ 3 = 9 baseballs

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each bicycle has 2 wheels. How many wheels do 8 bicycles have?
Options:
a. 10
b. 16
c. 24
d. 32

Answer: 16

Explanation:

Each bicycle has 2 wheels
Number of wheels do 8 bicycles have = x
x = 8 × 2 = 16 wheels
option B is the correct answer

Question 4.
How many students watch less than 3 hours of TV a day?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 3 img 9
Options:
a. 3
b. 7
c. 8
d. 13

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Number of students who watch 0 hours of TV a day = 1
Number of students who watch 1 hour of TV a day = 2
Number of students who watch 2 hours of TV a day = 4
Total number of students who watch less than 3 hours = 1 + 2 + 4 = 7

Question 5.
Which of the following is an example of the Distributive Property?
Options:
a. 3 × 6 = 18
b. 6 × 3 = 15 + 3
c. 3 × 6 = 6 × 3
d. 6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4)

Answer: 6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4)

Explanation:

The distributive property of multiplication states that when a number is multiplied by the sum of two numbers, the first number can be distributed to both of those numbers and multiplied by each of them separately, then adding the two products together for the same result as multiplying the first number by the sum.
6 × 3 = (3 × 2) + (3 × 4) is the example of the Distributive Property

Question 6.
Which unknown number completes the equations?
3 × □ = 21   21 ÷ 3 = □
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 18

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Let □ is the unknown factor
Check whether it is related fact for both multiplication and division
3 × □ = 21
□ = 21/3 = 7
The related multiplication and division facts of 21, 7 and 3 is 3 × 7 = 21 and 21 ÷ 3 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option C

Divide by 4 – Page No. 393

Draw tiles to make an array. Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 4 img 10

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Question 2.
20 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 5

Go Math Chapter 7 key Grade 3 divide by 4 image_1

20 ÷ 4 = 5

Question 3.
12 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 3

HMH Go math chapter 7 grade 3 key divide by 4 image_2

12 ÷ 4 = 3

Question 4.
10 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 5

Go Math Answer Key Grade 3 chapter 7 divide by 4 image_3

10 ÷ 2 = 5

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
24 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

24 ÷ 3
3 divides 24 by 8 times
So, the quotient is 8

Question 6.
______ = 8 ÷ 2

Answer: 4

Explanation:

2 divides 8 by four times. So, the quotient is 4.

Question 7.
32 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

4 divides 32 eight times. So the quotient is 8.

Question 8.
______ = 28 ÷ 4

Answer: 7

Explanation:

4 divides 28 seven times. You can also check the multiplication table to find the quotient.

28 ÷ 4 = 7

Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 9.
4)\(\bar { 3 6 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

36 ÷ 4 = _

4 divides 36 nine times.

36 ÷ 4 = 9

So, the quotient is 9.

Question 10.
4)\(\bar { 8 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

8 ÷ 4 = 2

4 divides 8 two times. So, the quotient is of 8 and 4 is 2.

Question 11.
4)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

24 ÷ 4
24/4 = 6
Thus the quotient is 6

Question 12.
3)\(\bar { 3 0 }\)
______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

30 ÷ 3
30/3 = 10
The quotient is 10

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
20 ÷ 5 = a
a = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

a is the unknown number
20 ÷ 5 = a
a = 20/5
5 divides 20 four times
Thus the quotient is 4.

Question 14.
32 ÷ 4 = p
p = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

P is the unknown number.
P = 32 ÷ 4
P = 32/4 = 8
Therefore the unknown number p is 8.

Question 15.
40 ÷ 10 = □
□ = ______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

□ = 40 ÷ 10
10 dives 40 four times. Thus the unknown number is 4.

Question 16.
18 ÷ 3 = x
x = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

X = 18 ÷ 3
= 18/3 = 6
Thus the unknown value x is 6.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Ms. Higgins has 28 students in her gym class. She puts them in 4 equal groups. How many students are in each group?
______

Answer: 7 students

Explanation:

Ms. Higgins has 28 students in her gym class.
She puts them in 4 equal groups.
Divide number of students by number of equal groups
= 28 ÷ 4
= 7
Therefore there are 7 students in each group.

Question 18.
Andy has 36 CDs. He buys a case that holds 4 CDs in each section. How many sections can he fill?
______

Answer: 9 CDs

Explanation:

Andy has 36 CDs.
He buys a case that holds 4 CDs in each section.
Divide the total number of CDs by number of CDs in each section
= 36 ÷ 4 = 9
Thus Andy can fill 9 sections.

Divide by 4 – Page No. 394

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Darion picks 16 grapefruits off a tree in his backyard. He puts 4 grapefruits in each bag. How many bags does he need?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Given:

Darion picks 16 grapefruits off a tree in his backyard
He puts 4 grapefruits in each bag
Number of bags he needs = x
Divide the number of grapefruits by number of grapefruits in each bag
x = 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Thus Darion needs 4 bags to put grapefruits.

Question 2.
Tori has a bag of 32 markers to share equally among 3 friends and herself. How many markers will Tori and each of her friends get?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Tori has a bag of 32 markers to share equally among 3 friends and herself
Total number of markers = 32
Number of equal groups = 3 friends and Tori = 3 + 1 = 4
To find the number of marks do they get, we need to divide the number of markers by number of people
= 32 ÷ 4 = 8
Therefore each friend gets 8 markers.
So, the correct answer is option C

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
3 × 7
Options:
a. 18
b. 21
c. 24
d. 28

Answer: 21

Explanation:

We find the product of 7 and 3 by simply calculating 7 times 3 which equals 21.
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 4.
Which of the following describes this pattern?
8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28
Options:
a. Multiply by 4.
b. Add 4.
c. Multiply by 2.
d. Subtract 4.

Answer: Multiply by 4

Explanation:

We can see that sequence is formed by adding 4 each time
8
8 + 4 = 12
12 + 4 = 16
16 + 4 = 20
20 + 4 = 24
24 + 4 = 28
The pattern is formed by adding 4 to the previous number.
By seeing this we can say that it is the multiple of 4.
Thus the correct answer is option C

Question 5.
Which is an example of the Commutative Property of Multiplication?
Options:
a. 3 × 6 = 2 × 9
b. 2 × 4 = 5 + 3
c. 4 × 5 = 5 × 4
d. 2 × 5 = 5 + 5

Answer: 4 × 5 = 5 × 4

Explanation:

According to the commutative property of multiplication, changing the order of the numbers we are multiplying, does not change the product.
a × b = b × a
So, the perfect example of Commutative Property of Multiplication is 4 × 5 = 5 × 4.
Option C is the correct answer.

Question 6.
Jasmine has 18 model horses. She places the model horses equally on 3 shelves. How many model horses are on each shelf?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 15
d. 21

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Jasmine has 18 model horses
She places the model horses equally on 3 shelves
To find the model horses are on each shelf we have to write the division equation
= number of model horses by number of equal shelves
= 18 ÷ 3 = 6 model horses
Therefore there are 6 model horses are on each shelf.

Divide by 6 – Page No. 399

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 6 img 11

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × _ = 42
Let _ be x
6 × x = 42
x = 42/6 = 7
Next use factors to divide 42 and 6
Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
42 ÷ 3 = 14
14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Question 2.
6 × ______ = 18 18 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 3, 3

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × _ = 18
Let x represents the unknown factor
6 × x = 18
x = 18/6 = 3
Next use factors to divide 18 and 6
Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6
6 ÷ 2 = 3
18 ÷ 6 = 3

Question 3.
4 × ______ = 24 24 ÷ 4 = ______

Answer: 6, 6

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
4 × _ = 24
4 × x = 24
x =24/4 = 6
x = 6
Next use factors to divide 24 and 4
Factors of 4 are 2, 2
So, first divide by 2
24 ÷ 2 = 12
12 ÷ 2 = 6
24 ÷ 4 = 6

Question 4.
6 × ______ = 54 54 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

First, use a related multiplication fact
6 × x = 54
x = 54/6 = 9
x = 9
Next use factors to divide 54 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
54 ÷ 3 = 18
Next divide by 2
18 ÷ 2 = 9
54 ÷ 6 = 9

Question 5.
______ = 24 ÷ 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 54 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
24 ÷ 3 = 8
Next divide by 2
8 ÷ 2 = 4
Thus 24 ÷ 6 = 4

Question 6.
48 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 48 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
48 ÷ 3 = 16
Next divide by 2
16 ÷ 2 = 8
Thus 48 ÷ 6 = 8

Question 7.
______ = 6 ÷ 6

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Any number divided by the same number will be 1. So, the quotient of 6/6 = 1.

Question 8.
12 ÷ 6 = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Use factors to divide 12 and 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
12 ÷ 3 = 4
Next divide by 2
4 ÷ 2 = 2
Thus 12 ÷ 6 = 2

Question 9.
6)\(\bar { 3 6 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

36 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide by 2
12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Question 10.
6)\(\bar { 5 4 }\)
______

Answer: 9

Explanation:

54 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
54 ÷ 3 = 18
Next divide by 2
18 ÷ 2 = 9
54 ÷ 6 = 9

Question 11.
6)\(\bar { 3 0 }\)
______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

30 ÷ 6
Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 10
Next divide by 2
10 ÷ 2 = 5
Thus 30 ÷ 6 = 5

Question 12.
1)\(\bar { 6 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

6 ÷ 1 = 6
Any number divided by 1 will be always the same number. So, the quotient is 6

Question 13.
p = 42 ÷ 6
p = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Factor of 6 are 3 and 2
So, first divide by 3
42 ÷ 3 = 14
14 ÷ 2 = 7
Thus 42 ÷ 6 = 7

Question 14.
18 ÷ 3 = q
q = ______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

18 ÷ 3 = q
q = 18 ÷ 3
q = 18/3
3 divides 18 by 6 times. So, the quotient is 6

Question 15.
r = 30 ÷ 6
r = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

r = 30 ÷ 6
r = 30/6
6 divides 30 by 5 times. So, the quotient is 5

Question 16.
60 ÷ 6 = s
s = ______

Answer: 10

Explanation:

60 ÷ 6 = s
s = 60/6
6 divides 60 by 10 times. So, the quotient is 10.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Lucas has 36 pages of a book left to read. If he reads 6 pages a day, how many days will it take Lucas to finish the book?
______

Answer: 6 pages

Explanation:

Lucas has 36 pages of a book left to read
If he reads 6 pages a day, how many days will it take Lucas to finish the book
Let the number of days Lucas take to finish the book = a
a × 6 = 36
a = 36/6 = 6 days
Thus Lucas take 6 days to finish the book

Question 18.
Juan has $24 to spend at the bookstore. If books cost $6 each, how many books can he buy?
______

Answer: 4 books

Explanation:

Juan has $24 to spend at the bookstore
Each book costs $6
Number of books he can buy = x
x × 6 = 24
x = 24/6
x = 4
Therefore Juan can buy 4 books.

Divide by 6 – Page No. 400

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Ella earned $54 last week babysitting. She earns $6 an hour. How many hours did Ella babysit last week?
Options:
a. 6 hours
b. 7 hours
c. 8 hours
d. 9 hours

Answer: 9 hours

Explanation:

Ella earned $54 last week babysitting
She earns $6 an hour
To find:
How many hours did Ella babysit last week
Divide Ella earned last week by she earns for an hour
= $54 ÷ $6 = 9 hours
Thus Ella babysits last week for 9 hours.

Question 2.
What is the unknown factor and quotient?
Options:
6 × □ = 42 42 ÷ 6 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

□ be the unknown factor
6 × □ = 42
□  = 42/6 = 7
The factors of 6 and 42 is 7
Use a related multiplication fact here
42 ÷ 6 = □
□ = 7
42 ÷ 6 = 7
So, the correct answer is  option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Coach Clarke has 48 students in his P.E. class. He places the students in teams of 6 for an activity. How many teams can Coach Clarke make?
Options:
a. 7
b. 8
c. 9
d. 54

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Coach Clarke has 48 students in his P.E. class
He places the students in teams of 6 for an activity
Number of teams can Coach Clarke make = x
Divide Number of students by the number of students in each team
48 ÷ 6 = 8
Thus Coach Clarke can make 8 teams.

Question 4.
Each month for 7 months, Eva reads 3 books. How many more books does she need to read before she has read 30 books?
Options:
a. 7
b. 9
c. 27
d. 33

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Eva reads 3 books per month
For 7 months = 3 × 7 = 21
We need to find how many more books does she need to read before she has read 30 books
Subtract the number of books she read for 7 months from a number of books
= 30 – 21 = 9 books
So, the answer is option B.

Question 5.
Each cow has 4 legs. How many legs will 5 cows have?
Options:
a. 9
b. 16
c. 20
d. 24

Answer: 20

Explanation:

Each cow has 4 legs
Number of legs will 5 cows have = x
x = 5 × 4 = 20 legs
Thus 5 cows will have 20 legs.

Question 6.
Find the product.
3 × 9
Options:
a. 36
b. 27
c. 18
d. 12

Answer: 27

Explanation:

We find the product of 3 and 9 by simply calculating 9 times 3 which equals 27.
You can also find the answer by checking the multiplication table.
Thus the answer is option B.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 401

Concepts and Skills

Question 1.
Explain how to find 20 ÷ 4 by making an array.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5

■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■

Explanation:

Total number of tiles = 20
Make a row of 5 tiles
Continue to make as many rows of 5 tiles as you can
We get 5 tiles in each row
So, the division equation is 20 ÷ 4 = 5

Question 2.
Explain how to find 30 ÷ 6 by making equal groups.
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5

Go Math Grade 3 chapter 7 answer key mid chapter image_1

By seeing the picture we can see that there are 6 groups of 5 each.

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 3.
10 × _____ = 50
_____ = 50 ÷ 10

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be y
10 × y = 50
y = 50/10 = 5
In order to find the quotient, we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient
That means 5 is the quotient.

Question 4.
2 × _____ = 16
_____ = 16 ÷ 2

Answer: 8, 8

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be p
2 × p = 16
p = 16/2 = 8
To find the quotient we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
Therefore, 16 ÷ 2 = 8

Question 5.
2 × _____ = 20
_____ = 20 ÷ 2

Answer: 10, 10

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be p
2 × p = 20
p = 20/2 = 10
To find the quotient we need to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
20 ÷ 2 = 10
Therefore, the unknown factor and quotient are 10.

Question 6.
5 × _____ = 20
_____ = 20 ÷ 5

Answer: 4, 4

Let the unknown factor be y
5 × y = 20
y = 20/5 = 4
In order to find the quotient, we have to check whether the dividend the product in the related multiplication fact or not.
If both are related then the unknown factor is the quotient.
20 ÷ 5 = 4
That means 4 is the quotient.

Find the quotient.

Question 7.
_____ = 6 ÷ 6

Answer: 1

Explanation:

6/6 = 1
The number which is divided by the same number will be always 1. Thus the quotient is 1.

Question 8.
21 ÷ 3 = _____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

3 divides 21 seven times.
Thus the quotient of 21 ÷ 3 is 7.

Question 9.
_____ = 0 ÷ 3

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number will be 0. Thus the quotient is 0.

Question 10.
36 ÷ 4 = _____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

4 divides 36 nine times.
So, the quotient is 9.

Question 11.
5)\(\bar { 3 5 }\)
_____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

35 ÷ 5

5 divides 35 seven times. Thus the quotient is 7.

Question 12.
4)\(\bar { 2 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 6

Explanation:

24 ÷ 4 = _

4 divides 24 six times. So, the quotient is 6.

Question 13.
6)\(\bar { 5 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

54 ÷ 6 = x
Let x represents the unknown number.
6 divides 56 nine times.
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 14.
3)\(\bar { 9 }\)
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:

9 ÷ 3 = 3
3 divides 9 three times.
So, the quotient is 3 and the remainder is 0.

Mid -Chapter Checkpoint – Page No. 402

Question 15.
Carter has 18 new books. He plans to read 3 of them each week. How many weeks will it take Carter to read all of his new books?
_____ weeks

Answer: 6 weeks

Explanation:

Given,
Carter has 18 new books
He plans to read 3 of them each week.
Number of weeks will it take Carter to read all of his new books = x
To find x we need to divide the number of new books by number of books he planned to read each week
That means 18 ÷ 3 = 6 weeks

Question 16.
Gabriella made 5 waffles for breakfast. She has 25 strawberries and 15 blueberries to put on top of the waffles. She will put an equal number of berries on each waffle. How many berries will Gabriella put on each waffle?
_____ berries

Answer: 8 berries

Explanation:

Gabriella made 5 waffles for breakfast
She has 25 strawberries and 15 blueberries to put on top of the waffles
Total number of berries = 25 + 15 = 40
Number of strawberries she puts on each waffle = 25 ÷ 5 = 5
Number of blueberries she puts on each waffle = 15 ÷ 5 = 3
Total number of berries she puts on each waffle = 5 + 3 = 8 berries

Question 17.
There are 60 people at the fair waiting in line for a ride. Each car in the ride can hold 10 people. Write an equation that could be used to find the number of cars needed to hold all 60 people.
Type below:
____________

Answer: 60 ÷ 10 = 6

Explanation:

Given that, There are 60 people at the fair waiting in line for a ride.
Each car in the ride can hold 10 people
To write the equation we need to divide the number of people by Each car in the ride can hold 10 people
= 60 ÷ 10 = 6
Therefore, 6 cars are needed to hold all 60 people.

Question 18.
Alyssa has 4 cupcakes. She gives 2 cupcakes to each of her cousins. How many cousins does Alyssa have?
_____ cousins

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Alyssa has 4 cupcakes
She gives 2 cupcakes to each of her cousins
Divide the number of cupcakes by number of cupcakes she gave for each of her cousins
= 4 ÷ 2 = 2 cousins

Divide by 7 – Page No. 407

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 7 img 12

Answer: 6, 6

Explanation:

Let the unknown factor be x.
7 × x  = 42
x = 42/7 = 6
Now to find the quotient first check whether the dividend the product are related multiplication and division facts are not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
42 ÷ 7 = 6

Question 2.
7 × _____ = 35 35 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 5, 5

Explanation:

7 × y = 35
y = 35/7 = 5
Thus the unknown factor is 5.
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not. If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
35 ÷ 7 = 5

Question 3.
7 × _____ = 7 7 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 1, 1

Explanation:

The number divided by the Same number will be 1. So, the quotient and the unknown factor is 1.

Question 4.
5 × _____ = 20 20 ÷ 5 = _____

Answer: 4, 4

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor.
5 × a = 20
a = 20/5 = 4.
Check whether the dividend the product are related to the multiplication and division facts are not. If both are same  then the quotient is equal to the unknown factor I.e., 4

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
7)\(\bar { 2 1 }\)
_____

Answer: 3

Explanation:

21 ÷ 7 = _
7 divides 21 three times.
So, the quotient is 3.

Question 6.
7)\(\bar { 1 4 }\)
_____

Answer: 2

Explanation:

14 divides 7 two times. Thus the quotient is 2.

Question 7.
6)\(\bar { 4 8 }\)
_____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

48 ÷ 6 = x
6 divides 48 8 times. Thus the unknown number or quotient of 48 and 6 is 8.

Question 8.
7)\(\bar { 6 3 }\)
_____

Answer: 9

Explanation:

63 ÷ 7 = _
7 divides 63 nine times. So, the quotient is 9.

Question 9.
_____ = 35 ÷ 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

7 divides 35 five times. Thus the quotient of 35 and 7 is 5.

Question 10.
0 ÷ 7 = _____

Answer: 0

Explanation:

0 divided by any number is always 0. So the quotient is 0.

Question 11.
_____ = 56 ÷ 7

Answer: 8

Explanation:

7 divides 56 eight times. Thus the quotient of 56 and 7 is 8.

Question 12.
32 ÷ 8 = _____

Answer: 4

Explanation:

8 divides 32 four times. Thus the quotient of 32 and 8 is 4.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
56 ÷ 7 = e
e = _____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

56 ÷ 7 = e
e = 56 ÷ 7
= 56/7
e = 8
Thus the unknown value of e is 8.

Question 14.
k = 32 ÷ 4
k = _____

Answer: 8

Explanation:

k = 32 ÷ 4
k = 32/4 = 8
The unknown number k is 8.

Question 15.
g = 49 ÷ 7
g = _____

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Given, g = 49 ÷ 7
7 divides 49 seven times.
g = 49/7 = 7
Therefore g = 7.

Question 16.
28 ÷ 7 = s
s = _____

Answer: 4

Explanation:

s = 28 ÷ 7
s = 28/7 = 4
Thus the unknown value s  is 4.

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Twenty-eight players sign up for basketball. The coach puts 7 players on each team. How many teams are there?
_____

Answer: 4 teams

Explanation:

Total number of players = 28
The coach puts 7 players on each team.
To find the number of teams divide total number of players by number of players in each team.
= 28 ÷ 7 = 4
Therefore total number of teams = 4

Question 18.
Roberto read 42 books over 7 months. He read the same number of books each month. How many books did Roberto read each month?
_____

Answer: 6 books

Explanation:

Roberto read 42 books for 7 months.
Number of books he read per month = 42 ÷ 7 = 6 books.
Therefore he reads 6 books per month.

Divide by 7 – Page No. 408

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Elliot earned $49 last month walking his neighbor’s dog. He earns $7 each time he walks the dog. How many times did Elliot walk his neighbor’s dog last month?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Elliot earned $49 last month walking his neighbor’s dog.
He earns $7 each time he walks the dog
Divide Elliot earned $49 last month by he earned each time
49 ÷ 7 = 7
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Which is the unknown factor and quotient?
Options:
7 × □ = 63 63 ÷ 7 = □
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

7 × □ = 63
□  = 63/7 = 9
Thus the correct answer is option D.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Maria puts 6 strawberries in each smoothie she makes. She makes 3 smoothies. Altogether, how many strawberries does Maria use in the smoothies?
Options:
a. 9
b. 12
c. 18
d. 24

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Maria puts 6 strawberries in each smoothie she makes
She makes 3 smoothies
For each smoothie, she puts 6 strawberries
For 3 smoothie she puts y strawberries
y = 6 × 3 = 18
Therefore the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Kaitlyn makes 4 bracelets. She uses 8 beads for each bracelet. How many beads does she use in all?
Options:
a. 12
b. 16
c. 32
d. 40

Answer: 32

Explanation:

Kaitlyn makes 4 bracelets
She uses 8 beads for each bracelet
Multiply number of bracelets with number of beads for each bracelet
8 × 4 = 32

Question 5.
What is the unknown factor?
2 × 5 = 5 × □
Options:
a. 10
b. 5
c. 2
d. 1

Answer: 2

Explanation:
2 × 5 = 5 × □
According to the commutative property of multiplication a × b = b × a
So, 2 × 5 = 5 × 2
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Which division equation is related to the following multiplication equation?
3 × 4 = 12
Options:
a. 12 ÷ 4 = 3
b. 8 ÷ 2 = 4
c. 12 ÷ 2 = 6
d. 10 ÷ 5 = 2

Answer: 12 ÷ 4 = 3

Explanation:
The related multiplication and division fact of 3 × 4 = 12 is 12 ÷ 4 = 3.

Divide by 8 – Page No. 413

Find the unknown factor and quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 8 img 13

Answer: 4, 4

Explanation:

Let x be the unknown factor.
8 × x = 32
x = 32/8 = 4
So the unknown factor = 4
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
32 ÷ 8 = 4
So, 4 is the quotient.

Question 2.
3 × ______ = 27 27 ÷ 3 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

Let y be the unknown factor.
3 × y = 27
y = 27/3 = 9
y = 9
Now check whether the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts is not.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
27 ÷ 3 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Question 3.
8 × ______ = 8 8 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 1, 1

Explanation:

8 × x = 8
x = 8/8 = 1
The number divided by the same number is always 1. Thus the quotient of 8 ÷ 8 = 1.

Question 4.
8 × ______ = 72 72 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 9, 9

Explanation:

8 × x = 72
x = 72/8 = 9
Check if the dividend the product is related to the multiplication and division facts.
If both are related facts then the unknown factor is the quotient.
72 ÷ 8 = 9
Thus the quotient is 9.

Find the quotient.

Question 5.
______ = 24 ÷ 8

Answer: 3

Explanation:

24 ÷ 8
8 divides 24 three times. So, the quotient of 24 ÷ 8 is 3.

Question 6.
40 ÷ 8 = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

40 ÷ 8 = 5 because 8 divides 40 five times.
Thus the quotient is 5.

Question 7.
______ = 56 ÷ 8

Answer: 7

Explanation:

56 ÷ 8
8 divides 56 seven times. So, the quotient of 56 and 8 is 7.

Question 8.
14 ÷ 2 = ______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

7 divides 14 two times. thus the quotient of 14 ÷ 2 = 7.

Question 9.
8)\(\bar { 6 4 }\)
______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

64 ÷ 8 = 8
8 divides 64 eight times. So, the quotient of 64 ÷ 8 = 8.

Question 10.
7)\(\bar { 2 8 }\)
______

Answer: 4

Explanation:

28 ÷ 7
7 divides 28 four times.
28/7 = 4
Thus the quotient is 4.

Question 11.
8)\(\bar { 1 6 }\)
______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

16 ÷ 8 = x
x = 16/8 = 2
8 divides 16 two times. Thus the quotient is 2.

Question 12.
8)\(\bar { 4 8 }\)
______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

48 ÷ 8 = y
y = 48/8 = 6
8 divides 48 six times. So, the quotients is 6.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
16 ÷ p = 8
p = ______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

p is the unknown number
16 ÷ p = 8
Make p as the subject.
We get p = 16/8 = 2.
p = 2

Question 14.
25 ÷ □ = 5
□ = ______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

□ is the unknown number
25 ÷ □ = 5
□ = 25/5 = 5
Therefore the value □ is 5.

Question 15.
24 ÷ a = 3
a = ______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

a is the unknown number
24 ÷ a = 3
a = 24 ÷ 3 = 8
So, the value of a is 8.

Question 16.
k ÷ 10 = 8
k = ______

Answer: 80

Explanation:

K is the unknown number
k ÷ 10 = 8
k = 8 × 10
k = 80

Problem Solving

Question 17.
Sixty-four students are going on a field trip. There is 1 adult for every 8 students. How many adults are there?
______

Answer: 8 adults

Explanation:

Total number of students going for trip = 64
There are 1 adult for every 8 students
Total number of adults = x
x × 8 = 64 × 1
x = 64/8 = 8
Therefore there are 8 adults for every 8 students.

Question 18.
Mr. Chen spends $32 for tickets to a play. If the tickets cost $8 each, how many tickets does Mr. Chen buy?
______

Answer: 4 tickets

Explanation:

Mr. Chen spends $32 for tickets to a play.
The tickets cost $8 each.
To find the number of tickets that Mr. Chen buys we need to divide the total cost of tickets by the cost of each ticket.
= 32/8 = 4
Thus the cost of each ticket is $4.

Divide by 8 – Page No. 413

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Mrs. Wilke spends $72 on pies for the school fair. Each pie costs $8. How many pies does Mrs. Wilke buy for the school fair?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Mrs. Wilke spends $72 on pies for the school fair
Each pie costs $8.
To know how many pies does Mrs. Wilke buy for the school fair
We have to divide 72 ÷ 8 = 9
Thus Mrs. Wilke buys 9 pies for the school fair.

Question 2.
Find the unknown factor and quotient.
8 × □ = 40
40 ÷ □ = 8
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

8 × □ = 40
□ = 40/8 = 5
So, the answer is option B.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Find the product.
(3 × 2) × 5
Options:
a. 6
b. 10
c. 20
d. 30

Answer: 30

Explanation:
(3 × 2) × 5
6 × 5 = 30
Thus the answer is option D.

Question 4.
Which of the following has the same product as 4 × 9?
Options:
a. 3 × 8
b. 9 × 4
c. 5 × 6
d. 7 × 2

Answer: 9 × 4

Explanation:
Among all the 4 options 9 × 4 is the same product as 4 × 9
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Find the unknown factor.
8 × □ = 32
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 32

Answer: 4

Explanation:

8 × □ = 32
□ = 32/8 = 4
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 6.
Which multiplication sentence represents the array?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 8 img 14
Options:
a. 1 × 8 = 8
b. 4 + 4 = 8
c. 2 × 4 = 8
d. 4 × 3 = 12

Answer: 2 × 4 = 8

Explanation:

There are 2 rows and each row contains 4 arrays
The sentence that represents the array is 2 × 4 = 8
So, the correct answer is option C.

Divide by 9 – Page No. 419

Find the quotient.

Question 1.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Divide by 9 img 15

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
First, divide by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide by 3
12 ÷ 3 = 4
So, the quotient is 4.

Question 2.
30 ÷ 6 = _______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 30/3 = 10
Next divide by 2
10 ÷ 2 = 5
So, 30 ÷ 6 = 5

Question 3.
_______ = 81 ÷ 9

Answer: 9

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
81 ÷ 3 = 27
Next divide by 3
27 ÷ 3 = 9
The quotient is 9.

Question 4.
27 ÷ 9 = _______

Answer: 3

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
27 ÷ 3 = 9
Next divide by 3
9 ÷ 3 = 3
The quotient is 3.

Question 5.
9 ÷ 9 = _______

Answer: 1

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
9 ÷ 3 = 3
Next divide by 3
3 ÷ 3 = 1
Thus the quotient is 1.

Question 6.
_______ = 63 ÷ 7

Answer: 9

Explanation:

7 divides 63 nine times. Thus the quotient of 63 ÷ 7 is 9.

Question 7.
36 ÷ 6 = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

The Factors of 6 are 3, 2
So, first divide 36 by 3
36 ÷ 3 = 12
Next divide 12 by 2
12 ÷ 2 = 6
Thus the quotient of 36 ÷ 6 = 6

Question 8.
_______ = 90 ÷ 9

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first divide by 3
90 ÷ 3 = 30
Next divide 30 by 3
30 ÷ 3 = 10
So, the quotient is 10.

Question 9.
9)\(\bar { 6 3 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
63 ÷ 3 = 21
Next divide 21 by 3
21 ÷ 3 = 7

Question 10.
9)\(\bar { 1 8 }\)
_______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
18 ÷ 3 = 6
Again divide 6 by 3
6 ÷ 3 = 2

Question 11.
7)\(\bar { 4 9 }\)
_______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

7 divides 49 seven times.
49 ÷ 7 = 7
So, the quotient is 7.

Question 12.
9)\(\bar { 4 5 }\)
_______

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Factors of 9 are 3, 3
So, first, divide by 3
45 ÷ 3 = 15
Next divide 15 by 3
15 ÷ 3 = 5
So, 5 is the quotient.

Find the unknown number.

Question 13.
48 ÷ 8 = g
g = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

g is the unknown number
g = 48 ÷ 8
g = 48/8 = 6
Thus g = 6.

Question 14.
s = 72 ÷ 9
s = _______

Answer: 8

Explanation:

s is the unknown number
s = 72 ÷ 9
9 divides 72 eight times.
s = 72/9 = 8
s = 8.

Question 15.
m = 0 ÷ 9
m = _______

Answer: 0

Explanation:

m is the unknown number.
0 divided by any number is 0.
m = 0 ÷ 9 = 0
So. m = 0

Question 16.
54 ÷ 9 = n
n = _______

Answer: 6

Explanation:

n is the unknown number.
54 ÷ 9 = n
9 divides 54 six times.
n = 54/9 = 6
n = 6

Problem Solving

Question 17.
A crate of oranges has trays inside that hold 9 oranges each. There are 72 oranges in the crate. If all trays are filled, how many trays are there?
_______

Answer: 8 trays

Explanation:

A crate of oranges has trays inside that hold 9 oranges each.
Each tray holds 9 oranges.
There are 72 oranges in the crate.
To find the number of trays divide the total number of oranges by number of oranges in one tray.
= 72 ÷ 9 = 8
Therefore there are 8 trays.

Question 18.
Van has 45 new baseball cards. He puts them in a binder that holds 9 cards on each page. How many pages does he fill?
_______

Answer: 5 pages

Explanation:

Given that Van has 45 new baseball cards.
He puts them in a binder that holds 9 cards on each page.
Number of pages he filled = x
x × 9 = 45
x = 45/9 = 5 pages.
Therefore Van has filled 5 pages.

Divide by 9 – Page No. 420

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Darci sets up a room for a banquet. She has 54 chairs. She places 9 chairs at each table. How many tables have 9 chairs?
Options:
a. 5
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Darci sets up a room for a banquet. She has 54 chairs.
She places 9 chairs at each table.
Divide the number of chairs by the number of chairs at each table
54 ÷ 9 = 6
Thus 6 tables have 9 chairs

Question 2.
Mr. Robinson sets 36 glasses on a table. He puts the same number of glasses in each of 9 rows. How many glasses does he put in each row?
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Mr. Robinson sets 36 glasses on a table.
He puts the same number of glasses in each of 9 rows.
Number of glasses in each row = x
x = 36 ÷ 9 |
x = 4
So, the correct answer is option A.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each month for 9 months, Jordan buys 2 sports books. How many more sports books does he need to buy before he has bought 25 sports books?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Question 4.
Find the product.
8
× 7
——
Options:
a. 49
b. 56
c. 63
d. 64

Answer: 56

Explanation:

Add 8 7 times = 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 + 8 = 56
Thus the product of 8 and 7 is 56
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 5.
Adriana made 30 pet collars to bring to the pet fair. She wants to display 3 pet collars on each hook. How many hooks will Adriana need to display all 30 pet collars?
Options:
a. 32
b. 12
c. 10
d. 9

Answer: 10

Explanation:

Adriana made 30 pet collars to bring to the pet fair.
She wants to display 3 pet collars on each hook
Divide No. of pet collars by number in each hook
30 ÷ 3 = 10
So, the correct answer is option C.

Question 6.
Carla packs 4 boxes of books. Each box has 9 books. How many books does Carla pack?
Options:
a. 36
b. 27
c. 13
d. 5

Answer: 36

Explanation:

Carla packs 4 boxes of books
Each box has 9 books
Total number of books = x
x = 4 × 9 = 36
Thus Carla packs 36 books

Problem Solving Two-Step Problems – Page No. 425

Solve the problem.

Question 1.
Jack has 3 boxes of pencils with the same number of pencils in each box. His mother gives him 4 more pencils. Now Jack has 28 pencils. How many pencils are in each box?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Two-Step Problems img 16

Answer: 8 pencils

Explanation:

Jack has 3 boxes of pencils with the same number of pencils in each box
His mother gives him 4 more pencils
Now Jack has 28 pencils
To find the number of pencils in each box subtract that 4 pencils from total pencils
= 28 – 4 = 24
Now, there are 24 pencils
To know the number of pencils in each box divide number of pencils by number of boxes
= 24 ÷ 3 = 8 pencils
There are 8 pencils in each box.

Question 2.
The art teacher has 48 paintbrushes. She puts 8 paintbrushes on each table in her classroom. How many tables are in her classroom?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 6 tables

Explanation:

Given,
The art teacher has 48 paintbrushes
She puts 8 paintbrushes on each table in her classroom
Number of tables in her classroom = y
Divide the total number of paintbrushes by number of paintbrushes on each table
= 48 ÷ 8 = 6 tables
Thus there are 6 tables in her classroom

Question 3.
Ricardo has 2 cases of video games with the same number of games in each case. He gives 4 games to his brother. Ricardo has 10 games left. How many video games were in each case?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 7 video games

Explanation:

Ricardo has 2 cases of video games with the same number of games in each case
He gives 4 games to his brother
Ricardo has 10 games left
To find the number of video games in each case first add the number of video games
10 + 4 = 14
Now Divide number of video games by number of cases
= 14 ÷ 2 = 7 video games
There are 7 video games in each case

Question 4.
Patty has $20 to spend on gifts for her friends. Her mother gives her $5 more. If each gift costs $5, how many gifts can she buy?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 5 gifts

Explanation:

Patty has $20 to spend on gifts for her friends
Her mother gives her $5 more.
If each gift costs $5 then the number of gifts she buys = x
Add $20 + $5 = $25
Divide the total amount by each gift cost
25 ÷ 5 = 5
Thus Patty buys 5 gifts for her friends.

Question 5.
Joe has a collection of 35 DVD movies. He received 8 of them as gifts. Joe bought the rest of his movies over 3 years. If he bought the same number of movies each year, how many movies did Joe buy last year?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 9 movies

Explanation:

Joe has a collection of 35 DVD movies
He received 8 of them as gifts.
Joe bought the rest of his movies over 3 years
Subtract gifted DVDs from total collection = 35 – 8 = 27
Now, to know movies did Joe buy last year
divide 27 ÷ 3 = 9 movies
Thus Joe bought 9 movies last year.

Question 6.
Liz has a 24-inch-long ribbon. She cuts nine 2-inch pieces from her original ribbon. How much of the original ribbon is left?
Type below:
__________

Answer: 6 inches

Explanation:

Liz has a 24-inch-long ribbon
She cuts nine 2-inch pieces from her original ribbon
= 9 × 2 inches = 18 inches
Subtract 18 from 24 inches
= 24 – 18
= 6 inches
The original ribbon left is 6 inches.

Two-Step Problems – Page No. 426

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Gavin saved $16 to buy packs of baseball cards. His father gives him $4 more. If each pack of cards costs $5, how many packs can Gavin buy?
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 5
d. 6

Answer: 4

Explanation:

Gavin saved $16 to buy packs of baseball cards
His father gives him $4 more
= $16 + $4 = $20
Each pack of cards costs $5
Divide 20 ÷ 5 = 4
Gavin can buy 4 packs of baseball cards.

Question 2.
Chelsea buys 8 packs of markers. Each pack contains the same number of markers. Chelsea gives 10 markers to her brother. Then, she has 54 markers left. How many markers were in each pack?
Options:
a. 6
b. 7
c. 8
d. 9

Answer: 8

Explanation:

Chelsea buys 8 packs of markers
Chelsea gives 10 markers to her brother.
She has 54 markers left.
Total number of markers = 54 + 10 = 64 markers
Divide total number of markers by number of packs
= 64 ÷ 8 =8
There are 8 markers in each pack.
So, the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each foot has 5 toes. How many toes will 6 feet have?
Options:
a. 11
b. 25
c. 30
d. 35

Answer: 30

Explanation:

Each foot has 5 toes
Number of toes will 6 feet have = x
x × 1 = 5 × 6
x = 30 toes
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Question 4.
Each month for 5 months, Sophie makes 2 quilts. How many more quilts does she need to make before she has made 16 quilts?
Options:
a. 3
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

Sophie makes 2 quilts each month
Number of quilts for 5 months = x
x = 5 × 2 = 10
She has made 16 quilts
Subtract the number of quilts for 5 months from a number of quilts
= 16 – 10 = 6 quilts
So, the answer is option B.

Question 5.
Meredith practices the piano for 3 hours each week. How many hours will she practice in 8 weeks?
Options:
a. 18 hours
b. 21 hours
c. 24 hours
d. 27 hours

Answer: 24 hours

Explanation:

Meredith practices the piano for 3 hours each week
Number of hours she practice in 8 weeks = y
y = 8 × 3
y = 24 hours
So, the answer is option C.

Question 6.
Find the unknown factor.
9 × □ = 36
Options:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 6
d. 8

Answer: 4

Explanation:

□ is the unknown factor
9 × □ = 36
□ = 36/9
□ = 4
Thus the correct answer is option B.

Order of Operations – Page No. 431

Write correct if the operations are listed in the correct order.
If not correct, write the correct order of operations.

Question 1.
45 – 3 × 5 subtract, multiply
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Order of Operations img 17

Answer: multiply, subtract

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right

3 × 5 = 15
45 – 15 = 30

Question 2.
3 × 4 ÷ 2 divide, multiply
__________

Answer: multiply, divide

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then divide from left to right
4 ÷ 2 = 2
3 × 2 = 6
3 × 4 ÷ 2 = 6

Question 3.
5 + 12 ÷ 2 divide, add
__________

Answer: correct

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
12 ÷ 2 = 6, 5 + 6 = 11

Question 4.
7 × 10 + 3 add, multiply
__________

Answer: multiply, add

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right

Follow the order of operations to find the unknown number.

Question 5.
6 + 4 × 3 = n
n = _______

Answer: 18

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right

n = 6 + 4 × 3
n = 6 + 12 = 18

Question 6.
8 − 3 + 2 = k
k = _______

Answer: 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, add from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
k = 8 − 3 + 2
k = 8 – 1 = 7

Question 7.
24 ÷ 3 + 5 = p
p = _______

Answer: 13

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
24 ÷ 3 + 5
8 + 5 = 13
p = 13

Question 8.
12 − 2 × 5 = r
r = _______

Answer: 2

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
r = 12 − 2 × 5
r = 12 – 10 = 2

Question 9.
7 × 8 − 6 = j
j = _______

Answer: 50

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
j = 7 × 8 − 6
j = 56 – 6 = 50

Question 10.
4 + 3 × 9 = w
w = _______

Answer: 31

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
w = 4 + 3 × 9
w = 4 + 27
w = 31

Problem Solving

Question 11.
Shelley bought 3 kites for $6 each. She gave the clerk $20. How much change should Shelley get?
_______

Answer: $2

Explanation:

Shelley bought 3 kites for $6 each
She gave the clerk $20
Each kite = $6
Three kites = 3 × $6 = $18
$20 – $18 = $2
Thus Shelley gets $2 change

Question 12.
Tim has 5 apples and 3 bags with 8 apples in each bag. How many apples does Tim have in all?
_______

Answer: 29 apples

Explanation:

Tim has 5 apples
There are 3 bags
Each bag has 8 apples
Number of apples in 3 bags = 8 × 3 = 24 apples
Now to find the total number of apples that Tim have
Add 24 apples and extra 5 apples
We get 24 + 5 = 29 apples

Order of Operations – Page No. 432

Lesson Check

Question 1.
Natalie is making doll costumes. Each costume has 4 buttons that cost 3¢ each and a zipper that costs 7¢. How much does she spend on buttons and a zipper for each costume?
Options:
a. 19¢
b. 33¢
c. 40¢
d. 49¢

Answer: 19¢

Explanation:

Natalie is making doll costumes. Each costume has 4 buttons that cost 3¢ each and a zipper that costs 7¢.
Each button cost 3¢
Cost of 4 buttons = 4 × 3 = 12¢
Add cost of 4 buttons and zipper that costs 7¢
12¢ + 7¢ = 19¢

Question 2.
Leonardo’s mother gave him 5 bags with 6 flower bulbs in each bag to plant. He has planted all except 3 bulbs. How many flower bulbs has Leonardo planted?
Options:
a. 12
b. 15
c. 27
d. 33

Answer: 27

Explanation:

Leonardo’s mother gave him 5 bags with 6 flower bulbs in each bag to plant
Each bag has 6 flower bulbs
5 bags have x flower bulbs
x = 5 × 6 = 30 flower bulbs
He has planted all except 3 bulbs
Subtract 3 bulbs from 30 flower bulbs
30 – 3 = 27 flower bulbs
Thus the correct answer is option C.

Spiral Review

Question 3.
Each story in Will’s apartment building is 9 feet tall. There are 10 stories in the building. How tall is the apartment building?
Options:
a. 90 feet
b. 80 feet
c. 19 feet
d. 9 feet

Answer: 90 feet

Explanation:

Each story in Will’s apartment building is 9 feet tall
There are 10 stories in the building
= 10 × 9 = 90 feet
Thus the correct answer is option A.

Question 4.
Which of the following describes a pattern in the table?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Order of Operations img 18
Options:
a. Add 3.
b. Multiply by 2.
c. Subtract 3.
d. Multiply by 4

Answer: Multiply by 4

Explanation:

The above pattern shows that the number of tables is multiplied by 4.
So, the correct answer is option D.

Question 5.
For decorations, Meg cut out 8 groups of 7 snowflakes each. How many snowflakes did Meg cut out in all?
Options:
a. 72
b. 63
c. 58
d. 56

Answer: 56

Explanation:

Meg cut out 8 groups of 7 snowflakes each
Each group has 7 snowflakes
8 groups have x snowflakes
8 × 7 = 56 snowflakes

Question 6.
A small van can hold 6 students. How many small vans are needed to take 36 students on a field trip to the music museum?
Options:
a. 4
b. 6
c. 7
d. 8

Answer: 6

Explanation:

A small van can hold 6 students
Total number of students = 36
Divide the number of students by the number of students in each van
36 ÷ 6 = 6 vans

Review/Test – Page No. 433

Question 1.
Ming divided 35 marbles between 7 different friends. Each friend received the same number of marbles. How many marbles did Ming give to each friend?
35 ÷ 7 = a
7 × a = 35
Options:
a. 4
b. 5
c. 6
d. 7

Answer: 5

Explanation:

Given,
Ming divided 35 marbles between 7 different friends.
Each friend received the same number of marbles
Let the number of marbles that each friend get = a
a × 7 = 35
a = 35/7 = 5
Now check whether the dividend and the product are related facts or not.
If both are same then the quotient and the unknown factor are 5
So, the correct answer is option B.

Question 2.
Mrs. Conner has 16 shoes.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 19
Select one number from each column to show the division equation represented by the picture.
16 ÷ \(\frac{?}{(\text { divisor })}=\frac{?}{(\text { quotient })}\)
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 20
Type below:
____________

Answer:

16 ÷ 1 = 16
1 is the divisor and 16 is the quotient

16 ÷ 2 = 8
2 is the divisor and 8 is the quotient.

16 ÷ 4 = 4
4 is the divisor and 4 is the quotient.

16 ÷ 16 = 1
16 is the divisor and 1 is the quotient.

Question 3.
Twenty boys are going camping. They brought 5 tents. An equal number of boys sleep in each tent. How many boys will sleep in each tent?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 21
______ boys

Answer: 4 boys

Explanation:

Given,
Twenty boys are going camping.
They brought 5 tents. An equal number of boys sleep in each tent.
Let the number of boys in each camp = x
x × 5 = 20
x = 20/5
x = 4
Therefore there are 4 boys in each tent.

Review/Test – Page No. 434

Question 4.
Circle a number for the unknown factor and quotient that makes the equation true.
4 ×Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 22 = 28 Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 23 = 28 ÷ 4
______                                ______

Answer: 7, 7

Explanation:

4 × Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 review solution image_1 = 28  Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 review solution image_1 = 28 ÷ 4

Question 5.
Mrs. Walters has 30 markers. She gives each student 10 markers. How many students received the markers?
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 24
Write a division equation to represent the repeated subtraction.
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 30 ÷ 10 = 3

Explanation:

Step 1:

Start with 30

Step 2:

Subtract with 10 until you reach 0.

Step 3:

Count the number of times you subtract 10.

You subtracted 10 three times.
So, there are 3 groups of students receive 10 markers.

Question 6.
Complete the chart to show the quotients.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 25
Type below:
____________

Answer:

÷27364554
93456

Explanation:

Divide 27 ÷ 9 = 3
Divide 36 ÷ 9 = 4
Divide 45 ÷ 9 = 5
Divide 54 ÷ 9 = 6

Question 7.
For numbers 7a–7e, select True or False for each equation.
a. 12 ÷ 6 = 2
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 12 by 2 times. So, the quotient is 2.
Thus the above equation is true.

Question 7.
b. 24 ÷ 6 = 3
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

6 divides 24 four times. So, the quotient is 4.
The above equation is False.

Question 7.
c. 30 ÷ 6 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

6 divides 30 five times. The quotient is 5.
The above equation is false.

Question 7.
d. 42 ÷ 6 = 7
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 42 seven times. The quotient is 7
The given equation is True.

Question 7.
d. 48 ÷ 6 = 8
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

6 divides 48 eight times. So, the quotient is 8.
The above equation is true.

Review/Test – Page No. 435

Question 8.
Alicia says that 6 ÷ 2 + 5 is the same as 5 + 6 ÷ 2. Is Alicia correct or incorrect? Explain.
____________

Answer: Alicia is correct because both the answer of equations are same

6 ÷ 2 + 5 = 3 + 5 = 8
5 + 6 ÷ 2 = 5 + 3 = 8

Question 9.
Keith arranged 40 toy cars in 8 equal rows. How many toy cars are in each row?
______ toy cars

Answer:  5 toy cars

Explanation:

Keith arranged 40 toy cars in 8 equal rows
To know the number of cars in each row
Divide the total number of toy cars by number of equal rows
= 40 ÷ 8 = 40/8 = 5
Thus there are 5 toy cars in each row

Question 10.
Bella made $21 selling bracelets. She wants to know how many bracelets she sold. Bella used this number line.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 26
Write the division equation that the number line represents.
______ ÷ ______ = ______

Answer: 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Explanation:

Step 1:

The count starts at 0.

Step 2:

Jump by 3 until you reach point 21

Step 3:

Count the number of jumps till you reach 21

Step 4:

Number of jumps = 7
So, the answer is 21 ÷ 3 = 7

Question 11.
Each picnic table seats 6 people. How many picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people? Explain the strategy you used to solve the problem.
______ picnic tables

Answer: 4 picnic tables

Explanation:

Given,
Each picnic table seats 6 people
Number of picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people = x
To find the x we have to divide no. of people by number if seats for each picnic table
x = 24 ÷ 6
x = 24/6 = 4
Therefore 4 picnic tables are needed to seat 24 people

Review/Test – Page No. 436

Question 12.
Finn bought 2 packs of stickers. Each pack had the same number of stickers. A friend gave him 4 more stickers. Now he has 24 stickers in all. How many stickers were in each pack? Explain how you solved the problem.
______ stickers

Answer: 14 stickers

Explanation:

Finn bought 2 packs of stickers
A friend gave him 4 more stickers
Now he has 24 stickers in all
Add 24 and 4
24 + 4 = 28 stickers
Divide the number of stickers by number of packs of stickers
= 28 ÷ 2 = 14 stickers
Therefore there are 14 stickers in each pack

Question 13.
Ana used 49 strawberries to make 7 strawberry smoothies. She used the same number of strawberries in each smoothie. How many strawberries did Ana use in each smoothie?
______ strawberries

Answer: 7 strawberries

Explanation:

Ana used 49 strawberries to make 7 strawberry smoothies. She used the same number of strawberries in each smoothie
Divide number of strawberries by number of strawberry smoothies
49 ÷ 7 = 7 strawberries

Question 14.
For numbers 14a–14e, use the order of operation to select True or False for each equation.
a. 81 ÷ 9 + 2 = 11
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right
81 ÷ 9 = 9

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
9 + 2 = 11
So, the above statement is true

Question 14.
b. 6 + 4 × 5 = 50
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, add from left to right
6 + 4 = 10

Step 2:
Then multiply from left to right
10 × 5 = 50
Thus the above equation is true

Question 14.
c. 10 + 10 ÷ 2 = 15
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, divide from left to right
10 ÷ 2 = 5

Step 2:
Then add from left to right
10 + 5 = 15
So, the answer is true

Question 14.
d. 12 − 3 × 2 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right
3 × 2 = 6

Step 2:
Then subtract from left to right
12 – 6 = 6
Thus the above equation is true

Question 14.
e. 20 ÷ 4 × 5 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

Step 1:

First, multiply from left to right
4 × 5 = 20

Step 2:
Then divide from left to right
20 ÷ 20 = 1
Thus the above equation is true.

Question 15.
A flower shop sells daffodils in bunches of 9. It sells 27 daffodils. How many bunches of daffodils does the shop sell?
_______ bunches

Answer: 3 bunches

Explanation:

A flower shop sells daffodils in bunches of 9
It sells 27 daffodils
Divide the number of daffodils by number daffodils in each bunch
= 27 ÷ 9 = 3 bunches

Review/Test – Page No. 437

Question 16.
Aviva started a table showing a division pattern.
Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Review/Test img 27
Part A
Complete the table.
Compare the quotients when dividing by 10 and when dividing by 5. Describe a pattern you see in the quotients.
Type below:
__________

Answer:

÷20304050
102345
546810

Divide by 10:

20 ÷ 10 = 2
30 ÷ 10 = 3
40 ÷ 10 = 4
50 ÷ 10 = 5

Divide by 5:

20 ÷ 5 = 4
30 ÷ 5 = 6
40 ÷ 5 = 8
50 ÷ 5 = 10

Question 16.
Part B
Find the quotient, a.
70 ÷ 10 = a
a = _____

How could you use a to find the value of n? Find the value of n.
70 ÷ 5 = n
n = _____
a = _____
n = _____

Answer: n = 14; a = 7

Explanation:

Let a be the unknown factor
70 ÷ 10 = a
a = 70/10
10 divides 70 seven times. So, the quotient a is 7.

n represents the unknown number
70 ÷ 5 = n
n = 70/5 = 14
5 divides 70 fourteen times. The value of n is 14.

Question 17.
Ben needs 2 oranges to make a glass of orange juice. If oranges come in bags of 10, how many glasses of orange juice can he make using one bag of oranges?
_____ glasses

Answer: 5 glasses

Explanation:

Ben needs 2 oranges to make a glass of orange juice.
1 bag contains 10 oranges.
10 ÷ 2 = 5 glasses
Thus 5 glasses of orange juice can be made by one bag of oranges.

Review/Test – Page No. 438

Question 18.
For numbers 18a–18e, select True or False for each equation.
a. 0 ÷ 9 = 0
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

0 divided by any number will be always 0. So, the quotient is 0.
The above equation is true.

Question 18.
b. 9 ÷ 9 = 1
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

9 divides 9 one time. Thus the quotient is 1.
The above equation is true.

Question 18.
c. 27 ÷ 9 = 4
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

9 divides 27 three times. So, the quotient is 3.
Thus the above equation is false.

Question 18.
d. 54 ÷ 9 = 6
i. True
ii. False

Answer: True

Explanation:

9 divides 54 six times. The quotient is 6.
So, the above statement is true.

Question 18.
e. 90 ÷ 9 = 9
i. True
ii. False

Answer: False

Explanation:

9 divides 90 ten times. The quotient is 10.
So, the above statement is false.

Question 19.
Ellen is making gift baskets for four friends. She has 16 prizes she wants to divide equally among the baskets. How many prizes should she put in each basket?
_______ prizes

Answer: 4 prizes

Explanation:

Ellen is making gift baskets for 4 friends.
She has 16 prizes she wants to divide equally among the baskets.
Divide the number of prizes by the number of friends
= 16 ÷ 4 = 4
Thus she should put 4 prizes in each basket.

Question 20.
Emily is buying a pet rabbit. She needs to buy items for her rabbit at the pet store.
Part A
Emily buys a cage and 2 bowls for $54. The cage costs $40. Each bowl costs the same amount. What is the price of 1 bowl? Explain the steps you used to solve
the problem.
$ _______

Answer: $7

Explanation:

Emily buys a cage and 2 bowls for $54.
The cage costs $40.
Subtract the cost of cage from $54
$54 – $40 = $14
The cost of 2 bowls = $14
The cot of 1 bowl = x
x × 2 = 14
x = 14/2 = 7
Therefore the cost of each bowl = $7

Question 20.
Part B
Emily also buys food and toys for her rabbit. She buys a bag of food for $20. She buys 2 toys for $3 each. Write one equation to describe the total amount Emily spends on food and toys. Explain how to use the order of operations to solve the equation.
Type below:
____________

Answer: $26

Explanation:

Rule 1: First perform any calculations inside parentheses.
Rule 2: Next perform all multiplications and divisions, working from left to right.
Rule 3: Lastly, perform all additions and subtractions, working from left to right.
$20 + $3 × 2
$20 + $6 = $26

We wish the knowledge shared regarding the Go Math Answer Key for Grade 3 Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies have helped you during your preparation. You will find various approaches to solve problems in our Go Math Grade 3 Answer Key Chapter 7 Division Facts and Strategies Extra Practice. Those who want to arrive at the solutions easily can choose the method of your convenience. Check out the review links provided at the end of the chapter and improvise on the skills.